DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual Order Number: DSP56367UM/D Revision 1.5, August 2003 (c) Motorola, Inc., 2003. All rights reserved. This document (and other documents) can be viewed on the World Wide Web at http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/prod_cat This manual is one of a set of three documents. You need the following manuals to have complete product information: Family Manual User's Manual Technical Data. OnCE is a trademark of Motorola, Inc. MOTOROLA INC. 2003 Rev. 1.5; published 08/03 Order this document by DSP56367UM/D Motorola reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein to improve reliability, function, or design. Motorola does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit described herein; neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Motorola products are not authorized for use as components in life support devices or systems intended for surgical implant into the body or intended to support or sustain life. Buyer agrees to notify Motorola of any such intended end use whereupon Motorola shall determine availability and suitability of its product or products for the use intended. Motorola and b are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Motorola, Inc. is an Equal Employment Opportunity /Affirmative Action Employer. TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Page Number CHAPTER 1 DSP56367 OVERVIEW 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.1.1 1.4.1.2 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 1.4.5 1.4.6 1.4.7 1.4.8 1.4.9 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.5.3 1.5.4 1.5.5 1.5.6 1.5.7 Introduction ......................................................................................................................1-2 DSP56300 Core Description ...........................................................................................1-3 DSP56367 Audio Processor Architecture........................................................................1-4 DSP56300 Core Functional Blocks .................................................................................1-5 Data ALU ....................................................................................................................1-5 Data ALU Registers...............................................................................................1-5 Multiplier-Accumulator (MAC) ...............................................................................1-6 Address Generation Unit (AGU) .................................................................................1-6 Program Control Unit (PCU).......................................................................................1-6 Internal Buses ............................................................................................................1-7 Direct Memory Access (DMA) ....................................................................................1-8 PLL-based Clock Oscillator ........................................................................................1-8 JTAG TAP and OnCE Module....................................................................................1-8 On-Chip Memory ........................................................................................................1-9 Off-Chip Memory Expansion ......................................................................................1-9 Peripheral Overview ......................................................................................................1-10 Host Interface (HDI08)..............................................................................................1-10 General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) .....................................................................1-11 Triple Timer (TEC)....................................................................................................1-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ..................................................................1-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ...........................................................1-11 Serial Host Interface (SHI)........................................................................................1-12 Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX) ...............................................................................1-12 CHAPTER 2 SIGNAL / CONNECTION DESCRIPTIONS 1 2.1 2.1.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.5.1 2.5.2 2.5.3 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 MOTOROLA Signal Groupings .............................................................................................................2-2 Power Requirements ..................................................................................................2-3 Power ..............................................................................................................................2-5 Ground.............................................................................................................................2-6 Clock and PLL .................................................................................................................2-7 External Memory Expansion Port (Port A).......................................................................2-7 External Address Bus .................................................................................................2-7 External Data Bus.......................................................................................................2-8 External Bus Control...................................................................................................2-8 Interrupt and Mode Control............................................................................................2-10 Parallel Host Interface (HDI08)......................................................................................2-12 Serial Host Interface ......................................................................................................2-18 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface ...................................................................................2-21 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface_1 ...............................................................................2-27 SPDIF Transmitter Digital Audio Interface ....................................................................2-30 Timer .............................................................................................................................2-31 JTAG/OnCE Interface....................................................................................................2-31 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TOC-1 Table of Contents Paragraph Number Page Number CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.10.1 3.10.2 3.10.3 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.13.1 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 3-2 Maximum Ratings ........................................................................................................... 3-2 Thermal Characteristics .................................................................................................. 3-3 DC Electrical Characteristics .......................................................................................... 3-4 AC Electrical Characteristics........................................................................................... 3-5 Internal Clocks ................................................................................................................ 3-6 External Clock Operation ................................................................................................ 3-7 Phase Lock Loop (PLL) Characteristics.......................................................................... 3-8 Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing ............................................................. 3-9 External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) .................................................................... 3-16 SRAM Timing........................................................................................................... 3-16 DRAM Timing .......................................................................................................... 3-20 Arbitration Timings................................................................................................... 3-37 Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Timing ......................................................................... 3-38 Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing..................................................................... 3-46 Serial Host Interface (SHI) I2C Protocol Timing............................................................ 3-53 Programming the Serial Clock ................................................................................. 3-55 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing....................................................................... 3-57 Digital Audio Transmitter Timing................................................................................... 3-62 Timer Timing ................................................................................................................. 3-63 GPIO Timing ................................................................................................................. 3-63 JTAG Timing ................................................................................................................. 3-65 CHAPTER 4 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.4.1 Thermal Design Considerations...................................................................................... 4-2 Electrical Design Considerations .................................................................................... 4-3 Power Consumption Considerations............................................................................... 4-4 PLL Performance Issues................................................................................................. 4-5 Input (EXTAL) Jitter Requirements............................................................................ 4-5 CHAPTER 5 MEMORY CONFIGURATION 5.1 5.1.1 5.1.2 5.1.3 5.1.4 5.1.5 5.2 TOC-2 Data and Program Memory Maps................................................................................... 5-2 Reserved Memory Spaces ...................................................................................... 5-13 Program ROM Area Reserved for Motorola Use ..................................................... 5-13 Bootstrap ROM ........................................................................................................ 5-13 Dynamic Memory Configuration Switching .............................................................. 5-13 External Memory Support ........................................................................................ 5-14 Internal I/O Memory Map .............................................................................................. 5-15 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Table of Contents Paragraph Number Page Number CHAPTER 6 CORE CONFIGURATION 6.1 6.2 6.2.1 6.2.2 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.6.1 6.6.2 6.6.3 6.6.4 6.7 6.8 6.9 Introduction ......................................................................................................................6-2 Operating Mode Register (OMR).....................................................................................6-3 Asynchronous Bus Arbitration Enable (ABE) - Bit 13 .................................................6-3 Address Attribute Priority Disable (APD) - Bit 14........................................................6-3 Address Tracing Enable (ATE) - Bit 15 ......................................................................6-4 Patch Enable (PEN) - Bit 23 .......................................................................................6-4 Operating Modes .............................................................................................................6-6 Interrupt Priority Registers ...............................................................................................6-8 DMA Request Sources ..................................................................................................6-14 PLL Initialization ............................................................................................................6-15 PLL Multiplication Factor (MF0-MF11) .....................................................................6-15 PLL Pre-Divider Factor (PD0-PD3) ..........................................................................6-15 Crystal Range Bit (XTLR) .........................................................................................6-15 XTAL Disable Bit (XTLD)..........................................................................................6-15 Device Identification (ID) Register .................................................................................6-15 JTAG Identification (ID) Register ...................................................................................6-16 JTAG Boundary Scan Register (BSR)...........................................................................6-16 CHAPTER 7 GENERAL PURPOSE INPUT / OUTPUT 7.1 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.2.4 7.2.5 Introduction ......................................................................................................................7-2 Programming Model ........................................................................................................7-2 Port B Signals and Registers......................................................................................7-2 Port C Signals and Registers .....................................................................................7-2 Port D Signals and Registers .....................................................................................7-2 Port E Signals and Registers......................................................................................7-3 Timer/Event Counter Signals......................................................................................7-3 CHAPTER 8 HOST INTERFACE (HDI08) 8.1 8.2 8.2.1 8.2.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.5.1 8.5.2 8.5.3 8.5.3.1 8.5.3.2 8.5.3.3 8.5.3.4 8.5.3.5 MOTOROLA Introduction ......................................................................................................................8-2 HDI08 Features ...............................................................................................................8-2 Interface - DSP side ...................................................................................................8-2 Interface - Host Side...................................................................................................8-3 HDI08 Host Port Signals..................................................................................................8-4 HDI08 Block Diagram ......................................................................................................8-5 HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model ........................................................................8-7 Host Receive Data Register (HORX) .........................................................................8-7 Host Transmit Data Register (HOTX).........................................................................8-8 Host Control Register (HCR) ......................................................................................8-8 HCR Host Receive Interrupt Enable (HRIE) Bit 0 .................................................8-8 HCR Host Transmit Interrupt Enable (HTIE) Bit 1.................................................8-8 HCR Host Command Interrupt Enable (HCIE) Bit 2..............................................8-8 HCR Host Flags 2,3 (HF2,HF3) Bits 3-4 ...............................................................8-9 HCR Host DMA Mode Control Bits (HDM0, HDM1, HDM2) Bits 5-7 ....................8-9 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TOC-3 Table of Contents Paragraph Number 8.5.3.6 8.5.4 8.5.4.1 8.5.4.2 8.5.4.3 8.5.4.4 8.5.4.5 8.5.4.6 8.5.5 8.5.5.1 8.5.5.2 8.5.6 8.5.6.1 8.5.6.2 8.5.6.3 8.5.6.4 8.5.6.5 8.5.6.6 8.5.6.7 8.5.6.8 8.5.6.9 8.5.6.10 8.5.6.11 8.5.6.12 8.5.6.13 8.5.6.14 8.5.6.15 8.5.6.16 8.5.7 8.5.8 8.5.9 8.5.10 8.6 8.6.1 8.6.1.1 8.6.1.2 8.6.1.3 8.6.1.4 8.6.1.5 8.6.1.6 8.6.1.7 8.6.1.8 8.6.2 8.6.2.1 8.6.2.2 8.6.3 8.6.3.1 8.6.3.2 8.6.3.3 8.6.3.4 TOC-4 Page Number HCR Reserved Bits 8-15 .................................................................................... 8-11 Host Status Register (HSR)..................................................................................... 8-11 HSR Host Receive Data Full (HRDF) Bit 0......................................................... 8-11 HSR Host Transmit Data Empty (HTDE) Bit 1 ................................................... 8-12 HSR Host Command Pending (HCP) Bit 2......................................................... 8-12 HSR Host Flags 0,1 (HF0,HF1) Bits 3-4............................................................. 8-12 HSR Reserved Bits 5-6, 8-15 ............................................................................. 8-12 HSR DMA Status (DMA) Bit 7 ............................................................................ 8-12 Host Base Address Register (HBAR) ...................................................................... 8-13 HBAR Base Address (BA[10:3]) Bits 0-7............................................................ 8-13 HBAR Reserved Bits 8-15 .................................................................................. 8-13 Host Port Control Register (HPCR) ......................................................................... 8-14 HPCR Host GPIO Port Enable (HGEN) Bit 0 ..................................................... 8-14 HPCR Host Address Line 8 Enable (HA8EN) Bit 1 ............................................ 8-14 HPCR Host Address Line 9 Enable (HA9EN) Bit 2 ............................................ 8-14 HPCR Host Chip Select Enable (HCSEN) Bit 3 ................................................. 8-14 HPCR Host Request Enable (HREN) Bit 4......................................................... 8-15 HPCR Host Acknowledge Enable (HAEN) Bit 5................................................. 8-15 HPCR Host Enable (HEN) Bit 6.......................................................................... 8-15 HPCR Reserved Bit 7......................................................................................... 8-15 HPCR Host Request Open Drain (HROD) Bit 8 ................................................. 8-15 HPCR Host Data Strobe Polarity (HDSP) Bit 9 .................................................. 8-15 HPCR Host Address Strobe Polarity (HASP) Bit 10........................................... 8-16 HPCR Host Multiplexed bus (HMUX) Bit 11....................................................... 8-16 HPCR Host Dual Data Strobe (HDDS) Bit 12..................................................... 8-16 HPCR Host Chip Select Polarity (HCSP) Bit 13 ................................................. 8-17 HPCR Host Request Polarity (HRP) Bit 14 ........................................................ 8-17 HPCR Host Acknowledge Polarity (HAP) Bit 15................................................. 8-17 Data direction register (HDDR)................................................................................ 8-17 Host Data Register (HDR) ....................................................................................... 8-17 DSP-Side Registers After Reset.............................................................................. 8-18 Host Interface DSP Core Interrupts ......................................................................... 8-19 HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model................................................................ 8-20 Interface Control Register (ICR) .............................................................................. 8-22 ICR Receive Request Enable (RREQ) Bit 0....................................................... 8-22 ICR Transmit Request Enable (TREQ) Bit 1 ...................................................... 8-22 ICR Double Host Request (HDRQ) Bit 2 ............................................................ 8-23 ICR Host Flag 0 (HF0) Bit 3................................................................................ 8-23 ICR Host Flag 1 (HF1) Bit 4................................................................................ 8-24 ICR Host Little Endian (HLEND) Bit 5 ................................................................ 8-24 ICR Host Mode Control (HM1 and HM0 bits) Bits 5-6 ........................................ 8-24 ICR Initialize Bit (INIT) Bit 7................................................................................ 8-25 Command Vector Register (CVR) ........................................................................... 8-26 CVR Host Vector (HV[6:0]) Bits 0-6................................................................... 8-26 CVR Host Command Bit (HC) Bit 7 .................................................................... 8-26 Interface Status Register (ISR)................................................................................ 8-26 ISR Receive Data Register Full (RXDF) Bit 0 .................................................... 8-27 ISR Transmit Data Register Empty (TXDE) Bit 1 ............................................... 8-27 ISR Transmitter Ready (TRDY) Bit 2.................................................................. 8-27 ISR Host Flag 2 (HF2) Bit 3................................................................................ 8-27 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Table of Contents Paragraph Number 8.6.3.5 8.6.3.6 8.6.3.7 8.6.4 8.6.5 8.6.6 8.6.7 8.6.8 8.7 8.7.1 8.7.2 8.7.3 Page Number ISR Host Flag 3 (HF3) Bit 4.................................................................................8-28 ISR Reserved Bits 5-6.........................................................................................8-28 ISR Host Request (HREQ) Bit 7..........................................................................8-28 Interrupt Vector Register (IVR) .................................................................................8-28 Receive Byte Registers (RXH:RXM:RXL) ................................................................8-29 Transmit Byte Registers (TXH:TXM:TXL) ................................................................8-29 Host Side Registers After Reset...............................................................................8-29 General Purpose INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO) ..............................................................8-30 Servicing The Host Interface .........................................................................................8-31 HDI08 Host Processor Data Transfer.......................................................................8-31 Polling.......................................................................................................................8-31 Servicing Interrupts...................................................................................................8-32 CHAPTER 9 SERIAL HOST INTERFACE 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.5.1 9.5.2 9.5.3 9.5.4 9.5.4.1 9.5.4.2 9.5.5 9.5.5.1 9.5.5.2 9.5.5.3 9.5.5.4 9.5.5.5 9.5.6 9.5.6.1 9.5.6.1.1 9.5.6.2 9.5.6.3 9.5.6.4 9.5.6.5 9.5.6.6 9.5.6.7 9.5.6.8 9.5.6.9 9.5.6.10 9.5.6.11 9.5.6.12 9.5.6.13 9.5.6.14 9.5.6.15 MOTOROLA Introduction ......................................................................................................................9-2 Serial Host Interface Internal Architecture .......................................................................9-3 Characteristics Of The SPI Bus .......................................................................................9-4 SHI Clock Generator .......................................................................................................9-4 Serial Host Interface Programming Model.......................................................................9-5 SHI Input/Output Shift Register (IOSR)--Host Side...................................................9-7 SHI Host Transmit Data Register (HTX)--DSP Side .................................................9-8 SHI Host Receive Data FIFO (HRX)--DSP Side .......................................................9-8 SHI Slave Address Register (HSAR)--DSP Side ......................................................9-9 HSAR Reserved Bits--Bits 19, 17-0 ....................................................................9-9 HSAR I2C Slave Address (HA[6:3], HA1)--Bits 23-20,18 ....................................9-9 SHI Clock Control Register (HCKR)--DSP Side........................................................9-9 Clock Phase and Polarity (CPHA and CPOL)--Bits 1-0 ......................................9-9 HCKR Prescaler Rate Select (HRS)--Bit 2.........................................................9-11 HCKR Divider Modulus Select (HDM[7:0])--Bits 10-3 .......................................9-11 HCKR Reserved Bits--Bits 23-14, 11 ................................................................9-11 HCKR Filter Mode (HFM[1:0]) -- Bits 13-12 ......................................................9-11 SHI Control/Status Register (HCSR)--DSP Side.....................................................9-12 HCSR Host Enable (HEN)--Bit 0........................................................................9-12 SHI Individual Reset .........................................................................................13 HCSR I2C/SPI Selection (HI2C)--Bit 1 ...............................................................9-13 HCSR Serial Host Interface Mode (HM[1:0])--Bits 3-2 ......................................9-13 HCSR I2C Clock Freeze (HCKFR)--Bit 4 ...........................................................9-13 HCSR FIFO-Enable Control (HFIFO)--Bit 5 .......................................................9-14 HCSR Master Mode (HMST)--Bit 6....................................................................9-14 HCSR Host-Request Enable (HRQE[1:0])--Bits 8-7..........................................9-14 HCSR Idle (HIDLE)--Bit 9...................................................................................9-15 HCSR Bus-Error Interrupt Enable (HBIE)--Bit 10...............................................9-15 HCSR Transmit-Interrupt Enable (HTIE)--Bit 11 ................................................9-15 HCSR Receive Interrupt Enable (HRIE[1:0])--Bits 13-12 ..................................9-16 HCSR Host Transmit Underrun Error (HTUE)--Bit 14........................................9-16 HCSR Host Transmit Data Empty (HTDE)--Bit 15 .............................................9-17 HCSR Reserved Bits--Bits 23, 18 and 16 ..........................................................9-17 Host Receive FIFO Not Empty (HRNE)--Bit 17..................................................9-17 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TOC-5 Table of Contents Paragraph Number 9.5.6.16 9.5.6.17 9.5.6.18 9.5.6.19 9.6 9.6.1 9.6.2 9.7 9.7.1 9.7.2 9.7.3 9.7.3.1 9.7.3.2 9.7.4 9.7.4.1 9.7.4.2 9.7.5 Page Number Host Receive FIFO Full (HRFF)--Bit 19 ............................................................ 9-17 Host Receive Overrun Error (HROE)--Bit 20..................................................... 9-17 Host Bus Error (HBER)--Bit 21.......................................................................... 9-18 HCSR Host Busy (HBUSY)--Bit 22 ................................................................... 9-18 Characteristics Of The I2C Bus..................................................................................... 9-18 Overview.................................................................................................................. 9-18 I2C Data Transfer Formats ...................................................................................... 9-20 SHI Programming Considerations ................................................................................ 9-21 SPI Slave Mode ....................................................................................................... 9-21 SPI Master Mode ..................................................................................................... 9-22 I2C Slave Mode........................................................................................................ 9-23 Receive Data in I2C Slave Mode ........................................................................ 9-23 Transmit Data In I2C Slave Mode....................................................................... 9-24 2 I C Master Mode...................................................................................................... 9-25 Receive Data in I2C Master Mode ...................................................................... 9-26 Transmit Data In I2C Master Mode..................................................................... 9-26 SHI Operation During DSP Stop.............................................................................. 9-27 SECTION 10 ENHANCED SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE (ESAI) 10.1 10.2 10.2.1 10.2.2 10.2.3 10.2.4 10.2.5 10.2.6 10.2.7 10.2.8 10.2.9 10.2.10 10.2.11 10.2.12 10.3 10.3.1 10.3.1.1 10.3.1.2 10.3.1.3 10.3.1.4 10.3.1.5 10.3.1.6 10.3.1.7 10.3.1.8 10.3.1.9 10.3.1.10 10.3.2 10.3.2.1 10.3.2.2 TOC-6 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 10-2 ESAI Data and Control Pins.......................................................................................... 10-4 Serial Transmit 0 Data Pin (SDO0).......................................................................... 10-4 Serial Transmit 1 Data Pin (SDO1).......................................................................... 10-4 Serial Transmit 2/Receive 3 Data Pin (SDO2/SDI3)................................................ 10-4 Serial Transmit 3/Receive 2 Data Pin (SDO3/SDI2)................................................ 10-5 Serial Transmit 4/Receive 1 Data Pin (SDO4/SDI1)................................................ 10-5 Serial Transmit 5/Receive 0 Data Pin (SDO5/SDI0)................................................ 10-5 Receiver Serial Clock (SCKR) ................................................................................. 10-6 Transmitter Serial Clock (SCKT) ............................................................................. 10-7 Frame Sync for Receiver (FSR) .............................................................................. 10-7 Frame Sync for Transmitter (FST)........................................................................... 10-8 High Frequency Clock for Transmitter (HCKT)........................................................ 10-8 High Frequency Clock for Receiver (HCKR) ........................................................... 10-8 ESAI Programming Model ............................................................................................ 10-9 ESAI Transmitter Clock Control Register (TCCR) ................................................... 10-9 TCCR Transmit Prescale Modulus Select (TPM7-TPM0) - Bits 0-7 ............... 10-10 TCCR Transmit Prescaler Range (TPSR) - Bit 8 ............................................. 10-11 TCCR Tx Frame Rate Divider Control (TDC4-TDC0) - Bits 9-13 ................... 10-11 TCCR Tx High Frequency Clock Divider (TFP3-TFP0) - Bits 14-17................ 10-12 TCCR Transmit Clock Polarity (TCKP) - Bit 18 ................................................ 10-13 TCCR Transmit Frame Sync Polarity (TFSP) - Bit 19 ...................................... 10-13 TCCR Transmit High Frequency Clock Polarity (THCKP) - Bit 20 ................... 10-13 TCCR Transmit Clock Source Direction (TCKD) - Bit 21 ................................. 10-13 TCCR Transmit Frame Sync Signal Direction (TFSD) - Bit 22 ......................... 10-14 TCCR Transmit High Frequency Clock Direction (THCKD) - Bit 23 ................. 10-14 ESAI Transmit Control Register (TCR).................................................................. 10-14 TCR ESAI Transmit 0 Enable (TE0) - Bit 0 ...................................................... 10-14 TCR ESAI Transmit 1 Enable (TE1) - Bit 1 ...................................................... 10-15 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Table of Contents Paragraph Number 10.3.2.3 10.3.2.4 10.3.2.5 10.3.2.6 10.3.2.7 10.3.2.8 10.3.2.9 10.3.2.10 10.3.2.11 10.3.2.12 10.3.2.13 10.3.2.14 10.3.2.15 10.3.2.16 10.3.2.17 10.3.2.18 10.3.2.19 10.3.3 10.3.3.1 10.3.3.2 10.3.3.3 10.3.3.4 10.3.3.5 10.3.3.6 10.3.3.7 10.3.3.8 10.3.3.9 10.3.3.10 10.3.4 10.3.4.1 10.3.4.2 10.3.4.3 10.3.4.4 10.3.4.5 10.3.4.6 10.3.4.7 10.3.4.8 10.3.4.9 10.3.4.10 10.3.4.11 10.3.4.12 10.3.4.13 10.3.4.14 10.3.4.15 10.3.4.16 10.3.5 10.3.5.1 10.3.5.2 10.3.5.3 10.3.5.4 MOTOROLA Page Number TCR ESAI Transmit 2 Enable (TE2) - Bit 2 .......................................................10-15 TCR ESAI Transmit 3 Enable (TE3) - Bit 3 .......................................................10-15 TCR ESAI Transmit 4 Enable (TE4) - Bit 4 .......................................................10-16 TCR ESAI Transmit 5 Enable (TE5) - Bit 5 .......................................................10-16 TCR Transmit Shift Direction (TSHFD) - Bit 6...................................................10-16 TCR Transmit Word Alignment Control (TWA) - Bit 7 .......................................10-17 TCR Transmit Network Mode Control (TMOD1-TMOD0) - Bits 8-9 ..................10-17 TCR Tx Slot and Word Length Select (TSWS4-TSWS0) - Bits 10-14 ..............10-19 TCR Transmit Frame Sync Length (TFSL) - Bit 15 ...........................................10-20 TCR Transmit Frame Sync Relative Timing (TFSR) - Bit 16.............................10-22 TCR Transmit Zero Padding Control (PADC) - Bit 17 .......................................10-22 TCR Reserved Bit - Bits 18 ...............................................................................10-22 TCR Transmit Section Personal Reset (TPR) - Bit 19 ......................................10-22 TCR Transmit Exception Interrupt Enable (TEIE) - Bit 20.................................10-22 TCR Transmit Even Slot Data Interrupt Enable (TEDIE) - Bit 21 ......................10-23 TCR Transmit Interrupt Enable (TIE) - Bit 22 ....................................................10-23 TCR Transmit Last Slot Interrupt Enable (TLIE) - Bit 23 ...................................10-23 ESAI Receive Clock Control Register (RCCR).......................................................10-23 RCCR Receiver Prescale Modulus Select (RPM7-RPM0) - Bits 7-0...............10-24 RCCR Receiver Prescaler Range (RPSR) - Bit 8 .............................................10-24 RCCR Rx Frame Rate Divider Control (RDC4-RDC0) - Bits 9-13...................10-24 RCCR Rx High Frequency Clock Divider (RFP3-RFP0) - Bits 14-17................10-25 RCCR Receiver Clock Polarity (RCKP) - Bit 18 ................................................10-25 RCCR Receiver Frame Sync Polarity (RFSP) - Bit 19 ......................................10-25 RCCR Receiver High Frequency Clock Polarity (RHCKP) - Bit 20 ...................10-25 RCCR Receiver Clock Source Direction (RCKD) - Bit 21 .................................10-26 RCCR Receiver Frame Sync Signal Direction (RFSD) - Bit 22.........................10-26 RCCR Receiver High Frequency Clock Direction (RHCKD) - Bit 23.................10-27 ESAI Receive Control Register (RCR) ...................................................................10-28 RCR ESAI Receiver 0 Enable (RE0) - Bit 0 ......................................................10-28 RCR ESAI Receiver 1 Enable (RE1) - Bit 1 ......................................................10-28 RCR ESAI Receiver 2 Enable (RE2) - Bit 2 ......................................................10-29 RCR ESAI Receiver 3 Enable (RE3) - Bit 3 ......................................................10-29 RCR Reserved Bits - Bits 4-5, 17-18.................................................................10-29 RCR Receiver Shift Direction (RSHFD) - Bit 6..................................................10-29 RCR Receiver Word Alignment Control (RWA) - Bit 7 ......................................10-29 RCR Receiver Network Mode Control (RMOD1-RMOD0) - Bits 8-9.................10-29 RCR Receiver Slot and Word Select (RSWS4-RSWS0) - Bits 10-14 ...............10-30 RCR Receiver Frame Sync Length (RFSL) - Bit 15 ..........................................10-31 RCR Receiver Frame Sync Relative Timing (RFSR) - Bit 16............................10-31 RCR Receiver Section Personal Reset (RPR) - Bit 19 .....................................10-32 RCR Receive Exception Interrupt Enable (REIE) - Bit 20 .................................10-32 RCR Receive Even Slot Data Interrupt Enable (REDIE) - Bit 21 ......................10-32 RCR Receive Interrupt Enable (RIE) - Bit 22 ....................................................10-32 RCR Receive Last Slot Interrupt Enable (RLIE) - Bit 23 ...................................10-32 ESAI Common Control Register (SAICR) ..............................................................10-33 SAICR Serial Output Flag 0 (OF0) - Bit 0..........................................................10-33 SAICR Serial Output Flag 1 (OF1) - Bit 1..........................................................10-33 SAICR Serial Output Flag 2 (OF2) - Bit 2..........................................................10-33 SAICR Reserved Bits - Bits 3-5, 9-23 ...............................................................10-34 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TOC-7 Table of Contents Paragraph Number 10.3.5.5 10.3.5.6 10.3.5.7 10.3.6 10.3.6.1 10.3.6.2 10.3.6.3 10.3.6.4 10.3.6.5 10.3.6.6 10.3.6.7 10.3.6.8 10.3.6.9 10.3.6.10 10.3.6.11 10.3.6.12 10.3.6.13 10.3.6.14 10.3.7 10.3.8 10.3.9 10.3.10 10.3.11 10.3.12 10.3.13 10.4 10.4.1 10.4.2 10.4.3 10.4.4 10.4.4.1 10.4.4.2 10.4.4.3 10.4.4.4 10.4.5 10.5 10.5.1 10.5.2 10.5.3 10.6 10.6.1 10.6.2 10.6.3 TOC-8 Page Number SAICR Synchronous Mode Selection (SYN) - Bit 6.......................................... 10-34 SAICR Transmit External Buffer Enable (TEBE) - Bit 7 ................................... 10-34 SAICR Alignment Control (ALC) - Bit 8 ............................................................ 10-34 ESAI Status Register (SAISR)............................................................................... 10-36 SAISR Serial Input Flag 0 (IF0) - Bit 0.............................................................. 10-36 SAISR Serial Input Flag 1 (IF1) - Bit 1.............................................................. 10-36 SAISR Serial Input Flag 2 (IF2) - Bit 2.............................................................. 10-36 SAISR Reserved Bits - Bits 3-5, 11-12, 18-23.................................................. 10-37 SAISR Receive Frame Sync Flag (RFS) - Bit 6 ............................................... 10-37 SAISR Receiver Overrun Error Flag (ROE) - Bit 7 ........................................... 10-37 SAISR Receive Data Register Full (RDF) - Bit 8.............................................. 10-37 SAISR Receive Even-Data Register Full (REDF) - Bit 9 .................................. 10-37 SAISR Receive Odd-Data Register Full (RODF) - Bit 10 ................................. 10-37 SAISR Transmit Frame Sync Flag (TFS) - Bit 13............................................. 10-38 SAISR Transmit Underrun Error Flag (TUE) - Bit 14........................................ 10-38 SAISR Transmit Data Register Empty (TDE) - Bit 15....................................... 10-38 SAISR Transmit Even-Data Register Empty (TEDE) - Bit 16........................... 10-38 SAISR Transmit Odd-Data Register Empty (TODE) - Bit 17............................ 10-39 ESAI Receive Shift Registers ................................................................................ 10-42 ESAI Receive Data Registers (RX3, RX2, RX1, RX0) .......................................... 10-42 ESAI Transmit Shift Registers ............................................................................... 10-42 ESAI Transmit Data Registers (TX5, TX4, TX3, TX2,TX1,TX0)............................ 10-42 ESAI Time Slot Register (TSR) ............................................................................. 10-42 Transmit Slot Mask Registers (TSMA, TSMB) ...................................................... 10-43 Receive Slot Mask Registers (RSMA, RSMB)....................................................... 10-44 Operating Modes ........................................................................................................ 10-45 ESAI After Reset.................................................................................................... 10-45 ESAI Initialization................................................................................................... 10-45 ESAI Interrupt Requests ........................................................................................ 10-46 Operating Modes - Normal, Network, and On-Demand........................................ 10-47 Normal/Network/On-Demand Mode Selection ................................................. 10-47 Synchronous/Asynchronous Operating Modes ................................................ 10-47 Frame Sync Selection ...................................................................................... 10-48 Shift Direction Selection ................................................................................... 10-48 Serial I/O Flags ...................................................................................................... 10-49 GPIO - Pins and Registers.......................................................................................... 10-49 Port C Control Register (PCRC) ............................................................................ 10-49 Port C Direction Register (PRRC) ......................................................................... 10-50 Port C Data register (PDRC) ................................................................................. 10-51 ESAI Initialization Examples ....................................................................................... 10-51 Initializing the ESAI Using Individual Reset ........................................................... 10-51 Initializing Just the ESAI Transmitter Section ........................................................ 10-52 Initializing Just the ESAI Receiver Section ............................................................ 10-52 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Table of Contents Paragraph Number Page Number CHAPTER 11 ENHANCED SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE 1 (ESAI_1) 11.1 11.2 11.2.1 11.2.2 11.2.3 11.2.4 11.2.5 11.2.6 11.2.7 11.2.8 11.2.9 11.2.10 11.3 11.3.1 11.3.2 11.3.2.1 11.3.2.2 11.3.2.3 11.3.3 11.3.4 11.3.4.1 11.3.4.2 11.3.4.3 11.3.5 11.3.6 11.3.7 11.3.8 11.3.9 11.3.10 11.3.11 11.3.12 11.3.13 11.3.14 11.4 11.4.1 11.5 11.5.1 11.5.2 11.5.3 MOTOROLA Introduction ....................................................................................................................11-2 ESAI_1 Data and Control Pins ......................................................................................11-4 Serial Transmit 0 Data Pin (SDO0_1) ......................................................................11-4 Serial Transmit 1 Data Pin (SDO1_1) ......................................................................11-4 Serial Transmit 2/Receive 3 Data Pin (SDO2_1/SDI3_1) ........................................11-4 Serial Transmit 3/Receive 2 Data Pin (SDO3_1/SDI2_1) ........................................11-4 Serial Transmit 4/Receive 1 Data Pin (SDO4_1/SDI1_1) ........................................11-4 Serial Transmit 5/Receive 0 Data Pin (SDO5_1/SDI0_1) ........................................11-5 Receiver Serial Clock (SCKR_1)..............................................................................11-5 Transmitter Serial Clock (SCKT_1) ..........................................................................11-5 Frame Sync for Receiver (FSR_1) ...........................................................................11-5 Frame Sync for Transmitter (FST_1)........................................................................11-5 ESAI_1 Programming Model .........................................................................................11-6 ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register (EMUXR)...........................................................11-6 ESAI_1 Transmitter Clock Control Register (TCCR_1)............................................11-7 TCCR_1 Tx High Freq. Clock Divider (TFP3-TFP0) - Bits 14-17 .......................11-7 TCCR_1 Tx High Freq. Clock Polarity (THCKP) - Bit 20.....................................11-8 TCCR_1 Tx High Freq. Clock Direction (THCKD) - Bit 23 ..................................11-8 ESAI_1 Transmit Control Register (TCR_1)...........................................................11-10 ESAI_1 Receive Clock Control Register (RCCR_1)...............................................11-11 RCCR_1 Rx High Freq. Clock Divider (RFP3-RFP0) - Bits 14-17 ...................11-11 RCCR_1 Rx High Freq. Clock Polarity (RHCKP) - Bit 20 .................................11-11 RCCR_1 Rx High Freq. Clock Direction (RHCKD) - Bit 23 ...............................11-12 ESAI_1 Receive Control Register (RCR_1) ...........................................................11-12 ESAI_1 Common Control Register (SAICR_1) ......................................................11-12 ESAI_1 Status Register (SAISR_1)........................................................................11-13 ESAI_1 Receive Shift Registers .............................................................................11-13 ESAI_1 Receive Data Registers.............................................................................11-14 ESAI_1 Transmit Shift Registers ............................................................................11-14 ESAI_1 Transmit Data Registers............................................................................11-14 ESAI_1 Time Slot Register (TSR_1) ......................................................................11-14 Transmit Slot Mask Registers (TSMA_1, TSMB_1) ...............................................11-14 Receive Slot Mask Registers (RSMA_1, RSMB_1) ...............................................11-15 Operating Modes .........................................................................................................11-16 ESAI_1 After Reset ................................................................................................11-16 GPIO - Pins and Registers ..........................................................................................11-16 Port E Control Register (PCRE) .............................................................................11-17 Port E Direction Register (PRRE)...........................................................................11-17 Port E Data register (PDRE)...................................................................................11-18 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TOC-9 Table of Contents Paragraph Number Page Number CHAPTER 12 DIGITAL AUDIO TRANSMITTER 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.5.1 12.5.2 12.5.3 12.5.4 12.5.4.1 12.5.4.2 12.5.4.3 12.5.4.4 12.5.4.5 12.5.4.6 12.5.4.7 12.5.5 12.5.6 12.5.6.1 12.5.6.2 12.5.6.3 12.5.6.4 12.5.6.5 12.5.6.6 12.5.7 12.5.7.1 12.5.7.2 12.5.7.3 12.5.7.4 12.5.8 12.5.9 12.5.10 12.5.11 12.5.12 12.6 12.6.1 12.6.2 12.6.3 12.6.4 12.6.5 12.7 12.7.1 12.7.2 12.7.3 TOC-10 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 12-2 DAX Signals.................................................................................................................. 12-3 DAX Functional Overview ............................................................................................. 12-3 DAX Programming Model ............................................................................................. 12-4 DAX Internal Architecture ............................................................................................. 12-5 DAX Audio Data Register (XADR)........................................................................... 12-6 DAX Audio Data Buffers (XADBUFA / XADBUFB).................................................. 12-6 DAX Audio Data Shift Register (XADSR) ................................................................ 12-6 DAX Non-Audio Data Register (XNADR) ................................................................ 12-6 DAX Channel A Validity (XVA)--Bit 10 .............................................................. 12-7 DAX Channel A User Data (XUA)--Bit 11.......................................................... 12-7 DAX Channel A Channel Status (XCA)--Bit 12 ................................................. 12-7 DAX Channel B Validity (XVB)--Bit 13 .............................................................. 12-7 DAX Channel B User Data (XUB)--Bit 14.......................................................... 12-7 DAX Channel B Channel Status (XCB)--Bit 15 ................................................. 12-7 XNADR Reserved Bits--Bits 0-9, 16-23............................................................ 12-7 DAX Non-Audio Data Buffer (XNADBUF)................................................................ 12-7 DAX Control Register (XCTR) ................................................................................. 12-8 Audio Data Register Empty Interrupt Enable (XDIE)--Bit 0 ............................... 12-8 Underrun Error Interrupt Enable (XUIE)--Bit 1 .................................................. 12-8 Block Transferred Interrupt Enable (XBIE)--Bit 2 .............................................. 12-8 DAX Clock Input Select (XCS[1:0])--Bits 3-4.................................................... 12-8 DAX Start Block (XSB)--Bit 5 ............................................................................ 12-8 XCTR Reserved Bits--Bits 6-23......................................................................... 12-8 DAX Status Register (XSTR)................................................................................... 12-9 DAX Audio Data Register Empty (XADE)--Bit 0................................................ 12-9 DAX Transmit Underrun Error Flag (XAUR)--Bit 1 ............................................ 12-9 DAX Block Transfer Flag (XBLK)--Bit 2............................................................. 12-9 XSTR Reserved Bits--Bits 3-23 ...................................................................... 12-10 DAX Parity Generator (PRTYG) ............................................................................ 12-10 DAX Biphase Encoder ........................................................................................... 12-10 DAX Preamble Generator...................................................................................... 12-10 DAX Clock Multiplexer ........................................................................................... 12-11 DAX State Machine ............................................................................................... 12-12 DAX Programming Considerations ............................................................................. 12-12 Initiating A Transmit Session ................................................................................. 12-12 Audio Data Register Empty Interrupt Handling...................................................... 12-12 Block Transferred Interrupt Handling..................................................................... 12-13 DAX operation with DMA ....................................................................................... 12-13 DAX Operation During Stop................................................................................... 12-14 GPIO (PORT D) - Pins and Registers......................................................................... 12-14 Port D Control Register (PCRD) ............................................................................ 12-14 Port D Direction Register (PRRD) ......................................................................... 12-15 Port D Data Register (PDRD) ................................................................................ 12-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Table of Contents Paragraph Number Page Number CHAPTER 13 TIMER/EVENT COUNTER 13.1 13.2 13.2.1 13.2.2 13.3 13.3.1 13.3.2 13.3.2.1 13.3.2.2 13.3.2.3 13.3.3 13.3.3.1 13.3.3.2 13.3.4 13.3.4.1 13.3.4.2 13.3.4.3 13.3.4.4 13.3.4.5 13.3.4.6 13.3.4.7 13.3.4.8 13.3.4.9 13.3.4.10 13.3.4.11 13.3.4.12 13.3.4.13 13.3.5 13.3.6 13.3.7 13.4 13.4.1 13.4.1.1 13.4.1.2 13.4.1.3 13.4.1.4 13.4.2 13.4.2.1 13.4.2.2 13.4.2.3 13.4.2.4 13.4.3 13.4.4 13.4.4.1 13.4.4.2 13.4.5 13.4.6 MOTOROLA Introduction ....................................................................................................................13-2 Timer/Event Counter Architecture .................................................................................13-2 Timer/Event Counter Block Diagram ........................................................................13-2 Individual Timer Block Diagram................................................................................13-3 Timer/Event Counter Programming Model ....................................................................13-4 Prescaler Counter.....................................................................................................13-6 Timer Prescaler Load Register (TPLR) ....................................................................13-6 TPLR Prescaler Preload Value PL[20:0] Bits 20-0 .............................................13-6 TPLR Prescaler Source PS[1:0] Bits 22-21.........................................................13-6 TPLR Reserved Bit 23.........................................................................................13-7 Timer Prescaler Count Register (TPCR) ..................................................................13-7 TPCR Prescaler Counter Value PC[20:0] Bits 20-0 ...........................................13-7 TPCR Reserved Bits 23-21 ................................................................................13-7 Timer Control/Status Register (TCSR) .....................................................................13-7 TCSR Timer Enable (TE) Bit 0 ............................................................................13-8 TCSR Timer Overflow Interrupt Enable (TOIE) Bit 1...........................................13-8 TCSR Timer Compare Interrupt Enable (TCIE) Bit 2 ..........................................13-8 TCSR Timer Control (TC[3:0]) Bits 4-7...............................................................13-8 TCSR Inverter (INV) Bit 8..................................................................................13-10 TCSR Timer Reload Mode (TRM) Bit 9.............................................................13-11 TCSR Direction (DIR) Bit 11..............................................................................13-11 TCSR Data Input (DI) Bit 12..............................................................................13-11 TCSR Data Output (DO) Bit 13 .........................................................................13-11 TCSR Prescaler Clock Enable (PCE) Bit 15 .....................................................13-12 TCSR Timer Overflow Flag (TOF) Bit 20 ..........................................................13-12 TCSR Timer Compare Flag (TCF) Bit 21 ..........................................................13-12 TCSR Reserved Bits (Bits 3, 10, 14, 16-19, 22, 23)..........................................13-12 Timer Load Register (TLR).....................................................................................13-13 Timer Compare Register (TCPR) ...........................................................................13-13 Timer Count Register (TCR)...................................................................................13-13 Timer Modes of Operation ...........................................................................................13-14 Timer Modes...........................................................................................................13-14 Timer GPIO (Mode 0)........................................................................................13-14 Timer Pulse (Mode 1)........................................................................................13-15 Timer Toggle (Mode 2)......................................................................................13-16 Timer Event Counter (Mode 3)..........................................................................13-16 Signal Measurement Modes...................................................................................13-17 Measurement Accuracy.....................................................................................13-17 Measurement Input Width (Mode 4)..................................................................13-17 Measurement Input Period (Mode 5).................................................................13-18 Measurement Capture (Mode 6 ........................................................................13-19 Pulse Width Modulation (PWM, Mode 7)................................................................13-19 Watchdog Modes....................................................................................................13-20 Watchdog Pulse (Mode 9 ..................................................................................13-20 Watchdog Toggle (Mode 10).............................................................................13-21 Reserved Modes ....................................................................................................13-22 Special Cases.........................................................................................................13-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TOC-11 Table of Contents Paragraph Number 13.4.6.1 13.4.6.2 13.4.7 Page Number Timer Behavior during Wait .............................................................................. 13-22 Timer Behavior during Stop.............................................................................. 13-22 DMA Trigger .......................................................................................................... 13-22 CHAPTER 14 PACKAGING 14.1 14.1.1 14.1.2 14.2 Pin-out and Package Information.................................................................................. 14-2 LQFP Package Description ..................................................................................... 14-2 LQFP Package Mechanical Drawing ....................................................................... 14-6 Ordering Drawings ........................................................................................................ 14-9 APPENDIX A BOOTSTRAP ROM CONTENTS A.1 DSP56367 Bootstrap Program ....................................................................................... A-2 APPENDIX B EQUATES APPENDIX C JTAG BSDL APPENDIX D PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE D.1 D.1.1 D.1.2 D.1.3 D.1.4 D.1.5 D.2 D.3 D.4 D.5 D.6 Introduction .....................................................................................................................D-2 Peripheral Addresses ................................................................................................D-2 Interrupt Addresses ...................................................................................................D-2 Interrupt Priorities ......................................................................................................D-2 Host Interface Quick Reference.................................................................................D-2 Programming Sheets .................................................................................................D-2 Internal I/O Memory MAp................................................................................................D-3 Interrupt Vector Addresses .............................................................................................D-8 Interrupt Source Priorities (within an IPL) .....................................................................D-10 Host Interface--Quick Reference .................................................................................D-12 Programming Sheets ....................................................................................................D-15 APPENDIX E POWER CONSUMPTION BENCHMARK APPENDIX F IBIS MODEL INDEX TOC-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA LIST OF FIGURES Paragraph Number 1-1 2-1 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23 3-24 3-25 3-26 3-27 3-28 3-29 3-30 3-31 3-32 3-33 3-34 3-35 3-36 3-37 3-38 3-39 3-40 3-41 5-1 MOTOROLA Page Number DSP56367 Block Diagram ...............................................................................................1-2 Signals Identified by Functional Group ............................................................................2-4 External Clock Timing......................................................................................................3-7 Reset Timing .................................................................................................................3-12 External Fast Interrupt Timing .......................................................................................3-13 External Interrupt Timing (Negative Edge-Triggered)....................................................3-14 Operating Mode Select Timing ......................................................................................3-14 Recovery from Stop State Using IRQA Interrupt Service ..............................................3-14 Recovery from Stop State Using IRQA Interrupt Service ..............................................3-15 External Memory Access (DMA Source) Timing ...........................................................3-15 SRAM Read Access ......................................................................................................3-19 SRAM Write Access ......................................................................................................3-20 DRAM Page Mode Wait States Selection Guide ...........................................................3-21 DRAM Page Mode Write Accesses ...............................................................................3-25 DRAM Page Mode Read Accesses...............................................................................3-26 DRAM Out-of-Page Wait States Selection Guide..........................................................3-27 DRAM Out-of-Page Read Access .................................................................................3-34 DRAM Out-of-Page Write Access..................................................................................3-35 DRAM Refresh Access ..................................................................................................3-36 Asynchronous Bus Arbitration Timing............................................................................3-37 Asynchronous Bus Arbitration Timing............................................................................3-37 Host Interrupt Vector Register (IVR) Read Timing Diagram..........................................3-41 Read Timing Diagram, Non-Multiplexed Bus.................................................................3-41 Write Timing Diagram, Non-Multiplexed Bus.................................................................3-42 Read Timing Diagram, Multiplexed Bus ........................................................................3-43 Write Timing Diagram, Multiplexed Bus.........................................................................3-44 Host DMA Write Timing Diagram...................................................................................3-45 Host DMA Read Timing Diagram ..................................................................................3-45 SPI Master Timing (CPHA = 0)......................................................................................3-49 SPI Master Timing (CPHA = 1)......................................................................................3-50 SPI Slave Timing (CPHA = 0)........................................................................................3-51 SPI Slave Timing (CPHA = 1)........................................................................................3-52 I2C Timing......................................................................................................................3-56 ESAI Transmitter Timing ...............................................................................................3-60 ESAI Receiver Timing ...................................................................................................3-61 ESAI HCKT Timing ........................................................................................................3-61 ESAI HCKR Timing .......................................................................................................3-62 Digital Audio Transmitter Timing....................................................................................3-62 TIO Timer Event Input Restrictions................................................................................3-63 GPIO Timing ..................................................................................................................3-64 Test Clock Input Timing Diagram ..................................................................................3-65 Boundary Scan (JTAG) Timing Diagram .......................................................................3-66 Test Access Port Timing Diagram .................................................................................3-66 Memory Maps for MSW=(X,X), CE=0, MS=0, SC=0 .......................................................5-5 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual LOF-1 List of Figures Paragraph Number 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-16 6-1 6-2 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9 9-10 9-11 10-1 10-2 LOF-2 Page Number Memory Maps for MSW=(X,X), CE=1, MS=0, SC=0 ...................................................... 5-5 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,0), CE=0 MS=1, SC=0 ........................................................ 5-6 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,1), CE=0, MS=1, SC=0 ....................................................... 5-6 Memory Maps for MSW=(1,0), CE=0, MS=1, SC=0 ....................................................... 5-7 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,0), CE=1, MS=1, SC=0 ....................................................... 5-7 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,1), CE=1, MS=1, SC=0 ....................................................... 5-8 Memory Maps for MSW=(1,0), CE=1, MS=1, SC=0 ....................................................... 5-8 Memory Maps for MSW=(X,X), CE=0, MS=0, SC=1 ...................................................... 5-9 Memory Maps for MSW=(X,X), CE=1, MS=0, SC=1 ...................................................... 5-9 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,0), CE=0, MS=1, SC=1 ..................................................... 5-10 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,1), CE=0, MS=1, SC=1 ..................................................... 5-10 Memory Maps for MSW=(1,0), CE=0, MS=1, SC=1 ..................................................... 5-11 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,0), CE=1, MS=1, SC=1 ..................................................... 5-11 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,1), CE=1, MS=1, SC=1 ..................................................... 5-12 Memory Maps for MSW=(1,0), CE=1, MS=1, SC=1 ..................................................... 5-12 Interrupt Priority Register P............................................................................................. 6-8 Interrupt Priority Register C ............................................................................................ 6-9 HDI08 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... 8-6 Host Control Register (HCR) (X:$FFFFC2) .................................................................... 8-8 Host Status Register (HSR) (X:FFFFC3)...................................................................... 8-11 Host Base Address Register (HBAR) (X:$FFFFC5) ..................................................... 8-13 Self Chip Select logic .................................................................................................... 8-13 Host Port Control Register (HPCR) (X:$FFFFC4) ........................................................ 8-14 Single strobe bus .......................................................................................................... 8-16 Dual strobes bus ........................................................................................................... 8-16 Host Data Direction Register (HDDR) (X:$FFFFC8) .................................................... 8-17 Host Data Register (HDR) (X:$FFFFC9) ...................................................................... 8-18 HSR-HCR Operation..................................................................................................... 8-20 Interface Control Register (ICR) ................................................................................... 8-22 Command Vector Register (CVR)................................................................................. 8-26 Interface Status Register (ISR) ..................................................................................... 8-27 Interrupt Vector Register (IVR) ..................................................................................... 8-28 HDI08 Host Request Structure ..................................................................................... 8-32 Serial Host Interface Block Diagram ............................................................................... 9-3 SHI Clock Generator....................................................................................................... 9-4 SHI Programming Model--Host Side ............................................................................. 9-5 SHI Programming Model--DSP Side ............................................................................. 9-6 SHI I/O Shift Register (IOSR) ......................................................................................... 9-8 SPI Data-To-Clock Timing Diagram.............................................................................. 9-10 I2C Bit Transfer ............................................................................................................. 9-18 I2C Start and Stop Events............................................................................................. 9-19 Acknowledgment on the I2C Bus .................................................................................. 9-19 I2C Bus Protocol For Host Write Cycle ......................................................................... 9-20 I2C Bus Protocol For Host Read Cycle ......................................................................... 9-21 ESAI Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... 10-3 TCCR Register.............................................................................................................. 10-9 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA List of Figures Paragraph Number 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-8 10-9 10-10 10-11 10-12 10-13 10-14 10-15 10-16 10-17 10-18 10-19 10-20 10-21 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-7 11-8 11-9 11-10 11-11 11-12 11-13 11-14 11-15 11-16 11-17 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-8 12-9 13-1 MOTOROLA Page Number ESAI Clock Generator Functional Block Diagram .......................................................10-10 ESAI Frame Sync Generator Functional Block Diagram .............................................10-12 TCR Register ...............................................................................................................10-14 Normal and Network Operation ...................................................................................10-18 Frame Length Selection ..............................................................................................10-21 RCCR Register ............................................................................................................10-24 RCR Register ..............................................................................................................10-28 SAICR Register ...........................................................................................................10-33 SAICR SYN Bit Operation ...........................................................................................10-35 SAISR Register ...........................................................................................................10-36 ESAI Data Path Programming Model ([R/T]SHFD=0) .................................................10-40 ESAI Data Path Programming Model ([R/T]SHFD=1) .................................................10-41 TSMA Register ............................................................................................................10-43 TSMB Register ............................................................................................................10-43 RSMA Register ............................................................................................................10-44 RSMB Register ............................................................................................................10-44 PCRC Register ............................................................................................................10-50 PRRC Register ............................................................................................................10-50 PDRC Register ............................................................................................................10-51 ESAI_1 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................11-3 EMUXR Register ...........................................................................................................11-6 TCCR_1 Register ..........................................................................................................11-7 ESAI_1 Clock Generator Functional Block Diagram .....................................................11-9 ESAI_1 Frame Sync Generator Functional Block Diagram .........................................11-10 TCR_1 Register ...........................................................................................................11-11 RCCR_1 Register ........................................................................................................11-11 RCR_1 Register ..........................................................................................................11-12 SAICR_1 Register .......................................................................................................11-13 SAISR_1 Register .......................................................................................................11-13 TSMA_1 Register ........................................................................................................11-15 TSMB_1 Register ........................................................................................................11-15 RSMA_1 Register ........................................................................................................11-16 RSMB_1 Register ........................................................................................................11-16 PCRE Register ............................................................................................................11-17 PRRE Register ............................................................................................................11-18 PDRE Register ............................................................................................................11-18 Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX) Block Diagram ............................................................12-3 DAX Programming Model ..............................................................................................12-5 DAX Relative Timing ...................................................................................................12-10 Preamble sequence.....................................................................................................12-11 Clock Multiplexer Diagram...........................................................................................12-12 Examples of data organization in memory...................................................................12-14 Port D Control Register (PCRD) ..................................................................................12-15 Port D Direction Register (PRRD) ...............................................................................12-15 Port D Data Register (PDRD) ......................................................................................12-16 Timer/Event Counter Block Diagram .............................................................................13-3 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual LOF-3 List of Figures Paragraph Number 13-2 13-3 13-4 13-5 14-1 14-2 14-3 14-4 D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-7 D-8 D-9 D-10 D-11 D-12 D-13 D-14 D-15 D-16 D-17 D-18 D-19 D-20 D-21 D-22 D-23 D-24 D-25 D-26 D-27 D-28 D-29 D-30 D-31 D-32 D-33 D-34 D-35 D-36 LOF-4 Page Number Timer Block Diagram .................................................................................................... 13-4 Timer Module Programmer's Model.............................................................................. 13-5 Timer Prescaler Load Register ..................................................................................... 13-6 Timer Prescaler Count Register (TPCR) ...................................................................... 13-7 144-pin package ........................................................................................................... 14-3 DSP56367 144-pin LQFP Package (1 of 3).................................................................. 14-6 DSP56367 144-pin LQFP Package (2 of 3).................................................................. 14-7 DSP56367 144-pin LQFP Package (3 of 3).................................................................. 14-8 Status Register (SR) .....................................................................................................D-16 Operating Mode Register (OMR) ..................................................................................D-17 Interrupt Priority Register-Core (IPR-C) ......................................................................D-18 Interrupt Priority Register - Peripherals (IPR-P) ..........................................................D-19 Phase Lock Loop Control Register (PCTL)...................................................................D-20 Host Receive and Host Transmit Data Registers .........................................................D-21 Host Control and Status Registers................................................................................D-22 Host Base Address and Host Port Control....................................................................D-23 Host Interrupt Control and Interrupt Status ...................................................................D-24 Host Interrupt Vector and Command Vector.................................................................D-25 Host Receive and Transmit Byte Registers ..................................................................D-26 SHI Slave Address and Clock Control Registers ..........................................................D-27 SHI Transmit and Receive Data Registers ...................................................................D-28 SHI Host Control/Status Register .................................................................................D-29 ESAI Transmit Clock Control Register..........................................................................D-30 ESAI Transmit Control Register....................................................................................D-31 ESAI Receive Clock Control Register...........................................................................D-32 ESAI Receive Control Register.....................................................................................D-33 ESAI Common Control Register ...................................................................................D-34 ESAI Status Register ....................................................................................................D-35 ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register................................................................................D-36 ESAI_1 Transmit Clock Control Register......................................................................D-37 ESAI_1 Transmit Control Register................................................................................D-38 ESAI_1 Receive Clock Control Register.......................................................................D-39 ESAI_1 Receive Control Register.................................................................................D-40 ESAI_1 Common Control Register ...............................................................................D-41 ESAI_1 Status Register ................................................................................................D-42 DAX Non-Audio Data Register......................................................................................D-43 DAX Control and Status Registers................................................................................D-44 Timer Prescaler Load and Prescaler Count Registers (TPLR, TPCR) .........................D-45 Timer Control/Status Register.......................................................................................D-46 Timer Load, Compare and Count Registers .................................................................D-47 GPIO Port B ..................................................................................................................D-48 GPIO Port C..................................................................................................................D-49 GPIO Port D..................................................................................................................D-50 GPIO Port E ..................................................................................................................D-51 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA LIST OF TABLES Paragraph Number 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 6-1 6-2 MOTOROLA Page Number DSP56367 Functional Signal Groupings .........................................................................2-2 Power Inputs....................................................................................................................2-5 Grounds ...........................................................................................................................2-6 Clock and PLL Signals ....................................................................................................2-7 External Address Bus Signals .........................................................................................2-7 External Data Bus Signals ...............................................................................................2-8 External Bus Control Signals ...........................................................................................2-8 Interrupt and Mode Control............................................................................................2-11 Host Interface ................................................................................................................2-13 Serial Host Interface Signals .........................................................................................2-18 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Signals ......................................................................2-21 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface_1 Signals ..................................................................2-27 Digital Audio Interface (DAX) Signals ............................................................................2-30 Timer Signal ..................................................................................................................2-31 JTAG/OnCE Interface....................................................................................................2-31 Maximum Ratings ............................................................................................................3-3 Thermal Characteristics...................................................................................................3-3 DC Electrical Characteristics5 .........................................................................................3-4 Internal Clocks .................................................................................................................3-6 Clock Operation ...............................................................................................................3-7 PLL Characteristics .........................................................................................................3-8 Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing .............................................................3-9 SRAM Read and Write Accesses ..................................................................................3-16 DRAM Page Mode Timings, Three Wait States ............................................................3-21 DRAM Page Mode Timings, Four Wait States1, 2, 3 ......................................................3-23 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Four Wait States.........................................3-27 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Eleven Wait States .....................................3-30 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Fifteen Wait States1, 2 ................................3-32 Asynchronous Bus Arbitration Timing............................................................................3-37 Host Interface (HDI08) Timing .......................................................................................3-38 Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing .....................................................................3-46 SHI I2C Protocol Timing ................................................................................................3-53 SCL Serial Clock Cycle (TSCL) Generated as Master....................................................3-55 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing ......................................................................3-57 Digital Audio Transmitter Timing....................................................................................3-62 Timer Timing..................................................................................................................3-63 GPIO Timing ..................................................................................................................3-63 JTAG Timing..................................................................................................................3-65 Internal Memory Configurations ......................................................................................5-3 On-chip RAM Memory Locations.....................................................................................5-3 On-chip ROM Memory Locations ....................................................................................5-4 Internal I/O Memory Map ...............................................................................................5-15 Operating Mode Register (OMR).....................................................................................6-3 DSP56367 Operating Modes...........................................................................................6-6 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual LOT-1 List of Tables Paragraph Number 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 10-1 10-2 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-8 10-9 10-10 10-11 10-12 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 12-1 LOT-2 Page Number DSP56367 Mode Descriptions........................................................................................ 6-7 Interrupt Priority Level Bits.............................................................................................. 6-8 Interrupt Sources Priorities Within an IPL ....................................................................... 6-9 DSP56367 Interrupt Vectors ......................................................................................... 6-11 DMA Request Sources ................................................................................................. 6-14 Identification Register Configuration ............................................................................. 6-15 JTAG Identification Register Configuration................................................................... 6-16 DSP56367 BSR Bit Definition ....................................................................................... 6-16 HDI08 Signal Summary .................................................................................................. 8-4 Strobe Signals Support signals....................................................................................... 8-5 Host request support signals .......................................................................................... 8-5 HDI08 IRQ ...................................................................................................................... 8-9 HDM[2:0] Functionality.................................................................................................. 8-10 HDR and HDDR Functionality....................................................................................... 8-18 DSP-Side Registers after Reset ................................................................................... 8-19 HDI08 Host Side Register Map..................................................................................... 8-21 TREQ RREQ Interrupt Mode (HDM[2:0]=000 or HM[1:0]=00)...................................... 8-23 TREQ RREQ DMA Mode (HM11/40 or HM01/40)............................................................ 8-23 HDRQ ........................................................................................................................... 8-23 Host Mode Bit Definition ............................................................................................... 8-24 INIT Command Effect ................................................................................................... 8-25 Host Request Status (HREQ) ....................................................................................... 8-28 Host Side Registers After Reset ................................................................................... 8-30 SHI Interrupt Vectors ...................................................................................................... 9-7 SHI Internal Interrupt Priorities........................................................................................ 9-7 SHI Noise Reduction Filter Mode.................................................................................. 9-12 SHI Data Size ............................................................................................................... 9-13 HREQ Function In SHI Slave Modes ............................................................................ 9-14 HCSR Receive Interrupt Enable Bits ............................................................................ 9-16 Receiver Clock Sources (asynchronous mode only) .................................................... 10-6 Transmitter Clock Sources............................................................................................ 10-7 Transmitter High Frequency Clock Divider ................................................................. 10-13 Transmit Network Mode Selection .............................................................................. 10-17 ESAI Transmit Slot and Word Length Selection ......................................................... 10-19 Receiver High Frequency Clock Divider ..................................................................... 10-25 SCKR Pin Definition Table.......................................................................................... 10-26 FSR Pin Definition Table............................................................................................. 10-27 HCKR Pin Definition Table.......................................................................................... 10-27 ESAI Receive Network Mode Selection...................................................................... 10-30 ESAI Receive Slot and Word Length Selection .......................................................... 10-30 PCRC and PRRC Bits Functionality ........................................................................... 10-50 EMUXR ESAI/ESAI_1 Pin Selection............................................................................. 11-7 Transmitter Clock Sources............................................................................................ 11-8 Receiver Clock Sources (asynchronous mode only) .................................................. 11-12 PCRE and PRRE Bits Functionality............................................................................ 11-17 DAX Interrupt Vectors ................................................................................................... 12-5 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA List of Tables Paragraph Number 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 13-1 13-2 13-3 13-4 14-1 14-2 D-20 MOTOROLA Page Number DAX Interrupt Priority.....................................................................................................12-5 Clock Source Selection .................................................................................................12-8 Preamble Bit Patterns..................................................................................................12-11 Examples of DMA configuration ..................................................................................12-13 DAX Port GPIO Control Register Functionality............................................................12-15 Prescaler Source Selection ...........................................................................................13-7 Timer Control Bits for Timer 0........................................................................................13-9 Timer Control Bits for Timers 1 and 2............................................................................13-9 Inverse Bit....................................................................................................................13-10 Signal Identification by Name ........................................................................................14-4 Signal Identification by Pin Number ............................................................................14-5 EMUXR ESAI/ESAI_1 Pin Selection ............................................................................ D-36 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual LOT-3 Intentionally Left Blank PREFACE MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual i Preface Overview Overview This manual describes the DSP56367 24-bit digital signal processor (DSP), its memory, operating modes, and peripheral modules. The DSP56367 is a member of the DSP56300 family of programmable CMOS DSPs. Changes in core functionality specific to the DSP56367 are also described in this manual. Note: This document contains information on a new product. Specifications and information herein are subject to change without notice. The DSP56367 is targeted to applications that require digital audio compression and decompression, sound field processing, acoustic equalization, and other digital audio algorithms. This manual is intended to be used with the following publication: * The DSP56300 Family Manual (DSP56300FM/AD), which describes the CPU, core programming models, and instruction set details. This document, as well as Motorola's DSP development tools, can be obtained through a local Motorola Semiconductor Sales Office or authorized distributor. To receive the latest information on this DSP, access the Motorola DSP home page at the address given on the front cover of this document. This manual contains the following sections and appendices. SECTION 1--DSP56367 OVERVIEW - Provides a brief description of the DSP56367, including a features list and block diagram. Lists related documentation needed to use this chip and describes the organization of this manual. SECTION 2--SIGNAL/CONNECTION DESCRIPTIONS - Describes the signals on the DSP56367 pins and how these signals are grouped into interfaces. SECTION 3--SPECIFICATIONS - Describes the DSP56367 maximum ratings, AC specifications, DC specifications, thermal specifications, clock operational specifications and timings. SECTION 4--DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS - Describes thermal, electrical, and power consumption issues, as wells PLL performance issues and input jitter requirements for the DSP56367. SECTION 5--MEMORY CONFIGURATION - ii Describes data and program and memory maps for the DSP56367. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Preface Overview SECTION 6--CORE CONFIGURATION - Describes the registers used to configure the DSP56300 core when programming the DSP56367, in particular the interrupt vector locations and the operation of the interrupt priority registers. Explains the operating modes and how they affect the processor's program and data memories. SECTION 7--GENERAL PURPOSE INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO) - Describes the DSP56367 GPIO capability and the programming model for the GPIO signals (operation, registers, and control). SECTION 8-- HOST INTERFACE (HDI08) - Describes the HDI08 parallel host interface. SECTION 9--SERIAL HOST INTERFACE (SHI) - Describes the serial input/output interface providing a path for communication and program/ coefficient data transfers between the DSP and an external host processor. The SHI can also communicate with other serial peripheral devices. SECTION 10--ENHANCED SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE (ESAI) - Describes one of the full-duplex serial port for serial communication with a variety of serial devices. SECTION 11--ENHANCED SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE 1 (ESAI_1) - Describes the second full-duplex serial port for serial communication with a variety of serial devices. SECTION 12--DIGITAL AUDIO TRANSMITTER (DAX) - Describes the full-duplex serial port for serial communication with a variety of serial devices. SECTION 13--TRIPLE TIMER MODULE (TEC) - Describes the internal timer/event counter in the DSP56367. SECTION 14--PACKAGE DESCRIPTION - Describes the available package for the DSP56367, including diagrams of the package pinouts and tables describing how the signals are allocated for the package. APPENDIX A--BOOTSTRAP PROGRAM - Lists the bootstrap code used for the DSP56367. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual iii Preface Overview APPENDIX B--EQUATES - Lists equates for the DSP56367. APPENDIX C--JTAG/BSDL LISTING - Provides the BSDL listing for the DSP56367. APPENDIX D--PROGRAMMING REFERENCE - Lists peripheral addresses, interrupt addresses, and interrupt priorities for the DSP56367. Contains programming sheets listing the contents of the major DSP56367 registers for programmer reference. APPENDIX E--POWER CONSUMPTION BENCHMARK - Describes the benchmark program that permits evaluation of DSP power usage in a test situation. APPENDIX F--IBIS MODEL - iv Describes the IBIS model used for the DSP56367. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Preface Manual Conventions Manual Conventions The following conventions are used in this manual: * Bits within registers are always listed from most significant bit (MSB) to least significant bit (LSB). * When several related bits are discussed, they are referenced as AA[n:m], where n>m. For purposes of description, the bits are presented as if they are contiguous within a register. However, this is not always the case. Refer to the programming model diagrams or to the programmer's sheets to see the exact location of bits within a register. * When a bit is described as "set", its value is 1. When a bit is described as "cleared", its value is 0. * The word "assert" means that a high true (active high) signal is pulled high to VCC or that a low true (active low) signal is pulled low to ground. The word "deassert" means that a high true signal is pulled low to ground or that a low true signal is pulled high to VCC. Table Anchor. Table 1 High True/Low True Signal Conventions Signal/Symbol Logic State Signal State Voltage PIN1 True Asserted Ground2 PIN False Deasserted VCC3 PIN True Asserted VCC PIN False Deasserted Ground Note: 1. 2. 3. * PIN is a generic term for any pin on the chip. Ground is an acceptable low voltage level. See the appropriate data sheet for the range of acceptable low voltage levels (typically a TTL logic low). VCC is an acceptable high voltage level. See the appropriate data sheet for the range of acceptable high voltage levels (typically a TTL logic high). Pins or signals that are asserted low (made active when pulled to ground) - In text, have an overbar (e.g., RESET is asserted low). - In code examples, have a tilde in front of their names. In example below, line 3 refers to the SS0 pin (shown as ~SS0). * Sets of pins or signals are indicated by the first and last pins or signals in the set (e.g., HA1-HA8). * Code examples are displayed in a monospaced font, as shown below: Example Sample Code Listing BFSET #$0007,X:PCC; Configure: line 1 ; MISO0, MOSI0, SCK0 for SPI master line 2 ; ~SS0 as PC3 for GPIO MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual line 3 v Preface Manual Conventions vi * Hex values are indicated with a dollar sign ($) preceding the hex value, as follows: $FFFFFF is the X memory address for the core interrupt priority register (IPR-C). * The word "reset" is used in four different contexts in this manual: - the reset signal, written as "RESET," - the reset instruction, written as "RESET," - the reset operating state, written as "Reset," and - the reset function, written as "reset." DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA CHAPTER 1 DSP56367 OVERVIEW MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 1-1 DSP56367 Overview Introduction 1.1 INTRODUCTION This manual describes the DSP56367 24-bit digital signal processor (DSP), its memory, operating modes, and peripheral modules. The DSP56367 is a member of the DSP56300 family of programmable CMOS DSPs. The DSP56367 is targeted to applications that require digital audio compression/decompression, sound field processing, acoustic equalization and other digital audio algorithms. The DSP56367 offers 150 million instructions per second (MIPS) using an internal 150 MHz clock at 1.8 V and 100 million instructions per second (MIPS) using an internal 100 MHz clock at 1.5 V. Changes in core functionality specific to the DSP56367 are also described in this manual. See Figure 1-1 for the block diagram of the DSP56367. 2 1 4 8 16 5 6 MEMORY EXPANSION AREA ESAI INTERFACE SHI INTER ADDRESS GENERATI PIO_EB ESAI_1 PROGRA M RAM /INSTR. CACHE 3K x 24 PERIPHERAL EXPANSION AREA SIX CHANNEL X MEMOR Y RAM 13K X YAB XAB PAB DAB Y MEMOR Y RAM 7K X 24 YM_EB HOST INTER XM_EB DAX (SPDIF Tx.) PM_EB TRIPLE TIMER EXTERNAL ADDRESS BUS SWITCH 24-BIT DSP563 DRAM & SRAM BUS 18 ADDRESS 10 CONTROL DDB YDB INTER NAL EXTERN AL DATA XDB PDB GDB 24 DATA POWE PLL CLOCK EXTAL RESET PINIT/NMI PROGR AM PROGR AM PROGR AM MODA/IRQA MODB/IRQB MODC/IRQC MODD/IRQD DATA ALU 24X24+56->56-BIT JTAG OnCE 4 24 BITS BUS Figure 1-1 DSP56367 Block Diagram 1-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA DSP56367 Overview DSP56300 Core Description 1.2 DSP56300 CORE DESCRIPTION The DSP56367 uses the DSP56300 core, a high-performance, single clock cycle per instruction engine that provides up to twice the performance of Motorola's popular DSP56000 core family while retaining code compatibility with it. The DSP56300 core family offers a new level of performance in speed and power, provided by its rich instruction set and low power dissipation, thus enabling a new generation of wireless, telecommunications, and multimedia products. For a description of the DSP56300 core, see Section 1.4, DSP56300 Core Functional Blocks. Significant architectural enhancements to the DSP56300 core family include a barrel shifter, 24-bit addressing, an instruction cache, and direct memory access (DMA). The DSP56300 core family members contain the DSP56300 core and additional modules. The modules are chosen from a library of standard predesigned elements such as memories and peripherals. New modules may be added to the library to meet customer specifications. A standard interface between the DSP56300 core and the on-chip memory and peripherals supports a wide variety of memory and peripheral configurations. Refer to Chapter 5, DSP56367 Overview. Core features are described fully in the DSP56300 Family Manual. Pinout, memory, and peripheral features are described in this manual. * * DSP56300 modular chassis - 150 Million Instructions Per Second (MIPS) with a 150 MHz clock at internal logic supply (QVCCL) of 1.8V. - 100 Million Instructions Per Second (MIPS) with a 100 MHz clock at internal logic supply (QVCCL) of 1.5V. - Object Code Compatible with the 56K core. - Data ALU with a 24 x 24 bit multiplier-accumulator and a 56-bit barrel shifter. 16-bit arithmetic support. - Program Control with position independent code support and instruction cache support. - Six-channel DMA controller. - PLL based clocking with a wide range of frequency multiplications (1 to 4096), predivider factors (1 to 16) and power saving clock divider (2i: i=0 to 7). Reduces clock noise. - Internal address tracing support and OnCE for Hardware/Software debugging. - JTAG port. - Very low-power CMOS design, fully static design with operating frequencies down to DC. - STOP and WAIT low-power standby modes. On-chip Memory Configuration - 7Kx24 Bit Y-Data RAM and 8Kx24 Bit Y-Data ROM. - 13Kx24 Bit X-Data RAM and 32Kx24 Bit X-Data ROM. - 40Kx24 Bit Program ROM. - 3Kx24 Bit Program RAM and 192x24 Bit Bootstrap ROM. 1K of Program RAM may be used as Instruction Cache or for Program ROM patching. - 2Kx24 Bit from Y Data RAM and 5Kx24 Bit from X Data RAM can be switched to Program RAM resulting in up to 10Kx24 Bit of Program RAM. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 1-3 DSP56367 Overview DSP56367 Audio Processor Architecture * * * 1.3 Off-chip memory expansion - External Memory Expansion Port. - Off-chip expansion up to two 16M x 24-bit word of Data memory. - Off-chip expansion up to 16M x 24-bit word of Program memory. - Simultaneous glueless interface to SRAM and DRAM. Peripheral modules - Serial Audio Interface (ESAI): up to 4 receivers and up to 6 transmitters, master or slave. I2S, Sony, AC97, network and other programmable protocols. - Serial Audio Interface I(ESAI_1): up to 4 receivers and up to 6 transmitters, master or slave. I2S, Sony, AC97, network and other programmable protocols The ESAI_1 shares four of the data pins with ESAI, and ESAI_1 does NOT support HCKR and HCKT (high frequency clocks) - Serial Host Interface (SHI): SPI and I2C protocols, multi master capability, 10-word receive FIFO, support for 8, 16 and 24-bit words. - Byte-wide parallel Host Interface (HDI08) with DMA support. - Triple Timer module (TEC). - Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX): 1 serial transmitter capable of supporting the SPDIF, IEC958, CP-340 and AES/EBU digital audio formats. - Pins of unused peripherals (except SHI) may be programmed as GPIO lines. 144-pin plastic LQFP package. DSP56367 AUDIO PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE This section defines the DSP56367 audio processor architecture. The audio processor is composed of the following units: * The DSP56300 core is composed of the Data ALU, Address Generation Unit, Program Controller, Instruction-Cache Controller, DMA Controller, PLL-based clock oscillator, Memory Module Interface, Peripheral Module Interface and the On-Chip Emulator (OnCE). The DSP56300 core is described in the document DSP56300 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor Family Manual, Motorola publication DSP56300FM/AD. * Memory modules. * Peripheral modules. The peripheral modules are defined in the following sections. Memory sizes in the block diagram are defaults. Memory may be differently partitioned, according to the memory mode of the chip. See Section 1.4.8, On-Chip Memory for more details about memory size. 1-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA DSP56367 Overview DSP56300 Core Functional Blocks 1.4 DSP56300 CORE FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS The DSP56300 core provides the following functional blocks: * Data arithmetic logic unit (Data ALU) * Address generation unit (AGU) * Program control unit (PCU) * Bus interface unit (BIU) * DMA controller (with six channels) * Instruction cache controller * PLL-based clock oscillator * OnCE module * JTAG TAP * Memory In addition, the DSP56367 provides a set of on-chip peripherals, described in Section 1.5, Peripheral Overview. 1.4.1 Data ALU The Data ALU performs all the arithmetic and logical operations on data operands in the DSP56300 core. The components of the Data ALU are as follows: * Fully pipelined 24-bit x 24-bit parallel multiplier-accumulator (MAC) * Bit field unit, comprising a 56-bit parallel barrel shifter (fast shift and normalization; bit stream generation and parsing) * Conditional ALU instructions * 24-bit or 16-bit arithmetic support under software control * Four 24-bit input general purpose registers: X1, X0, Y1, and Y0 * Six Data ALU registers (A2, A1, A0, B2, B1, and B0) that are concatenated into two general purpose, 56-bit accumulators (A and B), accumulator shifters * Two data bus shifter/limiter circuits 1.4.1.1 Data ALU Registers The Data ALU registers can be read or written over the X memory data bus (XDB) and the Y memory data bus (YDB) as 24- or 48-bit operands (or as 16- or 32-bit operands in 16-bit arithmetic mode). The source operands for the Data ALU, which can be 24, 48, or 56 bits (16, 32, or 40 bits in 16-bit arithmetic mode), always originate from Data ALU registers. The results of all Data ALU operations are stored in an accumulator. All the Data ALU operations are performed in two clock cycles in pipeline fashion so that a new instruction can be initiated in every clock, yielding an effective execution rate of one instruction per clock cycle. The MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 1-5 DSP56367 Overview DSP56300 Core Functional Blocks destination of every arithmetic operation can be used as a source operand for the immediately following arithmetic operation without a time penalty (i.e., without a pipeline stall). 1.4.1.2 Multiplier-Accumulator (MAC) The MAC unit comprises the main arithmetic processing unit of the DSP56300 core and performs all of the calculations on data operands. In the case of arithmetic instructions, the unit accepts as many as three input operands and outputs one 56-bit result of the following form- Extension:Most Significant Product:Least Significant Product (EXT:MSP:LSP). The multiplier executes 24-bit x 24-bit, parallel, fractional multiplies, between two's-complement signed, unsigned, or mixed operands. The 48-bit product is right-justified and added to the 56-bit contents of either the A or B accumulator. A 56-bit result can be stored as a 24-bit operand. The LSP can either be truncated or rounded into the MSP. Rounding is performed if specified. 1.4.2 Address Generation Unit (AGU) The AGU performs the effective address calculations using integer arithmetic necessary to address data operands in memory and contains the registers used to generate the addresses. It implements four types of arithmetic: linear, modulo, multiple wrap-around modulo, and reverse-carry. The AGU operates in parallel with other chip resources to minimize address-generation overhead. The AGU is divided into two halves, each with its own Address ALU. Each Address ALU has four sets of register triplets, and each register triplet is composed of an address register, an offset register, and a modifier register. The two Address ALUs are identical. Each contains a 24-bit full adder (called an offset adder). A second full adder (called a modulo adder) adds the summed result of the first full adder to a modulo value that is stored in its respective modifier register. A third full adder (called a reverse-carry adder) is also provided. The offset adder and the reverse-carry adder are in parallel and share common inputs. The only difference between them is that the carry propagates in opposite directions. Test logic determines which of the three summed results of the full adders is output. Each Address ALU can update one address register from its respective address register file during one instruction cycle. The contents of the associated modifier register specifies the type of arithmetic to be used in the address register update calculation. The modifier value is decoded in the Address ALU. 1.4.3 Program Control Unit (PCU) The PCU performs instruction prefetch, instruction decoding, hardware DO loop control, and exception processing. The PCU implements a seven-stage pipeline and controls the different processing states of the DSP56300 core. The PCU consists of the following three hardware blocks: 1-6 * Program decode controller (PDC) * Program address generator (PAG) * Program interrupt controller (PIC) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA DSP56367 Overview DSP56300 Core Functional Blocks The PDC decodes the 24-bit instruction loaded into the instruction latch and generates all signals necessary for pipeline control. The PAG contains all the hardware needed for program address generation, system stack, and loop control. The PIC arbitrates among all interrupt requests (internal interrupts, as well as the five external requests: IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, IRQD, and NMI), and generates the appropriate interrupt vector address. PCU features include the following: * Position independent code support * Addressing modes optimized for DSP applications (including immediate offsets) * On-chip instruction cache controller * On-chip memory-expandable hardware stack * Nested hardware DO loops * Fast auto-return interrupts The PCU implements its functions using the following registers: * PC--program counter register * SR--Status register * LA--loop address register * LC--loop counter register * VBA--vector base address register * SZ--stack size register * SP--stack pointer * OMR--operating mode register * SC--stack counter register The PCU also includes a hardware system stack (SS). 1.4.4 Internal Buses To provide data exchange between blocks, the following buses are implemented: * Peripheral input/output expansion bus (PIO_EB) to peripherals * Program memory expansion bus (PM_EB) to program memory * X memory expansion bus (XM_EB) to X memory * Y memory expansion bus (YM_EB) to Y memory * Global data bus (GDB) between registers in the DMA, AGU, OnCE, PLL, BIU, and PCU as well as the memory-mapped registers in the peripherals * DMA data bus (DDB) for carrying DMA data between memories and/or peripherals * DMA address bus (DAB) for carrying DMA addresses to memories and peripherals * Program Data Bus (PDB) for carrying program data throughout the core * X memory Data Bus (XDB) for carrying X data throughout the core MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 1-7 DSP56367 Overview DSP56300 Core Functional Blocks * Y memory Data Bus (YDB) for carrying Y data throughout the core * Program address bus (PAB) for carrying program memory addresses throughout the core * X memory address bus (XAB) for carrying X memory addresses throughout the core * Y memory address bus (YAB) for carrying Y memory addresses throughout the core All internal buses on the DSP56300 family members are 24-bit buses. See Figure 1-1. 1.4.5 Direct Memory Access (DMA) The DMA block has the following features: * Six DMA channels supporting internal and external accesses * One-, two-, and three-dimensional transfers (including circular buffering) * End-of-block-transfer interrupts * Triggering from interrupt lines and all peripherals 1.4.6 PLL-based Clock Oscillator The clock generator in the DSP56300 core is composed of two main blocks: the PLL, which performs clock input division, frequency multiplication, and skew elimination; and the clock generator (CLKGEN), which performs low-power division and clock pulse generation. PLL-based clocking: * Allows change of low-power divide factor (DF) without loss of lock * Provides output clock with skew elimination * Provides a wide range of frequency multiplications (1 to 4096), predivider factors (1 to 16), and a power-saving clock divider (2i: i = 0 to 7) to reduce clock noise The PLL allows the processor to operate at a high internal clock frequency using a low frequency clock input. This feature offers two immediate benefits: * A lower frequency clock input reduces the overall electromagnetic interference generated by a system. * The ability to oscillate at different frequencies reduces costs by eliminating the need to add additional oscillators to a system. 1.4.7 JTAG TAP and OnCE Module The DSP56300 core provides a dedicated user-accessible TAP fully compatible with the IEEE 1149.1 Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture. Problems associated with testing high-density circuit boards led to developing this standard under the sponsorship of the Test Technology Committee of IEEE and JTAG. The DSP56300 core implementation supports circuit-board test strategies based on this standard. 1-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA DSP56367 Overview DSP56300 Core Functional Blocks The test logic includes a TAP consisting of four dedicated signals, a 16-state controller, and three test data registers. A boundary scan register links all device signals into a single shift register. The test logic, implemented utilizing static logic design, is independent of the device system logic. More information on the JTAG port is provided in DSP56300 Family Manual, JTAG Port. The OnCE module provides a nonintrusive means of interacting with the DSP56300 core and its peripherals so a user can examine registers, memory, or on-chip peripherals. This facilitates hardware and software development on the DSP56300 core processor. OnCE module functions are provided through the JTAG TAP signals. More information on the OnCE module is provided in DSP56300 Family Manual, On-Chip Emulation Module. 1.4.8 On-Chip Memory The memory space of the DSP56300 core is partitioned into program memory space, X data memory space, and Y data memory space. The data memory space is divided into X and Y data memory in order to work with the two Address ALUs and to feed two operands simultaneously to the Data ALU. Memory space includes internal RAM and ROM and can be expanded off-chip under software control. There is an instruction cache, made using program RAM. The patch mode (which uses instruction cache space) is used to patch program ROM. The memory switch mode is used to increase the size of program RAM as needed (switch from X data RAM and/or Y data RAM). There are on-chip ROMs for program memory (40K x 24-bit), bootstrap memory (192 words x 24-bit), X ROM (32K x 24-bit), and Y ROM(8K x 24-bit). More information on the internal memory is provided in Chapter 5, Memory Configuration. 1.4.9 Off-Chip Memory Expansion Memory can be expanded off-chip as follows: * Data memory can be expanded to two 16 M x 24-bit word memory spaces in 24-bit address mode (64K in 16-bit address mode). * Program memory can be expanded to one 16 M x 24-bit word memory space in 24-bit address mode (64K in 16-bit address mode). Other features of external memory expansion include the following: * External memory expansion port * Chip-select logic glueless interface to static random access memory (SRAM) * On-chip dynamic RAM (DRAM) controller for glueless interface to DRAM * Eighteen external address lines MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 1-9 DSP56367 Overview Peripheral Overview 1.5 PERIPHERAL OVERVIEW The DSP56367 is designed to perform a wide variety of fixed-point digital signal processing functions. In addition to the core features previously discussed, the DSP56367 provides the following peripherals: * 8-bit parallel host interface (HDI08, with DMA support) to external hosts * As many as 37 user-configurable general purpose input/output (GPIO) signals * Timer/event counter (TEC) module, containing three independent timers * Memory switch mode in on-chip memory * Four external interrupt/mode control lines and one external non-maskable interrupt line * Enhanced serial audio interface (ESAI) with up to four receivers and up to six transmitters, master or slave, using the I2S, Sony, AC97, network, and other programmable protocols * A second enhanced serial audio interface (ESAI_1) with 6 dedicated pins. * Serial host interface (SHI) using SPI and I2C protocols, with multi-master capability, 10-word receive FIFO, and support for 8-, 16-, and 24-bit words * Digital audio transmitter (DAX): a serial transmitter capable of supporting the SPDIF, IEC958, CP-340, and AES/EBU digital audio formats 1.5.1 Host Interface (HDI08) The host interface (HDI08) is a byte-wide, full-duplex, double-buffered, parallel port that can be connected directly to the data bus of a host processor. The HDI08 supports a variety of buses and provides glueless connection with a number of industry-standard DSPs, microcomputers, microprocessors, and DMA hardware. The DSP core treats the HDI08 as a memory-mapped peripheral, using either standard polled or interrupt programming techniques. Separate transmit and receive data registers are double-buffered to allow the DSP and host processor to efficiently transfer data at high speed. Memory mapping allows DSP core communication with the HDI08 registers to be accomplished using standard instructions and addressing modes. Since the host bus may operate asynchronously with the DSP core clock, the HDI08 registers are divided into 2 banks. The "host side" bank is accessible to the external host, and the "DSP side" bank is accessible to the DSP core. The HDI08 supports the following three classes of interfaces: * Host processor/MCU connection * DMA controller * GPIO port Host port pins not in use may be configured as GPIO pins. The host interface provides up to 16 GPIO pins. These pins can be programmed to function as either GPIO or host interface. For more information on the HDI08, see Chapter 8, Host Interface (HDI08). 1-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA DSP56367 Overview Peripheral Overview 1.5.2 General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) The GPIO port consists of as many as 37 programmable signals, all of which are also used by the peripherals (HDI08, ESAI, ESAI_1, DAX, and TEC). There are no dedicated GPIO signals. The signals are configured as GPIO after hardware reset. Register programming techniques for all GPIO functionality among these interfaces are very similar. 1.5.3 Triple Timer (TEC) This section describes a peripheral module composed of a common 21-bit prescaler and three independent and identical general purpose 24-bit timer/event counters, each one having its own register set. Each timer can use internal or external clocking and can interrupt the DSP after a specified number of events (clocks). Timer 0 can signal an external device after counting internal events. Each timer can also be used to trigger DMA transfers after a specified number of events (clocks) occurred. One timer (Timer 0) connects to the external world through one bidirectional pin TIO0. When TIO0 is configured as input, the timer functions as an external event counter or can measure external pulse width/signal period. When TIO0 is used as output the timer is functioning as either a timer, a watchdog or a Pulse Width Modulator. When the TIO0 pin is not used by the timer it can be used as a General Purpose Input/Output Pin. Refer to Chapter 13, Timer/Event Counter. 1.5.4 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) The ESAI provides a full-duplex serial port for serial communication with a variety of serial devices including one or more industry-standard codecs, other DSPs, microprocessors, and peripherals that implement the Motorola SPI serial protocol. The ESAI consists of independent transmitter and receiver sections, each with its own clock generator. It is a superset of the DSP56300 family ESSI peripheral and of the DSP56000 family SAI peripheral. For more information on the ESAI, refer to Chapter 10, Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI). 1.5.5 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) The ESAI_1 is a second ESAI interface with just 6 dedicated pins instead of the 12 pins of the full ESAI. Four data pins are shared with the ESAI, while the two high frequency clock pins are not available. Other than the available pins, ESAI_1 is functionally identical to ESAI. For more information on the ESAI_1, refer to Chapter 11, Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1). MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 1-11 DSP56367 Overview Peripheral Overview 1.5.6 Serial Host Interface (SHI) The SHI is a serial input/output interface providing a path for communication and program/coefficient data transfers between the DSP and an external host processor. The SHI can also communicate with other serial peripheral devices. The SHI can interface directly to either of two well-known and widely used synchronous serial buses: the Motorola serial peripheral interface (SPI) bus and the Philips inter-integrated-circuit control (I2C) bus. The SHI supports either the SPI or I2C bus protocol, as required, from a slave or a single-master device. To minimize DSP overhead, the SHI supports single-, double-, and triple-byte data transfers. The SHI has a 10-word receive FIFO that permits receiving up to 30 bytes before generating a receive interrupt, reducing the overhead for data reception. For more information on the SHI, refer to Chapter 9, Serial Host Interface. 1.5.7 Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX) The DAX is a serial audio interface module that outputs digital audio data in the AES/EBU, CP-340 and IEC958 formats. For more information on the DAX, refer to Chapter 12, Digital Audio Transmitter. 1-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA CHAPTER 2 SIGNAL / CONNECTION DESCRIPTIONS MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-1 Signal / Connection Descriptions Signal Groupings 2.1 SIGNAL GROUPINGS The input and output signals of the DSP56367 are organized into functional groups, which are listed in Table 2-1 and illustrated in Figure 2-1. The DSP56367 is operated from a 1.8V supply; however, some of the inputs can tolerate 3.3V. A special notice for this feature is added to the signal descriptions of those inputs. Remember, the DSP56367 offers 150 million instructions per second (MIPS) using an internal 150 MHz clock at 1.8 V and 100 million instructions per second (MIPS) using an internal 100 MHz clock at 1.3.3V. Table 2-1 DSP56367 Functional Signal Groupings Number of Signals Detailed Description Power (VCC) 20 Table 2-2 Ground (GND) 18 Table 2-3 Clock and PLL 3 Table 2-4 18 Table 2-5 24 Table 2-6 Bus control 10 Table 2-7 Interrupt and mode control 5 Table 2-8 16 Table 2-9 5 Table 2-10 Functional Group Address bus Port Data bus A1 Port B2 HDI08 SHI ESAI Port C3 12 Table 2-11 ESAI_1 Port E5 6 Table 2-12 Digital audio transmitter (DAX) Port D4 2 Table 2-13 Timer 1 Table 2-14 JTAG/OnCE Port 4 Table 2-15 Note: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2-2 Port A is the external memory interface port, including the external address bus, data bus, and control signals. Port B signals are the GPIO port signals which are multiplexed with the HDI08 signals. Port C signals are the GPIO port signals which are multiplexed with the ESAI signals. Port D signals are the GPIO port signals which are multiplexed with the DAX signals. Port E signals are the GPIO port signals which are multiplexed with the ESAI_1 signals. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Signal Groupings 2.1.1 Power Requirements To prevent high current conditions due to possible improper sequencing of the power supplies, the connection shown below is recommended to be made between the DSP56367 IO_VDD and CORE_VDD power pins. IO VDD CORE VDD External Schottky Diode To prevent a high current condition upon power up, the IOVDD must be applied ahead of the CORE VDD as shown below if the external Schottcky is not used. CORE VDD IO VDD MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-3 Signal / Connection Descriptions Signal Groupings PORT A ADDRESS BUS DSP56367 A0-A17 VCCA (3) OnCE ON-CHIP EMULATION/ JTAG PORT TDI TCK TDO TMS GNDA (4) PORT A DATA BUS PARALLEL HOST PORT (HDI08) D0-D23 VCCD (4) Port B HAD(7:0) [PB0-PB7] HAS/HA0 [PB8] GNDD (4) HA8/HA1 [PB9] PORT A BUS CONTROL HA9/HA2 [PB10] AA0-AA2/RAS0-RAS2 HRW/HRD [PB11] CAS HDS/HWR [PB12] RD HCS/HA10 [PB13] WR HOREQ/HTRQ [PB14] TA HACK/HRRQ [PB15] VCCH GNDH BR BG SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE (ESAI) BB VCCC (2) SCKT[PC3] GNDC (2) Port C FST [PC4] HCKT [PC5] INTERRUPT AND MODE CONTROL SCKR [PC0] FSR [PC1] MODA/IRQA HCKR [PC2] MODB/IRQB SDO0[PC11] / SDO0_1[PE11] MODC/IRQC SDO1[PC10] / SDO1_1[PE10] MODD/IRQD SDO2/SDI3[PC9] / SDO2_1/SDI3_1[PE9] RESET SDO3/SDI2[PC8] / SDO3_1/SDI2_1[PE8] SDO4/SDI1 [PC7] PLL AND CLOCK SDO5/SDI0 [PC6] EXTAL PINIT/NMI PCAP SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE(ESAI_1) SCKT_1[PE3] VCCP Port E FS T_1[PE4] SCKR_1[PE0] GNDP QUIET POWER FSR_1[PE1] VCCQH (3) SDO4_1/SDI1_1[PE7] VCCQL (4) GNDQ (4) SDO5_1/SDI0_1[PE6] VCCS (2) SPDIF TRANSMITTER (DAX) ADO [PD1] Port D GNDS (2) SERIAL HOST INTERFACE (SHI) ACI [PD0] MOSI/HA0 TIO0 [TIO0] SS/HA2 MISO/SDA TIMER 0 SCK/SCL HREQ Figure 2-1 Signals Identified by Functional Group 2-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Power 2.2 POWER Table 2-2 Power Inputs Power Name VCCP Description PLL Power--VCCP is VCC dedicated for PLL use. The voltage should be well-regulated and the input should be provided with an extremely low impedance path to the VCC power rail. There is one VCCP input. VCCQL (4) Quiet Core (Low) Power--VCCQL is an isolated power for the internal processing logic. This input must be tied externally to all other VCCQL power pins and the VCCP power pin only. Do not tie with other power pins. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are four VCCQL inputs. VCCQH (3) Quiet External (High) Power--VCCQH is a quiet power source for I/O lines. This input must be tied externally to all other chip power inputs.The user must provide adequate decoupling capacitors. There are three VCCQH inputs. VCCA (3) Address Bus Power--VCCA is an isolated power for sections of the address bus I/O drivers. This input must be tied externally to all other chip power inputs. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are three VCCA inputs. VCCD (4) Data Bus Power--VCCD is an isolated power for sections of the data bus I/O drivers. This input must be tied externally to all other chip power inputs. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are four VCCD inputs. VCCC (2) Bus Control Power--VCCC is an isolated power for the bus control I/O drivers. This input must be tied externally to all other chip power inputs. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are two VCCC inputs. VCCH Host Power--VCCH is an isolated power for the HDI08 I/O drivers. This input must be tied externally to all other chip power inputs. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There is one VCCH input. VCCS (2) SHI, ESAI, ESAI_1, DAX and Timer Power --VCCS is an isolated power for the SHI, ESAI, ESAI_1, DAX and Timer. This input must be tied externally to all other chip power inputs. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are two VCCS inputs. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-5 Signal / Connection Descriptions Ground 2.3 GROUND Table 2-3 Grounds Ground Name GNDP 2-6 Description PLL Ground--GNDP is a ground dedicated for PLL use. The connection should be provided with an extremely low-impedance path to ground. VCCP should be bypassed to GNDP by a 0.47 F capacitor located as close as possible to the chip package. There is one GNDP connection. GNDQ (4) Quiet Ground--GNDQ is an isolated ground for the internal processing logic. This connection must be tied externally to all other chip ground connections. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are four GNDQ connections. GNDA (4) Address Bus Ground--GNDA is an isolated ground for sections of the address bus I/O drivers. This connection must be tied externally to all other chip ground connections. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are four GNDA connections. GNDD (4) Data Bus Ground--GNDD is an isolated ground for sections of the data bus I/O drivers. This connection must be tied externally to all other chip ground connections. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are four GNDD connections. GNDC (2) Bus Control Ground--GNDC is an isolated ground for the bus control I/O drivers. This connection must be tied externally to all other chip ground connections. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are two GNDC connections. GNDH Host Ground--GNDh is an isolated ground for the HD08 I/O drivers. This connection must be tied externally to all other chip ground connections. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There is one GNDH connection. GNDS (2) SHI, ESAI, ESAI_1, DAX and Timer Ground--GNDS is an isolated ground for the SHI, ESAI, ESAI_1, DAX and Timer. This connection must be tied externally to all other chip ground connections. The user must provide adequate external decoupling capacitors. There are two GNDS connections. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Clock and PLL 2.4 CLOCK AND PLL Table 2-4 Clock and PLL Signals Signal Name Type State during Reset EXTAL Input Input External Clock Input--An external clock source must be connected to EXTAL in order to supply the clock to the internal clock generator and PLL. PCAP Input Input PLL Capacitor--PCAP is an input connecting an off-chip capacitor to the PLL filter. Connect one capacitor terminal to PCAP and the other terminal to VCCP. Signal Description If the PLL is not used, PCAP may be tied to VCC, GND, or left floating. PINIT/NMI 2.5 Input Input PLL Initial/Nonmaskable Interrupt--During assertion of RESET, the value of PINIT/NMI is written into the PLL Enable (PEN) bit of the PLL control register, determining whether the PLL is enabled or disabled. After RESET de assertion and during normal instruction processing, the PINIT/NMI Schmitt-trigger input is a negative-edge-triggered nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) request internally synchronized to internal system clock. EXTERNAL MEMORY EXPANSION PORT (PORT A) When the DSP56367 enters a low-power standby mode (stop or wait), it releases bus mastership and tri-states the relevant port A signals: A0-A17, D0-D23, AA0/RAS0-AA2/RAS2, RD, WR, BB, CAS. 2.5.1 External Address Bus Table 2-5 External Address Bus Signals Signal Name Type State during Reset A0-A17 Output Tri-stated MOTOROLA Signal Description Address Bus--When the DSP is the bus master, A0-A17 are active-high outputs that specify the address for external program and data memory accesses. Otherwise, the signals are tri-stated. To minimize power dissipation, A0-A17 do not change state when external memory spaces are not being accessed. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-7 Signal / Connection Descriptions External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) 2.5.2 External Data Bus Table 2-6 External Data Bus Signals Signal Name Type State during Reset D0-D23 Input/Output Tri-stated 2.5.3 Signal Description Data Bus--When the DSP is the bus master, D0-D23 are active-high, bidirectional input/outputs that provide the bidirectional data bus for external program and data memory accesses. Otherwise, D0-D23 are tri-stated. External Bus Control Table 2-7 External Bus Control Signals Signal Name Type State during Reset AA0-AA2 Output Tri-stated Address Attribute or Row Address Strobe--When defined as AA, these signals can be used as chip selects or additional address lines. When defined as RAS, these signals can be used as RAS for DRAM interface. These signals are tri-statable outputs with programmable polarity. CAS Output Tri-stated Column Address Strobe-- When the DSP is the bus master, CAS is an active-low output used by DRAM to strobe the column address. Otherwise, if the bus mastership enable (BME) bit in the DRAM control register is cleared, the signal is tri-stated. RD Output Tri-stated Read Enable--When the DSP is the bus master, RD is an active-low output that is asserted to read external memory on the data bus (D0-D23). Otherwise, RD is tri-stated. WR Output Tri-stated Write Enable--When the DSP is the bus master, WR is an active-low output that is asserted to write external memory on the data bus (D0-D23). Otherwise, WR is tri-stated. /RAS0-R AS2 2-8 Signal Description DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 2-7 External Bus Control Signals (Continued) Signal Name Type TA Input State during Reset Signal Description Ignored Input Transfer Acknowledge--If the DSP is the bus master and there is no external bus activity, or the DSP is not the bus master, the TA input is ignored. The TA input is a data transfer acknowledge (DTACK) function that can extend an external bus cycle indefinitely. Any number of wait states (1, 2. . .infinity) may be added to the wait states inserted by the BCR by keeping TA deasserted. In typical operation, TA is deasserted at the start of a bus cycle, is asserted to enable completion of the bus cycle, and is deasserted before the next bus cycle. The current bus cycle completes one clock period after TA is asserted synchronous to the internal system clock. The number of wait states is determined by the TA input or by the bus control register (BCR), whichever is longer. The BCR can be used to set the minimum number of wait states in external bus cycles. In order to use the TA functionality, the BCR must be programmed to at least one wait state. A zero wait state access cannot be extended by TA deassertion, otherwise improper operation may result. TA can operate synchronously or asynchronously, depending on the setting of the TAS bit in the operating mode register (OMR). TA functionality may not be used while performing DRAM type accesses, otherwise improper operation may result. BR MOTOROLA Output Output (deasserted) Bus Request--BR is an active-low output, never tri-stated. BR is asserted when the DSP requests bus mastership. BR is deasserted when the DSP no longer needs the bus. BR may be asserted or deasserted independent of whether the DSP56367 is a bus master or a bus slave. Bus "parking" allows BR to be deasserted even though the DSP56367 is the bus master. (See the description of bus "parking" in the BB signal description.) The bus request hold (BRH) bit in the BCR allows BR to be asserted under software control even though the DSP does not need the bus. BR is typically sent to an external bus arbitrator that controls the priority, parking, and tenure of each master on the same external bus. BR is only affected by DSP requests for the external bus, never for the internal bus. During hardware reset, BR is deasserted and the arbitration is reset to the bus slave state. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-9 Signal / Connection Descriptions Interrupt and Mode Control Table 2-7 External Bus Control Signals (Continued) Signal Name Type BG Input State during Reset Signal Description Ignored Input Bus Grant--BG is an active-low input. BG is asserted by an external bus arbitration circuit when the DSP56367 becomes the next bus master. When BG is asserted, the DSP56367 must wait until BB is deasserted before taking bus mastership. When BG is deasserted, bus mastership is typically given up at the end of the current bus cycle. This may occur in the middle of an instruction that requires more than one external bus cycle for execution. For proper BG operation, the asynchronous bus arbitration enable bit (ABE) in the OMR register must be set. BB Input/ Output Input Bus Busy--BB is a bidirectional active-low input/output. BB indicates that the bus is active. Only after BB is deasserted can the pending bus master become the bus master (and then assert the signal again). The bus master may keep BB asserted after ceasing bus activity regardless of whether BR is asserted or deasserted. This is called "bus parking" and allows the current bus master to reuse the bus without rearbitration until another device requires the bus. The deassertion of BB is done by an "active pull-up" method (i.e., BB is driven high and then released and held high by an external pull-up resistor). For proper BB operation, the asynchronous bus arbitration enable bit (ABE) in the OMR register must be set. BB requires an external pull-up resistor. 2.6 INTERRUPT AND MODE CONTROL The interrupt and mode control signals select the chip's operating mode as it comes out of hardware reset. After RESET is deasserted, these inputs are hardware interrupt request lines. 2-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Interrupt and Mode Control Table 2-8 Interrupt and Mode Control Signal Name Type State during Reset MODA/IRQA Input Input Signal Description Mode Select A/External Interrupt Request A--MODA/IRQA is an active-low Schmitt-trigger input, internally synchronized to the DSP clock. MODA/IRQA selects the initial chip operating mode during hardware reset and becomes a level-sensitive or negative-edge-triggered, maskable interrupt request input during normal instruction processing. MODA, MODB, MODC, and MODD select one of 16 initial chip operating modes, latched into the OMR when the RESET signal is deasserted. If the processor is in the stop standby state and the MODA/IRQA pin is pulled to GND, the processor will exit the stop state. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MODB/IRQB Input Input Mode Select B/External Interrupt Request B--MODB/IRQB is an active-low Schmitt-trigger input, internally synchronized to the DSP clock. MODB/IRQB selects the initial chip operating mode during hardware reset and becomes a level-sensitive or negative-edge-triggered, maskable interrupt request input during normal instruction processing. MODA, MODB, MODC, and MODD select one of 16 initial chip operating modes, latched into OMR when the RESET signal is deasserted. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MODC/IRQC Input Input Mode Select C/External Interrupt Request C--MODC/IRQC is an active-low Schmitt-trigger input, internally synchronized to the DSP clock. MODC/IRQC selects the initial chip operating mode during hardware reset and becomes a level-sensitive or negative-edge-triggered, maskable interrupt request input during normal instruction processing. MODA, MODB, MODC, and MODD select one of 16 initial chip operating modes, latched into OMR when the RESET signal is deasserted. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-11 Signal / Connection Descriptions Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Table 2-8 Interrupt and Mode Control (Continued) Signal Name Type State during Reset MODD/IRQD Input Input Signal Description Mode Select D/External Interrupt Request D--MODD/IRQD is an active-low Schmitt-trigger input, internally synchronized to the DSP clock. MODD/IRQD selects the initial chip operating mode during hardware reset and becomes a level-sensitive or negative-edge-triggered, maskable interrupt request input during normal instruction processing. MODA, MODB, MODC, and MODD select one of 16 initial chip operating modes, latched into OMR when the RESET signal is deasserted. This input is 3.3V tolerant. RESET Input Input Reset--RESET is an active-low, Schmitt-trigger input. When asserted, the chip is placed in the Reset state and the internal phase generator is reset. The Schmitt-trigger input allows a slowly rising input (such as a capacitor charging) to reset the chip reliably. When the RESET signal is deasserted, the initial chip operating mode is latched from the MODA, MODB, MODC, and MODD inputs. The RESET signal must be asserted during power up. A stable EXTAL signal must be supplied while RESET is being asserted. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2.7 PARALLEL HOST INTERFACE (HDI08) The HDI08 provides a fast, 8-bit, parallel data port that may be connected directly to the host bus. The HDI08 supports a variety of standard buses and can be directly connected to a number of industry standard microcomputers, microprocessors, DSPs, and DMA hardware. 2-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Table 2-9 Host Interface Signal Name Type State during Reset Signal Description H0-H7 Input/ output Host Data--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a nonmultiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, these signals are lines 0-7 of the bidirectional, tri-state data bus. HAD0-HAD 7 Input/ output Host Address/Data--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a multiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, these signals are lines 0-7 of the address/data bidirectional, multiplexed, tri-state bus. PB0-PB7 Input, output, or disconnected GPIO disconnected Port B 0-7--When the HDI08 is configured as GPIO, these signals are individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset for these signals is GPIO disconnected. These inputs are 3.3V tolerant. HA0 Input HAS/HAS Input PB8 Input, output, or disconnected GPIO disconnected Host Address Input 0--When the HDI08 is programmed to interface a nonmultiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is line 0 of the host address input bus. Host Address Strobe--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a multiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the host address strobe (HAS) Schmitt-trigger input. The polarity of the address strobe is programmable, but is configured active-low (HAS) following reset. Port B 8--When the HDI08 is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmed as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset for this signal is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. HA1 MOTOROLA Input GPIO disconnected Host Address Input 1--When the HDI08 is programmed to interface a nonmultiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is line 1 of the host address (HA1) input bus. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-13 Signal / Connection Descriptions Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Table 2-9 Host Interface (Continued) Signal Name Type State during Reset HA8 Input Host Address 8--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a multiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is line 8 of the host address (HA8) input bus. PB9 Input, output, or disconnected Port B 9--When the HDI08 is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmed as input, output, or internally disconnected. Signal Description The default state after reset for this signal is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. HA2 Input HA9 Input PB10 Input, Output, or Disconnected GPIO disconnected Host Address Input 2--When the HDI08 is programmed to interface a non-multiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is line 2 of the host address (HA2) input bus. Host Address 9--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a multiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is line 9 of the host address (HA9) input bus. Port B 10--When the HDI08 is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmed as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset for this signal is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Table 2-9 Host Interface (Continued) Signal Name Type HRW Input HRD/ HRD Input PB11 Input, Output, or Disconnected State during Reset GPIO disconnected Signal Description Host Read/Write--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a single-data-strobe host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the Host Read/Write (HRW) input. Host Read Data--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a double-data-strobe host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the host read data strobe (HRD) Schmitt-trigger input. The polarity of the data strobe is programmable, but is configured as active-low (HRD) after reset. Port B 11--When the HDI08 is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmed as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset for this signal is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. HDS/ HDS Input HWR/ HWR Input PB12 Input, output, or disconnected GPIO disconnected Host Data Strobe--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a single-data-strobe host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the host data strobe (HDS) Schmitt-trigger input. The polarity of the data strobe is programmable, but is configured as active-low (HDS) following reset. Host Write Data--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a double-data-strobe host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the host write data strobe (HWR) Schmitt-trigger input. The polarity of the data strobe is programmable, but is configured as active-low (HWR) following reset. Port B 12--When the HDI08 is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmed as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset for this signal is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-15 Signal / Connection Descriptions Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Table 2-9 Host Interface (Continued) Signal Name Type State during Reset HCS Input HA10 Input Host Address 10--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a multiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is line 10 of the host address (HA10) input bus. PB13 Input, output, or disconnected Port B 13--When the HDI08 is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmed as input, output, or internally disconnected. GPIO disconnected Signal Description Host Chip Select--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a nonmultiplexed host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the host chip select (HCS) input. The polarity of the chip select is programmable, but is configured active-low (HCS) after reset. The default state after reset for this signal is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. HOREQ/ HOREQ Output HTRQ/ HTRQ Output PB14 Input, output, or disconnected GPIO disconnected Host Request--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a single host request host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the host request (HOREQ) output. The polarity of the host request is programmable, but is configured as active-low (HOREQ) following reset. The host request may be programmed as a driven or open-drain output. Transmit Host Request--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a double host request host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the transmit host request (HTRQ) output. The polarity of the host request is programmable, but is configured as active-low (HTRQ) following reset. The host request may be programmed as a driven or open-drain output. Port B 14--When the HDI08 is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmed as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset for this signal is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Table 2-9 Host Interface (Continued) Signal Name Type State during Reset GPIO disconnected Signal Description HACK/ HACK Input Host Acknowledge--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a single host request host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the host acknowledge (HACK) Schmitt-trigger input. The polarity of the host acknowledge is programmable, but is configured as active-low (HACK) after reset. HRRQ/ HRRQ Output Receive Host Request--When HDI08 is programmed to interface a double host request host bus and the HI function is selected, this signal is the receive host request (HRRQ) output. The polarity of the host request is programmable, but is configured as active-low (HRRQ) after reset. The host request may be programmed as a driven or open-drain output. PB15 Input, output, or disconnected Port B 15--When the HDI08 is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmed as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset for this signal is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-17 Signal / Connection Descriptions Serial Host Interface 2.8 SERIAL HOST INTERFACE The SHI has five I/O signals that can be configured to allow the SHI to operate in either SPI or I2C mode. Table 2-10 Serial Host Interface Signals Signal Name Signal Type SCK Input or output SCL Input or output State during Reset Signal Description Tri-stated SPI Serial Clock--The SCK signal is an output when the SPI is configured as a master and a Schmitt-trigger input when the SPI is configured as a slave. When the SPI is configured as a master, the SCK signal is derived from the internal SHI clock generator. When the SPI is configured as a slave, the SCK signal is an input, and the clock signal from the external master synchronizes the data transfer. The SCK signal is ignored by the SPI if it is defined as a slave and the slave select (SS) signal is not asserted. In both the master and slave SPI devices, data is shifted on one edge of the SCK signal and is sampled on the opposite edge where data is stable. Edge polarity is determined by the SPI transfer protocol. I2C Serial Clock--SCL carries the clock for I2C bus transactions in the I2C mode. SCL is a Schmitt-trigger input when configured as a slave and an open-drain output when configured as a master. SCL should be connected to VCC through a pull-up resistor. This signal is tri-stated during hardware, software, and individual reset. Thus, there is no need for an external pull-up in this state. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2-18 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Serial Host Interface Table 2-10 Serial Host Interface Signals (Continued) Signal Name Signal Type MISO Input or output SDA Input or open-drai n output State during Reset Signal Description Tri-stated SPI Master-In-Slave-Out--When the SPI is configured as a master, MISO is the master data input line. The MISO signal is used in conjunction with the MOSI signal for transmitting and receiving serial data. This signal is a Schmitt-trigger input when configured for the SPI Master mode, an output when configured for the SPI Slave mode, and tri-stated if configured for the SPI Slave mode when SS is deasserted. An external pull-up resistor is not required for SPI operation. I2C Data and Acknowledge--In I2C mode, SDA is a Schmitt-trigger input when receiving and an open-drain output when transmitting. SDA should be connected to VCC through a pull-up resistor. SDA carries the data for I2C transactions. The data in SDA must be stable during the high period of SCL. The data in SDA is only allowed to change when SCL is low. When the bus is free, SDA is high. The SDA line is only allowed to change during the time SCL is high in the case of start and stop events. A high-to-low transition of the SDA line while SCL is high is a unique situation, and is defined as the start event. A low-to-high transition of SDA while SCL is high is a unique situation defined as the stop event. This signal is tri-stated during hardware, software, and individual reset. Thus, there is no need for an external pull-up in this state. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOSI Input or output HA0 Input Tri-stated SPI Master-Out-Slave-In--When the SPI is configured as a master, MOSI is the master data output line. The MOSI signal is used in conjunction with the MISO signal for transmitting and receiving serial data. MOSI is the slave data input line when the SPI is configured as a slave. This signal is a Schmitt-trigger input when configured for the SPI Slave mode. I2C Slave Address 0--This signal uses a Schmitt-trigger input when configured for the I2C mode. When configured for I2C slave mode, the HA0 signal is used to form the slave device address. HA0 is ignored when configured for the I2C master mode. This signal is tri-stated during hardware, software, and individual reset. Thus, there is no need for an external pull-up in this state. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-19 Signal / Connection Descriptions Serial Host Interface Table 2-10 Serial Host Interface Signals (Continued) State during Reset Signal Name Signal Type SS Input Tri-stated SPI Slave Select--This signal is an active low Schmitt-trigger input when configured for the SPI mode. When configured for the SPI Slave mode, this signal is used to enable the SPI slave for transfer. When configured for the SPI master mode, this signal should be kept deasserted (pulled high). If it is asserted while configured as SPI master, a bus error condition is flagged. If SS is deasserted, the SHI ignores SCK clocks and keeps the MISO output signal in the high-impedance state. HA2 Input I2C Slave Address 2--This signal uses a Schmitt-trigger input when configured for the I2C mode. When configured for the I2C Slave mode, the HA2 signal is used to form the slave device address. HA2 is ignored in the I2C master mode. Signal Description This signal is tri-stated during hardware, software, and individual reset. Thus, there is no need for an external pull-up in this state. This input is 3.3V tolerant. HREQ Input or Output Tri-stated Host Request--This signal is an active low Schmitt-trigger input when configured for the master mode but an active low output when configured for the slave mode. When configured for the slave mode, HREQ is asserted to indicate that the SHI is ready for the next data word transfer and deasserted at the first clock pulse of the new data word transfer. When configured for the master mode, HREQ is an input. When asserted by the external slave device, it will trigger the start of the data word transfer by the master. After finishing the data word transfer, the master will await the next assertion of HREQ to proceed to the next transfer. This signal is tri-stated during hardware, software, personal reset, or when the HREQ1-HREQ0 bits in the HCSR are cleared. There is no need for external pull-up in this state. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2-20 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 2.9 ENHANCED SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE Table 2-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Signals Signal Name Signal Type HCKR Input or output PC2 Input, output, or disconnected State during Reset GPIO disconnected Signal Description High Frequency Clock for Receiver--When programmed as an input, this signal provides a high frequency clock source for the ESAI receiver as an alternate to the DSP core clock. When programmed as an output, this signal can serve as a high-frequency sample clock (e.g., for external digital to analog converters [DACs]) or as an additional system clock. Port C 2--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. HCKT Input or output PC5 Input, output, or disconnected GPIO disconnected High Frequency Clock for Transmitter--When programmed as an input, this signal provides a high frequency clock source for the ESAI transmitter as an alternate to the DSP core clock. When programmed as an output, this signal can serve as a high frequency sample clock (e.g., for external DACs) or as an additional system clock. Port C 5--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-21 Signal / Connection Descriptions Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Table 2-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Signals (Continued) Signal Name Signal Type FSR Input or output State during Reset GPIO disconnected Signal Description Frame Sync for Receiver--This is the receiver frame sync input/output signal. In the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), the FSR pin operates as the frame sync input or output used by all the enabled receivers. In the synchronous mode (SYN=1), it operates as either the serial flag 1 pin (TEBE=0), or as the transmitter external buffer enable control (TEBE=1, RFSD=1). When this pin is configured as serial flag pin, its direction is determined by the RFSD bit in the RCCR register. When configured as the output flag OF1, this pin will reflect the value of the OF1 bit in the SAICR register, and the data in the OF1 bit will show up at the pin synchronized to the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. When configured as the input flag IF1, the data value at the pin will be stored in the IF1 bit in the SAISR register, synchronized by the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. PC1 Port C 1--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. Input, output, or disconnected The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. FST Input or output PC4 Input, output, or disconnected GPIO disconnected Frame Sync for Transmitter--This is the transmitter frame sync input/output signal. For synchronous mode, this signal is the frame sync for both transmitters and receivers. For asynchronous mode, FST is the frame sync for the transmitters only. The direction is determined by the transmitter frame sync direction (TFSD) bit in the ESAI transmit clock control register (TCCR). Port C 4--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Table 2-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Signals (Continued) Signal Name Signal Type SCKR Input or output State during Reset GPIO disconnected Signal Description Receiver Serial Clock--SCKR provides the receiver serial bit clock for the ESAI. The SCKR operates as a clock input or output used by all the enabled receivers in the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), or as serial flag 0 pin in the synchronous mode (SYN=1). When this pin is configured as serial flag pin, its direction is determined by the RCKD bit in the RCCR register. When configured as the output flag OF0, this pin will reflect the value of the OF0 bit in the SAICR register, and the data in the OF0 bit will show up at the pin synchronized to the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. When configured as the input flag IF0, the data value at the pin will be stored in the IF0 bit in the SAISR register, synchronized by the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. PC0 Input, output, or disconnected Port C 0--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. SCKT Input or output PC3 Input, output, or disconnected GPIO disconnected Transmitter Serial Clock--This signal provides the serial bit rate clock for the ESAI. SCKT is a clock input or output used by all enabled transmitters and receivers in synchronous mode, or by all enabled transmitters in asynchronous mode. Port C 3--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-23 Signal / Connection Descriptions Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Table 2-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Signals (Continued) State during Reset Signal Name Signal Type SDO5 Output SDI0 Input Serial Data Input 0--When programmed as a receiver, SDI0 is used to receive serial data into the RX0 serial receive shift register. PC6 Input, output, or disconnected Port C 6--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. GPIO disconnected Signal Description Serial Data Output 5--When programmed as a transmitter, SDO5 is used to transmit data from the TX5 serial transmit shift register. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. SDO4 Output GPIO disconnected Serial Data Output 4--When programmed as a transmitter, SDO4 is used to transmit data from the TX4 serial transmit shift register. SDI1 Input Serial Data Input 1--When programmed as a receiver, SDI1 is used to receive serial data into the RX1 serial receive shift register. PC7 Input, output, or disconnected Port C 7--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2-24 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Table 2-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Signals (Continued) Signal Name Signal Type SDO3/SDO3_1 Output State during Reset GPIO disconnected Signal Description Serial Data Output 3--When programmed as a transmitter, SDO3 is used to transmit data from the TX3 serial transmit shift register. When enabled for ESAI_1 operation, this is the ESAI_1 Serial Data Output 3. SDI2/SDI2_1 Input Serial Data Input 2--When programmed as a receiver, SDI2 is used to receive serial data into the RX2 serial receive shift register. When enabled for ESAI_1 operation, this is the ESAI_1 Serial Data Input 2. PC8/PE8 Input, output, or disconnected Port C 8--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. When enabled for ESAI_1 GPIO, this is the Port E 8 signal. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. SDO2/SDO2_1 Output GPIO disconnected Serial Data Output 2--When programmed as a transmitter, SDO2 is used to transmit data from the TX2 serial transmit shift register. When enabled for ESAI_1 operation, this is the ESAI_1 Serial Data Output 2. SDI3/SDI3_1 Input Serial Data Input 3--When programmed as a receiver, SDI3 is used to receive serial data into the RX3 serial receive shift register. When enabled for ESAI_1 operation, this is the ESAI_1 Serial Data Input 3. PC9/PE9 Input, output, or disconnected Port C 9--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. When enabled for ESAI_1 GPIO, this is the Port E 9 signal. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-25 Signal / Connection Descriptions Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Table 2-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Signals (Continued) Signal Name Signal Type SDO1/SDO1_1 Output State during Reset Signal Description GPIO disconnected Serial Data Output 1--SDO1 is used to transmit data from the TX1 serial transmit shift register. When enabled for ESAI_1 operation, this is the ESAI_1 Serial Data Output 1. PC10/PE10 Input, output, or disconnected Port C 10--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. When enabled for ESAI_1 GPIO, this is the Port E 10 signal. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. SDO0/SDO0_1 Output GPIO disconnected Serial Data Output 0--SDO0 is used to transmit data from the TX0 serial transmit shift register. When enabled for ESAI_1 operation, this is the ESAI_1 Serial Data Output 0. PC11/PE11 Input, output, or disconnected Port C 11--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. When enabled for ESAI_1 GPIO, this is the Port E 11 signal. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2-26 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Enhanced Serial Audio Interface_1 2.10 ENHANCED SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE_1 Table 2-12 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface_1 Signals Signal Name Signal Type FSR_1 Input or output State during Reset GPIO disconnected Signal Description Frame Sync for Receiver_1--This is the receiver frame sync input/output signal. In the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), the FSR pin operates as the frame sync input or output used by all the enabled receivers. In the synchronous mode (SYN=1), it operates as either the serial flag 1 pin (TEBE=0), or as the transmitter external buffer enable control (TEBE=1, RFSD=1). When this pin is configured as serial flag pin, its direction is determined by the RFSD bit in the RCCR register. When configured as the output flag OF1, this pin will reflect the value of the OF1 bit in the SAICR register, and the data in the OF1 bit will show up at the pin synchronized to the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. When configured as the input flag IF1, the data value at the pin will be stored in the IF1 bit in the SAISR register, synchronized by the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. PE1 Input, output, or disconnected Port E 1--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-27 Signal / Connection Descriptions Enhanced Serial Audio Interface_1 Table 2-12 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface_1 Signals (Continued) Signal Name Signal Type FST_1 Input or output PE4 Input, output, or disconnected State during Reset GPIO disconnected Signal Description Frame Sync for Transmitter_1--This is the transmitter frame sync input/output signal. For synchronous mode, this signal is the frame sync for both transmitters and receivers. For asynchronous mode, FST is the frame sync for the transmitters only. The direction is determined by the transmitter frame sync direction (TFSD) bit in the ESAI transmit clock control register (TCCR). Port E 4--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. SCKR_1 Input or output GPIO disconnected Receiver Serial Clock_1--SCKR provides the receiver serial bit clock for the ESAI. The SCKR operates as a clock input or output used by all the enabled receivers in the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), or as serial flag 0 pin in the synchronous mode (SYN=1). When this pin is configured as serial flag pin, its direction is determined by the RCKD bit in the RCCR register. When configured as the output flag OF0, this pin will reflect the value of the OF0 bit in the SAICR register, and the data in the OF0 bit will show up at the pin synchronized to the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. When configured as the input flag IF0, the data value at the pin will be stored in the IF0 bit in the SAISR register, synchronized by the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. PE0 Input, output, or disconnected Port E 0--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2-28 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Enhanced Serial Audio Interface_1 Table 2-12 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface_1 Signals (Continued) Signal Name Signal Type SCKT_1 Input or output PE3 Input, output, or disconnected State during Reset GPIO disconnected Signal Description Transmitter Serial Clock_1--This signal provides the serial bit rate clock for the ESAI. SCKT is a clock input or output used by all enabled transmitters and receivers in synchronous mode, or by all enabled transmitters in asynchronous mode. Port E 3--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. SDO5_1 Output SDI0_1 Input PE6 Input, output, or disconnected GPIO disconnected Serial Data Output 5_1--When programmed as a transmitter, SDO5 is used to transmit data from the TX5 serial transmit shift register. Serial Data Input 0_1--When programmed as a receiver, SDI0 is used to receive serial data into the RX0 serial receive shift register. Port E 6--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. SDO4_1 Output SDI1_1 Input PE7 Input, output, or disconnected GPIO disconnected Serial Data Output 4_1--When programmed as a transmitter, SDO4 is used to transmit data from the TX4 serial transmit shift register. Serial Data Input 1_1--When programmed as a receiver, SDI1 is used to receive serial data into the RX1 serial receive shift register. Port E 7--When the ESAI is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-29 Signal / Connection Descriptions SPDIF Transmitter Digital Audio Interface 2.11 SPDIF TRANSMITTER DIGITAL AUDIO INTERFACE Table 2-13 Digital Audio Interface (DAX) Signals Signal Name Type State During Reset ACI Input PD0 Input, output, or disconnected Signal Description GPIO Audio Clock Input--This is the DAX clock input. When Disconnected programmed to use an external clock, this input supplies the DAX clock. The external clock frequency must be 256, 384, or 512 times the audio sampling frequency (256 x Fs, 384 x Fs or 512 x Fs, respectively). Port D 0--When the DAX is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. ADO Output GPIO Digital Audio Data Output--This signal is an audio and Disconnected non-audio output in the form of AES/EBU, CP340 and IEC958 data in a biphase mark format. PD1 Input, output, or disconnected Port D 1--When the DAX is configured as GPIO, this signal is individually programmable as input, output, or internally disconnected. The default state after reset is GPIO disconnected. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2-30 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Signal / Connection Descriptions Timer 2.12 TIMER Table 2-14 Timer Signal Signal Name State during Reset Type TIO0 Input or Output Input Signal Description Timer 0 Schmitt-Trigger Input/Output--When timer 0 functions as an external event counter or in measurement mode, TIO0 is used as input. When timer 0 functions in watchdog, timer, or pulse modulation mode, TIO0 is used as output. The default mode after reset is GPIO input. This can be changed to output or configured as a timer input/output through the timer 0 control/status register (TCSR0). If TIO0 is not being used, it is recommended to either define it as GPIO output immediately at the beginning of operation or leave it defined as GPIO input but connected to Vcc through a pull-up resistor in order to ensure a stable logic level at this input. This input is 3.3V tolerant. 2.13 JTAG/OnCE INTERFACE Table 2-15 JTAG/OnCE Interface Signal Name Signal Type State during Reset TCK Input Input Signal Description Test Clock--TCK is a test clock input signal used to synchronize the JTAG test logic. It has an internal pull-up resistor. This input is 3.3V tolerant. TDI Input Input Test Data Input--TDI is a test data serial input signal used for test instructions and data. TDI is sampled on the rising edge of TCK and has an internal pull-up resistor. This input is 3.3V tolerant. TDO Output TMS Input Tri-stated Test Data Output--TDO is a test data serial output signal used for test instructions and data. TDO is tri-statable and is actively driven in the shift-IR and shift-DR controller states. TDO changes on the falling edge of TCK. Input Test Mode Select--TMS is an input signal used to sequence the test controller's state machine. TMS is sampled on the rising edge of TCK and has an internal pull-up resistor. This input is 3.3V tolerant. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 2-31 Intentionally Left Blank CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-1 Specifications Introduction 3.1 INTRODUCTION The DSP56367 is a high density CMOS device with Transistor-Transistor Logic (TTL) compatible inputs and outputs. Note: This document contains information on a new product. Specifications and information herein are subject to change without notice. Finalized specifications may be published after further characterization and device qualifications are completed. 3.2 MAXIMUM RATINGS CAUTION This device contains circuitry protecting against damage due to high static voltage or electrical fields. However, normal precautions should be taken to avoid exceeding maximum voltage ratings. Reliability of operation is enhanced if unused inputs are pulled to an appropriate logic voltage level (e.g., either GND or VCC). The suggested value for a pullup or pulldown resistor is 10 k. Note: 3-2 In the calculation of timing requirements, adding a maximum value of one specification to a minimum value of another specification does not yield a reasonable sum. A maximum specification is calculated using a worst case variation of process parameter values in one direction. The minimum specification is calculated using the worst case for the same parameters in the opposite direction. Therefore, a "maximum" value for a specification will never occur in the same device that has a "minimum" value for another specification; adding a maximum to a minimum represents a condition that can never exist. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Thermal Characteristics Table 3-1 Maximum Ratings Rating1 Supply Voltage All "3.3V tolerant" input voltages Current drain per pin excluding VCC and GND Operating temperature range3 Storage temperature Note: 3.3 Symbol Value1, 2 Unit VCCQL, VCCP -0.3 to + 2.0 V VCCQH, VCCA, VCCD, VCCC, VCCH, VCCS, -0.3 to + 4.0 V VIN GND - 0.3 to VCC + 0.7 V I 10 mA TJ -40 to + 95 C TSTG -55 to +125 C 1. GND = 0 V, VCCP, VCCQL = 1.8 V 5%, TJ = -40xC to +95xC, CL = 50 pF All other VCC = 3.3 V 5%, TJ = -40xC to +95xC, CL = 50 pF 2. Absolute maximum ratings are stress ratings only, and functional operation at the maximum is not guaranteed. Stress beyond the maximum rating may affect device reliability or cause permanent damage to the device. 3. Temperatures below -0C are qualified for consumer applications. THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 3-2 Thermal Characteristics Characteristic Symbol TQFP Value Unit Natural Convection, Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance1,2 RJA or JA 45.0 C/W Junction-to-case thermal resistance3 RJC or JC 10.0 C/W JT 3.0 C/W Natural Convection, Thermal characterization parameter4 Note: 1. Junction temperature is a function of die size, on-chip power dissipation, package thermal resistance, mounting site (board) temperature, ambient temperature, air flow, power dissipation of other components on the board, and board thermal resistance. 2. Per SEMI G38-87 and JEDEC JESD51-2 with the single layer board horizontal. 3. Thermal resistance between the die and the case top surface as measured by the cold plate method (MIL SPEC-883 Method 1012.1). 4. Thermal characterization parameter indicating the temperature difference between package top and the junction temperature per JEDEC JESD51-2. When Greek letters are not available, the thermal characterization parameter is written as Psi-JT. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-3 Specifications DC Electrical Characteristics 3.4 DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Table 3-3 DC Electrical Characteristics5 Characteristics Supply voltages * * Min Typ Max Unit VCC 1.71 1.8 1.89 V VCC 3.14 3.3 3.46 V Core (VCCQL) PLL(VCCP) Supply voltages * * * * * * Symbol VCCQH VCCA VCCD VCCC VCCH VCCS Input high voltage V * D(0:23), BG, BB, TA, ESAI_1 (except SDO4_1) VIH 2.0 -- VCCQH * MOD1/IRQ1, RESET, PINIT/NMI and all JTAG/ESAI_1/Timer/ HDI08/DAX/(only SDO4_1)/SHI(SPI mode) VIHP 2.0 -- VCCQH + 03 max for both VIHP * SHI(I2C mode) VIHP 1.5 -- VCCQH + 03 max for both VIHP * EXTAL VIHX 0.8 x VCCQH -- 0.8 x VCCQH V Input low voltage VIL -0.3 -- 0.8 MOD1/IRQ1, RESET, PINIT/NMI and all JTAG/ESAI/Timer/HDI08/DAX/ESAI_1(only SDO4_1)/SHI(SPI mode) VILP -0.3 -- 0.8 * SHI(I2C mode) VILP -0.3 -- 0.3 x VCC * EXTAL VILX -0.3 -- 0.2 x VCCQH Input leakage current IIN -10 -- 10 A High impedance (off-state) input current (@ 2.4 V / 0.4 V) ITSI -10 -- 10 A Output high voltage6 VOH 2.4 -- -- V Output low voltage6 VOL -- -- 0.4 V 3-4 * D(0:23), BG, BB, TA, ESAI_1(except SDO4_1) * DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications AC Electrical Characteristics Table 3-3 DC Electrical Characteristics5 (Continued) Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Internal supply current2 at internal clock of 150MHz * In Normal mode ICCI -- 58.0 115 mA * In Wait mode ICCW -- 7.3 20 mA * In Stop mode3 ICCS -- 2.0 4 mA -- 1 2.5 mA -- -- 10 pF PLL supply current Input capacitance4 Note: 3.5 CIN 1. Refers to MODA/IRQA, MODB/IRQB, MODC/IRQC,and MODD/IRQD pins 2. Section 4.3, Power Consumption Considerations provides a formula to compute the estimated current requirements in Normal mode. In order to obtain these results, all inputs must be terminated (i.e., not allowed to float). Measurements are based on synthetic intensive DSP benchmarks. The power consumption numbers in this specification are 90% of the measured results of this benchmark. This reflects typical DSP applications. Typical internal supply current is measured with VCCQL = 1.8V, VCC(other) = 3.3V at TJ = 25C. Maximum internal supply current is measured with VCCQL = 1.89V, VCC(other) = 3.46V at TJ = 95C. 3. In order to obtain these results, all inputs, which are not disconnected at Stop mode, must be terminated (i.e., not allowed to float). 4. Periodically sampled and not 100% tested 5. VCCQL = 1.8 V 5%, TJ = -40C to +95C, CL = 50 pF All other VCC = 3.3 V 5%, TJ = -40C to +95C, CL = 50 pF 6. This characteristic does not apply to PCAP. AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The timing waveforms shown in the AC electrical characteristics section are tested with a VIL maximum of 0.4 V and a VIH minimum of 2.4 V for all pins except EXTAL. AC timing specifications, which are referenced to a device input signal, are measured in production with respect to the 50% point of the respective input signal's transition. DSP56367 output levels are measured with the production test machine VOL and VOH reference levels set at 0.4 V and 2.4 V, respectively. Note: Although the minimum value for the frequency of EXTAL is 0 MHz, the device AC test conditions are 15 MHz and rated speed. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-5 Specifications Internal Clocks 3.6 INTERNAL CLOCKS Table 3-4 Internal Clocks Expression1, 2 Characteristics Symbol Min Typ Max Internal operation frequency with PLL enabled f -- (Ef x MF)/ (PDF x DF) -- Internal operation frequency with PLL disabled f -- Ef/2 -- TH -- ETC -- Internal clock high period * With PLL disabled * With PLL enabled and MF 4 0.49 x ETC x PDF x DF/MF -- 0.51 x ETC x PDF x DF/MF * With PLL enabled and MF > 4 0.47 x ETC x PDF x DF/MF -- 0.53 x ETC x PDF x DF/MF -- ETC -- 0.49 x ETC x PDF x DF/MF -- 0.51 x ETC x PDF x DF/MF 0.47 x ETC x PDF x DF/MF -- 0.53 x ETC x PDF x DF/MF Internal clock low period * With PLL disabled * With PLL enabled and MF 4 * With PLL enabled and MF > 4 TL Internal clock cycle time with PLL enabled TC -- ETC x PDF x DF/MF -- Internal clock cycle time with PLL disabled TC -- 2 x ETC -- ICYC -- TC -- Instruction cycle time Note: 3-6 1. DF = Division Factor Ef = External frequency ETC = External clock cycle MF = Multiplication Factor PDF = Predivision Factor TC = internal clock cycle 2. Refer to the DSP56300 Family Manual for a detailed discussion of the PLL. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Clock Operation 3.7 EXTERNAL CLOCK OPERATION The DSP56367 system clock is an externally supplied square wave voltage source connected to EXTAL (See Figure 3-1) . VIHC Midpoint EXTAL VILC ETH ETL 2 3 4 Note: ETC The midpoint is 0.5 (VIHC + VILC). Figure 3-1 External Clock Timing Table 3-5 Clock Operation No. 1 Characteristics Frequency of EXTAL (EXTAL Pin Frequency) Symbol Min Max Ef 2.0 ns 150.0 ETH 3.11 ns 2.83 ns 157.0 s 3.11 ns 2.83 ns 157.0 s 6.7 ns 6.7 ns 273.1 s 13.33 ns 6.67 ns 8.53 s The rise and fall time of this external clock should be 2 ns maximum. 2 3 4 7 EXTAL input high1, 2 * With PLL disabled (46.7%-53.3% duty cycle4) * With PLL enabled (42.5%-57.5% duty cycle4) EXTAL input low1, 2 * With PLL disabled (46.7%-53.3% duty cycle4) * With PLL enabled (42.5%-57.5% duty cycle4) ETL EXTAL cycle time2 * With PLL disabled * With PLL enabled ETC Instruction cycle time = ICYC = TC3 * With PLL disabled * With PLL enabled MOTOROLA ICYC DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-7 Specifications Phase Lock Loop (PLL) Characteristics Table 3-5 Clock Operation (Continued) No. Characteristics Note: 1. 3.8 Symbol Min Max Measured at 50% of the input transition 2. The maximum value for PLL enabled is given for minimum VCO and maximum MF. 3. The maximum value for PLL enabled is given for minimum VCO and maximum DF. 4. The indicated duty cycle is for the specified maximum frequency for which a part is rated. The minimum clock high or low time required for correct operation, however, remains the same at lower operating frequencies; therefore, when a lower clock frequency is used, the signal symmetry may vary from the specified duty cycle as long as the minimum high time and low time requirements are met. PHASE LOCK LOOP (PLL) CHARACTERISTICS Table 3-6 PLL Characteristics Characteristics VCO frequency when PLL enabled Min Max Unit 30 300 MHz (MF x Ef x 2/PDF) PLL external capacitor (PCAP pin to VCCP) (CPCAP1) * @ MF 4 (MF x 580) - 100 (MF x 780) - 140 * @ MF > 4 MF x 830 MF x 1470 Note: 3-8 1. pF CPCAP is the value of the PLL capacitor (connected between the PCAP pin and VCCP). The recommended value in pF for CPCAP can be computed from one of the following equations: (MF x 680)-120, for MF 4, or MF x 1100, for MF > 4. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing 3.9 RESET, STOP, MODE SELECT, AND INTERRUPT TIMING Table 3-7 Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing No. Characteristics 8 Delay from RESET assertion to all pins at reset value3 9 Required RESET duration4 10 11 Min Max Unit -- -- 26.0 ns 50 x ETC 333.4 -- ns * Power on, external clock generator, PLL disabled * Power on, external clock generator, PLL enabled 1000 x ETC 6.7 -- s * Power on, Internal oscillator 75000 x ETC 500 -- * During STOP, XTAL disabled 75000 x ETC 500 -- * During STOP, XTAL enabled 2.5 x TC 16.7 -- s s ns * During normal operation 2.5 x TC 16.7 -- ns Delay from asynchronous RESET deassertion to first external address output (internal reset deassertion)5 * Minimum 3.25 x TC + 2.0 23.7 -- ns * Maximum 20.25 x TC + 10 -- 145.0 ns TC -- 6.7 ns Syn reset setup time from RESET * 12 Expression Maximum Syn reset deassert delay time * Minimum 3.25 x TC + 1.0 22.7 -- ns * Maximum 20.25 x TC + 5.0 -- 140.0 ns 13 Mode select setup time 30.0 -- ns 14 Mode select hold time 0.0 -- ns 15 Minimum edge-triggered interrupt request assertion width 4.4 -- ns 16 Minimum edge-triggered interrupt request deassertion width 4.4 -- ns 17 Delay from IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, IRQD, NMI assertion to external memory access address out valid 4.25 x TC + 2.0 30.3 -- ns 7.25 x TC + 2.0 50.3 -- ns * * MOTOROLA Caused by first interrupt instruction fetch Caused by first interrupt instruction execution DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-9 Specifications Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing Table 3-7 Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing No. Characteristics Expression Min Max Unit 18 Delay from IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, IRQD, NMI assertion to general-purpose transfer output valid caused by first interrupt instruction execution 10 x TC + 5.0 71.7 -- ns 19 Delay from address output valid caused by first interrupt instruction execute to interrupt request deassertion for level sensitive fast interrupts1,7,8 (WS + 3.75) x TC - 10.94 -- Note 8 ns 20 Delay from RD assertion to interrupt request deassertion for level sensitive fast interrupts1,7,8 (WS + 3.25) x TC - 10.94 -- Note 8 ns 21 Delay from WR assertion to interrupt request deassertion for level sensitive fast interrupts1, 7, 8 22 23 (WS + 3.5) x TC - 10.94 -- Note 8 N/A -- Note 8 SRAM WS = 2, 3 1.75 x TC - 4.0 -- Note 8 SRAM WS 4 2.75 x TC - 4.0 -- Note 8 0.6 x TC - 0.1 3.9 -- ns * DRAM for all WS * SRAM WS = 1 * * Synchronous int setup time from IRQs NMI assertion to the CLKOUT trans. Synch. int delay time from the CLKOUT trans2 to the first external address out valid caused by first inst fetch * Minimum 9.25 x TC + 1.0 62.7 -- ns * Maximum 24.75 x TC + 5.0 -- 170.0 ns 0.6 x TC - 0.1 3.9 -- ns 24 Duration for IRQA assertion to recover from Stop state 25 Delay from IRQA assertion to fetch of first instruction (when exiting Stop)2, 3 3-10 ns * PLL is not active during Stop (PCTL Bit 17 = 0) and Stop delay is enabled (OMR Bit 6 = 0) PLC x ETC x PDF + (128 K - PLC/2) x TC -- -- ms * PLL is not active during Stop (PCTL Bit 17 = 0) and Stop delay is not enabled (OMR Bit 6 = 1) PLC x ETC x PDF + (23.75 +/- 0.5) x TC -- -- ms * PLL is active during Stop (PCTL Bit 17 = 1) (Implies No Stop Delay) (8.25 0.5) x TC 51.7 58.3 ns DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing Table 3-7 Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing No. 26 27 28 29 Note: Characteristics Expression Min Max Unit Duration of level sensitive IRQA assertion to ensure interrupt service (when exiting Stop)2, 3 * PLL is not active during Stop (PCTL Bit 17 = 0) and Stop delay is enabled (OMR Bit 6 = 0) PLC x ETC x PDF + (128 K - PLC/2) x TC -- -- ms * PLL is not active during Stop (PCTL Bit 17 = 0) and Stop delay is not enabled (OMR Bit 6 = 1) PLC x ETC x PDF + (20.5 +/- 0.5) x TC -- -- ms * PLL is active during Stop (PCTL Bit 17 = 1) (implies no Stop delay) 5.5 x TC 36.7 -- ns Interrupt Requests Rate * HDI08, ESAI, ESAI_1, SHI, DAX, Timer 12TC -- 80.0 ns * DMA 8TC -- 53.0 ns * IRQ, NMI (edge trigger) 8TC -- 53.0 ns * IRQ (level trigger) 12TC -- 80.0 ns DMA Requests Rate * Data read from HDI08, ESAI, ESAI_1, SHI, DAX 6TC -- 40.0 ns * Data write to HDI08, ESAI, ESAI_1, SHI, DAX 7TC -- 46.7 ns * Timer 2TC * IRQ, NMI (edge trigger) 3TC -- 20.0 ns 4.25 x TC + 2.0 30.3 -- ns Delay from IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, IRQD, NMI assertion to external memory (DMA source) access address out valid 1. 13.3 When using fast interrupts and IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, and IRQD are defined as level-sensitive, timings 19 through 21 apply to prevent multiple interrupt service. To avoid these timing restrictions, the deasserted Edge-triggered mode is recommended when using fast interrupts. Long interrupts are recommended when using Level-sensitive mode. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-11 Specifications Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing Table 3-7 Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing No. Characteristics 2. Expression Min Max Unit This timing depends on several settings: For PLL disable, using external clock (PCTL Bit 16 = 1), no stabilization delay is required and recovery time will be defined by the PCTL Bit 17 and OMR Bit 6 settings. For PLL enable, if PCTL Bit 17 is 0, the PLL is shutdown during Stop. Recovering from Stop requires the PLL to get locked. The PLL lock procedure duration, PLL Lock Cycles (PLC), may be in the range of 0 to 1000 cycles. This procedure occurs in parallel with the stop delay counter, and stop recovery will end when the last of these two events occurs: the stop delay counter completes count or PLL lock procedure completion. PLC value for PLL disable is 0. The maximum value for ETC is 4096 (maximum MF) divided by the desired internal frequency (i.e., for 150 MHz it is 4096/150 MHz = 27.3 s). During the stabilization period, TC, TH, and TL will not be constant, and their width may vary, so timing may vary as well. 3. Periodically sampled and not 100% tested 4. RESET duration is measured during the time in which RESET is asserted, VCC is valid, and the EXTAL input is active and valid. When the VCC is valid, but the other "required RESET duration" conditions (as specified above) have not been yet met, the device circuitry will be in an uninitialized state that can result in significant power consumption and heat-up. Designs should minimize this state to the shortest possible duration. 5. If PLL does not lose lock 6. VCCQH = 3.3 V 5%; VCC= 1.8V 5%; TJ = -40C to + 95C, CL = 50 pF 7. WS = number of wait states (measured in clock cycles, number of TC). 8. Use expression to compute maximum value. VIH RESET 9 10 8 All Pins Reset Value First Fetch A0-A17 AA0460 Figure 3-2 Reset Timing 3-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing First Interrupt Instruction Execution/Fetch A0-A17 RD 20 WR 21 IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, IRQD, NMI 17 19 a) First Interrupt Instruction Execution General Purpose I/O 18 IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, IRQD, NMI b) General Purpose I/O Figure 3-3 External Fast Interrupt Timing MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-13 Specifications Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, IRQD, NMI 15 IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, IRQD, NMI 16 AA0463 Figure 3-4 External Interrupt Timing (Negative Edge-Triggered) VIH RESET 13 14 MODA, MODB, MODC, MODD, PINIT VIH VIH VIL VIL IRQA, IRQB, IRQD, NMI AA0465 Figure 3-5 Operating Mode Select Timing 24 IRQA 25 A0-A17 First Instruction Fetch AA0466 Figure 3-6 Recovery from Stop State Using IRQA Interrupt Service 3-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Reset, Stop, Mode Select, and Interrupt Timing 26 IRQA 25 First IRQA Interrupt Instruction Fetch A0-A17 AA0467 Figure 3-7 Recovery from Stop State Using IRQA Interrupt Service DMA Source Address A0-A17 RD WR IRQA, IRQB, IRQC, IRQD, NMI 29 First Interrupt Instruction Execution AA1104 Figure 3-8 External Memory Access (DMA Source) Timing MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-15 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) 3.10 3.10.1 EXTERNAL MEMORY EXPANSION PORT (PORT A) SRAM Timing Table 3-8 SRAM Read and Write Accesses 150 MHz No. 100 Characteristics Address valid and AA assertion pulse width Symbol tRC, tWC Expression1 (WS + 2) x TC - 4.0 Unit Min Max 22.7 -- ns 69.3 -- ns 3.0 -- ns 6.3 -- ns 9.3 -- ns 19.3 -- ns 4.3 -- ns 11.0 -- ns -- 13.3 ns -- 10.0 ns 0.0 -- ns 14.3 -- ns [2 WS 7] (WS + 3) x TC - 4.0 [WS 8] 101 Address and AA valid to WR assertion tAS 0.75 x TC - 2.0 [2 WS 3] 1.25 x TC - 2.0 [WS 4] 102 WR assertion pulse width tWP WS x TC - 4.0 [2 WS 3] (WS - 0.5) x TC - 4.0 [WS 4] 103 WR deassertion to address not valid tWR 1.25 x TC - 4.0 [2 WS 7] 2.25 x TC - 4.0 [WS 8] 104 Address and AA valid to input data valid tAA, tAC (WS + 0.75) x TC - 5.0 [WS 2] 105 RD assertion to input data valid tOE (WS + 0.25) x TC - 5.0 [WS 2] 106 RD deassertion to data not valid (data hold time) tOHZ 107 Address valid to WR deassertion2 tAW (WS + 0.75) x TC - 4.0 [WS 2] 3-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-8 SRAM Read and Write Accesses (Continued) 150 MHz No. 108 109 Characteristics Data valid to WR deassertion (data setup time) Data hold time from WR deassertion Symbol tDS (tDW) Expression1 (WS - 0.25) x TC - 3.0 Unit Min Max 8.7 -- ns 6.3 -- ns 13.0 -- ns -2.0 -- ns -5.4 -- ns -- 1.9 ns -- 8.5 -- 15.2 4.3 -- 11.0 -- 17.7 -- 7.7 -- ns 14.3 -- ns [WS 2] tDH 1.25 x TC - 2.0 [2 WS 7] 2.25 x TC - 2.0 [WS 8] 110 WR assertion to data active -- 0.25 x TC - 3.7 [2 WS 3] -0.25 x TC - 3.7 [WS 4] 111 WR deassertion to data high impedance -- 0.25 x TC + 0.2 [2 WS 3] 1.25 x TC + 0.2 [4 WS 7] 2.25 x TC + 0.2 [WS 8] 112 Previous RD deassertion to data active (write) -- 1.25 x TC - 4.0 ns [2 WS 3] 2.25 x TC - 4.0 [4 WS 7] 3.25 x TC - 4.0 [WS 8] 113 RD deassertion time 1.75 x TC - 4.0 [2 WS 7] 2.75 x TC - 4.0 [WS 8] MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-17 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-8 SRAM Read and Write Accesses (Continued) 150 MHz No. 114 Characteristics Expression1 Symbol Unit Min Max 9.3 -- ns 12.7 -- ns 19.3 -- ns 0.5 x TC - 2.0 1.3 -- ns (WS + 0.25) x TC -4.0 11.0 -- ns 1.25 x TC - 2.0 6.3 -- ns 13.0 -- ns 3.7 -- ns 0.0 -- ns 2.0 x TC - 4.0 WR deassertion time [2 WS 3] 2.5 x TC - 4.0 [4 WS 7] 3.5 x TC - 4.0 [WS 8] 115 Address valid to RD assertion 116 RD assertion pulse width 117 RD deassertion to address not valid [2 WS 7] 2.25 x TC - 2.0 [WS 8] 118 TA setup before RD or WR deassertion3 119 TA hold after RD or WR deassertion Note: 3-18 0.25 x TC + 2.0 1. WS is the number of wait states specified in the BCR. The value is given for the minimum for a given category. (For example, for a category of [2 WS 7] timing is specified for 2 wait states.) Two wait states is the minimum otherwise. 2. Timings 100, 107 are guaranteed by design, not tested. 3. In the case of TA negation: timing 118 is relative to the deassertion edge of RD or WR were TA to remain active DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) 100 A0-A17 AA0-AA2 113 117 116 RD 115 105 106 WR 104 119 118 TA Data In D0-D23 AA0468 Figure 3-9 SRAM Read Access MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-19 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) 100 A0-A17 AA0-AA2 107 101 102 103 WR 114 RD 119 118 TA 108 109 Data Out D0-D23 Figure 3-10 SRAM Write Access 3.10.2 DRAM Timing The selection guides provided in Figure 3-11 and Figure 3-14 should be used for primary selection only. Final selection should be based on the timing provided in the following tables. As an example, the selection guide suggests that 4 wait states must be used for 100 MHz operation when using Page Mode DRAM. However, by using the information in the appropriate table, a designer may choose to evaluate whether fewer wait states might be used by determining which timing prevents operation at 100 MHz, running the chip at a slightly lower frequency (e.g., 95 MHz), using faster DRAM (if it becomes available), and control factors such as capacitive and resistive load to improve overall system performance. 3-20 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) DRAM Type (tRAC ns) Note: This figure should be use for primary selection. For exact and detailed timings see the following tables. 100 80 70 60 50 40 66 80 120 100 Chip Frequency (MHz) 1 Wait States 3 Wait States 2 Wait States 4 Wait States AA047 Figure 3-11 DRAM Page Mode Wait States Selection Guide Table 3-9 DRAM Page Mode Timings, Three Wait States 100 MHz No. 131 Characteristics Page mode cycle time for two consecutive accesses of the same direction Symbol Unit Min Max 2 x TC 20.0 -- 1.25 x TC 12.5 -- tCAC 2 x TC - 7.0 -- 13.0 ns 3 x TC - 7.0 -- 23.0 ns 0.0 -- ns tPC Page mode cycle time for mixed (read and write) accesses 132 CAS assertion to data valid (read) 133 Column address valid to data valid (read) tAA 134 CAS deassertion to data not valid (read hold time) tOFF MOTOROLA Expression DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual ns 3-21 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-9 DRAM Page Mode Timings, Three Wait States (Continued) 100 MHz No. Characteristics Symbol Expression Unit Min Max 135 Last CAS assertion to RAS deassertion tRSH 2.5 x TC - 4.0 21.0 -- ns 136 Previous CAS deassertion to RAS deassertion tRHCP 4.5 x TC - 4.0 41.0 -- ns 137 CAS assertion pulse width tCAS 2 x TC - 4.0 16.0 -- ns 138 Last CAS deassertion to RAS assertion5 tCRP * BRW[1:0] = 00, 01-- not applicable * BRW[1:0] = 10 4.75 x TC - 6.0 41.5 -- ns * BRW[1:0] = 11 6.75 x TC - 6.0 61.5 -- ns 139 CAS deassertion pulse width tCP 1.5 x TC - 4.0 11.0 -- ns 140 Column address valid to CAS assertion tASC TC - 4.0 6.0 -- ns 141 CAS assertion to column address not valid tCAH 2.5 x TC - 4.0 21.0 -- ns 142 Last column address valid to RAS deassertion tRAL 4 x TC - 4.0 36.0 -- ns 143 WR deassertion to CAS assertion tRCS 1.25 x TC - 4.0 8.5 -- ns 144 CAS deassertion to WR assertion tRCH 0.75 x TC - 4.0 3.5 -- ns 145 CAS assertion to WR deassertion tWCH 2.25 x TC - 4.2 18.3 -- ns 146 WR assertion pulse width tWP 3.5 x TC - 4.5 30.5 -- ns 147 Last WR assertion to RAS deassertion tRWL 3.75 x TC - 4.3 33.2 -- ns 148 WR assertion to CAS deassertion tCWL 3.25 x TC - 4.3 28.2 -- ns 149 Data valid to CAS assertion (write) tDS 0.5 x TC - 4.0 1.0 -- ns 150 CAS assertion to data not valid (write) tDH 2.5 x TC - 4.0 21.0 -- ns 151 WR assertion to CAS assertion tWCS 1.25 x TC - 4.3 8.2 -- ns 152 Last RD assertion to RAS deassertion tROH 3.5 x TC - 4.0 31.0 -- ns 153 RD assertion to data valid tGA 2.5 x TC - 7.0 -- 18.0 ns 154 RD deassertion to data not valid6 tGZ 0.0 -- ns 155 WR assertion to data active 0.75 x TC - 0.3 7.2 -- ns 156 WR deassertion to data high impedance 0.25 x TC -- 2.5 ns 3-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-9 DRAM Page Mode Timings, Three Wait States (Continued) 100 MHz No. Characteristics Symbol Expression Unit Min Note: 1. Max The number of wait states for Page mode access is specified in the DCR. 2. The refresh period is specified in the DCR. 3. The asynchronous delays specified in the expressions are valid for DSP56367. 4. All the timings are calculated for the worst case. Some of the timings are better for specific cases (e.g., tPC equals 4 x TC for read-after-read or write-after-write sequences). 5. BRW[1:0] (DRAM control register bits) defines the number of wait states that should be inserted in each DRAM out-of page-access. 6. RD deassertion will always occur after CAS deassertion; therefore, the restricted timing is tOFF and not tGZ. Table 3-10 DRAM Page Mode Timings, Four Wait States1, 2, 3 100 MHz No. 131 Characteristics Symbol Page mode cycle time for two consecutive accesses of the same direction Expression4 Unit Min Max 5 x TC 50.0 -- ns Page mode cycle time for mixed (read and write) accesses tPC 4.5 x TC 45.0 -- ns 132 CAS assertion to data valid (read) tCAC 2.75 x TC - 5.7 -- 21.8 ns 133 Column address valid to data valid (read) tAA 3.75 x TC - 5.7 -- 31.8 ns 134 CAS deassertion to data not valid (read hold time) tOFF 0.0 -- ns 135 Last CAS assertion to RAS deassertion tRSH 3.5 x TC - 4.0 31.0 -- ns 136 Previous CAS deassertion to RAS deassertion tRHCP 6 x TC - 4.0 56.0 -- ns 137 CAS assertion pulse width tCAS 2.5 x TC - 4.0 21.0 -- ns 138 Last CAS deassertion to RAS assertion5 tCRP -- -- -- -- BRW[1-0] = 10 5.25 x TC - 6.0 46.5 -- ns BRW[1-0] = 11 7.25 x TC - 6.0 66.5 -- ns BRW[1-0] = 00, 01--Not applicable 139 CAS deassertion pulse width tCP 2 x TC - 4.0 16.0 -- ns 140 Column address valid to CAS assertion tASC TC - 4.0 6.0 -- ns 141 CAS assertion to column address not valid tCAH 3.5 x TC - 4.0 31.0 -- ns 142 Last column address valid to RAS deassertion tRAL 5 x TC - 4.0 46.0 -- ns MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-23 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-10 DRAM Page Mode Timings, Four Wait States1, 2, 3 (Continued) 100 MHz No. Characteristics Symbol Expression4 Unit Min Max 143 WR deassertion to CAS assertion tRCS 1.25 x TC - 4.0 8.5 -- ns 144 CAS deassertion to WR assertion tRCH 1.25 x TC - 3.7 8.8 -- ns 145 CAS assertion to WR deassertion tWCH 3.25 x TC - 4.2 28.3 -- ns 146 WR assertion pulse width tWP 4.5 x TC - 4.5 40.5 -- ns 147 Last WR assertion to RAS deassertion tRWL 4.75 x TC - 4.3 43.2 -- ns 148 WR assertion to CAS deassertion tCWL 3.75 x TC - 4.3 33.2 -- ns 149 Data valid to CAS assertion (write) tDS 0.5 x TC - 4.5 0.5 -- ns 150 CAS assertion to data not valid (write) tDH 3.5 x TC - 4.0 31.0 -- ns 151 WR assertion to CAS assertion tWCS 1.25 x TC - 4.3 8.2 -- ns 152 Last RD assertion to RAS deassertion tROH 4.5 x TC - 4.0 41.0 -- ns 153 RD assertion to data valid tGA 3.25 x TC - 5.7 -- 26.8 ns 154 RD deassertion to data not valid6 tGZ 0.0 -- ns 155 WR assertion to data active 0.75 x TC - 1.5 6.0 -- ns 156 WR deassertion to data high impedance 0.25 x TC -- 2.5 ns Note: 3-24 1. The number of wait states for Page mode access is specified in the DCR. 2. The refresh period is specified in the DCR. 3. The asynchronous delays specified in the expressions are valid for DSP56367. 4. All the timings are calculated for the worst case. Some of the timings are better for specific cases (for example, tPC equals 3 x TC for read-after-read or write-after-write sequences). An expressions is used to calculate the maximum or minimum value listed, as appropriate. 5. BRW[1-0] (DRAM control register bits) defines the number of wait states that should be inserted in each DRAM out-of-page access. 6. RD deassertion always occurs after CAS deassertion; therefore, the restricted timing is tOFF and not tGZ. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) RAS 136 131 135 CAS 137 139 138 140 141 A0-A17 Row Add 142 Column Address Column Address 151 Last Column Address 144 143 145 147 WR 146 148 RD 155 156 150 149 D0-D23 Data Out Data Out Data Out AA0473 Figure 3-12 DRAM Page Mode Write Accesses MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-25 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) RAS 136 131 135 CAS 137 139 140 A0-A17 Row Add Column Address 138 141 142 Last Column Address Column Address 143 WR 132 133 152 153 RD 134 154 D0-D23 Data In Data In Data In AA0474 Figure 3-13 DRAM Page Mode Read Accesses 3-26 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) DRAM Type (tRAC ns) Note:This figure should be use for primary selection. For exact and detailed timings see the following tables. 100 80 70 60 Chip Frequency (MHz) 50 40 66 80 120 100 4 Wait States 11 Wait States 8 Wait States 15 Wait States AA0475 Figure 3-14 DRAM Out-of-Page Wait States Selection Guide Table 3-11 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Four Wait States 20 MHz4 Characteristics3 No. Symbol 30 MHz4 Expression Unit Min Max Min Max 157 Random read or write cycle time tRC 5 x TC 250.0 -- 166.7 -- ns 158 RAS assertion to data valid (read) tRAC 2.75 x TC - 7.5 -- 130.0 -- 84.2 ns 159 CAS assertion to data valid (read) tCAC 1.25 x TC - 7.5 -- 55.0 -- 34.2 ns 160 Column address valid to data valid (read) tAA 1.5 x TC - 7.5 -- 67.5 -- 42.5 ns 161 CAS deassertion to data not valid (read hold time) tOFF 0.0 -- 0.0 -- ns MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-27 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-11 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Four Wait States (Continued) 20 MHz4 No. Characteristics3 Symbol 30 MHz4 Expression Unit Min Max Min Max 162 RAS deassertion to RAS assertion tRP 1.75 x TC - 4.0 83.5 -- 54.3 -- ns 163 RAS assertion pulse width tRAS 3.25 x TC - 4.0 158.5 -- 104.3 -- ns 164 CAS assertion to RAS deassertion tRSH 1.75 x TC - 4.0 83.5 -- 54.3 -- ns 165 RAS assertion to CAS deassertion tCSH 2.75 x TC - 4.0 133.5 -- 87.7 -- ns 166 CAS assertion pulse width tCAS 1.25 x TC - 4.0 58.5 -- 37.7 -- ns 167 RAS assertion to CAS assertion tRCD 1.5 x TC 2 73.0 77.0 48.0 52.0 ns 168 RAS assertion to column address valid tRAD 1.25 x TC 2 60.5 64.5 39.7 43.7 ns 169 CAS deassertion to RAS assertion tCRP 2.25 x TC - 4.0 108.5 -- 71.0 -- ns 170 CAS deassertion pulse width tCP 1.75 x TC - 4.0 83.5 -- 54.3 -- ns 171 Row address valid to RAS assertion tASR 1.75 x TC - 4.0 83.5 -- 54.3 -- ns 172 RAS assertion to row address not valid tRAH 1.25 x TC - 4.0 58.5 -- 37.7 -- ns 173 Column address valid to CAS assertion tASC 0.25 x TC - 4.0 8.5 -- 4.3 -- ns 174 CAS assertion to column address not valid tCAH 1.75 x TC - 4.0 83.5 -- 54.3 -- ns 175 RAS assertion to column address not valid tAR 3.25 x TC - 4.0 158.5 -- 104.3 -- ns 176 Column address valid to RAS deassertion tRAL 2 x TC - 4.0 96.0 -- 62.7 -- ns 177 WR deassertion to CAS assertion tRCS 1.5 x TC - 3.8 71.2 -- 46.2 -- ns 178 CAS deassertion to WR assertion tRCH 0.75 x TC - 3.7 33.8 -- 21.3 -- ns 179 RAS deassertion to WR assertion tRRH 0.25 x TC - 3.7 8.8 -- 4.6 -- ns 180 CAS assertion to WR deassertion tWCH 1.5 x TC - 4.2 70.8 -- 45.8 -- ns 181 RAS assertion to WR deassertion tWCR 3 x TC - 4.2 145.8 -- 95.8 -- ns 182 WR assertion pulse width tWP 4.5 x TC - 4.5 220.5 -- 145.5 -- ns 183 WR assertion to RAS deassertion tRWL 4.75 x TC - 4.3 233.2 -- 154.0 -- ns 184 WR assertion to CAS deassertion tCWL 4.25 x TC - 4.3 208.2 -- 137.4 -- ns 3-28 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-11 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Four Wait States (Continued) 20 MHz4 Characteristics3 No. Symbol 30 MHz4 Expression Unit Min Max Min Max 185 Data valid to CAS assertion (write) tDS 2.25 x TC - 4.0 108.5 -- 71.0 -- ns 186 CAS assertion to data not valid (write) tDH 1.75 x TC - 4.0 83.5 -- 54.3 -- ns 187 RAS assertion to data not valid (write) tDHR 3.25 x TC - 4.0 158.5 -- 104.3 -- ns 188 WR assertion to CAS assertion tWCS 3 x TC - 4.3 145.7 -- 95.7 -- ns 189 CAS assertion to RAS assertion (refresh) tCSR 0.5 x TC - 4.0 21.0 -- 12.7 -- ns 190 RAS deassertion to CAS assertion (refresh) tRPC 1.25 x TC - 4.0 58.5 -- 37.7 -- ns 191 RD assertion to RAS deassertion tROH 4.5 x TC - 4.0 221.0 -- 146.0 -- ns 192 RD assertion to data valid tGA 4 x TC - 7.5 -- 192.5 -- 125.8 ns 193 RD deassertion to data not valid3 tGZ 0.0 -- 0.0 -- ns 194 WR assertion to data active 0.75 x TC - 0.3 37.2 -- 24.7 -- ns 195 WR deassertion to data high impedance 0.25 x TC -- 12.5 -- 8.3 ns Note: 1. The number of wait states for out of page access is specified in the DCR. 2. The refresh period is specified in the DCR. 3. RD deassertion will always occur after CAS deassertion; therefore, the restricted timing is tOFF and not tGZ. 4. Reduced DSP clock speed allows use of DRAM out-of-page access with four Wait states (see Figure 3-14). MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-29 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-12 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Eleven Wait States 100 MHz No. Characteristics4 Symbol Expression3 Unit Min Max 157 Random read or write cycle time tRC 12 x TC 120.0 -- ns 158 RAS assertion to data valid (read) tRAC 6.25 x TC - 7.0 -- 55.5 ns 159 CAS assertion to data valid (read) tCAC 3.75 x TC - 7.0 -- 30.5 ns 160 Column address valid to data valid (read) tAA 4.5 x TC - 7.0 -- 38.0 ns 161 CAS deassertion to data not valid (read hold time) tOFF 0.0 -- ns 162 RAS deassertion to RAS assertion tRP 4.25 x TC - 4.0 38.5 -- ns 163 RAS assertion pulse width tRAS 7.75 x TC - 4.0 73.5 -- ns 164 CAS assertion to RAS deassertion tRSH 5.25 x TC - 4.0 48.5 -- ns 165 RAS assertion to CAS deassertion tCSH 6.25 x TC - 4.0 58.5 -- ns 166 CAS assertion pulse width tCAS 3.75 x TC - 4.0 33.5 -- ns 167 RAS assertion to CAS assertion tRCD 2.5 x TC 4.0 21.0 29.0 ns 168 RAS assertion to column address valid tRAD 1.75 x TC 4.0 13.5 21.5 ns 169 CAS deassertion to RAS assertion tCRP 5.75 x TC - 4.0 53.5 -- ns 170 CAS deassertion pulse width tCP 4.25 x TC - 4.0 38.5 -- ns 171 Row address valid to RAS assertion tASR 4.25 x TC - 4.0 38.5 -- ns 172 RAS assertion to row address not valid tRAH 1.75 x TC - 4.0 13.5 -- ns 173 Column address valid to CAS assertion tASC 0.75 x TC - 4.0 3.5 -- ns 174 CAS assertion to column address not valid tCAH 5.25 x TC - 4.0 48.5 -- ns 175 RAS assertion to column address not valid tAR 7.75 x TC - 4.0 73.5 -- ns 176 Column address valid to RAS deassertion tRAL 6 x TC - 4.0 56.0 -- ns 177 WR deassertion to CAS assertion tRCS 3.0 x TC - 4.0 26.0 -- ns 178 CAS deassertion to WR5 assertion tRCH 1.75 x TC - 4.0 13.5 -- ns 179 RAS deassertion to WR5 assertion tRRH 0.25 x TC - 2.0 0.5 -- ns 180 CAS assertion to WR deassertion tWCH 5 x TC - 4.2 45.8 -- ns 181 RAS assertion to WR deassertion tWCR 7.5 x TC - 4.2 70.8 -- ns 182 WR assertion pulse width tWP 11.5 x TC - 4.5 110.5 -- ns 3-30 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-12 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Eleven Wait States (Continued) 100 MHz Characteristics4 No. Symbol Expression3 Unit Min Max 183 WR assertion to RAS deassertion tRWL 11.75 x TC - 4.3 113.2 -- ns 184 WR assertion to CAS deassertion tCWL 10.25 x TC - 4.3 103.2 -- ns 185 Data valid to CAS assertion (write) tDS 5.75 x TC - 4.0 53.5 -- ns 186 CAS assertion to data not valid (write) tDH 5.25 x TC - 4.0 48.5 -- ns 187 RAS assertion to data not valid (write) tDHR 7.75 x TC - 4.0 73.5 -- ns 188 WR assertion to CAS assertion tWCS 6.5 x TC - 4.3 60.7 -- ns 189 CAS assertion to RAS assertion (refresh) tCSR 1.5 x TC - 4.0 11.0 -- ns 190 RAS deassertion to CAS assertion (refresh) tRPC 2.75 x TC - 4.0 23.5 -- ns 191 RD assertion to RAS deassertion tROH 11.5 x TC - 4.0 111.0 -- ns 192 RD assertion to data valid -- 93.0 ns 0.0 -- ns 0.75 x TC - 0.3 7.2 -- ns 0.25 x TC -- 2.5 ns tGA 10 x TC - 7.0 193 RD deassertion to data not valid4 194 WR assertion to data active 195 WR deassertion to data high impedance Note: tGZ 1. The number of wait states for out-of-page access is specified in the DCR. 2. The refresh period is specified in the DCR. 3. The asynchronous delays specified in the expressions are valid for DSP56367. 4. RD deassertion will always occur after CAS deassertion; therefore, the restricted timing is tOFF and not tGZ. 5. Either tRCH or tRRH must be satisfied for read cycles. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-31 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-13 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Fifteen Wait States1, 2 100 MHz No. Characteristics Symbol Expression3 Unit Min Max 157 Random read or write cycle time tRC 16 x TC 160.0 -- ns 158 RAS assertion to data valid (read) tRAC 8.25 x TC - 5.7 -- 76.8 ns 159 CAS assertion to data valid (read) tCAC 4.75 x TC - 5.7 -- 41.8 ns 160 Column address valid to data valid (read) tAA 5.5 x TC - 5.7 -- 49.3 ns 161 CAS deassertion to data not valid (read hold time) tOFF 0.0 0.0 -- ns 162 RAS deassertion to RAS assertion tRP 6.25 x TC - 4.0 58.5 -- ns 163 RAS assertion pulse width tRAS 9.75 x TC - 4.0 93.5 -- ns 164 CAS assertion to RAS deassertion tRSH 6.25 x TC - 4.0 58.5 -- ns 165 RAS assertion to CAS deassertion tCSH 8.25 x TC - 4.0 78.5 -- ns 166 CAS assertion pulse width tCAS 4.75 x TC - 4.0 43.5 -- ns 167 RAS assertion to CAS assertion tRCD 3.5 x TC 2 33.0 37.0 ns 168 RAS assertion to column address valid tRAD 2.75 x TC 2 25.5 29.5 ns 169 CAS deassertion to RAS assertion tCRP 7.75 x TC - 4.0 73.5 -- ns 170 CAS deassertion pulse width tCP 6.25 x TC - 6.0 56.5 -- ns 171 Row address valid to RAS assertion tASR 6.25 x TC - 4.0 58.5 -- ns 172 RAS assertion to row address not valid tRAH 2.75 x TC - 4.0 23.5 -- ns 173 Column address valid to CAS assertion tASC 0.75 x TC - 4.0 3.5 -- ns 174 CAS assertion to column address not valid tCAH 6.25 x TC - 4.0 58.5 -- ns 175 RAS assertion to column address not valid tAR 9.75 x TC - 4.0 93.5 -- ns 176 Column address valid to RAS deassertion tRAL 7 x TC - 4.0 66.0 -- ns 177 WR deassertion to CAS assertion tRCS 5 x TC - 3.8 46.2 -- ns 178 CAS deassertion to WR4 assertion tRCH 1.75 x TC - 3.7 13.8 -- ns 179 RAS deassertion to WR4 assertion tRRH 0.25 x TC - 2.0 0.5 -- ns 180 CAS assertion to WR deassertion tWCH 6 x TC - 4.2 55.8 -- ns 181 RAS assertion to WR deassertion tWCR 9.5 x TC - 4.2 90.8 -- ns 182 WR assertion pulse width tWP 15.5 x TC - 4.5 150.5 -- ns 3-32 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) Table 3-13 DRAM Out-of-Page and Refresh Timings, Fifteen Wait States1, 2 (Continued) 100 MHz No. Characteristics Symbol Expression3 Unit Min Max 183 WR assertion to RAS deassertion tRWL 15.75 x TC - 4.3 153.2 -- ns 184 WR assertion to CAS deassertion tCWL 14.25 x TC - 4.3 138.2 -- ns 185 Data valid to CAS assertion (write) tDS 8.75 x TC - 4.0 83.5 -- ns 186 CAS assertion to data not valid (write) tDH 6.25 x TC - 4.0 58.5 -- ns 187 RAS assertion to data not valid (write) tDHR 9.75 x TC - 4.0 93.5 -- ns 188 WR assertion to CAS assertion tWCS 9.5 x TC - 4.3 90.7 -- ns 189 CAS assertion to RAS assertion (refresh) tCSR 1.5 x TC - 4.0 11.0 -- ns 190 RAS deassertion to CAS assertion (refresh) tRPC 4.75 x TC - 4.0 43.5 -- ns 191 RD assertion to RAS deassertion tROH 15.5 x TC - 4.0 151.0 -- ns 192 RD assertion to data valid tGA 14 x TC - 5.7 -- 134.3 ns 193 RD deassertion to data not valid5 tGZ 0.0 -- ns 194 WR assertion to data active 0.75 x TC - 1.5 6.0 -- ns 195 WR deassertion to data high impedance 0.25 x TC -- 2.5 ns Note: 1. The number of wait states for an out-of-page access is specified in the DCR. 2. The refresh period is specified in the DCR. 3. An expression is used to compute the maximum or minimum value listed (or both if the expression includes ). 4. Either tRCH or tRRH must be satisfied for read cycles. 5. RD deassertion always occurs after CAS deassertion; therefore, the restricted timing is tOFF and not tGZ. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-33 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) 157 163 162 162 165 RAS 167 164 169 168 170 166 CAS 171 173 174 175 A0-A17 Row Address Column Address 172 176 177 179 191 WR 168 160 159 RD 193 158 192 D0-D23 161 Data In AA0476 Figure 3-15 DRAM Out-of-Page Read Access 3-34 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) 157 162 163 162 165 RAS 167 164 169 168 166 170 CAS 171 173 172 174 176 A0-A17 Row Address Column Address 181 175 188 180 182 WR 184 183 RD 187 186 185 195 194 D0-D23 Data Out AA0477 Figure 3-16 DRAM Out-of-Page Write Access MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-35 Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) 157 162 163 162 RAS 190 170 165 CAS 189 177 WR AA0478 Figure 3-17 DRAM Refresh Access 3-36 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications External Memory Expansion Port (Port A) 3.10.3 Arbitration Timings Table 3-14 Asynchronous Bus Arbitration Timing 150 MHz No. Characteristics Expression 250 BB assertion window from BG input negation. 251 Delay from BB assertion to BG assertion Note: Unit Min Max 2 .5* Tc + 5 -- 21.7 ns 2 * Tc + 5 18.3 -- ns 1. Bit 13 in the OMR register must be set to enter Asynchronous Arbitration mode 2. If Asynchronous Arbitration mode is active, none of the timings in Table 3-14 is required. 3. In order to guarantee timings 250, and 251, it is recommended to assert BG inputs to different 56300 devices (on the same bus) in a non overlap manner as shown in Figure 3-18. BG1 BB 250 BG2 251 Figure 3-18 Asynchronous Bus Arbitration Timing BG1 BG2 250+251 Figure 3-19 Asynchronous Bus Arbitration Timing MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-37 Specifications Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Timing Background explanation for Asynchronous Bus Arbitration: The asynchronous bus arbitration is enabled by internal synchronization circuits on BG and BB inputs. These synchronization circuits add delay from the external signal until it is exposed to internal logic. As a result of this delay, a 56300 part may assume mastership and assert BB for some time after BG is negated. This is the reason for timing 250. Once BB is asserted, there is a synchronization delay from BB assertion to the time this assertion is exposed to other 56300 components which are potential masters on the same bus. If BG input is asserted before that time, a situation of BG asserted, and BB negated, may cause another 56300 component to assume mastership at the same time. Therefore some non-overlap period between one BG input active to another BG input active is required. Timing 251 ensures that such a situation is avoided. 3.11 PARALLEL HOST INTERFACE (HDI08) TIMING Table 3-15 Host Interface (HDI08) Timing 150 MHz Characteristics3 No. 317 Read data strobe assertion width4 Expression Unit Min Max TC + 9.9 16.7 -- ns -- 9.9 -- ns 2.5 x TC + 6.6 23.3 -- ns -- 13.2 -- ns 2.5 x TC + 6.6 23.3 -- ns 16.5 -- HACK read assertion width 318 Read data strobe deassertion width4 HACK read deassertion width 319 Read data strobe deassertion width4 after "Last Data Register" reads5,6, or between two consecutive CVR, ICR, or ISR reads7 HACK deassertion width after "Last Data Register" reads5,6 320 Write data strobe assertion width8 HACK write assertion width 321 Write data strobe deassertion width8 HACK write deassertion width * after ICR, CVR and "Last Data Register" writes5 * after IVR writes, or * after TXH:TXM writes (with HBE=0), or * after TXL:TXM writes (with HBE=1) 322 HAS assertion width -- 9.9 -- ns 323 HAS deassertion to data strobe assertion9 -- 0.0 -- ns 3-38 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Timing Table 3-15 Host Interface (HDI08) Timing (Continued) 150 MHz Characteristics3 No. 324 Host data input setup time before write data strobe deassertion8 Expression Unit Min Max -- 9.9 -- ns -- 3.3 -- ns -- 3.3 -- ns -- -- 24.2 ns -- -- 9.9 ns -- 3.3 -- ns Host data input setup time before HACK write deassertion 325 Host data input hold time after write data strobe deassertion8 Host data input hold time after HACK write deassertion 326 Read data strobe assertion to output data active from high impedance4 HACK read assertion to output data active from high impedance 327 Read data strobe assertion to output data valid4 HACK read assertion to output data valid 328 Read data strobe deassertion to output data high impedance4 HACK read deassertion to output data high impedance 329 Output data hold time after read data strobe deassertion4 Output data hold time after HACK read deassertion 330 HCS assertion to read data strobe deassertion4 TC +9.9 16.7 -- ns 331 HCS assertion to write data strobe deassertion8 -- 9.9 -- ns 332 HCS assertion to output data valid -- -- 19.1 ns 333 HCS hold time after data strobe deassertion9 -- 0.0 -- ns 334 Address (AD7-AD0) setup time before HAS deassertion (HMUX=1) -- 4.7 -- ns 335 Address (AD7-AD0) hold time after HAS deassertion (HMUX=1) -- 3.3 -- ns 336 A10-A8 (HMUX=1), A2-A0 (HMUX=0), HR/W setup time before data strobe assertion9 -- 0 -- ns 4.7 -- * Read * Write 337 A10-A8 (HMUX=1), A2-A0 (HMUX=0), HR/W hold time after data strobe deassertion9 -- 3.3 -- ns 338 Delay from read data strobe deassertion to host request assertion for "Last Data Register" read4, 5, 10 TC 6.7 -- ns MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-39 Specifications Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Timing Table 3-15 Host Interface (HDI08) Timing (Continued) 150 MHz Characteristics3 No. Expression Unit Min Max 2 x TC 13.4 -- ns 339 Delay from write data strobe deassertion to host request assertion for "Last Data Register" write5, 8, 10 340 Delay from data strobe assertion to host request deassertion for "Last Data Register" read or write (HROD = 0)5, 9, 10 -- -- 19.1 ns 341 Delay from data strobe assertion to host request deassertion for "Last Data Register" read or write (HROD = 1, open drain Host Request)5, 9, 10, 11 -- -- 300.0 ns 342 Delay from DMA HACK deassertion to HOREQ assertion 343 * For "Last Data Register" read5 2 x TC + 19.1 32.5 -- * For "Last Data Register" write5 1.5 x TC + 19.1 29.2 -- * For other cases 0.0 -- -- -- 20.2 ns -- -- 300.0 ns Delay from DMA HACK assertion to HOREQ deassertion * 344 HROD = 05 Delay from DMA HACK assertion to HOREQ deassertion for "Last Data Register" read or write * Note: ns HROD = 1, open drain Host Request5, 11 1. See Host Port Usage Considerations in the DSP56367 User's Manual. 2. In the timing diagrams below, the controls pins are drawn as active low. The pin polarity is programmable. 3. VCC = 1.8 V 5%; TJ = -40C to +95C, CL = 50 pF 4. The read data strobe is HRD in the dual data strobe mode and HDS in the single data strobe mode. 5. The "last data register" is the register at address $7, which is the last location to be read or written in data transfers. 6. This timing is applicable only if a read from the "last data register" is followed by a read from the RXL, RXM, or RXH registers without first polling RXDF or HREQ bits, or waiting for the assertion of the HOREQ signal. 7. This timing is applicable only if two consecutive reads from one of these registers are executed. 8. The write data strobe is HWR in the dual data strobe mode and HDS in the single data strobe mode. 9. The data strobe is host read (HRD) or host write (HWR) in the dual data strobe mode and host data strobe (HDS) in the single data strobe mode. 10. The host request is HOREQ in the single host request mode and HRRQ and HTRQ in the double host request mode. 11. In this calculation, the host request signal is pulled up by a 4.7 k resistor in the open-drain mode. 3-40 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Timing 317 318 HACK 328 327 329 326 HD7-HD0 HOREQ AA1105 Figure 3-20 Host Interrupt Vector Register (IVR) Read Timing Diagram HA0-HA2 336 337 333 330 HCS 317 HRD, HDS 318 328 332 319 327 329 326 HD0-HD7 340 HOREQ, 338 341 HRRQ, HTRQ AA0484 Figure 3-21 Read Timing Diagram, Non-Multiplexed Bus MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-41 Specifications Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Timing HA0-HA2 337 336 331 333 HCS 320 HWR, HDS 321 324 325 HD0-HD7 340 339 341 HOREQ, HRRQ, HTRQ AA0485 Figure 3-22 Write Timing Diagram, Non-Multiplexed Bus 3-42 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Timing HA8-HA10 336 322 HAS 337 323 317 HRD, HDS 334 318 335 319 327 328 329 HAD0-HAD7 Address Data 326 340 338 341 HOREQ, HRRQ, HTRQ AA0486 Figure 3-23 Read Timing Diagram, Multiplexed Bus MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-43 Specifications Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Timing HA8-HA10 336 322 HAS 323 320 HWR, HDS 334 324 321 335 HAD0-HAD7 325 Data Address 340 339 341 HOREQ, HRRQ, HTRQ AA0487 Figure 3-24 Write Timing Diagram, Multiplexed Bus 3-44 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Parallel Host Interface (HDI08) Timing HOREQ (Output) 342 343 344 320 321 TXH/M/L Write HACK (Input) 324 325 Data Valid H0-H7 (Input) Figure 3-25 Host DMA Write Timing Diagram HOREQ (Output) 343 342 342 318 317 HACK (Input) RXH Read 327 328 326 H0-H7 (Output) 329 Data Valid Figure 3-26 Host DMA Read Timing Diagram MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-45 Specifications Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing 3.12 SERIAL HOST INTERFACE SPI PROTOCOL TIMING Table 3-16 Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing No. Characteristics1 Mode Filter Mode Expression3 Min Max Unit 140 Tolerable spike width on clock or data in -- Bypassed -- -- 0 ns Narrow -- -- 50 ns Wide -- -- 100 ns Bypassed 6xTC+46 86.2 -- ns Narrow 6xTC+152 192.2 -- ns Wide 6xTC+223 263.2 -- ns Bypassed 0.5xtSPICC -10 38 -- ns Narrow 0.5xtSPICC -10 91 -- ns Wide 0.5xtSPICC -10 126.5 -- ns Bypassed 2.5xTC+12 28.8 -- ns Narrow 2.5xTC+102 118.8 -- ns Wide 2.5xTC+189 205.8 -- ns Bypassed 0.5xtSPICC -10 38 -- ns Narrow 0.5xtSPICC -10 91 -- ns Wide 0.5xtSPICC -10 126.5 -- ns Bypassed 2.5xTC+12 28.8 -- ns Narrow 2.5xTC+102 118.8 -- ns Wide 2.5xTC+189 205.8 -- ns Master -- -- -- 10 ns Slave -- -- -- 2000 ns 141 142 Minimum serial clock cycle = tSPICC(min) Serial clock high period Master Master Slave 143 Serial clock low period Master Slave 144 3-46 Serial clock rise/fall time DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing Table 3-16 Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing (Continued) Characteristics1 No. 146 SS assertion to first SCK edge Mode Filter Mode Expression3 Min Max Unit Slave Bypassed 3.5xTC+15 38.5 -- ns Narrow 0 0 -- ns Wide 0 0 -- ns Bypassed 10 10 -- ns Narrow 0 0 -- ns Wide 0 0 -- ns Bypassed 12 12 -- ns Narrow 102 102 -- ns Wide 189 189 -- ns Bypassed 0 0 -- ns Narrow MAX{(20-TC), 0} 13.3 -- ns Wide MAX{(40-TC), 0} 33.3 -- ns Bypassed 2.5xTC+10 26.8 -- ns Narrow 2.5xTC+30 46.8 -- ns Wide 2.5xTC+50 66.8 -- ns CPHA = 0 CPHA = 1 147 148 149 Slave Last SCK edge to SS not asserted Data input valid to SCK edge (data input set-up time) SCK last sampling edge to data input not valid Slave Master/ Slave Master/ Slave 150 SS assertion to data out active Slave -- 2 2 -- ns 151 SS deassertion to data high impedance2 Slave -- 9 -- 9 ns 152 SCK edge to data out valid (data out delay time) Master/ Slave Bypassed 2xTC+33 -- 46.4 ns Narrow 2xTC+123 -- 136.4 ns Wide 2xTC+210 -- 223.4 ns Bypassed TC+5 11.7 -- ns Narrow TC+55 61.7 -- ns Wide TC+106 112.7 -- ns -- TC+33 -- 39.7 ns 153 154 SCK edge to data out not valid (data out hold time) SS assertion to data out valid (CPHA = 0) MOTOROLA Master/ Slave Slave DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-47 Specifications Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing Table 3-16 Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing (Continued) Characteristics1 No. 157 158 First SCK sampling edge to HREQ output deassertion Last SCK sampling edge to HREQ output not deasserted (CPHA = 1) Mode Filter Mode Expression3 Min Max Unit Slave Bypassed 2.5xTC+30 -- 46.8 ns Narrow 2.5xTC+120 -- 136.8 ns Wide 2.5xTC+217 -- 233.8 ns Bypassed 2.5xTC+30 46.8 -- ns Narrow 2.5xTC+80 96.8 -- ns Wide 2.5xTC+136 152.8 -- ns Slave 159 SS deassertion to HREQ output not deasserted (CPHA = 0) Slave -- 2.5xTC+30 46.8 -- ns 160 SS deassertion pulse width (CPHA = 0) Slave -- TC+6 12.7 -- ns 161 HREQ in assertion to first SCK edge Master Bypassed 0.5 x tSPICC + 2.5xTC+43 97.8 -- ns Narrow 0.5 xtSPICC + 2.5xTC+43 160.8 -- ns Wide 0.5 xtSPICC + 2.5xTC+43 196.8 -- ns 162 HREQ in deassertion to last SCK sampling edge (HREQ in set-up time) (CPHA = 1) Master -- 0 0 -- ns 163 First SCK edge to HREQ in not asserted Master -- 0 0 -- ns (HREQ in hold time) Note: 3-48 1. VCC = 1.8 V 5%; TJ = -40C to +95C, CL = 50 pF 2. Periodically sampled, not 100% tested 3. The timing values calculated are based on simulation data at 150MHz. Tester restrictions limit SHI testing to lower clock frequencies. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing SS (Input) 143 141 142 144 144 SCK (CPOL = 0) (Output) 142 144 143 141 144 SCK (CPOL = 1) (Output) 148 149 MISO (Input) MSB Valid LSB Valid 153 152 MOSI (Output) 149 148 MSB 161 LSB 163 HREQ (Input) AA0271 Figure 3-27 SPI Master Timing (CPHA = 0) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-49 Specifications Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing SS (Input) 143 141 142 144 144 SCK (CPOL = 0) (Output) 142 141 144 143 SCK (CPOL = 1) (Output) 144 148 148 149 MISO (Input) 149 MSB Valid LSB Valid 152 MOSI (Output) 153 MSB LSB 161 162 163 HREQ (Input) AA0272 Figure 3-28 SPI Master Timing (CPHA = 1) 3-50 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing SS (Input) 143 141 142 144 147 144 160 SCK (CPOL = 0) (Input) 146 142 143 141 144 144 SCK (CPOL = 1) (Input) 154 152 153 150 MISO (Output) 153 151 MSB 148 LSB 148 149 MOSI (Input) MSB Valid 149 LSB Valid 157 159 HREQ (Output) AA0273 Figure 3-29 SPI Slave Timing (CPHA = 0) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-51 Specifications Serial Host Interface SPI Protocol Timing SS (Input) 143 141 142 144 147 144 SCK (CPOL = 0) (Input) 146 142 143 144 144 SCK (CPOL = 1) (Input) 152 152 153 150 MISO (Output) 151 MSB LSB 148 148 149 MOSI (Input) MSB Valid 149 LSB Valid 157 158 HREQ (Output) AA0274 Figure 3-30 SPI Slave Timing (CPHA = 1) 3-52 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Serial Host Interface (SHI) I2C Protocol Timing 3.13 SERIAL HOST INTERFACE (SHI) I2C PROTOCOL TIMING Table 3-17 SHI I2C Protocol Timing Standard I2C* Characteristics1,2,3 No. Tolerable spike width on SCL or SDA Symbol/ Expression Standard4,6 Fast-Mode55,6 Unit Min Max Min Max -- * Filters bypassed -- 0 -- 0 ns * Narrow filters enabled -- 50 -- 50 ns * Wide filters enabled -- 100 -- 100 ns 171 SCL clock frequency FSCL -- 100 -- 400 kHz 171 SCL clock cycle TSCL 10 -- 2.5 -- s 172 Bus free time TBUF 4.7 -- 1.3 -- s 173 Start condition set-up time TSU;STA 4.7 -- 0.6 -- s 174 Start condition hold time THD;STA 4.0 -- 0.6 -- s 175 SCL low period TLOW 4.7 -- 1.3 -- s 176 SCL high period THIGH 4.0 -- 1.3 -- s 177 SCL and SDA rise time TR -- 1000 20 + 0.1 x Cb 300 ns 178 SCL and SDA fall time TF -- 300 20 + 0.1 x Cb 300 ns 179 Data set-up time TSU;DAT 250 -- 100 -- ns 180 Data hold time THD;DAT 0.0 -- 0.0 0.9 s 181 DSP clock frequency FDSP * Filters bypassed 10.6 -- 28.5 -- MHz * Narrow filters enabled 11.8 -- 39.7 -- MHz * Wide filters enabled 13.1 -- 61.0 -- MHz 182 SCL low to data out valid TVD;DAT -- 3.4 -- 0.9 s 183 Stop condition setup time TSU;STO 4.0 -- 0.6 -- s 184 HREQ in deassertion to last SCL edge tSU;RQI 0.0 -- 0.0 -- ns (HREQ in set-up time) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-53 Specifications Serial Host Interface (SHI) I2C Protocol Timing Table 3-17 SHI I2C Protocol Timing (Continued) Standard I2C* Characteristics1,2,3 No. 186 187 188 187 Symbol/ Expression First SCL sampling edge to HREQ output deassertion2 Standard4,6 Fast-Mode55,6 Unit Min Max Min Max TNG;RQO * Filters bypassed 2 x TC + 30 -- 50 -- 50 ns * Narrow filters enabled 2 x TC + 120 -- 140 -- 140 ns * Wide filters enabled 2 x TC + 208 -- 228 -- 228 ns TAS;RQO Last SCL edge to HREQ output not deasserted2 * Filters bypassed 2 x TC + 30 50 -- 50 -- ns * Narrow filters enabled 2 x TC + 80 100 -- 100 -- ns * Wide filter enabled 2 x TC + 135 155 -- 155 -- ns HREQ in assertion to first SCL edge TAS;RQI * Filters bypassed 0.5 x TI2CCP - 4327 -- 927 -- ns * Narrow filters enabled 0.5 x TC - 21 4282 -- 882 -- ns * Wide filters enabled 4238 -- 838 -- ns 0.0 -- 0.0 -- ns First SCL edge to HREQ in not tHO;RQI asserted (HREQ in hold time.) Note: 3-54 1. VCC = 1.8 V 5%; TJ = -40C to +95C, CL = 50 pF 2. Pull-up resistor: R P (min) = 1.5 kOhm 3. Capacitive load: C b (max) = 400 pF 4. It is recommended to enable the wide filters when operating in the I 2 C Standard Mode. 5. It is recommended to enable the narrow filters when operating in the I 2 C Fast Mode. 6. The timing values are derived from frequencies not exceeding 100 MHz. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Serial Host Interface (SHI) I2C Protocol Timing 3.13.1 Programming the Serial Clock The programmed serial clock cycle, T I2CCP , is specified by the value of the HDM[7:0] and HRS bits of the HCKR (SHI clock control register). The expression for T I2CCP is T I2CCP = [TC x 2 x (HDM[7:0] + 1) x (7 x (1 - HRS) + 1)] where - HRS is the prescaler rate select bit. When HRS is cleared, the fixed divide-by-eight prescaler is operational. When HRS is set, the prescaler is bypassed. - HDM[7:0] are the divider modulus select bits. A divide ratio from 1 to 256 (HDM[7:0] = $00 to $FF) may be selected. In I2C mode, the user may select a value for the programmed serial clock cycle from 6 x TC (if HDM[7:0] = $02 and HRS = 1) to 4096 x TC (if HDM[7:0] = $FF and HRS = 0) The programmed serial clock cycle (TI2CCP ), SCL rise time (TR), and the filters selected should be chosen in order to achieve the desired SCL serial clock cycle (TSCL), as shown in Table 3-18. Table 3-18 SCL Serial Clock Cycle (TSCL) Generated as Master Filters bypassed TI2CCP + 2.5 x TC + 45ns + TR Narrow filters enabled TI2CCP + 2.5 x TC + 135ns + TR Wide filters enabled TI2CCP + 2.5 x TC + 223ns + TR EXAMPLE: For DSP clock frequency of 100 MHz (i.e. TC = 10ns), operating in a standard mode I2C environment (FSCL = 100 kHz (i.e. TSCL = 10s), TR = 1000ns), with wide filters enabled: TI2CCP = 10s - 2.5x10ns - 223ns - 1000ns = 8752ns Choosing HRS = 0 gives HDM[7:0] = 8752ns / (2 x 10ns x 8) - 1 = 53.7 Thus the HDM[7:0] value should be programmed to $36 (=54). MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-55 Specifications Serial Host Interface (SHI) I2C Protocol Timing The resulting TI2CCP will be: T I2CCP = [TC x 2 x (HDM[7:0] + 1) x (7 x (1 - 0) + 1)] T I2CCP = [10ns x 2 x (54 + 1) x (7 x (1 - 0) + 1)] T I2CCP = [10ns x 2 x 54 x 8] = 8640ns 171 173 176 175 SCL 177 172 SDA Stop 180 178 179 Start MSB 174 188 LSB 186 ACK 182 189 Stop 183 184 187 HREQ AA0275 2 Figure 3-31 I C Timing 3-56 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing 3.14 ENHANCED SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE TIMING Table 3-19 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing No. 430 431 Characteristics1, 2, 3 Clock cycle5 Clock high period Symbol Expression3 Min Max Condition4 Unit tSSICC 4 x TC 26.8 -- i ck ns 3 x TC 20.1 -- x ck TXC:max[3*tc; t454] 26.5 -- x ck 2 x TC - 10.0 3.4 -- 1.5 x TC 10.0 -- 2 x TC - 10.0 3.4 -- 1.5 x TC 10.0 -- -- -- 37.0 x ck -- 22.0 i ck a -- 37.0 x ck -- 22.0 i ck a -- 39.0 x ck -- 24.0 i ck a -- 39.0 x ck -- 24.0 i ck a -- 36.0 x ck -- 21.0 i ck a -- 37.0 x ck -- 22.0 i ck a 0.0 -- x ck 19.0 -- i ck 5.0 -- x ck 3.0 -- i ck 23.0 -- x ck 1.0 -- i ck a -- ns For internal clock For external clock 432 Clock low period -- ns For internal clock For external clock 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 RXC rising edge to FSR out (bl) high RXC rising edge to FSR out (bl) low RXC rising edge to FSR out (wr) high6 RXC rising edge to FSR out (wr) low6 RXC rising edge to FSR out (wl) high RXC rising edge to FSR out (wl) low -- -- -- -- -- -- Data in setup time before RXC (SCK in synchronous mode) falling edge -- Data in hold time after RXC falling edge -- FSR input (bl, wr) high before RXC falling edge 6 -- MOTOROLA -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 3-57 Specifications Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing Table 3-19 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing (Continued) No. Characteristics1, 2, 3 Symbol Expression3 Min Max Condition4 Unit 442 FSR input (wl) high before RXC falling edge -- -- 23.0 -- x ck ns 1.0 -- i ck a FSR input hold time after RXC falling edge -- 3.0 -- x ck 0.0 -- i ck a Flags input setup before RXC falling edge -- 0.0 -- x ck 19.0 -- i ck s Flags input hold time after RXC falling edge -- 6.0 -- x ck 0.0 -- i ck s TXC rising edge to FST out (bl) high -- -- 29.0 x ck -- 15.0 i ck -- 31.0 x ck -- 17.0 i ck -- 31.0 x ck -- 17.0 i ck -- 33.0 x ck -- 19.0 i ck -- 30.0 x ck -- 16.0 i ck -- 31.0 x ck -- 17.0 i ck -- 31.0 x ck -- 17.0 i ck -- 34.0 x ck -- 20.0 i ck 23 + 0.5 x TC -- 26.5 x ck 21.0 -- 21.0 i ck -- -- 31.0 x ck -- 16.0 i ck -- 34.0 x ck -- 20.0 i ck 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 3-58 TXC rising edge to FST out (bl) low TXC rising edge to FST out (wr) high6 TXC rising edge to FST out (wr) low6 TXC rising edge to FST out (wl) high TXC rising edge to FST out (wl) low -- -- -- -- -- TXC rising edge to data out enable from high impedance -- TXC rising edge to transmitter #0 drive enable assertion -- TXC rising edge to data out valid -- TXC rising edge to data out high impedance7 -- TXC rising edge to transmitter #0 drive enable deassertion7 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns MOTOROLA Specifications Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing Table 3-19 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing (Continued) No. Symbol Expression3 Min Max Condition4 Unit FST input (bl, wr) setup time before TXC falling edge6 -- -- 2.0 -- x ck ns 21.0 -- i ck 458 FST input (wl) to data out enable from high impedance -- -- -- 27.0 -- ns 459 FST input (wl) to transmitter #0 drive enable assertion -- -- -- 31.0 -- ns 460 FST input (wl) setup time before TXC falling edge -- -- 2.0 -- x ck ns 21.0 -- i ck FST input hold time after TXC falling edge -- 4.0 -- x ck 0.0 -- i ck Flag output valid after TXC rising edge -- -- 32.0 x ck -- 18.0 i ck 457 461 462 Characteristics1, 2, 3 -- -- ns ns 463 HCKR/HCKT clock cycle -- -- 40.0 -- ns 464 HCKT input rising edge to TXC output -- -- -- 27.5 ns 465 HCKR input rising edge to RXC output -- -- -- 27.5 ns Note: 1. VCC = 1.8 V 5%; TJ = -40C to +95C, CL = 50 pF 2. i ck = internal clock x ck = external clock i ck a = internal clock, asynchronous mode (asynchronous implies that TXC and RXC are two different clocks) i ck s = internal clock, synchronous mode (synchronous implies that TXC and RXC are the same clock) 3. bl = bit length wl = word length wr = word length relative 4. TXC(SCKT pin) = transmit clock RXC(SCKR pin) = receive clock FST(FST pin) = transmit frame sync FSR(FSR pin) = receive frame sync HCKT(HCKT pin) = transmit high frequency clock HCKR(HCKR pin) = receive high frequency clock 5. For the internal clock, the external clock cycle is defined by Icyc and the ESAI control register. 6. The word-relative frame sync signal waveform relative to the clock operates in the same manner as the bit-length frame sync signal waveform, but spreads from one serial clock before first bit clock (same as bit length frame sync signal), until the one before last bit clock of the first word in frame. 7. Periodically sampled and not 100% tested 8. The timing values calculated are based on simulation data at 150MHz. Tester restrictions limit ESAI testing to lower clock frequencies. 9. ESAI_1 specs match those of ESAI_0. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-59 Specifications Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing 430 TXC (Input/Output ) 431 432 446 FST (Bit) Out 447 450 FST (Word) Out 451 454 454 452 455 First Bit Data Out Transmitter #0 Drive Enable Last Bit 459 457 453 456 461 FST (Bit) In 458 461 460 FST (Word) In 462 See Note Flags Out Note: In network mode, output flag transitions can occur at the start of each time slot within the frame. In normal mode, the output flag state is asserted for the entire frame period. AA0490 Figure 3-32 ESAI Transmitter Timing 3-60 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Enhanced Serial Audio Interface Timing 430 431 432 RXC (Input/Output) 433 434 FSR (Bit) Out 437 438 FSR (Word) Out 440 439 Data In First Bit 441 Last Bit 443 FSR (Bit) In 442 443 FSR (Word) In 444 445 Flags In AA0491 Figure 3-33 ESAI Receiver Timing HCKT SCKT(output) 463 464 Figure 3-34 ESAI HCKT Timing MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-61 Specifications Digital Audio Transmitter Timing HCKR 463 SCKR (output) 465 Figure 3-35 ESAI HCKR Timing 3.15 DIGITAL AUDIO TRANSMITTER TIMING Table 3-20 Digital Audio Transmitter Timing 150 MHz No. Characteristic ACI frequency (see note) Expression Unit Min Max 1 / (2 x TC) -- 75 MHz 2 x TC 13.4 -- ns 220 ACI period 221 ACI high duration 0.5 x TC 3.4 -- ns 222 ACI low duration 0.5 x TC 3.4 -- ns 223 ACI rising edge to ADO valid 1.5 x TC -- 10.0 ns Note: In order to assure proper operation of the DAX, the ACI frequency should be less than 1/2 of the DSP56367 internal clock frequency. For example, if the DSP56367 is running at 150 MHz internally, the ACI frequency should be less than 75 MHz. ACI 220 221 222 223 ADO AA1280 Figure 3-36 Digital Audio Transmitter Timing 3-62 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications Timer Timing 3.16 TIMER TIMING Table 3-21 Timer Timing 150 MHz No. Characteristics Expression Unit Min Max 480 TIO Low 2 x TC + 2.0 15.4 -- ns 481 TIO High 2 x TC + 2.0 15.4 -- ns Note: VCC = 1.8 V 0.09 V; TJ = -40C to +95C, CL = 50 pF TIO 480 481 AA0492 Figure 3-37 TIO Timer Event Input Restrictions 3.17 GPIO TIMING Table 3-22 GPIO Timing Min Max Uni t 4902 EXTAL edge to GPIO out valid (GPIO out delay time) -- 32.8 ns 491 EXTAL edge to GPIO out not valid (GPIO out hold time) 4.8 -- ns 492 GPIO In valid to EXTAL edge (GPIO in set-up time) 10.2 -- ns 493 EXTAL edge to GPIO in not valid (GPIO in hold time) 1.8 -- ns 6.75 x TC-1.8 43.4 -- ns Characteristics1 No. 4942 Fetch to EXTAL edge before GPIO change Expression 495 GPIO out rise time -- -- 13 ns 496 GPIO out fall time -- -- 13 ns Note: 1. VCC = 1.8 V 0.09 V; TJ = -40C to +95C, CL = 50 pF 2. Valid only when PLL enabled with multiplication factor equal to one. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-63 Specifications GPIO Timing EXTAL (Input) 490 491 GPIO (Output) 492 GPIO (Input) 493 Valid A0-A17 494 Fetch the instruction MOVE X0,X:(R0); X0 contains the new value of GPIO and R0 contains the address of GPIO data register. GPIO (Output) 495 496 Figure 3-38 GPIO Timing 3-64 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Specifications JTAG Timing 3.18 JTAG TIMING Table 3-23 JTAG Timing All frequencies No. Characteristics Unit Min Max 500 TCK frequency of operation (1/(TC x 3); maximum 22 MHz) 0.0 22.0 MHz 501 TCK cycle time in Crystal mode 45.0 -- ns 502 TCK clock pulse width measured at 1.5 V 20.0 -- ns 503 TCK rise and fall times 0.0 3.0 ns 504 Boundary scan input data setup time 5.0 -- ns 505 Boundary scan input data hold time 24.0 -- ns 506 TCK low to output data valid 0.0 40.0 ns 507 TCK low to output high impedance 0.0 40.0 ns 508 TMS, TDI data setup time 5.0 -- ns 509 TMS, TDI data hold time 25.0 -- ns 510 TCK low to TDO data valid 0.0 44.0 ns 511 TCK low to TDO high impedance 0.0 44.0 ns Note: 1. VCC = 1.8 V 0.09 V; TJ = -40C to +95C, CL = 50 pF 2. All timings apply to OnCE module data transfers because it uses the JTAG port as an interface. 501 TCK (Input) VIH 502 502 VM VM VIL 503 503 AA0496 Figure 3-39 Test Clock Input Timing Diagram MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 3-65 Specifications JTAG Timing TCK (Input) VIH VIL 504 Data Inputs 505 Input Data Valid 506 Data Outputs Output Data Valid 507 Data Outputs 506 Data Outputs Output Data Valid AA0497 Figure 3-40 Boundary Scan (JTAG) Timing Diagram TCK (Input) VIH VIL 508 TDI TMS (Input) 509 Input Data Valid 510 TDO (Output) Output Data Valid 511 TDO (Output) 510 TDO (Output) Output Data Valid AA0498 Figure 3-41 Test Access Port Timing Diagram 3-66 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA CHAPTER 4 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 4-1 Design Considerations Thermal Design Considerations 4.1 THERMAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS An estimation of the chip junction temperature, TJ, in C can be obtained from the following equation: T J = T A + ( P D x R JA ) Where: TA = ambient temperature C RqJA = package junction-to-ambient thermal resistance C/W PD = power dissipation in package W Historically, thermal resistance has been expressed as the sum of a junction-to-case thermal resistance and a case-to-ambient thermal resistance. R JA = R JC + R CA Where: RJA = package junction-to-ambient thermal resistance C/W RJC = package junction-to-case thermal resistance C/W RCA = package case-to-ambient thermal resistance C/W RJC is device-related and cannot be influenced by the user. The user controls the thermal environment to change the case-to-ambient thermal resistance, RCA. For example, the user can change the air flow around the device, add a heat sink, change the mounting arrangement on the printed circuit board (PCB), or otherwise change the thermal dissipation capability of the area surrounding the device on a PCB. This model is most useful for ceramic packages with heat sinks; some 90% of the heat flow is dissipated through the case to the heat sink and out to the ambient environment. For ceramic packages, in situations where the heat flow is split between a path to the case and an alternate path through the PCB, analysis of the device thermal performance may need the additional modeling capability of a system level thermal simulation tool. The thermal performance of plastic packages is more dependent on the temperature of the PCB to which the package is mounted. Again, if the estimations obtained from RJA do not satisfactorily answer whether the thermal performance is adequate, a system level model may be appropriate. A complicating factor is the existence of three common ways for determining the junction-to-case thermal resistance in plastic packages. * To minimize temperature variation across the surface, the thermal resistance is measured from the junction to the outside surface of the package (case) closest to the chip mounting area when that surface has a proper heat sink. * To define a value approximately equal to a junction-to-board thermal resistance, the thermal resistance is measured from the junction to where the leads are attached to the case. * If the temperature of the package case (TT) is determined by a thermocouple, the thermal resistance is computed using the value obtained by the equation (TJ - TT)/PD. As noted above, the junction-to-case thermal resistances quoted in this data sheet are determined using the first definition. From a practical standpoint, that value is also suitable for determining the junction temperature from a case thermocouple reading in forced convection environments. In natural convection, using the junction-to-case thermal resistance to estimate junction temperature from a thermocouple 4-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Design Considerations Electrical Design Considerations reading on the case of the package will estimate a junction temperature slightly hotter than actual temperature. Hence, the new thermal metric, thermal characterization parameter or JT, has been defined to be (TJ - TT)/PD. This value gives a better estimate of the junction temperature in natural convection when using the surface temperature of the package. Remember that surface temperature readings of packages are subject to significant errors caused by inadequate attachment of the sensor to the surface and to errors caused by heat loss to the sensor. The recommended technique is to attach a 40-gauge thermocouple wire and bead to the top center of the package with thermally conductive epoxy. 4.2 ELECTRICAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS CAUTION This device contains circuitry protecting against damage due to high static voltage or electrical fields. However, normal precautions should be taken to avoid exceeding maximum voltage ratings. Reliability of operation is enhanced if unused inputs are tied to an appropriate logic voltage level (e.g., either GND or VCC). The suggested value for a pullup or pulldown resistor is 10 k ohm. Use the following list of recommendations to assure correct DSP operation: * Provide a low-impedance path from the board power supply to each VCC pin on the DSP and from the board ground to each GND pin. * Use at least six 0.01-0.1 F bypass capacitors positioned as close as possible to the four sides of the package to connect the VCC power source to GND. * Ensure that capacitor leads and associated printed circuit traces that connect to the chip VCC and GND pins are less than 1.2 cm (0.5 inch) per capacitor lead. * Use at least a four-layer PCB with two inner layers for VCC and GND. * Because the DSP output signals have fast rise and fall times, PCB trace lengths should be minimal. This recommendation particularly applies to the address and data buses as well as the IRQA, IRQB, IRQD, and TA pins. Maximum PCB trace lengths on the order of 15 cm (6 inches) are recommended. * Consider all device loads as well as parasitic capacitance due to PCB traces when calculating capacitance. This is especially critical in systems with higher capacitive loads that could create higher transient currents in the VCC and GND circuits. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 4-3 Design Considerations Power Consumption Considerations * All inputs must be terminated (i.e., not allowed to float) using CMOS levels, except for the three pins with internal pull-up resistors (TMS, TDI, TCK). * Take special care to minimize noise levels on the VCCP and GNDP pins. * If multiple DSP56367 devices are on the same board, check for cross-talk or excessive spikes on the supplies due to synchronous operation of the devices. * RESET must be asserted when the chip is powered up. A stable EXTAL signal must be supplied before deassertion of RESET. * At power-up, ensure that the voltage difference between the 3.3 V tolerant pins and the chip VCC never exceeds a TBD voltage. 4.3 POWER CONSUMPTION CONSIDERATIONS Power dissipation is a key issue in portable DSP applications. Some of the factors which affect current consumption are described in this section. Most of the current consumed by CMOS devices is alternating current (ac), which is charging and discharging the capacitances of the pins and internal nodes. Current consumption is described by the following formula: I = CxVxf where C = node/pin capacitance V = voltage swing f = frequency of node/pin toggle Example 4-1 Current Consumption For a Port A address pin loaded with 50 pF capacitance, operating at 3.3 V, and with a 100 MHz clock, toggling at its maximum possible rate (50 MHz), the current consumption is I = 50 x 10 - 12 x 3.3 x 50 x 10 6 = 8.25mA The maximum internal current (ICCImax) value reflects the typical possible switching of the internal buses on best-case operation conditions, which is not necessarily a real application case. The typical internal current (ICCItyp) value reflects the average switching of the internal buses on typical operating conditions. For applications that require very low current consumption, do the following: 4-4 * Set the EBD bit when not accessing external memory. * Minimize external memory accesses and use internal memory accesses. * Minimize the number of pins that are switching. * Minimize the capacitive load on the pins. * Connect the unused inputs to pull-up or pull-down resistors. * Disable unused peripherals. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Design Considerations PLL Performance Issues One way to evaluate power consumption is to use a current per MIPS measurement methodology to minimize specific board effects (i.e., to compensate for measured board current not caused by the DSP). A benchmark power consumption test algorithm is listed in Appendix E, Power Consumption Benchmark. Use the test algorithm, specific test current measurements, and the following equation to derive the current per MIPS value. I MIPS = I MHz = ( I typF2 - ItypF1 ) ( F2 - F1 ) where : Note: 4.4 ItypF2 ItypF1 F2 F1 = = = = current at F2 current at F1 high frequency (any specified operating frequency) low frequency (any specified operating frequency lower than F2) F1 should be significantly less than F2. For example, F2 could be 66 MHz and F1 could be 33 MHz. The degree of difference between F1 and F2 determines the amount of precision with which the current rating can be determined for an application. PLL PERFORMANCE ISSUES The following explanations should be considered as general observations on expected PLL behavior. There is no testing that verifies these exact numbers. These observations were measured on a limited number of parts and were not verified over the entire temperature and voltage ranges. 4.4.1 Input (EXTAL) Jitter Requirements The allowed jitter on the frequency of EXTAL is 0.5%. If the rate of change of the frequency of EXTAL is slow (i.e., it does not jump between the minimum and maximum values in one cycle) or the frequency of the jitter is fast (i.e., it does not stay at an extreme value for a long time), then the allowed jitter can be 2%. The phase and frequency jitter performance results are only valid if the input jitter is less than the prescribed values. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 4-5 Intentionally Left Blank CHAPTER 5 MEMORY CONFIGURATION MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-1 Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps 5.1 DATA AND PROGRAM MEMORY MAPS The on-chip memory configuration of the DSP56367 is affected by the state of the CE (Cache Enable), MSW0, MSW1, and MS (Memory Switch) control bits in the OMR register, and by the SC bit in the Status Register. The internal data and program memory configurations are shown in Table 5-1. The address ranges for the internal memory are shown in Table 5-2 and Table 5-3. The memory maps for each memory configuration are shown in Figure 5-1 to Figure 5-16. 5-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps Table 5-1 Internal Memory Configurations Bit Settings Memory Sizes (24-bit words) MSW1 MSW0 CE MS SC Prog RAM Prog Cache Prog ROM Boot ROM X Data Y Data X Data Y Data RAM RAM ROM ROM X X 0 0 0 3K n.a. 40K 192 13K 7K 32K 8K X X 1 0 0 2K 1K 40K 192 13K 7K 32K 8K 0 0 0 1 0 10K n.a. 40K 192 8K 5K 32K 8K 0 1 0 1 0 8K n.a. 40K 192 8K 7K 32K 8K 1 0 0 1 0 5K n.a. 40K 192 11K 7K 32K 8K 0 0 1 1 0 9K 1K 40K 192 8K 5K 32K 8K 0 1 1 1 0 7K 1K 40K 192 8K 7K 32K 8K 1 0 1 1 0 4K 1K 40K 192 11K 7K 32K 8K X X 0 0 1 3K n.a. n.a. n.a. 13K 7K 32K 8K X X 1 0 1 2K 1K n.a. n.a. 13K 7K 32K 8K 0 0 0 1 1 10K n.a. n.a. n.a. 8K 5K 32K 8K 0 1 0 1 1 8K n.a. n.a. n.a. 8K 7K 32K 8K 1 0 0 1 1 5K n.a. n.a. n.a. 11K 7K 32K 8K 0 0 1 1 1 9K 1K n.a. n.a. 8K 5K 32K 8K 0 1 1 1 1 7K 1K n.a. n.a. 8K 7K 32K 8K 1 0 1 1 1 4K 1K n.a. n.a. 11K 7K 32K 8K Table 5-2 On-chip RAM Memory Locations Bit Settings RAM Memory Locations MSW1 MSW0 CE MS SC Prog. RAM Prog. Cache X Data RAM Y Data RAM X X 0 0 X $0000 - $0BFF n.a. $0000 - $33FF $0000-$1BFF X X 1 0 X $0000 - $07FF enabled $0000 - $33FF $0000-$1BFF 0 0 0 1 X $0000 -$27FF n.a. $0000 - $1FFF $0000 - $13FF 0 1 0 1 X $0000 - $1BFF and $2400 - $27FF n.a. $0000 - $1FFF $0000-$1BFF MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-3 Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps Table 5-2 On-chip RAM Memory Locations Bit Settings RAM Memory Locations Prog. RAM Prog. Cache X Data RAM Y Data RAM X $0000 - $ 0FFF and $2400 - $27FF n.a. $0000 - $2BFF $0000-$1BFF 1 X $0000 - $23FF enabled $0000 - $1FFF $0000 - $13FF 1 1 X $0000 - $1BFF enabled $0000 - $1FFF $0000 - $1BFF 1 1 X $0000 - $0FFF enabled $0000 - $2BFF $0000 - $1BFF MSW1 MSW0 CE MS SC 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 Table 5-3 On-chip ROM Memory Locations Bit Settings MSW1 MSW0 CE MS SC X X X X 0 X 5-4 ROM Memory Locations X X X 1 Prog. ROM Boot. ROM X Data ROM Y Data ROM $FF1000 $FFAFCF $FF0000 $FF00BF $004000- $004000- $00BFFF $005FFF no access no access $004000$00BFFF $004000$005FFF DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps PROGRAM $FFFFFF $FFB000 $FFAFCF $FF1000 $FF00C0 $FF0000 INTERNAL RESERVED 40K INTERNAL X DATA $FFFFFF $FFFF80 $FFF000 INTERNAL RESERVED INTERNAL I/O (128 words) $FFFFFF EXTERNAL $FFFFB0 INTERNAL RESERVED ROM $FF0000 BOOT ROM Y DATA EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $FFFF80 EXTERNAL INTERNAL RESERVED $FFF000 $FF0000 EXTERNAL $00C000 EXTERNAL $006000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM EXTERNAL $004000 $003400 ROM $004000 INT. RESERVED INT. RESERVED $001C00 $000C00 $000000 3K INTERNAL RAM $000000 13K INTERNAL RAM 7K INTERNAL RAM $000000 Figure 5-1 Memory Maps for MSW=(X,X), CE=0, MS=0, SC=0 PROGRAM $FFFFFF $FFB000 $FFAFCF $FF1000 $FF00C0 $FF0000 INTERNAL RESERVED 40K INTERNAL X DATA $FFFFFF $FFFF80 $FFF000 INTERNAL RESERVED INTERNAL I/O (128 words) $FFFFFF EXTERNAL $FFFFB0 INTERNAL RESERVED ROM $FF0000 BOOT ROM Y DATA $FFFF80 $FFF000 $FF0000 EXTERNAL $00C000 EXTERNAL INTERNAL RESERVED $006000 8K INTERNAL ROM $004000 $003400 INTERNAL I/O (48 words) EXTERNAL 32K INTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) ROM $004000 INT. RESERVED $001C00 INT. RESERVED $000800 $000000 2K INTERNAL RAM $000000 13K INTERNAL RAM $000000 7K INTERNAL RAM 1K I-CACHE ENABLED Figure 5-2 Memory Maps for MSW=(X,X), CE=1, MS=0, SC=0 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-5 Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps PROGRAM $FFFFFF $FFB000 $FFAFCF $FF1000 $FF00C0 $FF0000 INTERNAL RESERVED 40K INTERNAL X DATA $FFFFFF $FFFF80 $FFF000 INTERNAL RESERVED INTERNAL I/O (128 words) $FFFFFF EXTERNAL $FFFFB0 INTERNAL RESERVED ROM $FF0000 BOOT ROM Y DATA EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $FFFF80 EXTERNAL INTERNAL RESERVED $FFF000 $FF0000 EXTERNAL $00C000 EXTERNAL $006000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM EXTERNAL $004000 $002000 ROM $004000 INT. RESERVED INT. RESERVED $001400 $002800 $000000 10K INTERNAL RAM $000000 8K INTERNAL RAM 5K INTERNAL RAM $000000 Figure 5-3 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,0), CE=0 MS=1, SC=0 PROGRAM $FFFFFF $FFB000 $FFAFCF $FF1000 $FF00C0 $FF0000 INTERNAL RESERVED 40K INTERNAL X DATA $FFFFFF $FFFF80 $FFF000 INTERNAL RESERVED INTERNAL I/O (128 words) $FFFFFF EXTERNAL $FFFFB0 INTERNAL RESERVED ROM $FF0000 BOOT ROM Y DATA $FFFF80 $FFF000 $FF0000 EXTERNAL $00C000 1K RAM $002000 EXTERNAL INTERNAL RESERVED EXTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM $004000 $002800 INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $006000 32K INTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) ROM $004000 INT. RESERVED $001C00 INT. RESERVED $002400 $001C00 $000000 INT. RESERVED 7K INTERNAL RAM $000000 8K INTERNAL RAM $000000 7K INTERNAL RAM Figure 5-4 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,1), CE=0, MS=1, SC=0 5-6 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps PROGRAM $FFFFFF $FFB000 $FFAFCF $FF1000 $FF00C0 $FF0000 INTERNAL RESERVED 40K INTERNAL X DATA $FFFFFF $FFFF80 $FFF000 INTERNAL RESERVED INTERNAL I/O (128 words) $FFFFFF EXTERNAL $FFFFB0 INTERNAL RESERVED ROM $FF0000 BOOT ROM Y DATA $FFFF80 $FFF000 $FF0000 EXTERNAL $00C000 1K RAM $002C00 EXTERNAL INTERNAL RESERVED EXTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM $004000 $002800 INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $006000 32K INTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) ROM $004000 INT. RESERVED $001C00 INT. RESERVED $002400 $001000 $000000 INT. RESERVED 4K INTERNAL RAM $000000 11K INTERNAL RAM $000000 7K INTERNAL RAM Figure 5-5 Memory Maps for MSW=(1,0), CE=0, MS=1, SC=0 PROGRAM $FFFFFF $FFB000 $FFAFCF $FF1000 $FF00C0 $FF0000 INTERNAL RESERVED 40K INTERNAL X DATA $FFFFFF $FFFF80 $FFF000 INTERNAL RESERVED INTERNAL I/O (128 words) $FFFFFF EXTERNAL $FFFFB0 INTERNAL RESERVED ROM $FF0000 BOOT ROM Y DATA $FFFF80 $FFF000 $FF0000 EXTERNAL $00C000 EXTERNAL INTERNAL RESERVED $006000 8K INTERNAL ROM $004000 $002000 INTERNAL I/O (48 words) EXTERNAL 32K INTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) ROM $004000 INT. RESERVED $001400 INT. RESERVED $002400 $000000 9K INTERNAL RAM $000000 8K INTERNAL RAM $000000 5K INTERNAL RAM 1K I-CACHE ENABLED Figure 5-6 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,0), CE=1, MS=1, SC=0 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-7 Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps PROGRAM $FFFFFF $FFB000 $FFAFCF $FF1000 $FF00C0 $FF0000 INTERNAL RESERVED 40K INTERNAL X DATA $FFFFFF $FFFF80 $FFF000 INTERNAL RESERVED INTERNAL I/O (128 words) $FFFFFF EXTERNAL $FFFFB0 INTERNAL RESERVED ROM $FF0000 BOOT ROM Y DATA EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $FFFF80 EXTERNAL INTERNAL RESERVED $FFF000 $FF0000 EXTERNAL $00C000 EXTERNAL $006000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM EXTERNAL $004000 $002000 ROM $004000 INT. RESERVED INT. RESERVED $001C00 $002400 $001C00 INT. RESERVED 7K INTERNAL RAM $000000 $000000 8K INTERNAL RAM 7K INTERNAL RAM $000000 1K I-CACHE ENABLED Figure 5-7 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,1), CE=1, MS=1, SC=0 PROGRAM $FFFFFF $FFB000 $FFAFCF $FF1000 $FF00C0 $FF0000 INTERNAL RESERVED 40K INTERNAL X DATA $FFFFFF $FFFF80 $FFF000 INTERNAL RESERVED INTERNAL I/O (128 words) $FFFFFF EXTERNAL $FFFFB0 INTERNAL RESERVED ROM $FF0000 BOOT ROM Y DATA $FFFF80 $FFF000 $FF0000 EXTERNAL $00C000 EXTERNAL INTERNAL RESERVED EXTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM $004000 $002C00 INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $006000 32K INTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) ROM $004000 INT. RESERVED $001C00 INT. RESERVED $002400 $001000 $000000 INT. RESERVED 4K INTERNAL RAM $000000 11K INTERNAL RAM $000000 7K INTERNAL RAM 1K I-CACHE ENABLED Figure 5-8 Memory Maps for MSW=(1,0), CE=1, MS=1, SC=0 5-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps PROGRAM $FFFF X DATA $FFFF $FF80 INTERNAL I/O (128 words) Y DATA $FFFF $FFB0 EXTERNAL I/O (82 words) INTERNAL I/O (46 words) $FF80 EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL $C000 $6000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM ROM $4000 $4000 $3400 INT. RESERVED $0000 13K INTERNAL RAM $1C00 INT. RESERVED $0C00 $0000 3K INTERNAL RAM $0000 7K INTERNAL RAM Figure 5-9 Memory Maps for MSW=(X,X), CE=0, MS=0, SC=1 PROGRAM $FFFF X DATA $FFFF $FF80 INTERNAL I/O (128 words) Y DATA $FFFF $FFB0 EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) INTERNAL I/O (48words) $FF80 EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL $C000 $6000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM ROM $4000 $4000 $3400 INT. RESERVED $1C00 $0000 13K INTERNAL RAM $0000 INT. RESERVED $0800 $0000 2K INTERNAL RAM 7K INTERNAL RAM 1K I-CACHE ENABLED Figure 5-10 Memory Maps for MSW=(X,X), CE=1, MS=0, SC=1 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-9 Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps PROGRAM $FFFF X DATA $FFFF $FF80 INTERNAL I/O (128 words) Y DATA $FFFF EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) $FFB0 INTERNAL I/O (48words) $FF80 EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL $C000 $6000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM $4000 $2000 ROM $4000 INT. RESERVED $1400 INT. RESERVED $2800 $0000 10K INTERNAL RAM $0000 8K INTERNAL RAM $0000 5K INTERNAL RAM Figure 5-11 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,0), CE=0, MS=1, SC=1 PROGRAM $FFFF X DATA $FFFF $FF80 INTERNAL I/O (128 words) Y DATA $FFFF $FFB0 EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $FF80 EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL $C000 $6000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM $4000 $2800 $2400 $1C00 $0000 1K RAM INT. RESERVED 7K INTERNAL RAM $2000 $0000 ROM $4000 INT. RESERVED 8K INTERNAL RAM $1C00 $0000 INT. RESERVED 7K INTERNAL RAM Figure 5-12 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,1), CE=0, MS=1, SC=1 5-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps PROGRAM $FFFF X DATA $FFFF $FF80 INTERNAL I/O (128 words) Y DATA $FFFF $FFB0 EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $FF80 EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL $C000 $6000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM $4000 $2800 1K RAM $2400 INT. RESERVED $1000 4K INTERNAL RAM $0000 $2C00 $0000 ROM $4000 INT. RESERVED 11K INTERNAL RAM $1C00 $0000 INT. RESERVED 7K INTERNAL RAM Figure 5-13 Memory Maps for MSW=(1,0), CE=0, MS=1, SC=1 PROGRAM $FFFF X DATA $FFFF $FF80 INTERNAL I/O (128 words) Y DATA $FFFF $FFB0 EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $FF80 EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL $C000 $6000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM $4000 $2000 ROM $4000 INT. RESERVED $1400 INT. RESERVED $2400 $0000 9K INTERNAL RAM $0000 8K INTERNAL RAM $0000 5K INTERNAL RAM 1K I-CACHE ENABLED Figure 5-14 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,0), CE=1, MS=1, SC=1 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-11 Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps PROGRAM $FFFF X DATA $FFFF $FF80 INTERNAL I/O (128 words) Y DATA $FFFF $FFB0 EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $FF80 EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL $C000 $6000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM $4000 $2000 $2400 $1C00 $0000 INT. RESERVED 7K INTERNAL RAM $0000 ROM $4000 INT. RESERVED 8K INTERNAL RAM $1C00 $0000 INT. RESERVED 7K INTERNAL RAM 1K I-CACHE ENABLED Figure 5-15 Memory Maps for MSW=(0,1), CE=1, MS=1, SC=1 PROGRAM $FFFF X DATA $FFFF $FF80 INTERNAL I/O (128 words) Y DATA $FFFF $FFB0 EXTERNAL I/O (80 words) INTERNAL I/O (48 words) $FF80 EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL $C000 $6000 32K INTERNAL 8K INTERNAL ROM $4000 $2C00 ROM $4000 INT. RESERVED $1C00 INT. RESERVED $2400 $1000 $0000 INT. RESERVED 4K INTERNAL RAM $0000 11K INTERNAL RAM $0000 7K INTERNAL RAM 1K I-CACHE ENABLED Figure 5-16 Memory Maps for MSW=(1,0), CE=1, MS=1, SC=1 5-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps 5.1.1 Reserved Memory Spaces The reserved memory spaces should not be accessed by the user. They are reserved for future expansion. 5.1.2 Program ROM Area Reserved for Motorola Use The last 48 words ($FFAFD0-$FFAFFF) of the Program ROM are reserved for Motorola use. This memory area is reserved for use as expansion area for the bootstrap ROM as well as for testing purposes. Customer code should not use this area. The contents of this Program ROM segment is defined by the AppendixA, Memory Configuration. 5.1.3 Bootstrap ROM The 192-word Bootstrap ROM occupies locations $FF0000-$FF00BF. The bootstrap ROM is factory-programmed to perform the bootstrap operation following hardware reset. The contents of the Bootstrap ROM are defined by the Bootstrap ROM source code in AppendixA, Memory Configuration. 5.1.4 Dynamic Memory Configuration Switching The internal memory configuration is altered by re-mapping RAM modules from Y and X data memory into program memory space and vice-versa. The contents of the switched RAM modules are preserved. The memory can be dynamically switched from one configuration to another by changing the MS, MSW0 or MSW1 bits in OMR. The address ranges that are directly affected by the switch operation are specified in Table 5-2. The memory switch can be accomplished provided that the affected address ranges are not being accessed during the instruction cycle in which the switch operation takes place. Accordingly, the following condition must be observed for trouble-free dynamic switching: Note: No accesses (including instruction fetches) to or from the affected address ranges in program and data memories are allowed during the switch cycle. Note: The switch cycle actually occurs 3 instruction cycles after the instruction that modifies the MS, MSW0 or MSW1 bits. Any sequence that complies with the switch condition is valid. For example, if the program flow executes in the address range that is not affected by the switch, the switch condition can be met very easily. In this case a switch can be accomplished by just changing the MS, MSW0 or MSW1 bits in OMR in the regular program flow, assuming no accesses to the affected address ranges of the data memory occur up to 3 instructions after the instruction that changes the OMR bit. Special care should be taken in relation to the interrupt vector routines since an interrupt could cause the DSP to fetch instructions out of sequence and might violate the switch condition. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-13 Memory Configuration Data and Program Memory Maps Special attention should be given when running a memory switch routine using the OnCE port. Running the switch routine in Trace mode, for example, can cause the switch to complete after the MS bit change while the DSP is in Debug mode. As a result, subsequent instructions might be fetched according to the new memory configuration (after the switch), and thus might execute improperly. 5.1.5 External Memory Support The DSP56367 does not support the SSRAM memory type. It does support SRAM and DRAM as indicated in the DSP56300 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor Family Manual, Motorola publication DSP56300FM/AD. Also, care should be taken when accessing external memory to ensure that the necessary address lines are available. For example, when using glueless SRAM interfacing, it is possible to directly address 3 x 218 memory locations (768k) when using the 18 address lines and the three programmable address attribute lines. 5-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Memory Configuration Internal I/O Memory Map 5.2 INTERNAL I/O MEMORY MAP The DSP56367 on-chip peripheral modules have their register files programmed to the addresses in the internal X-I/O memory range (the top 128 locations of the X data memory space) and internal Y-I/O memory range (48 locations of the Ydata memory space) as shown in Table 5-4. Table 5-4 Internal I/O Memory Map Peripheral Address IPR X:$FFFFFF INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER CORE (IPR-C) X:$FFFFFE INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER PERIPHERAL (IPR-P) PLL X:$FFFFFD PLL CONTROL REGISTER (PCTL) ONCE X:$FFFFFC ONCE GDB REGISTER (OGDB) BIU X:$FFFFFB BUS CONTROL REGISTER (BCR) X:$FFFFFA DRAM CONTROL REGISTER (DCR) X:$FFFFF9 ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE REGISTER 0 (AAR0) X:$FFFFF8 ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE REGISTER 1 (AAR1) X:$FFFFF7 ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE REGISTER 2 (AAR2) DMA DMA0 DMA1 DMA2 DMA3 MOTOROLA Register Name X:$FFFFF6 ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE REGISTER 3 (AAR3) [pin not available] X:$FFFFF5 ID REGISTER (IDR) X:$FFFFF4 DMA STATUS REGISTER (DSTR) X:$FFFFF3 DMA OFFSET REGISTER 0 (DOR0) X:$FFFFF2 DMA OFFSET REGISTER 1 (DOR1) X:$FFFFF1 DMA OFFSET REGISTER 2 (DOR2) X:$FFFFF0 DMA OFFSET REGISTER 3 (DOR3) X:$FFFFEF DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR0) X:$FFFFEE DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR0) X:$FFFFED DMA COUNTER (DCO0) X:$FFFFEC DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR0) X:$FFFFEB DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR1) X:$FFFFEA DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR1) X:$FFFFE9 DMA COUNTER (DCO1) X:$FFFFE8 DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR1) X:$FFFFE7 DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR2) X:$FFFFE6 DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR2) X:$FFFFE5 DMA COUNTER (DCO2) X:$FFFFE4 DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR2) X:$FFFFE3 DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR3) X:$FFFFE2 DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR3) X:$FFFFE1 DMA COUNTER (DCO3) X:$FFFFE0 DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR3) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-15 Memory Configuration Internal I/O Memory Map Table 5-4 Internal I/O Memory Map (Continued) Peripheral Address DMA4 X:$FFFFDF DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR4) X:$FFFFDE DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR4) X:$FFFFDD DMA COUNTER (DCO4) DMA5 PORT D DAX PORT B HDI08 PORT C 5-16 Register Name X:$FFFFDC DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR4) X:$FFFFDB DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR5) X:$FFFFDA DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR5) X:$FFFFD9 DMA COUNTER (DCO5) X:$FFFFD8 DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR5) X:$FFFFD7 PORT D CONTROL REGISTER (PCRD) X:$FFFFD6 PORT D DIRECTION REGISTER (PRRD) X:$FFFFD5 PORT D DATA REGISTER (PDRD) X:$FFFFD4 DAX STATUS REGISTER (XSTR) X:$FFFFD3 DAX AUDIO DATA REGISTER B (XADRB) X:$FFFFD2 DAX AUDIO DATA REGISTER A (XADRA) X:$FFFFD1 DAX NON-AUDIO DATA REGISTER (XNADR) X:$FFFFD0 DAX CONTROL REGISTER (XCTR) X:$FFFFCF RESERVED X:$FFFFCE RESERVED X:$FFFFCD RESERVED X:$FFFFCC RESERVED X:$FFFFCB RESERVED X:$FFFFCA RESERVED X:$FFFFC9 HOST PORT GPIO DATA REGISTER (HDR) X:$FFFFC8 HOST PORT GPIO DIRECTION REGISTER (HDDR) X:$FFFFC7 HOST TRANSMIT REGISTER (HOTX) X:$FFFFC6 HOST RECEIVE REGISTER (HORX) X:$FFFFC5 HOST BASE ADDRESS REGISTER (HBAR) X:$FFFFC4 HOST PORT CONTROL REGISTER (HPCR) X:$FFFFC3 HOST STATUS REGISTER (HSR) X:$FFFFC2 HOST CONTROL REGISTER (HCR) X:$FFFFC1 RESERVED X:$FFFFC0 RESERVED X:$FFFFBF PORT C CONTROL REGISTER (PCRC) X:$FFFFBE PORT C DIRECTION REGISTER (PRRC) X:$FFFFBD PORT C GPIO DATA REGISTER (PDRC) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Memory Configuration Internal I/O Memory Map Table 5-4 Internal I/O Memory Map (Continued) Peripheral Address ESAI X:$FFFFBC ESAI RECEIVE SLOT MASK REGISTER B (RSMB) X:$FFFFBB ESAI RECEIVE SLOT MASK REGISTER A (RSMA) X:$FFFFBA ESAI TRANSMIT SLOT MASK REGISTER B (TSMB) MOTOROLA Register Name X:$FFFFB9 ESAI TRANSMIT SLOT MASK REGISTER A (TSMA) X:$FFFFB8 ESAI RECEIVE CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (RCCR) X:$FFFFB7 ESAI RECEIVE CONTROL REGISTER (RCR) X:$FFFFB6 ESAI TRANSMIT CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (TCCR) X:$FFFFB5 ESAI TRANSMIT CONTROL REGISTER (TCR) X:$FFFFB4 ESAI COMMON CONTROL REGISTER (SAICR) X:$FFFFB3 ESAI STATUS REGISTER (SAISR) X:$FFFFB2 RESERVED X:$FFFFB1 RESERVED X:$FFFFB0 RESERVED X:$FFFFAF RESERVED X:$FFFFAE RESERVED X:$FFFFAD RESERVED X:$FFFFAC RESERVED X:$FFFFAB ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 3 (RX3) X:$FFFFAA ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 2 (RX2) X:$FFFFA9 ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 1 (RX1) X:$FFFFA8 ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 0 (RX0) X:$FFFFA7 RESERVED X:$FFFFA6 ESAI TIME SLOT REGISTER (TSR) X:$FFFFA5 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 5 (TX5) X:$FFFFA4 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 4 (TX4) X:$FFFFA3 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 3 (TX3) X:$FFFFA2 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 2 (TX2) X:$FFFFA1 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 1 (TX1) X:$FFFFA0 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 0 (TX0) X:$FFFF9F RESERVED X:$FFFF9E RESERVED X:$FFFF9D RESERVED X:$FFFF9C RESERVED X:$FFFF9B RESERVED X:$FFFF9A RESERVED X:$FFFF99 RESERVED X:$FFFF98 RESERVED X:$FFFF97 RESERVED DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-17 Memory Configuration Internal I/O Memory Map Table 5-4 Internal I/O Memory Map (Continued) Peripheral SHI TRIPLE TIMER ESAI MUX PIN CONTROL 5-18 Address Register Name X:$FFFF96 RESERVED X:$FFFF95 RESERVED X:$FFFF94 SHI RECEIVE FIFO (HRX) X:$FFFF93 SHI TRANSMIT REGISTER (HTX) X:$FFFF92 SHI I2C SLAVE ADDRESS REGISTER (HSAR) X:$FFFF91 SHI CONTROL/STATUS REGISTER (HCSR) X:$FFFF90 SHI CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (HCKR) X:$FFFF8F TIMER 0 CONTROL/STATUS REGISTER (TCSR0) X:$FFFF8E TIMER 0 LOAD REGISTER (TLR0) X:$FFFF8D TIMER 0 COMPARE REGISTER (TCPR0) X:$FFFF8C TIMER 0 COUNT REGISTER (TCR0) X:$FFFF8B TIMER 1 CONTROL/STATUS REGISTER (TCSR1) X:$FFFF8A TIMER 1 LOAD REGISTER (TLR1) X:$FFFF89 TIMER 1 COMPARE REGISTER (TCPR1) X:$FFFF88 TIMER 1 COUNT REGISTER (TCR1) X:$FFFF87 TIMER 2 CONTROL/STATUS REGISTER (TCSR2) X:$FFFF86 TIMER 2 LOAD REGISTER (TLR2) X:$FFFF85 TIMER 2 COMPARE REGISTER (TCPR2) X:$FFFF84 TIMER 2 COUNT REGISTER (TCR2) X:$FFFF83 TIMER PRESCALER LOAD REGISTER (TPLR) X:$FFFF82 TIMER PRESCALER COUNT REGISTER (TPCR) X:$FFFF81 RESERVED X:$FFFF80 RESERVED Y:$FFFFAF MUX PIN CONTROL REGISTER (EMUXR) Y:$FFFFAE RESERVED Y:$FFFFAD RESERVED Y:$FFFFAC RESERVED Y:$FFFFAB RESERVED Y:$FFFFAA RESERVED Y:$FFFFA9 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA8 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA7 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA6 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA5 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA4 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA3 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA2 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA1 RESERVED DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Memory Configuration Internal I/O Memory Map Table 5-4 Internal I/O Memory Map (Continued) Peripheral PORT E ESAI_1 MOTOROLA Address Register Name Y:$FFFFA0 RESERVED Y:$FFFF9F PORT E CONTROL REGISTER (PCRE) Y:$FFFF9E PORT E DIRECTION REGISTER(PPRE) Y:$FFFF9D PORT E GPIO DATA REGISTER(PDRE) Y:$FFFF9C ESAI_1 RECEIVE SLOT MASK REGISTER B (RSMB_1) Y:$FFFF9B ESAI_1 RECEIVE SLOT MASK REGISTER A (RSMA_1) Y:$FFFF9A ESAI_1 TRANSMIT SLOT MASK REGISTER B (TSMB_1) Y:$FFFF99 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT SLOT MASK REGISTER A (TSMA_1) Y:$FFFF98 ESAI_1 RECEIVE CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (RCCR_1) Y:$FFFF97 ESAI_1 RECEIVE CONTROL REGISTER (RCR_1) Y:$FFFF96 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (TCCR_1) Y:$FFFF95 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT CONTROL REGISTER (TCR_1) Y:$FFFF94 ESAI_1 COMMON CONTROL REGISTER (SAICR_1) Y:$FFFF93 ESAI_1 STATUS REGISTER (SAISR_1) Y:$FFFF92 RESERVED Y:$FFFF91 RESERVED Y:$FFFF90 RESERVED Y:$FFFF8F RESERVED Y:$FFFF8E RESERVED Y:$FFFF8D RESERVED Y:$FFFF8C RESERVED Y:$FFFF8B ESAI_1 RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 3 (RX3_1) Y:$FFFF8A ESAI_1 RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 2 (RX2_1) Y:$FFFF89 ESAI_1 RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 1 (RX1_1) Y:$FFFF88 ESAI_1 RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 0 (RX0_1) Y:$FFFF87 RESERVED Y:$FFFF86 ESAI_1 TIME SLOT REGISTER (TSR_1) Y:$FFFF85 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 5 (TX5_1) Y:$FFFF84 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 4 (TX4_1) Y:$FFFF83 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 3 (TX3_1) Y:$FFFF82 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 2 (TX2_1) Y:$FFFF81 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 1 (TX1_1) Y:$FFFF80 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 0 (TX0_1) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 5-19 Intentionally Left Blank CHAPTER 6 CORE CONFIGURATION MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 6-1 Core Configuration Introduction 6.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter contains DSP56300 core configuration information details specific to the DSP56367. These include the following: * Operating modes * Bootstrap program * Interrupt sources and priorities * DMA request sources * OMR * PLL control register * AA control registers * JTAG BSR For more information on specific registers or modules in the DSP56300 core, refer to the DSP56300 Family Manual (DSP56300FM/AD). 6-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Core Configuration Operating Mode Register (OMR) 6.2 OPERATING MODE REGISTER (OMR) The contents of the Operating Mode Register (OMR) are shown in Table 6-1. Refer to the DSP56300 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor Family Manual, Motorola publication DSP56300FM/AD for a description of the OMR bits. Table 6-1 Operating Mode Register (OMR) SCS 23 22 21 20 EOM 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 COM 9 8 7 6 PE MSW 1: 0 SE WR EO EU XY ATE AP AB BR TAS BE CDP1:0 MS SD N N P V N S D E T 5 4 3 2 1 0 EBD MD MC MB MA PEN - Patch Enable ATE - Address Tracing Enable MS - Master memory Switch Mode MSW1 - Memory switch mode 1 APD - Address Priority Disable SD - Stop Delay MSW0 - Memory switch mode 0 ABE - Asyn. Bus Arbitration Enable SEN - Stack Extension Enable BRT - Bus Release Timing EBD - External Bus Disable WRP - Extended Stack Wrap Flag TAS - TA Synchronize Select MD - Operating Mode D EOV - Extended Stack Overflow Flag BE - Burst Mode Enable MC - Operating Mode C EUN - Extended Stack Underflow Flag CDP1 - Core-Dma Priority 1 MB - Operating Mode B XYS - Stack Extension Space Select CDP0 - Core-Dma Priority 0 MA - Operating Mode A - Reserved bit. Read as zero, should be written with zero for future compatibility 6.2.1 Asynchronous Bus Arbitration Enable (ABE) - Bit 13 The asynchronous bus arbitration mode is activated by setting the ABE bit in the OMR register. Hardware reset clears the ABE bit. 6.2.2 Address Attribute Priority Disable (APD) - Bit 14 The Address Attribute Priority Disable (APD) bit is used to turn off the address attribute priority mechanism. When this bit is set, more than one address attribute pin AA/RAS(2:0) may be simultaneously asserted according to its AAR settings. The APD bit is cleared by hardware reset. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 6-3 Core Configuration Operating Mode Register (OMR) 6.2.3 Address Tracing Enable (ATE) - Bit 15 The Address Tracing Enable (ATE) bit is used to turn on Address Tracing (AT) Mode. When the AT Mode is enabled, the DSP56300 Core reflects the addresses of internal fetches and program space moves (MOVEM) to the Address Bus (A0-A17), if the Address Bus is not needed by the DSP56300 Core for external accesses. The ATE bit is cleared on hardware reset. 6.2.4 Patch Enable (PEN) - Bit 23 The Patch Enable function is used for patching Program ROM locations. i.e. to replace during program execution, the contents of the Program ROM. This is done by using the Instruction Cache to supply the instruction word instead of the Program ROM. The Patch Enable function is activated by setting bit 23 (PEN) in the OMR Register. The PEN bit is cleared by hardware reset. The Instruction Cache should be initialized with the new instructions according to the following procedure: These steps should be executed from external memory or by download via host interface: 1. Set Cache Enable = 1 2. Set Patch Enable = 1 3. initialize TAGs to different values by unlock eight different external sectors 4. lock the PATCH sector(s) 5. move new code to locked sector(s), to the addresses that should be replaced 6. start regular PROM program ;**************************************************************************** ; PATCH initialization example ;**************************************************************************** page nolist 132,55,0,0,0 INCLUDE "ioequ.asm" INCLUDE "intequ.asm" list START address PATCH_OFSET M_PAE M_PROMS M_PROME 6-4 equ $100 equ equ equ equ 128 23 $ffafec $ffafff ; main program starting ; patch offset ; Patch Enable ; ROM area Start ; ROM area End DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Core Configuration Operating Mode Register (OMR) org P:START move #M_PROMS,r0 bset bset move move #M_CE,sr #M_PAE,omr #$800000,r1 #128,n1 move #(M_PROMS+PATCH_OFSET),r2 dup punlock 8 (r1)+n1 ; ; ; ; CacheEnable = 1 PatchEnable = 1 any external address 128 for 1K ICACHE, sector size ; initialize TAGs to different ; values endm plock (r2) move #PATCH_DATA_START,r1 ; ; replace ROM code by PATCH ; do movem movem nop PATCH_LOOP ENDTEST ; lock patch's sector ; (start/mid/end) #(PATCH_DATA_END-PATCH_DATA_START+1),PATCH_LOOP p:(r1)+,x0 x0,p:(r2)+ ; Do-loop restriction jsr #M_PROMS jmp nop nop nop nop ENDTEST move move move #5,m0 #6,m1 #7,m2 ; start ROM code execution ; ; patch data ; PATCH_DATA_START PATCH_DATA_END ;**************************************************************************** MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 6-5 Core Configuration Operating Modes 6.3 OPERATING MODES The operating modes are defined as shown in Table 6-2. The operating modes are latched from MODA, MODB, MODC and MODD pins during reset. Each operating mode is briefly described below. Except for modes 0 and 8, the operation of all other modes is defined by the Bootstrap ROM source code in Appendix A, Bootstrap ROM Contents. Table 6-2 DSP56367 Operating Modes Mode MOD D MOD C MOD B MOD A Reset Vector 0 0 0 0 0 $C00000 Expanded mode 1 0 0 0 1 $FF0000 Bootstrap from byte-wide memory 2 0 0 1 0 $FF0000 Jump to PROM starting address 3 0 0 1 1 $FF0000 Reserved 4 0 1 0 0 $FF0000 Reserved 5 0 1 0 1 $FF0000 Bootstrap from SHI (slave SPI mode) 6 0 1 1 0 $FF0000 Bootstrap from SHI (slave I2C mode)(HCKFR=1, 100ns filter enabled) 7 0 1 1 1 $FF0000 Bootstrap from SHI (slave I2C mode)(HCKR=0) 8 1 0 0 0 $008000 Expanded mode 9 1 0 0 1 $FF0000 Reserved for Burn-in testing A 1 0 1 0 $FF0000 Reserved B 1 0 1 1 $FF0000 Reserved C 1 1 0 0 $FF0000 HDI08 Bootstrap in ISA Mode D 1 1 0 1 $FF0000 HDI08 Bootstrap in HC11 non-multiplexed mode E 1 1 1 0 $FF0000 HDI08 Bootstrap in 8051 multiplexed bus mode F 1 1 1 1 $FF0000 HDI08 Bootstrap in 68302 bus mode 6-6 Description DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Core Configuration Operating Modes Table 6-3 DSP56367 Mode Descriptions Mode 0 The DSP starts fetching instructions beginning at address $C00000. Memory accesses are performed using SRAM memory access type with 31 wait states and no address attributes selected. Address $C00000 is reflected as address $00000 on Port A pins A0-A17. Mode 1 The bootstrap program loads instructions through Port A from external byte-wide memory, connected to the least significant byte of the data bus (bits 7-0), and starting at address P:$D00000. The bootstrap code expects to read 3 bytes specifying the number of program words, 3 bytes specifying the address to start loading the program words and then 3 bytes for each program word to be loaded. The number of words, the starting address and the program words are read least significant byte first followed by the mid and then by the most significant byte. The program words will be stored in contiguous PRAM memory locations starting at the specified starting address. After reading the program words, program execution starts from the same address where loading started.The SRAM memory access type is selected by the values in Address Attribute Register 1 (AAR1), with 31 wait states for each memory access. Address $D00000 is reflected as address $00000 on Port A pins A0-A17. Mode 2 The DSP starts fetching instructions from the starting address of the on-chip Program ROM. Mode 3 Reserved. Mode 4 Reserved. Mode 5 In this mode, the internal PRAM is loaded from the Serial Host Interface (SHI). The SHI operates in the SPI slave mode, with 24-bit word width.The bootstrap code expects to read a 24-bit word specifying the number of program words, a 24-bit word specifying the address to start loading the program words and then a 24-bit word for each program word to be loaded. The program words will be stored in contiguous PRAM memory locations starting at the specified starting address. After reading the program words, program execution starts from the same address where loading started. Mode 6 Same as Mode 5 except SHI interface operates in the I2C slave mode with HCKFR set to 1 and the 100ns filter enabled. Mode 7 Same as Mode 5 except SHI interface operates in the I2C slave mode with HCKFR set to 0. Mode 8 The DSP starts fetching instructions beginning at address $008000. Memory accesses are performed using SRAM memory access type with 31 wait states and no address attributes selected. Mode 9 Reserved. Used for Burn-In testing. Mode A Reserved. Mode B Reserved. Mode C Instructions are loaded through the HDI08, which is configured to interface with an ISA bus. The HOST ISA bootstrap code expects to read a 24-bit word specifying the number of program words, a 24-bit word specifying the address to start loading the program words and then a 24-bit word for each program word to be loaded. The program words will be stored in contiguous PRAM memory locations starting at the specified starting address. After reading the program words, program execution starts from the same address where loading started. The Host Interface bootstrap load program may be stopped by setting the Host Flag 0 (HF0). This will start execution of the loaded program from the specified starting address. Mode D As in Mode C, but HDI08 is set for interfacing to Motorola HC11 microcontroller in non-multiplexed mode Mode E As in Mode C, but HDI08 is set for interfacing to Intel 8051 multiplexed bus Mode F As in Mode C, but HDI08 is set for interfacing to Motorola 68302 bus. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 6-7 Core Configuration Interrupt Priority Registers 6.4 INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTERS There are two interrupt priority registers in the DSP56367: 1. IPR-C is dedicated for DSP56300 Core interrupt sources. 2. IPR-P is dedicated for DSP56367 peripheral interrupt sources. The interrupt priority registers are shown in Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2. The Interrupt Priority Level bits are defined in Table 6-4. The interrupt vectors are shown in Table 6-6 and the interrupt priorities are shown in Table 6-5. Table 6-4 Interrupt Priority Level Bits IPL bits Interrupts Enabled Interrupt Priority Level xxL1 xxL0 0 0 No -- 0 1 Yes 0 1 0 Yes 1 1 1 Yes 2 11 10 9 8 ESL11 ESL10 TAL1 TAL0 7 DAL1 6 5 4 DAL0 HDL1 HDL0 3 2 1 0 SHL1 SHL0 ESL1 ESL0 ESAI IPL SHI IPL HDI08 IPL DAX IPL TRIPLE TIMER IPL ESAI_1 IPL 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 reserved Reserved bit. Read as zero, should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 6-1 Interrupt Priority Register P 6-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Core Configuration Interrupt Priority Registers 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 IDL2 IDL1 IDL0 ICL2 ICL1 ICL0 IBL2 IBL1 IBL0 2 1 0 IAL2 IAL1 IAL0 IRQA IPL IRQA mode IRQB IPL IRQB mode IRQC IPL IRQC mode IRQD IPL IRQD mode 23 D5L1 22 21 20 19 18 17 D5L0 D4L1 D4L0 D3L1 D3L0 D2L1 16 15 D2L0 D1L1 14 13 12 D1L0 D0L1 D0L0 DMA0 IPL DMA1 IPL DMA2 IPL DMA3 IPL DMA4 IPL DMA5 IPL Figure 6-2 Interrupt Priority Register C Table 6-5 Interrupt Sources Priorities Within an IPL Priority Interrupt Source Level 3 (Nonmaskable) Highest Hardware RESET Stack Error Illegal Instruction Debug Request Interrupt Trap Lowest Non-Maskable Interrupt Levels 0, 1, 2 (Maskable) Highest IRQA (External Interrupt) IRQB (External Interrupt) IRQC (External Interrupt) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 6-9 Core Configuration Interrupt Priority Registers Table 6-5 Interrupt Sources Priorities Within an IPL (Continued) Priority Interrupt Source IRQD (External Interrupt) DMA Channel 0 Interrupt DMA Channel 1 Interrupt DMA Channel 2 Interrupt DMA Channel 3 Interrupt DMA Channel 4 Interrupt DMA Channel 5 Interrupt ESAI Receive Data with Exception Status ESAI Receive Even Data ESAI Receive Data ESAI Receive Last Slot ESAI Transmit Data with Exception Status ESAI Transmit Last Slot ESAI Transmit Even Data ESAI Transmit Data SHI Bus Error SHI Receive Overrun Error SHI Transmit Underrun Error SHI Receive FIFO Full SHI Transmit Data SHI Receive FIFO Not Empty HOST Command Interrupt HOST Receive Data Interrupt HOST Transmit Data Interrupt DAX Transmit Underrun Error DAX Block Transferred DAX Transmit Register Empty 6-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Core Configuration Interrupt Priority Registers Table 6-5 Interrupt Sources Priorities Within an IPL (Continued) Priority Interrupt Source TIMER0 Overflow Interrupt TIMER0 Compare Interrupt TIMER1 Overflow Interrupt TIMER1 Compare Interrupt TIMER2 Overflow Interrupt TIMER2 Compare Interrupt ESAI_1 Receive Data with Exception Status ESAI_1 Receive Even Data ESAI_1 Receive Data ESAI_1 Receive Last Slot ESAI_1 Transmit Data with Exception Status ESAI_1 Transmit Last Slot ESAI_1 Transmit Even Data Lowest ESAI_1 Transmit Data Table 6-6 DSP56367 Interrupt Vectors Interrupt Starting Address Interrupt Priority Level Range Interrupt Source VBA:$00 3 Hardware RESET VBA:$02 3 Stack Error VBA:$04 3 Illegal Instruction VBA:$06 3 Debug Request Interrupt VBA:$08 3 Trap VBA:$0A 3 Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) VBA:$0C 3 Reserved For Future Level-3 Interrupt Source VBA:$0E 3 Reserved For Future Level-3 Interrupt Source VBA:$10 0-2 IRQA VBA:$12 0-2 IRQB MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 6-11 Core Configuration Interrupt Priority Registers Table 6-6 DSP56367 Interrupt Vectors (Continued) Interrupt Starting Address Interrupt Priority Level Range Interrupt Source VBA:$14 0-2 IRQC VBA:$16 0-2 IRQD VBA:$18 0-2 DMA Channel 0 VBA:$1A 0-2 DMA Channel 1 VBA:$1C 0-2 DMA Channel 2 VBA:$1E 0-2 DMA Channel 3 VBA:$20 0-2 DMA Channel 4 VBA:$22 0-2 DMA Channel 5 VBA:$24 0-2 Reserved VBA:$26 0-2 Reserved VBA:$28 0-2 DAX Underrun Error VBA:$2A 0-2 DAX Block Transferred VBA:$2C 0-2 Reserved VBA:$2E 0-2 DAX Audio Data Empty VBA:$30 0-2 ESAI Receive Data VBA:$32 0-2 ESAI Receive Even Data VBA:$34 0-2 ESAI Receive Data With Exception Status VBA:$36 0-2 ESAI Receive Last Slot VBA:$38 0-2 ESAI Transmit Data VBA:$3A 0-2 ESAI Transmit Even Data VBA:$3C 0-2 ESAI Transmit Data with Exception Status VBA:$3E 0-2 ESAI Transmit Last Slot VBA:$40 0-2 SHI Transmit Data VBA:$42 0-2 SHI Transmit Underrun Error VBA:$44 0-2 SHI Receive FIFO Not Empty VBA:$46 0-2 Reserved VBA:$48 0-2 SHI Receive FIFO Full VBA:$4A 0-2 SHI Receive Overrun Error VBA:$4C 0-2 SHI Bus Error VBA:$4E 0-2 Reserved VBA:$50 0-2 Reserved 6-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Core Configuration Interrupt Priority Registers Table 6-6 DSP56367 Interrupt Vectors (Continued) Interrupt Starting Address Interrupt Priority Level Range Interrupt Source VBA:$52 0-2 Reserved VBA:$54 0-2 TIMER0 Compare VBA:$56 0-2 TIMER0 Overflow VBA:$58 0-2 TIMER1 Compare VBA:$5A 0-2 TIMER1 Overflow VBA:$5C 0-2 TIMER2 Compare VBA:$5E 0-2 TIMER2 Overflow VBA:$60 0-2 Host Receive Data Full VBA:$62 0-2 Host Transmit Data Empty VBA:$64 0-2 Host Command (Default) VBA:$66 0-2 Reserved VBA:$68 0-2 Reserved VBA:$6A 0-2 Reserved VBA:$6C 0-2 Reserved VBA:$6E 0-2 Reserved VBA:$70 0-2 ESAI_1 Receive Data VBA:$72 0-2 ESAI_1 Receive Even Data VBA:$74 0-2 ESAI_1 Receive Data With Exception Status VBA:$76 0-2 ESAI_1 Receive Last Slot VBA:$78 0-2 ESAI_1 Transmit Data VBA:$7A 0-2 ESAI_1 Transmit Even Data VBA:$7C 0-2 ESAI_1 Transmit Data with Exception Status VBA:$7E 0-2 ESAI_1 Transmit Last Slot VBA:$80 0-2 Reserved : VBA:$FE MOTOROLA : 0-2 : Reserved DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 6-13 Core Configuration DMA Request Sources 6.5 DMA REQUEST SOURCES The DMA Request Source bits (DRS0-DRS4 bits in the DMA Control/Status registers) encode the source of DMA requests used to trigger the DMA transfers. The DMA request sources may be the internal peripherals or external devices requesting service through the IRQA, IRQB, IRQC and IRQD pins. The DMA Request Sources are shown in Table 6-7. Table 6-7 DMA Request Sources DMA Request Source Bits DRS4...DRS0 6-14 Requesting Device 00000 External (IRQA pin) 00001 External (IRQB pin) 00010 External (IRQC pin) 00011 External (IRQD pin) 00100 Transfer Done from DMA channel 0 00101 Transfer Done from DMA channel 1 00110 Transfer Done from DMA channel 2 00111 Transfer Done from DMA channel 3 01000 Transfer Done from DMA channel 4 01001 Transfer Done from DMA channel 5 01010 DAX Transmit Data 01011 ESAI Receive Data (RDF=1) 01100 ESAI Transmit Data (TDE=1) 01101 SHI HTX Empty 01110 SHI FIFO Not Empty 01111 SHI FIFO Full 10000 HDI08 Receive Data 10001 HDI08 Transmit Data 10010 TIMER0 (TCF=1) 10011 TIMER1 (TCF=1) 10100 TIMER2 (TCF=1) 10101 ESAI_1 Receive Data (RDF=1) 10110 ESAI_1 Transmit Data (TDE=1) 10111-11111 RESERVED DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Core Configuration PLL Initialization 6.6 PLL INITIALIZATION 6.6.1 PLL Multiplication Factor (MF0-MF11) The DSP56367 PLL multiplication factor is set to 6 during hardware reset, i.e. the Multiplication Factor Bits MF0-MF11 in the PLL Control Register (PCTL) are set to $005. 6.6.2 PLL Pre-Divider Factor (PD0-PD3) The DSP56367 PLL Pre-Divider factor is set to 1 during hardware reset, i.e. the Pre-Divider Factor Bits PD0-PD3 in the PLL Control Register (PCTL) are set to $0. 6.6.3 Crystal Range Bit (XTLR) The Crystal Range (XTLR) bit controls the on-chip crystal oscillator transconductance. The on-chip crystal oscillator is not used on the DSP56367 since no XTAL pin is available. The XTLR bit is set to zero during hardware reset in the DSP56367. 6.6.4 XTAL Disable Bit (XTLD) The XTAL Disable Bit (XTLD) is set to 1 (XTAL disabled) during hardware reset in the DSP56367. 6.7 DEVICE IDENTIFICATION (ID) REGISTER The Device Identification Register (IDR) is a 24 bit read only factory programmed register used to identify the different DSP56300 core-based family members. This register specifies the derivative number and revision number. This information may be used in testing or by software. Table 6-8 shows the ID register configuration. Table 6-8 Identification Register Configuration 23 MOTOROLA 16 15 12 11 0 Reserved Revision Number Derivative Number $00 $0 $367 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 6-15 Core Configuration JTAG Identification (ID) Register 6.8 JTAG IDENTIFICATION (ID) REGISTER The JTAG Identification (ID) Register is a 32 bit, read only thought JTAG, factory programmed register used to distinguish the component on a board according to the IEEE 1149.1 standard. Table 6-9 shows the JTAG ID register configuration. Table 6-9 JTAG Identification Register Configuration 31 6.9 28 27 22 21 12 11 1 0 Version Information Customer Part Number Sequence Number Manufacturer Identity 1 0000 000111 0001010010 00000001110 1 JTAG BOUNDARY SCAN REGISTER (BSR) The boundary scan register (BSR) in the DSP56367 JTAG implementation contains bits for all device signal and clock pins and associated control signals. All bidirectional pins have a single register bit in the boundary scan register for pin data, and are controlled by an associated control bit in the boundary scan register. The boundary scan register bit definitions are described in Table 6-10. Table 6-10 DSP56367 BSR Bit Definition Bit # Pin Name Pin Type BSR Cell Type Bit # Control 76 FST_1 - Input/Output Pin Name Pin Type 0 SDO4_1/SDI1 _1 - 1 SDO4_1/SDI1 _1 Input/Output Data 77 FST_1 2 IRQA Input Data 78 SDO5_1/SDI0 _1 3 IRQB Input Data 79 SDO5_1/SDI0 _1 Input/Output 4 IRQC Input Data 80 RES Input 5 IRQD Input Data 81 HAD0 - 6 D23 Input/Output Data 82 HAD0 Input/Output 7 D22 Input/Output Data 83 HAD1 - 6-16 BSR Cell Type Control Data Control DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual Data Data Control Data Control MOTOROLA Core Configuration JTAG Boundary Scan Register (BSR) Table 6-10 DSP56367 BSR Bit Definition (Continued) Bit # Pin Name Pin Type BSR Cell Type Bit # Pin Name Pin Type 8 D21 Input/Output Data 84 HAD1 Input/Output 9 D20 Input/Output Data 85 HAD2 - 10 D19 Input/Output Data 86 HAD2 Input/Output 11 D18 Input/Output Data 87 HAD3 - 12 D17 Input/Output Data 88 HAD3 Input/Output 13 D16 Input/Output Data 89 HAD4 - 14 D15 Input/Output Data 90 HAD4 Input/Output 15 D[23:13] - Control 91 HAD5 - 16 D14 Input/Output Data 92 HAD5 Input/Output 17 D13 Input/Output Data 93 HAD6 - 18 D12 Input/Output Data 94 HAD6 Input/Output 19 D11 Input/Output Data 95 HAD7 - 20 D10 Input/Output Data 96 HAD7 Input/Output 21 D9 Input/Output Data 97 HAS/A0 - 22 D8 Input/Output Data 98 HAS/A0 Input/Output 23 D7 Input/Output Data 99 HA8/A1 - 24 D6 Input/Output Data 100 HA8/A1 Input/Output 25 D5 Input/Output Data 101 HA9/A2 - 26 D4 Input/Output Data 102 HA9/A2 Input/Output 27 D3 Input/Output Data 103 HCS/A10 - 28 D[12:0] - Control 104 HCS/A10 Input/Output 29 D2 Input/Output Data 105 TIO0 - 30 D1 Input/Output Data 106 TIO0 Input/Output MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual BSR Cell Type Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data 6-17 Core Configuration JTAG Boundary Scan Register (BSR) Table 6-10 DSP56367 BSR Bit Definition (Continued) Bit # Pin Name Pin Type BSR Cell Type Bit # Pin Name Pin Type 31 D0 Input/Output Data 107 ACI - 32 A17 Output3 Data 108 ACI Input/Output 33 A16 Output3 Data 109 ADO - 34 A15 Output3 Data 110 ADO Input/Output 35 A[17:9] - Control 111 HREQ/HTRQ - 36 A14 Output3 Data 112 HREQ/HTRQ Input/Output 37 A13 Output3 Data 113 HACK/RRQ - 38 A12 Output3 Data 114 HACK/RRQ Input/Output 39 A11 Output3 Data 115 HRW/RD - 40 A10 Output3 Data 116 HRW/RD Input/Output 41 A9 Output3 Data 117 HDS/WR - 42 A8 Output3 Data 118 HDS/WR Input/Output 43 A7 Output3 Data 119 HSCKR - 44 A6 Output3 Data 120 HSCKR Input/Output 45 A[8:0] - Control 121 HSCKT - 46 A5 Output3 Data 122 HSCKT Input/Output 47 A4 Output3 Data 123 SCKR - 48 A3 Output3 Data 124 SCKR Input/Output 49 A2 Output3 Data 125 SCKT - 50 A1 Output3 Data 126 SCKT Input/Output 51 A0 Output3 Data 127 FSR - 52 BG Input Data 128 FSR Input/Output 53 AA0 - Control 129 FST - 6-18 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual BSR Cell Type Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control MOTOROLA Core Configuration JTAG Boundary Scan Register (BSR) Table 6-10 DSP56367 BSR Bit Definition (Continued) Bit # Pin Name Pin Type 54 AA0 Output3 55 AA1 - 56 AA1 57 BSR Cell Type Pin Name Pin Type BSR Cell Type 130 FST Input/Output Control 131 SDO5/SDI0 - Output3 Data 132 SDO5/SDI0 Input/Output RD Output3 Data 133 SDO4/SDI1 - 58 WR Output3 Data 134 SDO4/SDI1 Input/Output 59 BB - Control 135 SDO3/SDI2 - 60 BB Input/Output Data 136 SDO3/SDI2 Input/Output 61 BR Output2 Data 137 SDO2/SDI3 - 62 TA Input Data 138 SDO2/SDI3 Input/Output 63 PINIT Input Data 139 SDO1 - 64 SCKR_1 Control 140 SDO1 Input/Output 65 SCKR_1 Data 141 SDO0 - 66 FSR_1 Control 142 SDO0 Input/Output 67 FSR_1 Input/Output Data 143 HREQ - 68 RD,WR - Control 144 HREQ Input/Output Data 69 EXTAL Input 145 SS Input Data 70 SCKT_1 - Control 146 SCK/SCL - 71 SCKT_1 Input/Output Data 147 SCK/SCL Input/Output 72 CAS - Control 148 MISO/SDA - 73 CAS Output3 Data 149 MISO/SDA Input/Output 74 AA2 - Control 150 MOSI/HA0 - 75 AA2 Output3 Data 151 MOSI/HA0 Input/Output MOTOROLA Input/Output Data Bit # Data DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Data Control Control Data Control Data Control Data 6-19 Intentionally Left Blank CHAPTER 7 GENERAL PURPOSE INPUT / OUTPUT MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 7-1 General Purpose Input / Output Introduction 7.1 INTRODUCTION The DSP56367 provides up to 37 bidirectional signals that can be configured as GPIO signals or as peripheral dedicated signals. No dedicated GPIO signals are provided. All of these signals are GPIO by default after reset. The techniques for register programming for all GPIO functionality is very similar between these interfaces. This section describes how signals may be used as GPIO. 7.2 PROGRAMMING MODEL The signals description section of this manual describes the special uses of these signals in detail. There are five groups of these signals which can be controlled separately or as groups: * Port B: up to 16 GPIO signals (shared with the HDI08 signals) * Port C: 12 GPIO signals (shared with the ESAI signals) * Port D: two GPIO signals (shared with the DAX signals) * Port E: 10 GPIO signals (shared with the ESAI_1 signals) * Timer: one GPIO signal (shared with the timer/event counter signal) 7.2.1 Port B Signals and Registers When HDI08 is disabled, all 16 HDI08 signals can be used as GPIO. When HDI08 is enabled, five (HA8, HA9, HCS, HOREQ, and HACK) of the 16 port B signals, if not used as a HDI08 signal, can be configured as GPIO signals. The GPIO functionality of port B is controlled by three registers: host port control register (HPCR), host port GPIO data register (HDR), and host port GPIO direction register (HDDR). These registers are described in Section 8, Host Interface (HDI08) of this document. 7.2.2 Port C Signals and Registers Each of the 12 port C signals not used as an ESAI signal can be configured individually as a GPIO signal. The GPIO functionality of port C is controlled by three registers: port C control register (PCRC), port C direction register (PRRC), and port C data register (PDRC). These registers are described in Section 10, Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI). 7.2.3 Port D Signals and Registers Each of the two Port D signals not used as a DAX signal can be configured individually as a GPIO signal. The GPIO functionality of Port D is controlled by three registers: Port D control register (PCRD), Port D 7-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA General Purpose Input / Output Programming Model direction register (PRRD) and Port D data register (PDRD). These registers are described in Section 12, Digital Audio Transmitter. 7.2.4 Port E Signals and Registers Port E has 10 signals, shared with the ESAI_1. Six of the ESAI_1 signals have their own pin, so each of the six signals, if not used as an ESAI_1 signal, can be configured individually as a GPIO signal. The other four ESAI_1 signals share pins with the ESAI. For these shared pins, if the pin is not being used by the ESAI, Port C and the ESAI_1, then it may be used as a Port E GPIO signal. The GPIO functionality of port E is controlled by three registers: port E control register (PCRE), port E direction register (PRRE), and port E data register (PDRE). These registers are described in Section 11, Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1). 7.2.5 Timer/Event Counter Signals The timer/event counter signal (TIO), when not used as a timer signal can be configured as a GPIO signal. The signal is controlled by the appropriate timer control status register (TCSR). The register is described in Section 13, General Purpose Input / Output. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 7-3 Intentionally Left Blank CHAPTER 8 HOST INTERFACE (HDI08) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-1 Host Interface (HDI08) Introduction 8.1 INTRODUCTION The host interface (HDI08) is a byte-wide, full-duplex, double-buffered, parallel port that can be connected directly to the data bus of a host processor. The HDI08 supports a variety of buses and provides glueless connection with a number of industry standard microcomputers, microprocessors, DSPs and DMA hardware. The host bus can operate asynchronously to the DSP core clock, therefore the HDI08 registers are divided into 2 banks. The host register bank is accessible to the external host and the DSP register bank is accessible to the DSP core. The HDI08 supports three classes of interfaces: * Host processor/Microcontroller (MCU) connection interface * DMA controller interface * General purpose I/O (GPIO) port 8.2 HDI08 FEATURES 8.2.1 * Interface - DSP side Mapping: - * Data Word: - * * * 8-2 Registers are directly mapped into eight internal X data memory locations 24-bit (native) data words are supported, as are 8-bit and 16-bit words Transfer Modes: - DSP to Host - Host to DSP - Host Command Handshaking Protocols: - Software polled - Interrupt driven - Core DMA accesses Instructions: - Memory-mapped registers allow the standard MOVE instruction to be used to transfer data between the DSP and the external host. - Special MOVEP instruction provides for I/O service capability using fast interrupts. - Bit addressing instructions (e.g. BCHG, BCLR, BSET, BTST, JCLR, JSCLR, JSET, JSSET) simplify I/O service routines. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 Features 8.2.2 * * * Interface - Host Side Sixteen signals are provided to support non-multiplexed or multiplexed buses: - H0-H7/HAD0-HAD7 Host data bus (H7-H0) or host multiplexed address/data bus (HAD0-HAD7) - HAS/HA0 Address strobe (HAS) or Host address line HA0 - HA8/HA1 Host address line HA8 or Host address line HA1 - HA9/HA2 Host address line HA9 or Host address line HA2 - HRW/HRD Read/write select (HRW) or Read Strobe (HRD) - HDS/HWR Data Strobe (HDS) or Write Strobe (HWR) - HCS/HA10 Host chip select (HCS) or Host address line HA10 - HOREQ/HTRQ Host request (HOREQ) or Host transmit request (HTRQ) - HACK/HRRQ Host acknowledge (HACK) or Host receive request (HRRQ) Mapping: - HDI08 registers are mapped into eight consecutive byte locations in the external host bus address space. - The HDI08 acts as a memory or IO-mapped peripheral for microprocessors, microcontrollers, etc. Data Word: - * Transfer Modes: - - * 8-bit Mixed 8-bit, 16-bit and 24-bit data transfers * DSP to Host * Host to DSP Host Command Handshaking Protocols: - Software polled - Interrupt-driven (Interrupts are compatible with most processors, including the MC68000, 8051, HC11 and Hitachi H8). - Cycle-stealing DMA with initialization MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-3 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 Host Port Signals * * Dedicated Interrupts: - Separate interrupt lines for each interrupt source - Special host commands force DSP core interrupts under host processor control, which are useful for the following: Real-Time Production Diagnostics * Debugging Window for Program Development * Host Control Protocols Interface Capabilities: - - 8.3 * Glueless interface (no external logic required) to the following: * Motorola HC11 * Hitachi H8 * 8051 family * Thomson P6 family * external DMA controllers Minimal glue-logic (pullups, pulldowns) required to interface to the following: * ISA bus * Motorola 68K family * Intel X86 family. HDI08 HOST PORT SIGNALS If the Host Interface functionality is not required, the 16 pins may be defined as general purpose I/O pins PB0-PB15. When the HDI08 is in use, only five host port signals (HA8, HA9, HCS, HOREQ and HACK) may be individually programmed as GPIO pins if they are not needed for their HDI08 function. Summary of the HDI08 signals. Table 8-1 HDI08 Signal Summary HDI08 Port Pin Multiplexed address/data bus Mode Non Multiplexed bus Mode GPIO Mode HAD0-HAD7 HAD0-HAD7 H0-H7 PB0-PB7 HAS/HA0 HAS/HAS HA0 PB8 HA8/HA1 HA8 HA1 PB9 HA9/HA2 HA9 HA2 PB10 HCS/HA10 HA10 HCS/HCS PB13 8-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 Block Diagram Table 8-2 Strobe Signals Support signals HDI08 Port Pin Single strobe bus Dual strobe bus GPIO Mode HRW/HRD HRW HRD/HRD PB11 HDS/HWR HDS/HDS HWR/HWR PB12 Table 8-3 Host request support signals HDI08 Port Pin Vector required No vector required GPIO Mode HOREQ/HTRQ HOREQ/HOREQ HTRQ/HTRQ PB14 HACK/HRRQ HACK/HACK HRRQ/HRRQ PB15 8.4 HDI08 BLOCK DIAGRAM Figure 8-1 shows the HDI08 registers. The top row of registers (HCR, HSR, HDDR, HDR, HBAR, HPCR, HOTX, HORX) can be accessed the DSP core. The bottom row of registers (ISR, ICR, CVR, IVR, RXH:RXM:RXL and TXH:TXM:TXL) can be accessed by the host processor. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-5 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 Block Diagram Core DMA Data Bus DSP Peripheral Data Bus 24 HCR 24 24 HSR 24 HDDR HDR 24 24 24 HBAR HPCR 24 24 HOTX 24 HORX 8 Address Comparator 24 24 5 3 ICR ISR 8 CVR 8 IVR 8 8 Latch 8 RXH RXM RXL 3 8 8 TXH 8 TXM 8 RXL 8 8 HOST Bus ICR Interface Control Register HCR CVR Command Vector Register HSR Host Control Register Host Status Register ISR Interface Status Register HPCR Host Port Control Register IVR Interrupt Vector Register HBAR Host Base Address register RXH/RXM/RXL Receive Register High/Middle/Low HOTX Host Transmit register HORX Host Receive register TXH/TXM/TXL Transmit Register High/Middle/Low HDDR Host Data Direction Register HDR Host Data Register Figure 8-1 HDI08 Block Diagram 8-6 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model 8.5 HDI08 - DSP-SIDE PROGRAMMER'S MODEL The DSP core threats the HDI08 as a memory-mapped peripheral occupying eight 24-bit words in X data memory space. The DSP may use the HDI08 as a normal memory-mapped peripheral, employing either standard polled or interrupt-driven programming techniques. Separate transmit and receive data registers are double-buffered to allow the DSP and host processor to transfer data efficiently at high speed. Direct memory mapping allows the DSP core to communicate with the HDI08 registers using standard instructions and addressing modes. In addition, the MOVEP instruction allows direct data transfers between the DSP memory and the HDI08 registers or vice-versa. The HOTX and HORX registers may be serviced by the on-chip DMA controller for data transfers. The eight host processor registers consists of two data registers and six control registers. All registers can be accessed by the DSP core but not by the external processor. Data registers are 24-bit registers used for high-speed data transfer to and from the DSP. They are as follows: * Host Data Receive Register (HORX) * Host Data Transmit Register (HOTX) The control registers are 16-bit registers used to control the HDI08 functions. The eight MSBs in the control registers are read by the DSP as zero. The control registers are as follows: * Host control register (HCR) * Host status register (HSR) * Host base address register (HBAR) * Host port control register (HPCR) * Host GPIO data direction register (HDDR) * Host GPIO data register (HDR) Hardware and software reset disable the HDI08. After reset, the HDI08 signals are configured as GPIO with all pins disconnected. 8.5.1 Host Receive Data Register (HORX) The 24-bit read-only HORX register is used for host-to-DSP data transfers. The HORX register is loaded with 24-bit data from the transmit data registers (TXH:TXM:TXL) on the host side when both the transmit data register empty TXDE (host side) and host receive data full HRDF (DSP side) bits are cleared. This transfer operation sets both the TXDE and HRDF flags. The HORX register contains valid data when the HRDF bit is set. Reading HORX clears HRDF. The DSP may program the HRIE bit to cause a host receive data interrupt when HRDF is set. Also, a DMA channel may be programmed to read the HORX when HRDF is set. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-7 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model 8.5.2 Host Transmit Data Register (HOTX) The 24-bit write-only HOTX register is used for DSP- to-host data transfers. Writing to the HOTX register clears the host transfer data empty flag HTDE (DSP side). The contents of the HOTX register are transferred as 24-bit data to the receive byte registers (RXH:RXM:RXL) when both the HTDE flag (DSP side) and receive data full RXDF flag (host side) are cleared. This transfer operation sets the RXDF and HTDE flags. The DSP may set the HTIE bit to cause a host transmit data interrupt when HTDE is set. Also, a DMA Channel may be programmed to write to HOTX when HTDE is set. To prevent the previous data from being overwritten, data should not be written to the HOTX until the HTDE flag is set. Note: When writing data to a peripheral device, there is a two-cycle pipeline delay until any status bits affected by the operation are updated. If the programmer reads any of those status bits within the next two cycles, the bit will not reflect its current status. See the DSP56300 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor Family Manual, Motorola publication DSP56300FM/AD for further details. 8.5.3 Host Control Register (HCR) The HCR is 16-bit read/write control register used by the DSP core to control the HDI08 operating mode. The initialization values for the HCR bits are described in Section Section 8.5.9, DSP-Side Registers After Reset. The HCR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 HDM2 HMD1 HDM0 4 HF3 3 HF2 2 HCIE 1 HTIE 0 HRIE - Reserved bit. Read as 0. Should be written with 0 for future compatibility. Figure 8-2 Host Control Register (HCR) (X:$FFFFC2) 8.5.3.1 HCR Host Receive Interrupt Enable (HRIE) Bit 0 The HRIE bit is used to enable the host receive data interrupt request. When the host receive data full (HRDF) status bit in the host status register (HSR) is set, a host receive data interrupt request occurs if HRIE is set. If HRIE is cleared, HRDF interrupts are disabled. 8.5.3.2 HCR Host Transmit Interrupt Enable (HTIE) Bit 1 The HTIE bit is used to enable the host transmit data empty interrupt request. When the host transmit data empty (HTDE) status bit in the HSR is set, a host transmit data interrupt request occurs if HTIE is set. If HTIE is cleared, HTDE interrupts are disabled. 8.5.3.3 HCR Host Command Interrupt Enable (HCIE) Bit 2 The HCIE bit is used to enable the host command interrupt request. When the host command pending (HCP) status bit in the HSR is set, a host command interrupt request occurs if HCIE is set. If HCIE is 8-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model cleared, HCP interrupts are disabled. The interrupt address is determined by the host command vector register (CVR). Note: Host interrupt request priorities: If more than one interrupt request source is asserted and enabled (e.g. HRDF=1, HCP=1, HRIE=1 and HCIE=1), the HDI08 generates interrupt requests according to the following table: Table 8-4 HDI08 IRQ Priority Highest Interrupt Source Host Command (HCP=1) Transmit Data (HTDE=1) Lowest 8.5.3.4 Receive Data (HRDF=1) HCR Host Flags 2,3 (HF2,HF3) Bits 3-4 HF2 and HF3 bits are used as a general-purpose flags for DSP to host communication. HF2 and HF3 may be set or cleared by the DSP core. HF2 and HF3 are reflected in the interface status register (ISR) on the host side such that if they are modified by the DSP software, the host processor can read the modified values by reading the ISR. These two flags are not designated for any specific purpose but are general-purpose flags. They can be used individually or as encoded pairs in a simple DSP to host communication protocol, implemented in both the DSP and the host processor software. 8.5.3.5 HCR Host DMA Mode Control Bits (HDM0, HDM1, HDM2) Bits 5-7 The HDM[2:0] bits are used to enable the HDI08 DMA mode operation. The HDI08 DMA mode supports external DMA controller devices connected to the HDI08 on the Host side. This mode should not be confused with the operation of the on-chip DMA controller. With HDM[2:0] cleared, the HDI08 does not support DMA mode operation and the TREQ and RREQ control bits are used for host processor interrupt control via the external HOREQ output signal (or HRREQ and HTREQ output signals if HDREQ in the ICR is set). Also, in the non-DMA mode, the HACK input signal is used for the MC68000 Family vectored interrupt acknowledge input. If HDM[2:0] are not all cleared, the HDI08 operates as described in Table 8-5. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-9 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model Table 8-5 HDM[2:0] Functionality HDM Mode 2 1 0 0 0 0 Description ICR DMA operation disabled INIT 1 0 0 DMA Operation Enabled. Host may set HM1 or HM0 in the ICR to enable DMA transfers. 0 0 1 DMA Mode Data Output Transfers Enabled. (24-Bit words) 0 1 0 DMA Mode Data Output Transfers Enabled. (16-Bit words) 0 1 1 DMA Mode Data Output Transfers Enabled. (8-Bit words) 1 0 1 DMA Mode Data Input Transfers Enabled. (24-Bit words) 1 1 0 DMA Mode Data Input Transfers Enabled. (16-Bit words) 1 1 1 DMA Mode Data Input Transfers Enabled. (8-Bit words) HLEND HF1 HF0 HDRQ TREQ RREQ INIT HM1 HM0 HF1 HF0 TREQ RREQ INIT HDM1 HDM0 HF1 HF0 TREQ RREQ If HDM1 or HDM0 are set, the DMA mode is enabled, and the HOREQ signal is used to request DMA transfers (the value of the HM1, HM0, HLEND and HDREQ bits in the ICR have no affect). When the DMA mode is enabled, the HDM2 bit selects the direction of DMA transfers: 8-10 - setting HDM2 sets the direction of DMA transfer to be DSP to host and enables the HOREQ signal to request data transfer. - clearing HDM2 sets the direction of DMA transfer to be host to DSP and enables the HOREQ signal to request data transfer. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model The HACK input signal is used as a DMA transfer acknowledge input. If the DMA direction is from DSP to host, the contents of the selected register are driven onto the host data bus when HACK is asserted. If the DMA direction is from host to DSP, the selected register is written from the host data bus when HACK is asserted. The size of the DMA word to be transferred is determined by the DMA control bits, HDM[1:0]. Only the data registers TXH, TXM, TXL and RXH, RXM, RXL can be accessed in DMA mode.The HDI08 data register selected during a DMA transfer is determined by a 2-bit address counter, which is preloaded with the value in HDM[1:0]. The address counter substitutes for the address bits of the HDI08 during a DMA transfer. The address counter can be initialized with the INIT bit feature. After each DMA transfer on the host data bus, the address counter is incremented to the next register. When the address counter reaches the highest register (RXL or TXL), the address counter is not incremented but is loaded with the value in HDM[1:0]. This allows 8-, 16- or 24-bit data to be transferred in a circular fashion and eliminates the need for the DMA controller to supply the HA2, HA1, and HA0 signals. For 16- or 24-bit data transfers, the DSP CPU interrupt rate is reduced by a factor of 2 or 3, respectively, from the host request rate - i.e., for every two or three host processor data transfers of one byte each, there is only one 24-bit DSP CPU interrupt. If HDM1 or HDM0 are set, the HM[1:0] bits in the ICR register reflect the value of HDM[1:0]. The HDM[2:0] bits should be changed only while HEN is cleared in the HPCR. 8.5.3.6 HCR Reserved Bits 8-15 These bits are reserved. They read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 8.5.4 Host Status Register (HSR) The HSR is a 16-bit read-only status register used by the DSP to read the status and flags of the HDI08. It cannot be directly accessed by the host processor. The initialization values for the HSR bits are described in Section Section 8.5.9, DSP-Side Registers After Reset. The HSR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 DMA 4 3 2 HF1 HF0 HCP 1 0 HTDE HRDF - Reserved bit. Read as 0. Should be written with 0 for future compatibility. Figure 8-3 Host Status Register (HSR) (X:FFFFC3) 8.5.4.1 HSR Host Receive Data Full (HRDF) Bit 0 The HRDF bit indicates that the host receive data register (HORX) contains data from the host processor. HRDF is set when data is transferred from the TXH:TXM:TXL registers to the HORX register. HRDF is cleared when HORX is read by the DSP core. If HRDF is set the HDI08 generates a receive data full DMA request, if enabled by a DSP core DMA Channel. If HRDF is set when HRIE is set, a host receive data MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-11 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model interrupt request is generated. HRDF can also be cleared by the host processor using the initialize function. 8.5.4.2 HSR Host Transmit Data Empty (HTDE) Bit 1 The HTDE bit indicates that the host transmit data register (HOTX) is empty and can be written by the DSP core. HTDE is set when the HOTX register is transferred to the RXH:RXM:RXL registers. HTDE is cleared when HOTX is written by the DSP core. If HTDE is set the HDI08 generates a transmit data empty DMA request, if enabled by a DSP core DMA Channel. If HTDE is set when HTIE is set, a host transmit data interrupt request is generated. HTDE can also be set by the host processor using the initialize function. 8.5.4.3 HSR Host Command Pending (HCP) Bit 2 The HCP bit indicates that the host has set the HC bit and that a host command interrupt is pending. The HCP bit reflects the status of the HC bit in the command vector register (CVR). HC and HCP are cleared by the HDI08 hardware when the interrupt request is serviced by the DSP core. The host can clear HC, which also clears HCP. 8.5.4.4 HSR Host Flags 0,1 (HF0,HF1) Bits 3-4 HF0 and HF1 bits are used as a general-purpose flags for host to DSP communication. HF0 and HF1 may be set or cleared by the host. HF0 and HF1 reflect the status of host flags HF0 and HF1 in the ICR register on the host side. These two flags are not designated for any specific purpose but are general-purpose flags. They can be used individually or as encoded pairs in a simple host to DSP communication protocol, implemented in both the DSP and the host Processor software. 8.5.4.5 HSR Reserved Bits 5-6, 8-15 These bits are reserved. They read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 8.5.4.6 HSR DMA Status (DMA) Bit 7 The DMA status bit is set when the DMA mode of operation is enabled, and is cleared when the DMA mode is disabled. The DMA mode is enabled under the following conditions: * HCR bits HDM[2:0] = 100 and the host processor has enabled the DMA mode by setting either or both the ICR bits HM1 and HM0 * Either or both of the HCR bits HDM1 and HDM0 have been set When the DMA bit is zero, the channel not in use can be used for polled or interrupt operation by the DSP. 8-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model 8.5.5 Host Base Address Register (HBAR) The HBAR is used in multiplexed bus modes. This register selects the base address where the host side registers are mapped into the bus address space. The address from the host bus is compared with the base address as programmed in the base address register. If the addresses match, an internal chip select is generated. The use of this register by the chip select logic is shown in Figure 8-5. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BA10 BA9 BA8 BA7 BA6 BA5 BA4 BA3 - Reserved bit. Read as 0. Should be written with 0, for future compatibility. Figure 8-4 Host Base Address Register (HBAR) (X:$FFFFC5) 8.5.5.1 HBAR Base Address (BA[10:3]) Bits 0-7 These bits define the base address where the host side registers are mapped into the bus address space. 8.5.5.2 HBAR Reserved Bits 8-15 These bits are reserved. They read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. HAD[0-7] Latch A[3:7] HA[8:10] Base DSP Peripheral data bus Address register 8 bits COMPARATOR HAS Chip select BA[3:7] Figure 8-5 Self Chip Select logic MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-13 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model 8.5.6 Host Port Control Register (HPCR) The HPCR is a 16-bit read/write control register used by the DSP to control the HDI08 operating mode. The initialization values for the HPCR bits are described in Section Section 8.5.9, DSP-Side Registers After Reset. The HPCR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 15 14 HAP HRP 13 12 11 10 9 8 HCSP HDDS HMUX HASP HDSP HROD 7 6 HEN 5 4 3 2 1 0 HAEN HREN HCSEN HA9EN HA8EN HGEN - Reserved bit. Read as 0. Should be written with 0, for future compatibility. Figure 8-6 Host Port Control Register (HPCR) (X:$FFFFC4) Note: 8.5.6.1 To assure proper operation of the HDI08, the HPCR bits HAP, HRP, HCSP, HDDS, HMUX, HASP, HDSP, HROD, HAEN and HREN should be changed only if HEN is cleared. Also, the HPCR bits HAP, HRP, HCSP, HDDS, HMUX, HASP, HDSP, HROD, HAEN, HREN, HCSEN, HA9EN and HA8EN should not be set when HEN is set or simultaneously with setting HEN. HPCR Host GPIO Port Enable (HGEN) Bit 0 If the HGEN bit is set, pins configured as GPIO are enabled. If this bit is cleared, pins configured as GPIO are disconnected: outputs are high impedance, inputs are electrically disconnected. Pins configured as HDI08 are not affected by the state of HGEN. 8.5.6.2 HPCR Host Address Line 8 Enable (HA8EN) Bit 1 If the HA8EN bit is set and the HDI08 is used in multiplexed bus mode, then HA8/HA1 is used as host address line 8 (HA8). If this bit is cleared and the HDI08 is used in multiplexed bus mode, then HA8/HA1 is configured as GPIO pin according to the value of HDDR and HDR registers. HA8EN is ignored when the HDI08 is not in the multiplexed bus mode (HMUX=0). 8.5.6.3 HPCR Host Address Line 9 Enable (HA9EN) Bit 2 If the HA9EN bit is set and the HDI08 is used in multiplexed bus mode, then HA9/HA2 is used as host address line 9 (HA9). If this bit is cleared and the HDI08 is used in multiplexed bus mode, then HA9/HA2 is configured as GPIO pin according to the value of HDDR and HDR registers. HA9EN is ignored when the HDI08 is not in the multiplexed bus mode (HMUX=0). 8.5.6.4 HPCR Host Chip Select Enable (HCSEN) Bit 3 If the HCSEN bit is set, then HCS/HA10 is used as host chip select (HCS) in the non-multiplexed bus mode (HMUX=0), and as host address line 10 (HA10) in the multiplexed bus mode (HMUX=1). If this bit is cleared, then HCS/HA10 is configured as GPIO pin according to the value of HDDR and HDR registers. 8-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model 8.5.6.5 HPCR Host Request Enable (HREN) Bit 4 The HREN bit controls the host request signals. If HREN is set and the HDI08 is in the single host request mode (HDRQ=0 in the ICR), HOREQ/HTRQ is configured as the host request (HOREQ) output. If HREN is set in the double host request mode (HDRQ=1 in the ICR), HOREQ/HTRQ is configured as the host transmit request (HTRQ) output and HACK/HRRQ as the host receive request (HRRQ) output. If HREN is cleared, HOREQ/HTRQ and HACK/HRRQ are configured as GPIO pins according to the value of HDDR and HDR registers. 8.5.6.6 HPCR Host Acknowledge Enable (HAEN) Bit 5 The HAEN bit controls the HACK signal. In the single host request mode (HDRQ=0 in the ICR), if HAEN and HREN are both set, HACK/HRRQ is configured as the host acknowledge (HACK) input. If HAEN or HREN is cleared, HACK/HRRQ is configured as a GPIO pin according to the value of HDDR and HDR registers. In the double host request mode (HDRQ=1 in the ICR), HAEN is ignored. 8.5.6.7 HPCR Host Enable (HEN) Bit 6 If the HEN bit is set, the HDI08 operation is enabled as Host Interface. If cleared, the HDI08 is not active, and all the HDI08 pins are configured as GPIO pins according to the value of HDDR and HDR registers. 8.5.6.8 HPCR Reserved Bit 7 This bit is reserved. It reads as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 8.5.6.9 HPCR Host Request Open Drain (HROD) Bit 8 The HROD bit controls the output drive of the host request signals. In the single host request mode (HDRQ=0 in ICR), if HROD is cleared and host requests are enabled (HREN=1 and HEN=1 in HPCR), the HOREQ signal is always driven. If HROD is set and host requests are enabled, the HOREQ signal is an open drain output. In the double host request mode (HDRQ=1 in the ICR), if HROD is cleared and host requests are enabled (HREN=1 and HEN=1 in the HPCR), the HTRQ and HRRQ signals are always driven. If HROD is set and host requests are enabled, the HTRQ and HRRQ signals are open drain outputs. 8.5.6.10 HPCR Host Data Strobe Polarity (HDSP) Bit 9 If the HDSP bit is cleared, the data strobe signals are configured as active low inputs, and data is transferred when the data strobe is low. If HDSP is set, the data strobe signals are configured as active high inputs, and data is transferred when the data strobe is high. The data strobe signals are either HDS by itself or HRD and HWR together. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-15 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model 8.5.6.11 HPCR Host Address Strobe Polarity (HASP) Bit 10 If the HASP bit is cleared, the address strobe (HAS) signal is an active low input, and the address on the host address/data bus is sampled when the HAS signal is low. If HASP is set, HAS is an active high address strobe input, and the address on the host address/data bus 8 is sampled when the HAS signal is high. 8.5.6.12 HPCR Host Multiplexed bus (HMUX) Bit 11 If the HMUX bit is set, the HDI08 latches the lower portion of a multiplexed address/data bus. In this mode the internal address line values of the host registers are taken from the internal latch. If HMUX is cleared, it indicates that the HDI08 is connected to a non-multiplexed type of bus, and the address lines are taken from the HDI08 input signals. 8.5.6.13 HPCR Host Dual Data Strobe (HDDS) Bit 12 If the HDDS bit is cleared, the HDI08 operates in the single strobe bus mode. In this mode, the bus has a single data strobe signal for both reads and writes. If HDDS is set, the HDI08 operates in the dual strobe bus mode. In this mode, the bus has two separate data strobes, one for data reads, the other for data writes. See Figure 8-7 and Figure 8-8 for more information on the two types of buses. HRW HDS In the single strobe bus mode, the HDS (Data-Strobe) signal qualifies the access, while the HRW (Read/Write) signal specifies the direction of the access. Figure 8-7 Single strobe bus Write data in Data HWR Write cycle Read data out Data HRD Read cycle In the dual strobe bus mode, there are separate HRD and HWR signals that specify the access as being a read or write access, respectively. Figure 8-8 Dual strobes bus 8-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model 8.5.6.14 HPCR Host Chip Select Polarity (HCSP) Bit 13 If the HCSP bit is cleared, the chip select (HCS) signal is configured as an active low input and the HDI08 is selected when the HCS signal is low. If HCSP is set, HCS is configured as an active high input and the HDI08 is selected when the HCS signal is high. This bit is ignored in the multiplexed mode. 8.5.6.15 HPCR Host Request Polarity (HRP) Bit 14 The HRP bit controls the polarity of the host request signals. In the single host request mode (HDRQ=0 in the ICR), if HRP is cleared and host requests are enabled (HREN=1 and HEN=1 in the HPCR), the HOREQ signal is an active low output. If HRP is set and host requests are enabled, the HOREQ signal is an active high output. In the double host request mode (HDRQ=1 in the ICR), if HRP is cleared and host requests are enabled (HREN=1 and HEN=1 in the HPCR), the HTRQ and HRRQ signals are active low outputs. If HRP is set and host requests are enabled, the HTRQ and HRRQ signals are active high outputs. 8.5.6.16 HPCR Host Acknowledge Polarity (HAP) Bit 15 If the HAP bit is cleared, the host acknowledge (HACK) signal is configured as an active low input, and the HDI08 drives the contents of the HIVR register onto the host bus when the HACK signal is low. If HAP is set, HACK is configured as an active high input, and the HDI08 outputs the contents of the HIVR register when the HACK signal is high. 8.5.7 Data direction register (HDDR) The HDDR controls the direction of the data flow for each of the HDI08 pins configured as GPIO. Even when the HDI08 is used as the host interface, some of its unused signals may be configured as GPIO pins. For information on the HDI08 GPIO configuration options, see Section Section 8.6.8, General Purpose INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO). If bit DRxx is set, the corresponding HDI08 pin is configured as an output signal. If bit DRxx is cleared, the corresponding HDI08 pin is configured as an input signal. See Table 8-6. 15 14 13 12 11 10 DR15 DR14 DR13 DR12 DR11 DR10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DR9 DR8 DR7 DR6 DR5 DR4 DR3 DR2 DR1 DR0 Figure 8-9 Host Data Direction Register (HDDR) (X:$FFFFC8) 8.5.8 Host Data Register (HDR) The HDR register holds the data value of the corresponding bits of the HDI08 pins which are configured as GPIO pins. The functionality of the Dxx bit depends on the corresponding HDDR bit (DRxx). See Table 8-6. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-17 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Figure 8-10 Host Data Register (HDR) (X:$FFFFC9) Table 8-6 HDR and HDDR Functionality HDDR HDR Dxx DRxx GPIO pina 0 non-GPIO pina Read only bit. The value read is the binary value Read only bit. Does not contain significant data. of the pin. The corresponding pin is configured as an input. 1 Read/write bit. The value written is the value Read/write bit. The value written is the value read. The corresponding pin is configured as an read. output, and is driven with the data written to Dxx. a.Defined by the selected configuration 8.5.9 DSP-Side Registers After Reset Table 8-7 shows the results of the four reset types on the bits in each of the HDI08 registers accessible by the DSP core. The hardware reset (HW) is caused by the RESET signal. The software reset (SW) is caused by executing the RESET instruction. The individual reset (IR) is caused by clearing the HEN bit (HPCR bit 6). The stop reset (ST) is caused by executing the STOP instruction. 8-18 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model Table 8-7 DSP-Side Registers after Reset Reset Type Register Name Register Data HCR HW Reset SW Reset IR Reset ST Reset All bits 0 0 -- -- HPCR All bits 0 0 -- -- HSR HF[1:0] 0 0 -- -- HCP 0 0 0 0 HTDE 1 1 1 1 HRDF 0 0 0 0 DMA 0 0 -- -- HBAR BA[10:3] $80 $80 -- -- HDDR DR[15:0] 0 0 -- -- HDR D[15:0] -- -- -- -- HORX HORX[23:0] empty empty empty empty HOTX HOTX[23:0] empty empty empty empty Note: Note: A long dash (--) denotes that the register value is not affected by the specified reset. 8.5.10 Host Interface DSP Core Interrupts The HDI08 may request interrupt service from either the DSP core or the host processor. The DSP core interrupts are internal and do not require the use of an external interrupt pin. When the appropriate interrupt enable bit in the HCR is set, an interrupt condition caused by the host processor sets the appropriate bit in the HSR, generating an interrupt request to the DSP core. The DSP core acknowledges interrupts caused by the host processor by jumping to the appropriate interrupt service routine. The three possible interrupts are as follows: * Host command * Transmit data register empty * Receive data register full Although there is a set of vectors reserved for host command use, the host command can access any interrupt vector in the interrupt vector table. The DSP interrupt service routine must read or write the appropriate HDI08 register (clearing HRDF or HTDE, for example) to clear the interrupt. In the case of host MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-19 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model command interrupts, the interrupt acknowledge from the DSP core program controller clears the pending interrupt condition. Figure 8-11 illustrates the HSR-HCR operation. ENABLE 15 0 HF3 X:HCR HF2 HCIE HTIE HRIE HCR DSP CORE INTERRUPTS RECIEVE DATA FULL TRANSMIT DATA EMPTY HOST COMMAND 15 0 X:HSR HF1 HF0 HCP HTDE HRDF HSR STATUS Figure 8-11 HSR-HCR Operation 8.6 HDI08 - EXTERNAL HOST PROGRAMMER'S MODEL The HDI08 has been designed to provide a simple, high speed interface to a host processor. To the host bus, the HDI08 appears to be eight byte-wide registers. Separate transmit and receive data registers are double-buffered to allow the DSP core and host processor to transfer data efficiently at high speed. The host may access the HDI08 asynchronously by using polling techniques or interrupt-based techniques. The HDI08 appears to the host processor as a memory-mapped peripheral occupying 8 bytes in the host processor address space (See Table 8-8). The eight HDI08 include the following: * A control register (ICR) * A status register (ISR) * Three data registers (RXH/TXH, RXM/TXM and RXL/TXL) * Two vector registers (IVR and CVR) These registers can be accessed only by the host processor. Host processors may use standard host processor instructions (e.g., byte move) and addressing modes to communicate with the HDI08 registers. The HDI08 registers are aligned so that 8-bit host processors can use 8/16/24-bit load and store instructions for data transfers. The HOREQ/HTRQ and HACK/HRRQ 8-20 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model handshake flags are provided for polled or interrupt-driven data transfers with the host processor. Because the DSP interrupt response, most host microprocessors can load or store data at their maximum programmed I/O instruction rate without testing the handshake flags for each transfer. If full handshake is not needed, the host processor can treat the DSP as a fast device, and data can be transferred between the host processor and the DSP at the fastest host processor data rate. One of the most innovative features of the host interface is the host command feature. With this feature, the host processor can issue vectored interrupt requests to the DSP core. The host may select any of 128 DSP interrupt routines to be executed by writing a vector address register in the HDI08. This flexibility allows the host programmer to execute up to 128 pre-programmed functions inside the DSP. For example, host interrupts can allow the host processor to read or write DSP registers (X, Y, or program memory locations), force interrupt handlers (e.g. IRQA, IRQB, etc. interrupt routines), and perform control and debugging operations if interrupt routines are implemented in the DSP to perform these tasks . Table 8-8 HDI08 Host Side Register Map Host Address Big Endian HLEND=0 Little Endian HLEND=1 Function 0 ICR ICR Interface Control 1 CVR CVR Command Vector 2 ISR ISR Interface Status 3 IVR IVR Interrupt Vector 4 00000000 00000000 Unused 5 RXH/TXH RXL/TXL 6 RXM/TXM RXM/TXM 7 RXL/TXL RXH/TXH Host Data Bus Host Data Bus H0 - H7 H0 - H7 Note: Receive/Transmit Bytes Note: The RXH/TXH register is always mapped to the most significant byte of the DSP word. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-21 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model 8.6.1 Interface Control Register (ICR) The ICR is an 8-bit read/write control register used by the host processor to control the HDI08 interrupts and flags. The ICR cannot be accessed by the DSP core. The ICR is a read/write register, which allows the use of bit manipulation instructions on control register bits. The control bits are described in the following paragraphs. Bits 2, 5 and 6 of the ICR are affected by the condition of HDM[2:0] (HCR bits 5-7), as shown in Figure 8-12. 7 INIT 6 For HDM[2:0]=000 5 HLEND 4 HF1 3 HF0 For HDM[2:0]=100 INIT HM1 HM0 HF1 For HDM1=1 and/or HDM0=1 INIT HDM1 HDM0 HF1 HDM[1:0] 2 HDRQ 1 TREQ 0 RREQ HF0 TREQ RREQ HF0 TREQ RREQ - These read-only bits reflect the value of the HDM[1:0] bits in the HCR. - Reserved bit. Read as 0. Should be written with 0 for future compatibility. Figure 8-12 Interface Control Register (ICR) 8.6.1.1 ICR Receive Request Enable (RREQ) Bit 0 In interrupt mode (HDM[2:0]=000 or HM[1:0]=00), RREQ is used to enable host receive data requests via the host request (HOREQ or HRRQ) signal when the receive data register full (RXDF) status bit in the ISR is set. If RREQ is cleared, RXDF requests are disabled. If RREQ is set, the host request signal (HOREQ or HRRQ) is asserted if RXDF is set. In the DMA modes where HDM[2:0]=100 and (HM10 or HM00), RREQ must be set and TREQ must be cleared to direct DMA transfers from DSP to host. In the other DMA modes, RREQ is ignored. Table 8-9 summarizes the effect of RREQ and TREQ on the HOREQ, HTRQ and HRRQ signals. 8.6.1.2 ICR Transmit Request Enable (TREQ) Bit 1 In interrupt mode (HDM[2:0]=000 or HM[1:0]=00), TREQ is used to enable host transmit data requests via the host request (HOREQ or HTRQ) signal when the transmit data register empty (TXDE) status bit in the ISR is set. If TREQ is cleared, TXDE requests are disabled. If TREQ is set, the host request signal (HOREQ or HTRQ) is asserted if TXDE is set. In the DMA modes where HDM[2:0]=100 and (HM10 or HM00), TREQ must be set and RREQ must be cleared to direct DMA transfers from host to DSP. In the other DMA modes, TREQ is ignored. Table 8-9 summarizes the effect of RREQ and TREQ on the HOREQ, HTRQ and HRRQ signals. 8-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model Table 8-9 TREQ RREQ Interrupt Mode (HDM[2:0]=000 or HM[1:0]=00) HDRQ=0 HDRQ=1 TREQ RREQ HOREQ signal HTRQ signal HRRQ signal 0 0 No Interrupts (Polling) No Interrupts (Polling) No Interrupts (Polling) 0 1 RXDF Request (Interrupt) No Interrupts (Polling) RXDF Request (Interrupt) 1 0 TXDE Request (Interrupt) TXDE Request (Interrupt) No Interrupts (Polling) 1 1 RXDF and TXDE Requests (Interrupts) TXDE Request (Interrupt) RXDF Request (Interrupt) Table 8-10 TREQ RREQ DMA Mode (HM10 or HM00) HDRQ=0 HDRQ=1 TREQ RREQ HOREQ signal HTRQ signal HRRQ signal 0 0 No DMA request No DMA request No DMA request 0 1 DSP to Host Request (RX) No DMA request DSP to Host Request (RX) 1 0 Host to DSP Request (TX) Host to DSP Request (TX) No DMA request 1 1 Reserved Reserved Reserved 8.6.1.3 ICR Double Host Request (HDRQ) Bit 2 The HDRQ bit determines the functions of the HOREQ/HTRQ and HACK/HRRQ signals as shown in Table 8-11. Table 8-11 HDRQ 8.6.1.4 HDRQ HOREQ/HTRQ pin HACK/HRRQ pin 0 HOREQ signal HACK signal 1 HTRQ signal HRRQ signal ICR Host Flag 0 (HF0) Bit 3 The HF0 bit is used as a general purpose flag for host-to-DSP communication. HF0 may be set or cleared by the host processor and cannot be changed by the DSP core. HF0 is reflected in the HSR on the DSP side of the HDI08. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-23 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model 8.6.1.5 ICR Host Flag 1 (HF1) Bit 4 The HF1 bit is used as a general purpose flag for host-to-DSP communication. HF1 may be set or cleared by the host processor and cannot be changed by the DSP core. HF1 is reflected in the HSR on the DSP side of the HDI08. 8.6.1.6 ICR Host Little Endian (HLEND) Bit 5 If the HLEND bit is cleared, the HDI08 can be accessed by the host in big endian byte order. If set, the HDI08 can be accessed by the host in little endian byte order. If the HLEND bit is cleared, the RXH/TXH register is located at address $5, the RXM/TXM register is located at address $6, and the RXL/TXL register is located at address $7. If the HLEND bit is set, the RXH/TXH register is located at address $7, the RXM/TXM register is located at address $6, and the RXL/TXL is located at address $5. See Table 8-8 for an illustration of the effect of HLEND. The HLEND function is available only if HDM[2:0]=000 in the host control register (HCR). When HLEND is available, the ICR bit 6 has no function and should be regarded as reserved. 8.6.1.7 ICR Host Mode Control (HM1 and HM0 bits) Bits 5-6 Bits 6 and 5 function as read/write HM[1:0] bits only when the HCR bits HDM[2:0]=100 (See Table 8-5). The HM0 and HM1 bits select the transfer mode of the HDI08, as shown in Table 8-12. Table 8-12 Host Mode Bit Definition HM1 HM0 Mode 0 0 Interrupt Mode (DMA Off) 0 1 DMA Mode (24 Bit) 1 0 DMA Mode (16 Bit) 1 1 DMA Mode (8 Bit) When both HM1 and HM0 are cleared, the DMA mode is disabled and the interrupt mode is enabled. In interrupt mode, the TREQ and RREQ control bits are used for host processor interrupt control via the external HOREQ output signal, and the HACK input signal is used for the MC68000 Family vectored interrupt acknowledge input. When HM1 and/or HM0 are set, they enable the DMA mode and determine the size of the DMA word to be transferred. In the DMA mode, the HOREQ signal is used to request DMA transfers, the TREQ and RREQ bits select the direction of DMA transfers (see Table 8-10), and the HACK input signal is used as a DMA transfer acknowledge input. If the DMA direction is from DSP to host, the contents of the selected register are enabled onto the host data bus when HACK is asserted. If the DMA direction is from host to DSP, the selected register is written from the host data bus when HACK is asserted. 8-24 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model The size of the DMA word to be transferred is determined by the DMA control bits, HM0 and HM1. The HDI08 host side data register selected during a DMA transfer is determined by a 2-bit address counter, which is preloaded with the value in HM1 and HM0. The address counter substitutes for the HA1 and HA0 host address signals of the HDI08 during a DMA transfer. The host address signal HA2 is forced to one during each DMA transfer. The address counter can be initialized with the INIT bit feature. After each DMA transfer on the host data bus, the address counter is incremented to the next data register. When the address counter reaches the highest register (RXL or TXL), the address counter is not incremented but is loaded with the value in HM1 and HM0. This allows 8-, 16- or 24-bit data to be transferred in a circular fashion and eliminates the need for the DMA controller to supply the HA2, HA1, and HA0 address signals. For 16- or 24-bit data transfers, the DSP CPU interrupt rate is reduced by a factor of 2 or 3, respectively, from the host request rate - i.e., for every two or three host processor data transfers of one byte each, there is only one 24-bit DSP CPU interrupt. If either HDM1 or HDM0 in the HCR register are set, bits 6 and 5 become read-only bits that reflect the value of HDM[1:0]. 8.6.1.8 ICR Initialize Bit (INIT) Bit 7 The INIT bit is used by the host processor to force initialization of the HDI08 hardware. During initialization, the HDI08 transmit and receive control bits are configured. Using the INIT bit to initialize the HDI08 hardware may or may not be necessary, depending on the software design of the interface. The type of initialization done when the INIT bit is set depends on the state of TREQ and RREQ in the HDI08. The INIT command, which is local to the HDI08, is designed to conveniently configure the HDI08 into the desired data transfer mode. The effect of the INIT command is described in Table 8-13. When the host sets the INIT bit, the HDI08 hardware executes the INIT command. The interface hardware clears the INIT bit after the command has been executed. Table 8-13 INIT Command Effect RREQ 0 0 INIT=0 None 0 1 INIT=0; RXDF=0; HTDE=1 DSP to Host 1 0 INIT=0; TXDE=1; HRDF=0 Host to DSP 1 1 INIT=0; RXDF=0; HTDE=1; TXDE=1; HRDF=0 Host to/from DSP MOTOROLA After INIT Execution Transfer Direction Initialized TREQ DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-25 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model 8.6.2 Command Vector Register (CVR) The CVR is used by the host processor to cause the DSP core to execute an interrupt. The host command feature is independent of any of the data transfer mechanisms in the HDI08. It can be used to invoke execution of any of the 128 possible interrupt routines in the DSP core. 7 HC 6 HV6 5 HV5 4 HV4 3 HV3 2 HV2 1 HV1 0 HV0 Figure 8-13 Command Vector Register (CVR) 8.6.2.1 CVR Host Vector (HV[6:0]) Bits 0-6 The seven HV bits select the host command interrupt address to be used by the host command interrupt logic. When the host command interrupt is recognized by the DSP interrupt control logic, the address of the interrupt routine taken is 2 HV. The host can write HC and HV in the same write cycle. The host processor can select the starting address of any of the 128 possible interrupt routines in the DSP by writing the interrupt routine address divided by 2 into the HV bits. The host processor can thus force execution of any of the existing interrupt handlers (IRQA, IRQB, etc.) and can use any of the reserved or otherwise unused addresses provided they have been pre-programmed in the DSP. HV[6:0] is set to $32 (vector location $0064) by hardware, software, individual and stop resets. 8.6.2.2 CVR Host Command Bit (HC) Bit 7 The HC bit is used by the host processor to handshake the execution of host command interrupts. Normally, the host processor sets HC to request the host command interrupt from the DSP core. When the host command interrupt is acknowledged by the DSP core, the HC bit is cleared by the HDI08 hardware. The host processor can read the state of HC to determine when the host command has been accepted. After setting HC, the host must not write to the CVR again until HC is cleared by the HDI08 hardware. Setting HC causes the host command pending (HCP) in the HSR to be set. The host can write to the HC and HV bits in the same write cycle. 8.6.3 Interface Status Register (ISR) The ISR is an 8-bit read-only status register used by the host processor to interrogate the status and flags of the HDI08. The host processor can write to this address without affecting the internal state of the HDI08, which is useful if the user desires to access all of the HDI08 registers by stepping through the HDI08 addresses. The ISR cannot be accessed by the DSP core. The ISR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 8-26 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model 7 HREQ 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 HF3 HF2 TRDY TXDE RXDF - Reserved bit. Read as 0. Should be written with 0 for future compatibility. Figure 8-14 Interface Status Register (ISR) 8.6.3.1 ISR Receive Data Register Full (RXDF) Bit 0 The RXDF bit indicates that the receive byte registers (RXH:RXM:RXL) contain data from the DSP core and may be read by the host processor. RXDF is set when the contents of HOTX is transferred to the receive byte registers. RXDF is cleared when the receive data (RXL or RXH according to HLEND bit) register is read by the host processor. RXDF can be cleared by the host processor using the initialize function. RXDF may be used to assert the external HOREQ signal if the RREQ bit is set. Regardless of whether the RXDF interrupt is enabled, RXDF indicates whether the RX registers are full and data can be latched out (so that polling techniques may be used by the host processor). 8.6.3.2 ISR Transmit Data Register Empty (TXDE) Bit 1 The TXDE bit indicates that the transmit byte registers (TXH:TXM:TXL) are empty and can be written by the host processor. TXDE is set when the contents of the transmit byte registers are transferred to the HORX register. TXDE is cleared when the transmit (TXL or TXH according to HLEND bit) register is written by the host processor. TXDE can be set by the host processor using the initialize feature. TXDE may be used to assert the external HOREQ signal if the TREQ bit is set. Regardless of whether the TXDE interrupt is enabled, TXDE indicates whether the TX registers are full and data can be latched in (so that polling techniques may be used by the host processor). 8.6.3.3 ISR Transmitter Ready (TRDY) Bit 2 The TRDY status bit indicates that TXH:TXM:TXL and the HORX registers are empty. TRDY=TXDE * HRDF If TRDY is set, the data that the host processor writes to TXH:TXM:TXL is immediately transferred to the DSP side of the HDI08. This feature has many applications. For example, if the host processor issues a host command which causes the DSP core to read the HORX, the host processor can be guaranteed that the data it just transferred to the HDI08 is what is being received by the DSP core. 8.6.3.4 ISR Host Flag 2 (HF2) Bit 3 The HF2 bit in the ISR indicates the state of host flag 2 in the HCR on the DSP side. HF2 can be changed only by the DSP (see Section Section 8.5.3.4, HCR Host Flags 2,3 (HF2,HF3) Bits 3-4). MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-27 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model 8.6.3.5 ISR Host Flag 3 (HF3) Bit 4 The HF3 bit in the ISR indicates the state of host flag 3 in the HCR on the DSP side. HF3 can be changed only by the DSP (see Section Section 8.5.3.4, HCR Host Flags 2,3 (HF2,HF3) Bits 3-4). 8.6.3.6 ISR Reserved Bits 5-6 These bits are reserved. They read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 8.6.3.7 ISR Host Request (HREQ) Bit 7 The HREQ bit indicates the status of the external host request output signal (HOREQ) if HDRQ is cleared. If HDRQ is set, it indicates the status of the external transmit and receive request output signals (HTRQ and HRRQ). Table 8-14 Host Request Status (HREQ) HREQ Status [HDRQ=0] Status [HDRQ=1] 0 HOREQ deasserted; no host processor interrupt is requested HTRQ and HRRQ deasserted; no host processor interrupts are requested 1 HOREQ asserted; a host processor interrupt is requested HTRQ and/or HRRQ asserted; host processor interrupts are requested The HREQ bit may be set from either or both of two conditions - either the receive byte registers are full or the transmit byte registers are empty. These conditions are indicated by the ISR RXDF and TXDE status bits, respectively. If the interrupt source has been enabled by the associated request enable bit in the ICR, HREQ is set if one or more of the two enabled interrupt sources is set. 8.6.4 Interrupt Vector Register (IVR) The IVR is an 8-bit read/write register which typically contains the interrupt vector number used with MC68000 Family processor vectored interrupts. Only the host processor can read and write this register. The contents of IVR are placed on the host data bus (H0-H7) when both the HOREQ and HACK signals are asserted. The contents of this register are initialized to $0F by hardware or software reset, which corresponds to the uninitialized interrupt vector in the MC68000 Family. 7 IV7 6 IV6 5 IV5 4 IV4 3 IV3 2 IV2 1 IV1 0 IV0 Figure 8-15 Interrupt Vector Register (IVR) 8-28 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model 8.6.5 Receive Byte Registers (RXH:RXM:RXL) The receive byte registers are viewed by the host processor as three 8-bit read-only registers. These registers are the receive high register (RXH), the receive middle register (RXM) and the receive low register (RXL). They receive data from the high, middle and low bytes, respectively, of the HOTX register and are selected by the external host address inputs (HA2, HA1 and HA0) during a host processor read operation. The memory locations of the receive byte registers are determined by the HLEND bit in the ICR. If the HLEND bit is set, the RXH is located at address $7, RXM at $6 and RXL at $5. If the HLEND bit is cleared, the RXH is located at address $5, RXM at $6 and RXL at $7. When data is transferred from the HOTX register to the receive byte registers, the receive data register full (RXDF) bit is set. The host processor may program the RREQ bit to assert the external HOREQ/HRRQ signal when RXDF is set. This indicates that the HDI08 has a full word (either 8, 16 or 24 bits) for the host processor. When the host reads the receive byte register at host address $7, the RXDF bit is cleared. 8.6.6 Transmit Byte Registers (TXH:TXM:TXL) The transmit byte registers are viewed as three 8-bit write-only registers by the host processor. These registers are the transmit high register (TXH), the transmit middle register (TXM) and the transmit low register (TXL). These registers send data to the high, middle and low bytes, respectively, of the HORX register and are selected by the external host address inputs (HA2, HA1 and HA0) during a host processor write operation. If the HLEND bit in the ICR is cleared, the TXH is located at address $5, TXM at $6 and TXL at $7. If the HLEND bit in the ICR is set, the TXH is located at address $7, TXM at $6 and TXL at $5. Data may be written into the transmit byte registers when the transmit data register empty (TXDE) bit is set. The host processor may program the TREQ bit to assert the external HOREQ/HTRQ signal when TXDE is set. This informs the host processor that the transmit byte registers are empty. Writing to the data register at host address $7 clears the TXDE bit. The contents of the transmit byte registers are transferred as 24-bit data to the HORX register when both TXDE and the HRDF bit are cleared. This transfer operation sets TXDE and HRDF. 8.6.7 Host Side Registers After Reset Table 8-15 shows the result of the four kinds of reset on bits in each of the HDI08 registers seen by the host processor. The hardware reset (HW) is caused by asserting the RESET signal. The software reset (SW) is caused by executing the RESET instruction. The individual reset (IR) is caused by clearing the HEN bit in the HPCR register. The stop reset (ST) is caused by executing the STOP instruction. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-29 Host Interface (HDI08) HDI08 - External Host Programmer's Model Table 8-15 Host Side Registers After Reset Reset Type Register Name Register Data ICR CVR ISR SW Reset IR Reset ST Reset All Bits 0 0 -- -- HC 0 0 0 0 HV[6:0] $32 $32 -- -- HREQ 0 0 1 if TREQ is set; 1 if TREQ is set; 0 otherwise 0 otherwise HF3-HF2 0 0 -- -- TRDY 1 1 1 1 TXDE 1 1 1 1 RXDF 0 0 0 0 IVR IV[7:0] $0F $0F -- -- RX RXH:RXM:RXL empty empty empty empty TX TXH:TXM:TXL empty empty empty empty Note: 8.6.8 HW Reset Note: A long dash (--) denotes that the register value is not affected by the specified reset. General Purpose INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO) When configured as general-purpose I/O, the HDI08 is viewed by the DSP core as memory-mapped registers (see Section 8.5, HDI08 - DSP-Side Programmer's Model) that control up to 16 I/O pins. The software and hardware resets clear all DSP-side control registers and configure the HDI08 as GPIO with all 16 signals disconnected. External circuitry connected to the HDI08 may need external pull-up/pull-down resistors until the signals are configured for operation. The registers cleared are the HPCR, HDDR and HDR. Selection between GPIO and HDI08 is made by clearing HPCR bits 6 through 1 for GPIO or setting these bits for HDI08 functionality. If the HDI08 is in GPIO mode, the HDDR configures each corresponding signal in the HDR as an input signal if the HDDR bit is cleared or as an output signal if the HDDR bit is set (see Section 8.5.7, Data direction register (HDDR) and Section 8.5.8, Host Data Register (HDR)). 8-30 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Host Interface (HDI08) Servicing The Host Interface 8.7 SERVICING THE HOST INTERFACE The HDI08 can be serviced by using one of the following protocols: * Polling, * Interrupts 8.7.1 HDI08 Host Processor Data Transfer To the host processor, the HDI08 appears as a contiguous block of static RAM. To transfer data between itself and the HDI08, the host processor performs the following steps: 1. Asserts the HDI08 address to select the register to be read or written. 2. Selects the direction of the data transfer. If it is writing, the host processor drives the data on the bus. 3. Strobes the data transfer. 8.7.2 Polling In the polling mode of operation, the HOREQ/HTRQ signal is not connected to the host processor and HACK must be deasserted to ensure IVR data is not being driven on H0-H7 when other registers are being polled. The host processor first performs a data read transfer to read the ISR register.This allows the host processor to assess the status of the HDI08: 1. If RXDF=1, the receive byte registers are full and therefore a data read can be performed by the host processor. 2. If TXDE=1, the transmit byte registers are empty. A data write can be performed by the host processor. 3. If TRDY=1, the transmit byte registers and the receive data register on the DSP side are empty. Data written by the host processor is transferred directly to the DSP side. 4. If (HF2 * HF3) 0, depending on how the host flags have been defined, may indicate an application-specific state within the DSP core has been reached. Intervention by the host processor may be required. 5. If HREQ=1, the HOREQ/HTRQ/HRRQ signal has been asserted, and the DSP is requesting the attention of the host processor. One of the previous four conditions exists. After the appropriate data transfer has been made, the corresponding status bit is updated to reflect the transfer. If the host processor has issued a command to the DSP by writing the CVR and setting the HC bit, it can read the HC bit in the CVR to determine when the command has been accepted by the interrupt controller MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8-31 Host Interface (HDI08) Servicing The Host Interface in the DSP core. When the command has been accepted for execution, the HC bit is cleared by the interrupt controller in the DSP core. STATUS 7 $2 0 HREQ 0 0 HF3 HF2 TRDY TXDE ISR RXDF HRRQ Host Request ASSERTED HOREQ HTRQ 7 $0 0 INIT 0 HLEND HF1 HF0 HDRQ TREQ RREQ ICR ENABLE Figure 8-16 HDI08 Host Request Structure 8.7.3 Servicing Interrupts If either the HOREQ/HTRQ or the HRRQ signal or both are connected to the host processor interrupt inputs, the HDI08 can request service from the host processor by asserting one of these signals. The HOREQ/HTRQ and/or the HRRQ signal is asserted when TXDE=1 and/or RXDF=1 and the corresponding enable bit (TREQ or RREQ, respectively) is set. This is depicted in Figure 8-16. HOREQ/HTRQ and HRRQ are normally connected to the host processor maskable interrupt inputs. The host processor acknowledges host interrupts by executing an interrupt service routine. The host processor can test RXDF and TXDE to determine the interrupt source. The host processor interrupt service routine must read or write the appropriate HDI08 data register to clear the interrupt. HOREQ/HTRQ and/or HRRQ is deasserted under the following conditions: * The enabled request is cleared or masked * The DSP is reset. If the host processor is a member of the MC68000 family, there is no need for the additional step when the host processor reads the ISR to determine how to respond to an interrupt generated by the DSP. Instead, the DSP automatically sources the contents of the IVR on the data bus when the host processor acknowledges the interrupt by asserting HACK. The contents of the IVR are placed on the host data bus while HOREQ and HACK are simultaneously asserted. The IVR data tells the MC680XX host processor which interrupt routine to execute to service the DSP. 8-32 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA CHAPTER 9 SERIAL HOST INTERFACE MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-1 Serial Host Interface Introduction 9.1 INTRODUCTION The Serial Host Interface (SHI) is a serial I/O interface that provides a path for communication and program/coefficient data transfers between the DSP and an external host processor. The SHI can also communicate with other serial peripheral devices. The SHI supports two well-known and widely used synchronous serial buses: the Motorola Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) bus and the Philips Inter-Integrated-Circuit Control (I2C) bus. The SHI supports either bus protocol as either a slave or a single-master device. To minimize DSP overhead, the SHI supports 8-bit, 16-bit and 24-bit data transfers. The SHI has a 1 or 10-word receive FIFO that permits receiving up to 30 bytes before generating a receive interrupt, reducing the overhead for data reception. When configured in the SPI mode, the SHI can perform the following functions: * Identify its slave selection (in slave mode) * Simultaneously transmit (shift out) and receive (shift in) serial data * Directly operate with 8-, 16- and 24-bit words * Generate vectored interrupts separately for receive and transmit events and update status bits * Generate a separate vectored interrupt for a receive exception * Generate a separate vectored interrupt for a bus-error exception * Generate the serial clock signal (in master mode) * Trigger DMA interrupts to service the transmit and receive events When configured in the I2C mode, the SHI can perform the following functions: 9-2 * Detect/generate start and stop events * Identify its slave (ID) address (in slave mode) * Identify the transfer direction (receive/transmit) * Transfer data byte-wise according to the SCL clock line * Generate ACK signal following a byte receive * Inspect ACK signal following a byte transmit * Directly operate with 8-, 16- and 24-bit words * Generate vectored interrupts separately for receive and transmit events and update status bits * Generate a separate vectored interrupt for a receive exception * Generate a separate vectored interrupt for a bus error exception * Generate the clock signal (in master mode) * Trigger DMA interrupts to service the transmit and receive events DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Internal Architecture 9.2 SERIAL HOST INTERFACE INTERNAL ARCHITECTURE The DSP views the SHI as a memory-mapped peripheral in the X data memory space. The DSP uses the SHI as a normal memory-mapped peripheral using standard polling or interrupt programming techniques and DMA transfers. Memory mapping allows DSP communication with the SHI registers to be accomplished using standard instructions and addressing modes. In addition, the MOVEP instruction allows interface-to-memory and memory-to-interface data transfers without going through an intermediate register. The DMA controller may be used to service the receive or transmit data path. The single master configuration allows the DSP to directly connect to dumb peripheral devices. For that purpose, a programmable baud-rate generator is included to generate the clock signal for serial transfers. The host side invokes the SHI for communication and data transfer with the DSP through a shift register that may be accessed serially using either the I2C or the SPI bus protocols. Figure 9-1 shows the SHI block diagram. Host Accessible DSP Accessible DSP Global Data Bus Clock Generator SCK/SCL HCSR MISO/SDA MOSI/HA0 DSP DMA Data Bus HCKR Controller Logic Pin Control Logic HTX INPUT/OUTPUT Shift Register (IOSR) SS/HA2 HREQ Slave Address Recognition Unit (SAR) HRX (FIFO) HSAR 24 BIT AA0416 Figure 9-1 Serial Host Interface Block Diagram MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-3 Serial Host Interface Characteristics Of The SPI Bus 9.3 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SPI BUS The SPI bus consists of two serial data lines (MISO and MOSI), a clock line (SCK), and a Slave Select line (SS). During an SPI transfer, a byte is shifted out one data pin while a different byte is simultaneously shifted in through a second data pin. It can be viewed as two 8-bit shift registers connected together in a circular manner, with one shift register on the master side and the other on the slave side. Thus the data bytes in the master device and slave device are exchanged. The MISO and MOSI data pins are used for transmitting and receiving serial data. When the SPI is configured as a master, MISO is the master data input line, and MOSI is the master data output line. When the SPI is configured as a slave device, MISO is the slave data output line, and MOSI is the slave data input line. Clock control logic allows a selection of clock polarity and a choice of two fundamentally different clocking protocols to accommodate most available synchronous serial peripheral devices. When the SPI is configured as a master, the control bits in the HCKR select the appropriate clock rate, as well as the desired clock polarity and phase format (see Figure 9-6). The SS line allows selection of an individual slave SPI device; slave devices that are not selected do not interfere with SPI bus activity (i.e., they keep their MISO output pin in the high-impedance state). When the SHI is configured as an SPI master device, the SS line should be held high. If the SS line is driven low when the SHI is in SPI master mode, a bus error is generated (the HCSR HBER bit is set). 9.4 SHI CLOCK GENERATOR The SHI clock generator generates the SHI serial clock if the interface operates in the master mode. The clock generator is disabled if the interface operates in the slave mode, except in I2C mode when the HCKFR bit is set in the HCKR register. When the SHI operates in the slave mode, the clock is external and is input to the SHI (HMST = 0). Figure 9-2 illustrates the internal clock path connections. It is the user's responsibility to select the proper clock rate within the range as defined in the I2C and SPI bus specifications. HMST SHI Clock SCK/SCL FOSC Divide By 2 HMST = 0 Divide By 1 To Divide By 256 Divide By 1 or 8 HDM0-HDM7 HRS Clock Logic SHI Controller CPHA, CPOL, HI2C AA0417 HMST = 1 Figure 9-2 SHI Clock Generator 9-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model 9.5 SERIAL HOST INTERFACE PROGRAMMING MODEL The Serial Host Interface programming model has two parts: * Host side--see Figure 9-3 below and Section 9.5.1, SHI Input/Output Shift Register (IOSR)--Host Side * DSP side--see Figure 9-4 and Section 9.5.2, SHI Host Transmit Data Register (HTX)--DSP Side through Section 9.5.6, SHI Control/Status Register (HCSR)--DSP Side for detailed information. 23 0 IOSR I/O Shift Register (IOSR) AA0418 Figure 9-3 SHI Programming Model--Host Side MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-5 22 21 20 HA6 HA5 HA4 HA3 19 18 Figure 9-4 SHI Programming Model--DSP Side DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 HFM1 HFM0 HDM7 HDM6 HDM5 HDM4 HDM3 HDM2 HDM1 HDM0 HRS CPOL CPHA 13 12 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 HM0 HI2C HEN HA1 SHI Clock Control Register (HCKR) X: $FFFF90 23 22 21 20 19 18 SHI Control/Status Register (HCSR) X: $FFFF91 23 22 HBUSY 21 HBER 20 HROE 19 HRFF 18 17 HRNE 16 15 HTDE 14 HTUE 11 HRIE1 HRIE0 HTIE HBIE HIDLE HRQE1 7 HRQE0 6 5 4 HMST HFIFO HCKFR HM1 SHI Receive Data FIFO (HRX) (read only, X: $FFFF94) 23 0 HRX FIFO (10 Words Deep) SHI Transmit Data Register (HTX) (write only, X: $FFFF93) 23 0 HTX MOTOROLA Reserved bit, read as 0, should be written with 0 for future compatibility. AA0419 Serial Host Interface 23 Serial Host Interface Programming Model 9-6 SHI I2C Slave Address Register (HSAR) X: $FFFF92 Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model The SHI interrupt vector table is shown in Table 9-1 and the exception priorities generated by the SHI are shown in Table 9-2. Table 9-1 SHI Interrupt Vectors Program Address Interrupt Source VBA:$0040 SHI Transmit Data VBA:$0042 SHI Transmit Underrun Error VBA:$0044 SHI Receive FIFO Not Empty VBA:$0048 SHI Receive FIFO Full VBA:$004A SHI Receive Overrun Error VBA:$004C SHI Bus Error Table 9-2 SHI Internal Interrupt Priorities Priority Highest Interrupt SHI Bus Error SHI Receive Overrun Error SHI Transmit Underrun Error SHI Receive FIFO Full SHI Transmit Data Lowest 9.5.1 SHI Receive FIFO Not Empty SHI Input/Output Shift Register (IOSR)--Host Side The variable length Input/Output Shift Register (IOSR) can be viewed as a serial-to-parallel and parallel-to-serial buffer in the SHI. The IOSR is involved with every data transfer in both directions (read and write). In compliance with the I2C and SPI bus protocols, data is shifted in and out MSB first. In 8-bit data transfer modes, the most significant byte of the IOSR is used as the shift register. In 16-bit data transfer modes, the two most significant bytes become the shift register. In 24-bit transfer modes, the shift register uses all three bytes of the IOSR (see Figure 9-5). Note: The IOSR cannot be accessed directly either by the host processor or by the DSP. It is fully controlled by the SHI controller logic. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-7 Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model 23 16 Mode of Oper ation 15 8-Bit Data Mode 8 7 16-Bit Data Mode 0 24-Bit Data Mode Stops Data When Data Mode is Selected Passes Data When Data Mode is Selected AA0420 Figure 9-5 SHI I/O Shift Register (IOSR) 9.5.2 SHI Host Transmit Data Register (HTX)--DSP Side The host transmit data register (HTX) is used for DSP-to-Host data transfers. The HTX register is 24 bits wide. Writing to the HTX register by DSP core instructions or by DMA transfers clears the HTDE flag. The DSP may program the HTIE bit to cause a host transmit data interrupt when HTDE is set (See Section 9.5.6.10, HCSR Transmit-Interrupt Enable (HTIE)--Bit 11). Data should not be written to the HTX until HTDE is set in order to prevent overwriting the previous data. HTX is reset to the empty state when in stop mode and during hardware reset, software reset, and individual reset. In the 8-bit data transfer mode the most significant byte of the HTX is transmitted; in the 16-bit mode the two most significant bytes, and in the 24-bit mode all the contents of HTX is transferred. 9.5.3 SHI Host Receive Data FIFO (HRX)--DSP Side The 24-bit host receive data FIFO (HRX) is a 10-word deep, First-In-First-Out (FIFO) register used for Host-to-DSP data transfers. The serial data is received via the shift register and then loaded into the HRX. In the 8-bit data transfer mode, the most significant byte of the shift register is transferred to the HRX (the other bits are cleared); in the 16-bit mode the two most significant bytes are transferred (the least significant byte is cleared), and in the 24-bit mode, all 24 bits are transferred to the HRX. The HRX may be read by the DSP while the FIFO is being loaded from the shift register. Reading all data from HRX clears the HRNE flag. The HRX may be read by DSP core instructions or by DMA transfers. The HRX FIFO is reset to the empty state when the chip is in stop mode, and during hardware reset, software reset, and individual reset. 9-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model 9.5.4 SHI Slave Address Register (HSAR)--DSP Side The 24-bit slave address register (HSAR) is used when the SHI operates in the I2C slave mode and is ignored in the other operational modes. HSAR holds five bits of the 7-bit slave device address. The SHI also acknowledges the general call address specified by the I2C protocol (eight zeroes comprising a 7-bit address and a R/W bit), but treats any following data bytes as regular data. That is, the SHI does not differentiate between its dedicated address and the general call address. HSAR cannot be accessed by the host processor. 9.5.4.1 HSAR Reserved Bits--Bits 19, 17-0 These bits are reserved. They read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 9.5.4.2 HSAR I2C Slave Address (HA[6:3], HA1)--Bits 23-20,18 Part of the I2C slave device address is stored in the read/write HA[6:3], HA1 bits of HSAR. The full 7-bit slave device address is formed by combining the HA[6:3], HA1 bits with the HA0 and HA2 pins to obtain the HA[6:0] slave device address. The full 7-bit slave device address is compared to the received address byte whenever an I2C master device initiates an I2C bus transfer. During hardware reset or software reset, HA[6:3] = 1011 and HA1 is cleared; this results in a default slave device address of 1011[HA2]0[HA0]. 9.5.5 SHI Clock Control Register (HCKR)--DSP Side The HCKR is a 24-bit read/write register that controls SHI clock generator operation. The HCKR bits should be modified only while the SHI is in the individual reset state (HEN = 0 in the HCSR). For proper SHI clock setup, please consult the datasheet. The programmer should not use the combination HRS = 1 and HDM[7:0] = 00000000, since it may cause synchronization problems and improper operation (it is an illegal combination). The HCKR bits are cleared during hardware reset or software reset, except for CPHA, which is set. The HCKR is not affected by the stop state. The HCKR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 9.5.5.1 Clock Phase and Polarity (CPHA and CPOL)--Bits 1-0 The Clock Phase (CPHA) bit controls the relationship between the data on the master-in-slave-out (MISO) and master-out-slave-in (MOSI) pins and the clock produced or received at the SCK pin. The CPOL bit determines the clock polarity (1 = active-high, 0 = active-low). The clock phase and polarity should be identical for both the master and slave SPI devices. CPHA and CPOL are functional only when the SHI operates in the SPI mode, and are ignored in the I2C mode. The CPHA bit is set and the CPOL bit is cleared during hardware reset and software reset. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-9 Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model The programmer may select any of four combinations of serial clock (SCK) phase and polarity when operating in the SPI mode (See Figure 9-6). SS SCK (CPOL = 0, CPHA = 0) SCK (CPOL = 0, CPHA = 1) SCK (CPOL = 1, CPHA = 0) SCK (CPOL = 1, CPHA = 1) MISO/ MOSI MSB 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB Internal Strobe for Data Capture AA0421 Figure 9-6 SPI Data-To-Clock Timing Diagram If CPOL is cleared, it produces a steady-state low value at the SCK pin of the master device whenever data is not being transferred. If the CPOL bit is set, it produces a high value at the SCK pin of the master device whenever data is not being transferred. CPHA is used with the CPOL bit to select the desired clock-to-data relationship. The CPHA bit, in general, selects the clock edge that captures data and allows it to change states. It has its greatest impact on the first bit transmitted (MSB) in that it does or does not allow a clock transition before the data capture edge. When the SHI is in slave mode and CPHA = 0, the SS line must be deasserted and asserted by the external master between each successive word transfer. SS must remain asserted between successive bytes within a word. The DSP core should write the next data word to HTX when HTDE = 1, clearing HTDE. However, the data is transferred to the shift register for transmission only when SS is deasserted. HTDE is set when the data is transferred from HTX to the shift register. When the SHI is in slave mode and CPHA = 1, the SS line may remain asserted between successive word transfers. The SS must remain asserted between successive bytes within a word. The DSP core should write the next data word to HTX when HTDE = 1, clearing HTDE. The HTX data is transferred to the shift register for transmission as soon as the shift register is empty. HTDE is set when the data is transferred from HTX to the shift register. When the SHI is in master mode and CPHA = 0, the DSP core should write the next data word to HTX when HTDE = 1, clearing HTDE. The data is transferred immediately to the shift register for transmission. HTDE is set only at the end of the data word transmission. 9-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model Note: The master is responsible for deasserting and asserting the slave device SS line between word transmissions. When the SHI is in master mode and CPHA = 1, the DSP core should write the next data word to HTX when HTDE = 1, clearing HTDE. The HTX data is transferred to the shift register for transmission as soon as the shift register is empty. HTDE is set when the data is transferred from HTX to the shift register. 9.5.5.2 HCKR Prescaler Rate Select (HRS)--Bit 2 The HRS bit controls a prescaler in series with the clock generator divider. This bit is used to extend the range of the divider when slower clock rates are desired. When HRS is set, the prescaler is bypassed. When HRS is cleared, the fixed divide-by-eight prescaler is operational. HRS is ignored when the SHI operates in the slave mode, except for I2C when HCKFR is set. The HRS bit is cleared during hardware reset and software reset. Note: Use the equations in the SHI datasheet to determine the value of HRS for the specific serial clock frequency required. 9.5.5.3 HCKR Divider Modulus Select (HDM[7:0])--Bits 10-3 The HDM[7:0] bits specify the divide ratio of the clock generator divider. A divide ratio between 1 and 256 (HDM[7:0] = $00 to $FF) may be selected. When the SHI operates in the slave mode, the HDM[7:0] bits are ignored (except for I2C when HCKFR is set). The HDM[7:0] bits are cleared during hardware reset and software reset. Note: Use the equations in the SHI datasheet to determine the value of HDM[7:0] for the specific serial clock frequency required. 9.5.5.4 HCKR Reserved Bits--Bits 23-14, 11 These bits in HCKR are reserved. They are read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 9.5.5.5 HCKR Filter Mode (HFM[1:0]) -- Bits 13-12 The read/write control bits HFM[1:0] specify the operational mode of the noise reduction filters, as described in Table 9-3. The filters are designed to eliminate undesired spikes that might occur on the clock and data-in lines and allow the SHI to operate in noisy environments when required. One filter is located in the input path of the SCK/SCL line and the other is located in the input path of the data line (i.e., the SDA line when in I2C mode, the MISO line when in SPI master mode, and the MOSI line when in SPI slave mode). MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-11 Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model Table 9-3 SHI Noise Reduction Filter Mode HFM1 HFM0 Description 0 0 Bypassed (Disabled) 0 1 Reserved 1 0 Narrow Spike Tolerance 1 1 Wide Spike Tolerance When HFM[1:0] = 00, the filter is bypassed (spikes are not filtered out). This mode is useful when higher bit-rate transfers are required and the SHI operates in a noise-free environment. When HFM[1:0] = 10, the narrow-spike-tolerance filter mode is selected. In this mode the filters eliminate spikes with durations of up to 50ns. This mode is suitable for use in mildly noisy environments and imposes some limitations on the maximum achievable bit-rate transfer. When HFM[1:0] = 11, the wide-spike-tolerance filter mode is selected. In this mode the filters eliminate spikes up to 100 ns. This mode is recommended for use in noisy environments; the bit-rate transfer is strictly limited. The wide-spike- tolerance filter mode is highly recommended for use in I2C bus systems as it fully conforms to the I2C bus specification and improves noise immunity. Note: HFM[1:0] are cleared during hardware reset and software reset. After changing the filter bits in the HCKR to a non-bypass mode (HFM[1:0] not equal to `00'), the programmer should wait at least ten times the tolerable spike width before enabling the SHI (setting the HEN bit in the HCSR). Similarly, after changing the HI2C bit in the HCSR or the CPOL bit in the HCKR, while the filter mode bits are in a non-bypass mode (HFM[1:0] not equal to `00'), the programmer should wait at least ten times the tolerable spike width before enabling the SHI (setting HEN in the HCSR). 9.5.6 SHI Control/Status Register (HCSR)--DSP Side The HCSR is a 24-bit register that controls the SHI operation and reflects its status. The control bits are read/write. The status bits are read-only. The bits are described in the following paragraphs. When in the stop state or during individual reset, the HCSR status bits are reset to their hardware-reset state, while the control bits are not affected. 9.5.6.1 HCSR Host Enable (HEN)--Bit 0 The read/write control bit HEN, when set, enables the SHI. When HEN is cleared, the SHI is disabled (that is, it is in the individual reset state, see below). The HCKR and the HCSR control bits are not affected when HEN is cleared. When operating in master mode, HEN should be cleared only when the SHI is idle (HBUSY = 0). HEN is cleared during hardware reset and software reset. 9-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model 9.5.6.1.1 SHI Individual Reset While the SHI is in the individual reset state, SHI input pins are inhibited, output and bidirectional pins are disabled (high impedance), the HCSR status bits and the transmit/receive paths are reset to the same state produced by hardware reset or software reset. The individual reset state is entered following a one-instruction-cycle delay after clearing HEN. 9.5.6.2 HCSR I2C/SPI Selection (HI2C)--Bit 1 The read/write control bit HI2C selects whether the SHI operates in the I2C or SPI modes. When HI2C is cleared, the SHI operates in the SPI mode. When HI2C is set, the SHI operates in the I2C mode. HI2C affects the functionality of the SHI pins as described in Chapter 2, Signal / Connection Descriptions. It is recommended that an SHI individual reset be generated (HEN cleared) before changing HI2C. HI2C is cleared during hardware reset and software reset. 9.5.6.3 HCSR Serial Host Interface Mode (HM[1:0])--Bits 3-2 The read/write control bits HM[1:0] select the size of the data words to be transferred, as shown in Table 9-4. HM[1:0] should be modified only when the SHI is idle (HBUSY = 0). HM[1:0] are cleared during hardware reset and software reset. Table 9-4 SHI Data Size 9.5.6.4 HM1 HMO Description 0 0 8-bit data 0 1 16-bit data 1 0 24-bit data 1 1 Reserved HCSR I2C Clock Freeze (HCKFR)--Bit 4 The read/write control bit HCKFR determines the behavior of the SHI when the SHI is unable to service the master request, when operating in the I2C slave mode. The HCKFR bit is used only in the I2C slave mode; it is ignored otherwise. If HCKFR is set, the SHI holds the clock line to GND if it is not ready to send data to the master during a read transfer or if the input FIFO is full when the master attempts to execute a write transfer. In this way, the master may detect that the slave is not ready for the requested transfer, without causing an error condition in the slave. When HCKFR is set for transmit sessions, the SHI clock generator must be programmed as if to generate the same serial clock as produced by the external master, otherwise erroneous operation may result. The programmed frequency should be in the range of 1 to 0.75 times the external clock frequency. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-13 Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model If HCKFR is cleared, any attempt from the master to execute a transfer when the slave is not ready results in an overrun or underrun error condition. It is recommended that an SHI individual reset be generated (HEN cleared) before changing HCKFR. HCKFR is cleared during hardware reset and software reset. 9.5.6.5 HCSR FIFO-Enable Control (HFIFO)--Bit 5 The read/write control bit HFIFO selects the receive FIFO size. When HFIFO is cleared, the FIFO has one level. When HFIFO is set, the FIFO has 10 levels. It is recommended that an SHI individual reset be generated (HEN cleared) before changing HFIFO. HFIFO is cleared during hardware reset and software reset. 9.5.6.6 HCSR Master Mode (HMST)--Bit 6 The read/write control bit HMST determines the SHI operating mode. If HMST is set, the interface operates in the master mode. If HMST is cleared, the interface operates in the slave mode. The SHI supports a single-master configuration in both I2C and SPI modes. When configured as an SPI master, the SHI drives the SCK line and controls the direction of the data lines MOSI and MISO. The SS line must be held deasserted in the SPI master mode; if the SS line is asserted when the SHI is in SPI master mode, a bus error is generated (the HCSR HBER bit is set--see Section 9.5.6.18, Host Bus Error (HBER)--Bit 21). When configured as an I2C master, the SHI controls the I2C bus by generating start events, clock pulses, and stop events for transmission and reception of serial data. It is recommended that an SHI individual reset be generated (HEN cleared) before changing HMST. HMST is cleared during hardware reset and software reset. 9.5.6.7 HCSR Host-Request Enable (HRQE[1:0])--Bits 8-7 The read/write control bits HRQE[1:0] are used to control the HREQ pin. When HRQE[1:0] are cleared, the HREQ pin is disabled and held in the high impedance state. If either of HRQE[1:0] are set and the SHI is in a master mode, the HREQ pin becomes an input controlling SCK: deasserting HREQ suspends SCK. If either of HRQE[1:0] are set and the SHI is in a slave mode, HREQ becomes an output and its operation is defined in Table 9-5. HRQE[1:0] should be changed only when the SHI is idle (HBUSY = 0). HRQE[1:0] are cleared during hardware reset and software reset. Table 9-5 HREQ Function In SHI Slave Modes 9-14 HRQE1 HRQE0 HREQ Pin Operation 0 0 High impedance 0 1 Asserted if IOSR is ready to receive a new word 1 0 Asserted if IOSR is ready to transmit a new word 1 1 I2C: Asserted if IOSR is ready to transmit or receive SPI: Asserted if IOSR is ready to transmit and receive DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model 9.5.6.8 HCSR Idle (HIDLE)--Bit 9 The read/write control/status bit HIDLE is used only in the I2C master mode; it is ignored otherwise. It is only possible to set the HIDLE bit during writes to the HCSR. HIDLE is cleared by writing to HTX. To ensure correct transmission of the slave device address byte, HIDLE should be set only when HTX is empty (HTDE = 1). After HIDLE is set, a write to HTX clears HIDLE and causes the generation of a stop event, a start event, and then the transmission of the eight MSBs of the data as the slave device address byte. While HIDLE is cleared, data written to HTX is transmitted as is. If the SHI completes transmitting a word and there is no new data in HTX, the clock is suspended after sampling ACK. If HIDLE is set when the SHI completes transmitting a word with no new data in HTX, a stop event is generated. HIDLE determines the acknowledge that the receiver sends after correct reception of a byte. If HIDLE is cleared, the reception is acknowledged by sending a 0 bit on the SDA line at the ACK clock tick. If HIDLE is set, the reception is not acknowledged (a 1 bit is sent). It is used to signal an end-of-data to a slave transmitter by not generating an ACK on the last byte. As a result, the slave transmitter must release the SDA line to allow the master to generate the stop event. If the SHI completes receiving a word and the HRX FIFO is full, the clock is suspended before transmitting an ACK. While HIDLE is cleared the bus is busy, that is, the start event was sent but no stop event was generated. Setting HIDLE causes a stop event after receiving the current word. HIDLE is set while the SHI is not in the I2C master mode, while the chip is in the stop state, and during hardware reset, software reset and individual reset. Note: Programmers should take care to ensure that all DMA channel service to HTX is disabled before setting HIDLE. 9.5.6.9 HCSR Bus-Error Interrupt Enable (HBIE)--Bit 10 The read/write control bit HBIE is used to enable the SHI bus-error interrupt. If HBIE is cleared, bus-error interrupts are disabled, and the HBER status bit must be polled to determine if an SHI bus error occurred. If both HBIE and HBER are set, the SHI requests an SHI bus-error interrupt service from the interrupt controller. HBIE is cleared by hardware reset and software reset. Note: Clearing HBIE masks a pending bus-error interrupt only after a one instruction cycle delay. If HBIE is cleared in a long interrupt service routine, it is recommended that at least one other instruction separate the instruction that clears HBIE and the RTI instruction at the end of the interrupt service routine. 9.5.6.10 HCSR Transmit-Interrupt Enable (HTIE)--Bit 11 The read/write control bit HTIE is used to enable the SHI transmit data interrupts. If HTIE is cleared, transmit interrupts are disabled, and the HTDE status bit must be polled to determine if HTX is empty. If both HTIE and HTDE are set and HTUE is cleared, the SHI requests an SHI transmit-data interrupt service from the interrupt controller. If both HTIE and HTUE are set, the SHI requests an SHI transmit-underrun-error interrupt service from the interrupt controller. HTIE is cleared by hardware reset and software reset. Note: Clearing HTIE masks a pending transmit interrupt only after a one instruction cycle delay. If HTIE is cleared in a long interrupt service routine, it is recommended that at least one MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-15 Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model other instruction separate the instruction that clears HTIE and the RTI instruction at the end of the interrupt service routine. 9.5.6.11 HCSR Receive Interrupt Enable (HRIE[1:0])--Bits 13-12 The read/write control bits HRIE[1:0] are used to enable the SHI receive-data interrupts. If HRIE[1:0] are cleared, receive interrupts are disabled, and the HRNE and HRFF (bits 17 and 19, see below) status bits must be polled to determine if there is data in the receive FIFO. If HRIE[1:0] are not cleared, receive interrupts are generated according to Table 9-6. HRIE[1:0] are cleared by hardware and software reset. Table 9-6 HCSR Receive Interrupt Enable Bits HRIE[1:0] Note: 9.5.6.12 Interrupt Condition 00 Disabled Not applicable 01 Receive FIFO not empty Receive Overrun Error HRNE = 1 and HROE = 0 HROE = 1 10 Reserved Not applicable 11 Receive FIFO full Receive Overrun Error HRFF = 1 and HROE = 0 HROE = 1 Clearing HRIE[1:0] masks a pending receive interrupt only after a one instruction cycle delay. If HRIE[1:0] are cleared in a long interrupt service routine, it is recommended that at least one other instruction separate the instruction that clears HRIE[1:0] and the RTI instruction at the end of the interrupt service routine. HCSR Host Transmit Underrun Error (HTUE)--Bit 14 The read-only status bit HTUE indicates whether a transmit-underrun error occurred. Transmit-underrun errors can occur only when operating in the SPI slave mode or the I2C slave mode when HCKFR is cleared. In a master mode, transmission takes place on demand and no underrun can occur. HTUE is set when both the shift register and the HTX register are empty and the external master begins reading the next word: * When operating in the I2C mode, HTUE is set in the falling edge of the ACK bit. In this case, the SHI retransmits the previously transmitted word. * When operating in the SPI mode, HTUE is set at the first clock edge if CPHA = 1; it is set at the assertion of SS if CPHA = 0. If a transmit interrupt occurs with HTUE set, the transmit-underrun interrupt vector is generated. If a transmit interrupt occurs with HTUE cleared, the regular transmit-data interrupt vector is generated. HTUE is cleared by reading the HCSR and then writing to the HTX register. HTUE is cleared by hardware reset, software reset, SHI individual reset, and during the stop state. 9-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface Serial Host Interface Programming Model 9.5.6.13 HCSR Host Transmit Data Empty (HTDE)--Bit 15 The read-only status bit HTDE indicates whether the HTX register is empty and can be written by the DSP. HTDE is set when the data word is transferred from HTX to the shift register, except in SPI master mode when CPHA = 0 (see HCKR). When in the SPI master mode with CPHA = 0, HTDE is set after the end of the data word transmission. HTDE is cleared when the DSP writes the HTX either with write instructions or DMA transfers. HTDE is set by hardware reset, software reset, SHI individual reset, and during the stop state. 9.5.6.14 HCSR Reserved Bits--Bits 23, 18 and 16 These bits are reserved. They read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 9.5.6.15 Host Receive FIFO Not Empty (HRNE)--Bit 17 The read-only status bit HRNE indicates that the Host Receive FIFO (HRX) contains at least one data word. HRNE is set when the FIFO is not empty. HRNE is cleared when HRX is read by the DSP (read instructions or DMA transfers), reducing the number of words in the FIFO to zero. HRNE is cleared during hardware reset, software reset, SHI individual reset, and during the stop state. 9.5.6.16 Host Receive FIFO Full (HRFF)--Bit 19 The read-only status bit HRFF indicates, when set, that the Host Receive FIFO (HRX) is full. HRFF is cleared when HRX is read by the DSP (read instructions or DMA transfers) and at least one place is available in the FIFO. HRFF is cleared by hardware reset, software reset, SHI individual reset, and during the stop state. 9.5.6.17 Host Receive Overrun Error (HROE)--Bit 20 The read-only status bit HROE indicates, when set, that a data-receive overrun error has occurred. Receive-overrun errors cannot occur when operating in the I2C master mode, because the clock is suspended if the receive FIFO is full; nor can they occur in the I2C slave mode when HCKFR is set. HROE is set when the shift register (IOSR) is filled and ready to transfer the data word to the HRX FIFO and the FIFO is already full (HRFF is set). When a receive-overrun error occurs, the shift register is not transferred to the FIFO. If a receive interrupt occurs with HROE set, the receive-overrun interrupt vector is generated. If a receive interrupt occurs with HROE cleared, the regular receive-data interrupt vector is generated. HROE is cleared by reading the HCSR with HROE set, followed by reading HRX. HROE is cleared by hardware reset, software reset, SHI individual reset, and during the stop state. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-17 Serial Host Interface Characteristics Of The I2C Bus 9.5.6.18 Host Bus Error (HBER)--Bit 21 The read-only status bit HBER indicates, when set, that an SHI bus error occurred when operating as a master (HMST set). In I2C mode, HBER is set if the transmitter does not receive an acknowledge after a byte is transferred; then a stop event is generated and transmission is suspended. In SPI mode, HBER is set if SS is asserted; then transmission is suspended at the end of transmission of the current word. HBER is cleared only by hardware reset, software reset, SHI individual reset, and during the stop state. 9.5.6.19 HCSR Host Busy (HBUSY)--Bit 22 The read-only status bit HBUSY indicates that the I2C bus is busy (when in the I2C mode) or that the SHI itself is busy (when in the SPI mode). When operating in the I2C mode, HBUSY is set after the SHI detects a start event and remains set until a stop event is detected. When operating in the slave SPI mode, HBUSY is set while SS is asserted. When operating in the master SPI mode, HBUSY is set if the HTX register is not empty or if the IOSR is not empty. HBUSY is cleared otherwise. HBUSY is cleared by hardware reset, software reset, SHI individual reset, and during the stop state. 9.6 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE I2C BUS The I2C serial bus consists of two bidirectional lines, one for data signals (SDA) and one for clock signals (SCL). Both the SDA and SCL lines must be connected to a positive supply voltage via a pull-up resistor. Note: 9.6.1 In the I2C bus specifications, the standard mode (100 kHz clock rate) and a fast mode (400 kHz clock rate) are defined. The SHI can operate in either mode. Overview The I2C bus protocol must conform to the following rules: * Data transfer may be initiated only when the bus is not busy. * During data transfer, the data line must remain stable whenever the clock line is high. Changes in the data line when the clock line is high are interpreted as control signals (see Figure 9-7). SDA SCL Data Line Stable: Data Valid Change of Data Allowed AA0422 Figure 9-7 I2C Bit Transfer 9-18 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface Characteristics Of The I2C Bus Accordingly, the I2C bus protocol defines the following events: * Bus not busy--Both data and clock lines remain high. * Start data transfer--The start event is defined as a change in the state of the data line, from high to low, while the clock is high (see Figure 9-8). * Stop data transfer--The stop event is defined as a change in the state of the data line, from low to high, while the clock is high (see Figure 9-8). * Data valid--The state of the data line represents valid data when, after a start event, the data line is stable for the duration of the high period of the clock signal. The data on the line may be changed during the low period of the clock signal. There is one clock pulse per bit of data. SDA SCL S P Start Event Stop Event AA0423 Figure 9-8 I2C Start and Stop Events Each 8-bit word is followed by one acknowledge bit. This acknowledge bit is a high level put on the bus by the transmitter when the master device generates an extra acknowledge-related clock pulse. A slave receiver that is addressed must generate an acknowledge after each byte is received. Also, a master receiver must generate an acknowledge after the reception of each byte that has been clocked out of the slave transmitter. The acknowledging device must pull down the SDA line during the acknowledge clock pulse so that the SDA line is stable low during the high period of the acknowledge-related clock pulse (see Figure 9-9). Start Event SCL From Master Device Clock Pulse For Acknowledgment 1 2 8 9 Data Output by Transmitter Data Output by Receiver S AA0424 Figure 9-9 Acknowledgment on the I2C Bus MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-19 Serial Host Interface Characteristics Of The I2C Bus A device generating a signal is called a transmitter, and a device receiving a signal is called a receiver. A device controlling a signal is called a master and devices controlled by the master are called slaves. A master receiver must signal an end-of-data to the slave transmitter by not generating an acknowledge on the last byte clocked out of the slave device. In this case the transmitter must leave the data line high to enable the master to generate the stop event. Handshaking may also be accomplished by using the clock synchronizing mechanism. Slave devices can hold the SCL line low, after receiving and acknowledging a byte, to force the master into a wait state until the slave device is ready for the next byte transfer. The SHI supports this feature when operating as a master device and waits until the slave device releases the SCL line before proceeding with the data transfer. I2C Data Transfer Formats 9.6.2 I2C bus data transfers follow the following process: after the start event, a slave device address is sent. The address consists of seven address bits and an eighth bit as a data direction bit (R/W). In the data direction bit, zero indicates a transmission (write), and one indicates a request for data (read). A data transfer is always terminated by a stop event generated by the master device. However, if the master device still wishes to communicate on the bus, it can generate another start event, and address another slave device without first generating a stop event (the SHI does not support this feature when operating as an I2C master device). This method is also used to provide indivisible data transfers. Various combinations of read/write formats are illustrated in Figure 9-10 and Figure 9-11. ACK from Slave Device S Slave Address Start Bit 0 R/W A First Data Byte ACK from Slave Device A ACK from Slave Device Data Byte N = 0 to M Data Bytes A S, P Start or Stop Bit AA0425 Figure 9-10 I2C Bus Protocol For Host Write Cycle 9-20 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface SHI Programming Considerations ACK from Slave Device S Slave Address Start Bit 1 A ACK from Master Device Data Byte R/W A No ACK from Master Device Last Data Byte N = 0 to M Data Bytes 1 P Stop Bit AA0426 Figure 9-11 I2C Bus Protocol For Host Read Cycle Note: 9.7 The first data byte in a write-bus cycle can be used as a user-predefined control byte (e.g., to determine the location to which the forthcoming data bytes should be transferred). SHI PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS The SHI implements both SPI and I2C bus protocols and can be programmed to operate as a slave device or a single-master device. Once the operating mode is selected, the SHI may communicate with an external device by receiving and/or transmitting data. Before changing the SHI operational mode, an SHI individual reset should be generated by clearing the HEN bit. The following paragraphs describe programming considerations for each operational mode. 9.7.1 SPI Slave Mode The SPI slave mode is entered by enabling the SHI (HEN=1), selecting the SPI mode (HI2C=0), and selecting the slave mode of operation (HMST=0). The programmer should verify that the CPHA and CPOL bits (in the HCKR) correspond to the external host clock phase and polarity. Other HCKR bits are ignored. When configured in the SPI slave mode, the SHI external pins operate as follows: * SCK/SCL is the SCK serial clock input. * MISO/SDA is the MISO serial data output. * MOSI/HA0 is the MOSI serial data input. * SS/HA2 is the SS slave select input. * HREQ is the Host Request output. In the SPI slave mode, a receive, transmit, or full-duplex data transfer may be performed. Actually, the interface performs data receive and transmit simultaneously. The status bits of both receive and transmit paths are active; however, the programmer may disable undesired interrupts and ignore irrelevant status bits. It is recommended that an SHI individual reset (HEN cleared) be generated before beginning data MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-21 Serial Host Interface SHI Programming Considerations reception in order to reset the HRX FIFO to its initial (empty) state (e.g., when switching from transmit to receive data). If a write to HTX occurs, its contents are transferred to IOSR between data word transfers. The IOSR data is shifted out (via MISO) and received data is shifted in (via MOSI). The DSP may write HTX with either DSP instructions or DMA transfers if the HTDE status bit is set. If no writes to HTX occur, the contents of HTX are not transferred to IOSR, so the data shifted out when receiving is the data present in the IOSR at the time. The HRX FIFO contains valid receive data, which the DSP can read with either DSP instructions or DMA transfers (if the HRNE status bit is set). The HREQ output pin, if enabled for receive (HRQE[1:0] = 01), is asserted when the IOSR is ready for receive and the HRX FIFO is not full; this operation guarantees that the next received data word is stored in the FIFO. The HREQ output pin, if enabled for transmit (HRQE[1:0] = 10), is asserted when the IOSR is loaded from HTX with a new data word to transfer. If HREQ is enabled for both transmit and receive (HRQE[1:0] = 11), it is asserted when the receive and transmit conditions are both true. HREQ is deasserted at the first clock pulse of the next data word transfer. The HREQ line may be used to interrupt the external master device. Connecting the HREQ line between two SHI-equipped DSPs, one operating as an SPI master device and the other as an SPI slave device, enables full hardware handshaking if operating with CPHA = 1. The SS line should be kept asserted during a data word transfer. If the SS line is deasserted before the end of the data word transfer, the transfer is aborted and the received data word is lost. 9.7.2 SPI Master Mode The SPI master mode is initiated by enabling the SHI (HEN = 1), selecting the SPI mode (HI2C = 0), and selecting the master mode of operation (HMST = 1). Before enabling the SHI as an SPI master device, the programmer should program the proper clock rate, phase and polarity in HCKR. When configured in the SPI master mode, the SHI external pins operate as follows: * SCK/SCL is the SCK serial clock output. * MISO/SDA is the MISO serial data input. * MOSI/HA0 is the MOSI serial data output. * SS/HA2 is the SS input. It should be kept deasserted (high) for proper operation. * HREQ is the Host Request input. The external slave device can be selected either by using external logic or by activating a GPIO pin connected to its SS pin. However, the SS input pin of the SPI master device should be held deasserted (high) for proper operation. If the SPI master device SS pin is asserted, the host bus error status bit (HBER) is set. If the HBIE bit is also set, the SHI issues a request to the DSP interrupt controller to service the SHI bus error interrupt. In the SPI master mode the DSP must write to HTX to receive, transmit or perform a full-duplex data transfer. Actually, the interface performs simultaneous data receive and transmit. The status bits of both receive and transmit paths are active; however, the programmer may disable undesired interrupts and ignore irrelevant status bits. In a data transfer, the HTX is transferred to IOSR, clock pulses are generated, 9-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface SHI Programming Considerations the IOSR data is shifted out (via MOSI) and received data is shifted in (via MISO). The DSP programmer may write HTX (if the HTDE status bit is set) with either DSP instructions or DMA transfers to initiate the transfer of the next word. The HRX FIFO contains valid receive data, which the DSP can read with either DSP instructions or DMA transfers, if the HRNE status bit is set. It is recommended that an SHI individual reset (HEN cleared) be generated before beginning data reception in order to reset the receive FIFO to its initial (empty) state (e.g., when switching from transmit to receive data). The HREQ input pin is ignored by the SPI master device if the HRQE[1:0] bits are cleared, and considered if any of them is set. When asserted by the slave device, HREQ indicates that the external slave device is ready for the next data transfer. As a result, the SPI master sends clock pulses for the full data word transfer. HREQ is deasserted by the external slave device at the first clock pulse of the new data transfer. When deasserted, HREQ prevents the clock generation of the next data word transfer until it is asserted again. Connecting the HREQ line between two SHI-equipped DSPs, one operating as an SPI master device and the other as an SPI slave device, enables full hardware handshaking if CPHA = 1. For CPHA = 0, HREQ should be disabled by clearing HRQE[1:0]. I2C Slave Mode 9.7.3 The I2C slave mode is entered by enabling the SHI (HEN=1), selecting the I2C mode (HI2C=1), and selecting the slave mode of operation (HMST=0). In this operational mode the contents of HCKR are ignored. When configured in the I2C slave mode, the SHI external pins operate as follows: * SCK/SCL is the SCL serial clock input. * MISO/SDA is the SDA open drain serial data line. * MOSI/HA0 is the HA0 slave device address input. * SS/HA2 is the HA2 slave device address input. * HREQ is the Host Request output. When the SHI is enabled and configured in the I2C slave mode, the SHI controller inspects the SDA and SCL lines to detect a start event. Upon detection of the start event, the SHI receives the slave device address byte and enables the slave device address recognition unit. If the slave device address byte was not identified as its personal address, the SHI controller fails to acknowledge this byte by not driving low the SDA line at the ninth clock pulse (ACK = 1). However, it continues to poll the SDA and SCL lines to detect a new start event. If the personal slave device address was correctly identified, the slave device address byte is acknowledged (ACK = 0 is sent) and a receive/transmit session is initiated according to the eighth bit of the received slave device address byte (i.e., the R/W bit). 9.7.3.1 Receive Data in I2C Slave Mode A receive session is initiated when the personal slave device address has been correctly identified and the R/W bit of the received slave device address byte has been cleared. Following a receive initiation, data in the SDA line is shifted into IOSR MSB first. Following each received byte, an acknowledge (ACK = 0) is sent at the ninth clock pulse via the SDA line. Data is acknowledged bytewise, as required by the I2C bus MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-23 Serial Host Interface SHI Programming Considerations protocol, and is transferred to the HRX FIFO when the complete word (according to HM[1:0]) is filled into IOSR. It is the responsibility of the programmer to select the correct number of bytes in an I2C frame so that they fit in a complete number of words. For this purpose, the slave device address byte does not count as part of the data; therefore, it is treated separately. In a receive session, only the receive path is enabled and HTX to IOSR transfers are inhibited. The HRX FIFO contains valid data, which may be read by the DSP with either DSP instructions or DMA transfers (if the HRNE status bit is set). If HCKFR is cleared, when the HRX FIFO is full and IOSR is filled, an overrun error occurs and the HROE status bit is set. In this case, the last received byte is not acknowledged (ACK=1 is sent) and the word in the IOSR is not transferred to the HRX FIFO. This may inform the external I2C master device of the occurrence of an overrun error on the slave side. Consequently the I2C master device may terminate this session by generating a stop event. If HCKFR is set, when the HRX FIFO is full the SHI holds the clock line to GND not letting the master device write to IOSR, which eliminates the possibility of reaching the overrun condition. The HREQ output pin, if enabled for receive (HRQE[1:0] = 01), is asserted when the IOSR is ready to receive and the HRX FIFO is not full; this operation guarantees that the next received data word is stored in the FIFO. HREQ is deasserted at the first clock pulse of the next received word. The HREQ line may be used to interrupt the external I2C master device. Connecting the HREQ line between two SHI-equipped DSPs, one operating as an I2C master device and the other as an I2C slave device, enables full hardware handshaking. 9.7.3.2 Transmit Data In I2C Slave Mode A transmit session is initiated when the personal slave device address has been correctly identified and the R/W bit of the received slave device address byte has been set. Following a transmit initiation, the IOSR is loaded from HTX (assuming the latter was not empty) and its contents are shifted out, MSB first, on the SDA line. Following each transmitted byte, the SHI controller samples the SDA line at the ninth clock pulse, and inspects the ACK status. If the transmitted byte was acknowledged (ACK = 0), the SHI controller continues and transmits the next byte. However, if it was not acknowledged (ACK = 1), the transmit session is stopped and the SDA line is released. Consequently, the external master device may generate a stop event in order to terminate the session. HTX contents are transferred to IOSR when the complete word (according to HM[1:0]) has been shifted out. It is, therefore, the responsibility of the programmer to select the correct number of bytes in an I2C frame so that they fit in a complete number of words. For this purpose, the slave device address byte does not count as part of the data; therefore, it is treated separately. In a transmit session, only the transmit path is enabled and the IOSR-to-HRX FIFO transfers are inhibited. When the HTX transfers its valid data word to IOSR, the HTDE status bit is set and the DSP may write a new data word to HTX with either DSP instructions or DMA transfers. If HCKFR is cleared and both IOSR and HTX are empty when the master device attempts a transmit session, an underrun condition occurs, setting the HTUE status bit, and the previous word is retransmitted. If HCKFR is set and both IOSR and HTX are empty when the master device attempts a transmit session, the SHI holds the clock line to GND to avoid an underrun condition. 9-24 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface SHI Programming Considerations The HREQ output pin, if enabled for transmit (HRQE[1:0] = 10), is asserted when HTX is transferred to IOSR for transmission. When asserted, HREQ indicates that the slave device is ready to transmit the next data word. HREQ is deasserted at the first clock pulse of the next transmitted data word. The HREQ line may be used to interrupt the external I2C master device. Connecting the HREQ line between two SHI-equipped DSPs, one operating as an I2C master device and the other as an I2C slave device, enables full hardware handshaking. I2C Master Mode 9.7.4 The I2C master mode is entered by enabling the SHI (HEN=1), selecting the I2C mode (HI2C=1) and selecting the master mode of operation (HMST=1). Before enabling the SHI as an I2C master, the programmer should program the appropriate clock rate in HCKR. When configured in the I2C master mode, the SHI external pins operate as follows: * SCK/SCL is the SCL open drain serial clock output. * MISO/SDA is the SDA open drain serial data line. * MOSI/HA0 is the HA0 slave device address input. * SS/HA2 is the HA2 slave device address input. * HREQ is the Host Request input. In the I2C master mode, a data transfer session is always initiated by the DSP by writing to the HTX register when HIDLE is set. This condition ensures that the data byte written to HTX is interpreted as being a slave address byte. This data byte must specify the slave device address to be selected and the requested data transfer direction. Note: The slave address byte should be located in the high portion of the data word, whereas the middle and low portions are ignored. Only one byte (the slave address byte) is shifted out, independent of the word length defined by the HM[1:0] bits. In order for the DSP to initiate a data transfer the following actions are to be performed: * The DSP tests the HIDLE status bit. * If the HIDLE status bit is set, the DSP writes the slave device address and the R/W bit to the most significant byte of HTX. * The SHI generates a start event. * The SHI transmits one byte only, internally samples the R/W direction bit (last bit), and accordingly initiates a receive or transmit session. * The SHI inspects the SDA level at the ninth clock pulse to determine the ACK value. If acknowledged (ACK = 0), it starts its receive or transmit session according to the sampled R/W value. If not acknowledged (ACK = 1), the HBER status bit in HCSR is set, which causes an SHI Bus Error interrupt request if HBIE is set, and a stop event is generated. The HREQ input pin is ignored by the I2C master device if HRQE[1:0] are cleared, and considered if either of them is set. When asserted, HREQ indicates that the external slave device is ready for the next data transfer. As a result, the I2C master device sends clock pulses for the full data word transfer. HREQ is MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-25 Serial Host Interface SHI Programming Considerations deasserted by the external slave device at the first clock pulse of the next data transfer. When deasserted, HREQ prevents the clock generation of the next data word transfer until it is asserted again. Connecting the HREQ line between two SHI-equipped DSPs, one operating as an I2C master device and the other as an I2C slave device, enables full hardware handshaking. 9.7.4.1 Receive Data in I2C Master Mode A receive session is initiated if the R/W direction bit of the transmitted slave device address byte is set. Following a receive initiation, data in the SDA line is shifted into IOSR MSB first. Following each received byte, an acknowledge (ACK = 0) is sent at the ninth clock pulse via the SDA line if the HIDLE control bit is cleared. Data is acknowledged bytewise, as required by the I2C bus protocol, and is transferred to the HRX FIFO when the complete word (according to HM[1:0]) is filled into IOSR. It is the responsibility of the programmer to select the correct number of bytes in an I2C frame so that they fit in a complete number of words. For this purpose, the slave device address byte does not count as part of the data; therefore, it is treated separately. If the I2C slave transmitter is acknowledged, it should transmit the next data byte. In order to terminate the receive session, the programmer should set the HIDLE bit at the last required data word. As a result, the last byte of the next received data word is not acknowledged, the slave transmitter releases the SDA line, and the SHI generates the stop event and terminates the session. In a receive session, only the receive path is enabled and the HTX-to-IOSR transfers are inhibited. If the HRNE status bit is set, the HRX FIFO contains valid data, which may be read by the DSP with either DSP instructions or DMA transfers. When the HRX FIFO is full, the SHI suspends the serial clock just before acknowledge. In this case, the clock is reactivated when the FIFO is read (the SHI gives an ACK = 0 and proceeds receiving). 9.7.4.2 Transmit Data In I2C Master Mode A transmit session is initiated if the R/W direction bit of the transmitted slave device address byte is cleared. Following a transmit initiation, the IOSR is loaded from HTX (assuming HTX is not empty) and its contents are shifted out, MSB-first, on the SDA line. Following each transmitted byte, the SHI controller samples the SDA line at the ninth clock pulse, and inspects the ACK status. If the transmitted byte was acknowledged (ACK=0), the SHI controller continues transmitting the next byte. However, if it was not acknowledged (ACK=1), the HBER status bit is set to inform the DSP side that a bus error (or overrun, or any other exception in the slave device) has occurred. Consequently, the I2C master device generates a stop event and terminates the session. HTX contents are transferred to the IOSR when the complete word (according to HM[1:0]) has been shifted out. It is, therefore, the responsibility of the programmer to select the right number of bytes in an I2C frame so that they fit in a complete number of words. Remember that for this purpose, the slave device address byte does not count as part of the data. In a transmit session, only the transmit path is enabled and the IOSR-to-HRX FIFO transfers are inhibited. When the HTX transfers its valid data word to the IOSR, the HTDE status bit is set and the DSP may write a new data word to HTX with either DSP instructions or DMA transfers. If both IOSR and HTX are empty, the SHI suspends the serial clock until new data is written into HTX (when the SHI proceeds with the 9-26 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Serial Host Interface SHI Programming Considerations transmit session) or HIDLE is set (the SHI reactivates the clock to generate the stop event and terminate the transmit session). 9.7.5 SHI Operation During DSP Stop The SHI operation cannot continue when the DSP is in the stop state, because no DSP clocks are active. While the DSP is in the stop state, the SHI remains in the individual reset state. While in the individual reset state the following is true: * If the SHI was operating in the I2C mode, the SHI signals are disabled (high impedance state). * If the SHI was operating in the SPI mode, the SHI signals are not affected. * The HCSR status bits and the transmit/receive paths are reset to the same state produced by hardware reset or software reset. * The HCSR and HCKR control bits are not affected. Note: It is recommended that the SHI be disabled before entering the stop state. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 9-27 Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 10 ENHANCED SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE (ESAI) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-1 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Introduction 10.1 INTRODUCTION The Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) provides a full-duplex serial port for serial communication with a variety of serial devices including one or more industry-standard codecs, other DSPs, microprocessors, and peripherals which implement the Motorola SPI serial protocol. The ESAI consists of independent transmitter and receiver sections, each section with its own clock generator. It is a superset of the 56300 Family ESSI peripheral and of the 56000 Family SAI peripheral. Note: The DSP56367 has two ESAI modules. This section describes the ESAI, and Section 11 describes the ESAI_1. The ESAI and ESAI_1 share 4 data pins. This is described in the ESAI_1 section. The ESAI block diagram is shown in Figure 10-1. The ESAI is named synchronous because all serial transfers are synchronized to a clock. Additional synchronization signals are used to delineate the word frames. The normal mode of operation is used to transfer data at a periodic rate, one word per period. The network mode is similar in that it is also intended for periodic transfers; however, it supports up to 32 words (time slots) per period. This mode can be used to build time division multiplexed (TDM) networks. In contrast, the on-demand mode is intended for non-periodic transfers of data and to transfer data serially at high speed when the data becomes available. This mode offers a subset of the SPI protocol. 10-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Introduction GDB DDB TX0 RSMA SDO0 [PC11] RSMB Shift Register TSMA TX1 TSMB SDO1 [PC10] Shift Register RCCR TX2 RCR SDO2/SDI3 [PC9] Shift Register TCCR RX3 TCR TX3 SDO3/SDI2 [PC8] SAICR Shift Register SAISR RX2 TX4 TSR SDO4/SDI1 [PC7] Shift Register RX1 Clock / Frame Sync Generators and Control Logic TX5 RCLK SDO5/SDI0 [PC6] Shift Register [PC2] HCKR [PC1] FSR [PC0] SCKR [PC5] HCKT [PC4] FST [PC3] SCKT TCLK RX0 Figure 10-1 ESAI Block Diagram MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-3 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Data and Control Pins 10.2 ESAI DATA AND CONTROL PINS Three to twelve pins are required for operation, depending on the operating mode selected and the number of transmitters and receivers enabled. The SDO0 and SDO1 pins are used by transmitters 0 and 1 only. The SDO2/SDI3, SDO3/SDI2, SDO4/SDI1, and SDO5/SDI0 pins are shared by transmitters 2 to 5 with receivers 0 to 3. The actual mode of operation is selected under software control. All transmitters operate fully synchronized under control of the same transmitter clock signals. All receivers operate fully synchronized under control of the same receiver clock signals. 10.2.1 Serial Transmit 0 Data Pin (SDO0) SDO0 is used for transmitting data from the TX0 serial transmit shift register. SDO0 is an output when data is being transmitted from the TX0 shift register. In the on-demand mode with an internally generated bit clock, the SDO0 pin becomes high impedance for a full clock period after the last data bit has been transmitted, assuming another data word does not follow immediately. If a data word follows immediately, there is no high-impedance interval. SDO0 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC11) when the ESAI SDO0 function is not being used. 10.2.2 Serial Transmit 1 Data Pin (SDO1) SDO1 is used for transmitting data from the TX1 serial transmit shift register. SDO1 is an output when data is being transmitted from the TX1 shift register. In the on-demand mode with an internally generated bit clock, the SDO1 pin becomes high impedance for a full clock period after the last data bit has been transmitted, assuming another data word does not follow immediately. If a data word follows immediately, there is no high-impedance interval. SDO1 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC10) when the ESAI SDO1 function is not being used. 10.2.3 Serial Transmit 2/Receive 3 Data Pin (SDO2/SDI3) SDO2/SDI3 is used as the SDO2 for transmitting data from the TX2 serial transmit shift register when programmed as a transmitter pin, or as the SDI3 signal for receiving serial data to the RX3 serial receive shift register when programmed as a receiver pin. SDO2/SDI3 is an input when data is being received by the RX3 shift register. SDO2/SDI3 is an output when data is being transmitted from the TX2 shift register. In the on-demand mode with an internally generated bit clock, the SDO2/SDI3 pin becomes high impedance for a full clock period after the last data bit has been transmitted, assuming another data word does not follow immediately. If a data word follows immediately, there is no high-impedance interval. 10-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Data and Control Pins SDO2/SDI3 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC9) when the ESAI SDO2 and SDI3 functions are not being used. 10.2.4 Serial Transmit 3/Receive 2 Data Pin (SDO3/SDI2) SDO3/SDI2 is used as the SDO3 signal for transmitting data from the TX3 serial transmit shift register when programmed as a transmitter pin, or as the SDI2 signal for receiving serial data to the RX2 serial receive shift register when programmed as a receiver pin. SDO3/SDI2 is an input when data is being received by the RX2 shift register. SDO3/SDI2 is an output when data is being transmitted from the TX3 shift register. In the on-demand mode with an internally generated bit clock, the SDO3/SDI2 pin becomes high impedance for a full clock period after the last data bit has been transmitted, assuming another data word does not follow immediately. If a data word follows immediately, there is no high-impedance interval. SDO3/SDI2 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC8) when the ESAI SDO3 and SDI2 functions are not being used. 10.2.5 Serial Transmit 4/Receive 1 Data Pin (SDO4/SDI1) SDO4/SDI1 is used as the SDO4 signal for transmitting data from the TX4 serial transmit shift register when programmed as transmitter pin, or as the SDI1 signal for receiving serial data to the RX1 serial receive shift register when programmed as a receiver pin. SDO4/SDI1 is an input when data is being received by the RX1 shift register. SDO4/SDI1 is an output when data is being transmitted from the TX4 shift register. In the on-demand mode with an internally generated bit clock, the SDO4/SDI1 pin becomes high impedance for a full clock period after the last data bit has been transmitted, assuming another data word does not follow immediately. If a data word follows immediately, there is no high-impedance interval. SDO4/SDI1 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC7) when the ESAI SDO4 and SDI1 functions are not being used. 10.2.6 Serial Transmit 5/Receive 0 Data Pin (SDO5/SDI0) SDO5/SDI0 is used as the SDO5 signal for transmitting data from the TX5 serial transmit shift register when programmed as transmitter pin, or as the SDI0 signal for receiving serial data to the RX0 serial shift register when programmed as a receiver pin. SDO5/SDI0 is an input when data is being received by the RX0 shift register. SDO5/SDI0 is an output when data is being transmitted from the TX5 shift register. In the on-demand mode with an internally generated bit clock, the SDO5/SDI0 pin becomes high impedance for a full clock period after the last data bit has been transmitted, assuming another data word does not follow immediately. If a data word follows immediately, there is no high-impedance interval. SDO5/SDI0 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC6) when the ESAI SDO5 and SDI0 functions are not being used. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-5 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Data and Control Pins 10.2.7 Receiver Serial Clock (SCKR) SCKR is a bidirectional pin providing the receivers serial bit clock for the ESAI interface. The direction of this pin is determined by the RCKD bit in the RCCR register.The SCKR operates as a clock input or output used by all the enabled receivers in the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), or as serial flag 0 pin in the synchronous mode (SYN=1). When this pin is configured as serial flag pin, its direction is determined by the RCKD bit in the RCCR register. When configured as the output flag OF0, this pin reflects the value of the OF0 bit in the SAICR register, and the data in the OF0 bit shows up at the pin synchronized to the frame sync being used by the transmitter and receiver sections. When this pin is configured as the input flag IF0, the data value at the pin is stored in the IF0 bit in the SAISR register, synchronized by the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. SCKR may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC0) when the ESAI SCKR function is not being used. Note: Although the external ESAI serial clock can be independent of and asynchronous to the DSP system clock, the DSP clock frequency must be at least three times the external ESAI serial clock frequency and each ESAI serial clock phase must exceed the minimum of 1.5 DSP clock periods. For more information on pin mode and definition, see Table 10-7 and on receiver clock signals see Table 10-1. Table 10-1 Receiver Clock Sources (asynchronous mode only) 10-6 RHCKD RFSD RCKD Receiver Bit Clock Source 0 0 0 SCKR 0 0 1 HCKR 0 1 0 SCKR FSR 0 1 1 HCKR FSR 1 0 0 SCKR HCKR 1 0 1 INT HCKR 1 1 0 SCKR HCKR FSR 1 1 1 INT HCKR FSR OUTPUTS SCKR SCKR SCKR DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual SCKR MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Data and Control Pins 10.2.8 Transmitter Serial Clock (SCKT) SCKT is a bidirectional pin providing the transmitters serial bit clock for the ESAI interface. The direction of this pin is determined by the TCKD bit in the TCCR register. The SCKT is a clock input or output used by all the enabled transmitters in the asynchronous mode (SYN=0) or by all the enabled transmitters and receivers in the synchronous mode (SYN=1) (see Table 10-2). Table 10-2 Transmitter Clock Sources THCKD TFSD TCKD Transmitter Bit Clock Source 0 0 0 SCKT 0 0 1 HCKT 0 1 0 SCKT FST 0 1 1 HCKT FST 1 0 0 SCKT HCKT 1 0 1 INT HCKT 1 1 0 SCKT HCKT FST 1 1 1 INT HCKT FST OUTPUTS SCKT SCKT SCKT SCKT SCKT may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC3) when the ESAI SCKT function is not being used. Note: Although the external ESAI serial clock can be independent of and asynchronous to the DSP system clock, the DSP clock frequency must be at least three times the external ESAI serial clock frequency and each ESAI serial clock phase must exceed the minimum of 1.5 DSP clock periods. 10.2.9 Frame Sync for Receiver (FSR) FSR is a bidirectional pin providing the receivers frame sync signal for the ESAI interface. The direction of this pin is determined by the RFSD bit in RCR register. In the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), the FSR pin operates as the frame sync input or output used by all the enabled receivers. In the synchronous mode (SYN=1), it operates as either the serial flag 1 pin (TEBE=0), or as the transmitter external buffer enable control (TEBE=1, RFSD=1). For further information on pin mode and definition, see Table 10-8 and on receiver clock signals see Table 10-1. When this pin is configured as serial flag pin, its direction is determined by the RFSD bit in the RCCR register. When configured as the output flag OF1, this pin reflects the value of the OF1 bit in the SAICR MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-7 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Data and Control Pins register, and the data in the OF1 bit shows up at the pin synchronized to the frame sync being used by the transmitter and receiver sections. When configured as the input flag IF1, the data value at the pin is stored in the IF1 bit in the SAISR register, synchronized by the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. FSR may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC1) when the ESAI FSR function is not being used. 10.2.10 Frame Sync for Transmitter (FST) FST is a bidirectional pin providing the frame sync for both the transmitters and receivers in the synchronous mode (SYN=1) and for the transmitters only in asynchronous mode (SYN=0) (see Table 10-2). The direction of this pin is determined by the TFSD bit in the TCR register. When configured as an output, this pin is the internally generated frame sync signal. When configured as an input, this pin receives an external frame sync signal for the transmitters (and the receivers in synchronous mode). FST may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC4) when the ESAI FST function is not being used. 10.2.11 High Frequency Clock for Transmitter (HCKT) HCKT is a bidirectional pin providing the transmitters high frequency clock for the ESAI interface. The direction of this pin is determined by the THCKD bit in the TCCR register. In the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), the HCKT pin operates as the high frequency clock input or output used by all enabled transmitters. In the synchronous mode (SYN=1), it operates as the high frequency clock input or output used by all enabled transmitters and receivers. When programmed as input this pin is used as an alternative high frequency clock source to the ESAI transmitter rather than the DSP main clock. When programmed as output it can serve as a high frequency sample clock (to external DACs for example) or as an additional system clock. See Table 10-2. HCKT may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC5) when the ESAI HCKT function is not being used. 10.2.12 High Frequency Clock for Receiver (HCKR) HCKR is a bidirectional pin providing the receivers high frequency clock for the ESAI interface. The direction of this pin is determined by the RHCKD bit in the RCCR register. In the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), the HCKR pin operates as the high frequency clock input or output used by all the enabled receivers. In the synchronous mode (SYN=1), it operates as the serial flag 2 pin. For further information on pin mode and definition, see Table 10-9 and on receiver clock signals see Table 10-1. When this pin is configured as serial flag pin, its direction is determined by the RHCKD bit in the RCCR register. When configured as the output flag OF2, this pin reflects the value of the OF2 bit in the SAICR 10-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model register, and the data in the OF2 bit shows up at the pin synchronized to the frame sync being used by the transmitter and receiver sections. When configured as the input flag IF2, the data value at the pin is stored in the IF2 bit in the SAISR register, synchronized by the frame sync in normal mode or the slot in network mode. HCKR may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PC2) when the ESAI HCKR function is not being used. 10.3 ESAI PROGRAMMING MODEL The ESAI can be viewed as five control registers, one status register, six transmit data registers, four receive data registers, two transmit slot mask registers, two receive slot mask registers and a special-purpose time slot register. The following paragraphs give detailed descriptions and operations of each bit in the ESAI registers. The ESAI pins can also function as GPIO pins (Port C), described in Section 10.5, GPIO - Pins and Registers. 10.3.1 ESAI Transmitter Clock Control Register (TCCR) The read/write Transmitter Clock Control Register (TCCR) controls the ESAI transmitter clock generator bit and frame sync rates, the bit clock and high frequency clock sources and the directions of the HCKT, FST and SCKT signals. (See Figure 10-2). In the synchronous mode (SYN=1), the bit clock defined for the transmitter determines the receiver bit clock as well. TCCR also controls the number of words per frame for the serial data. 11 X:$FFFFB6 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TDC2 TDC1 TDC0 TPSR TPM7 TPM6 TPM5 TPM4 TPM3 TPM2 TPM1 TPM0 23 22 21 20 19 18 THCKD TFSD TCKD THCKP TFSP TCKP 17 16 15 14 TFP3 TFP2 TFP1 TFP0 13 12 TDC4 TDC3 Figure 10-2 TCCR Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits of the TCCR register. The TCCR control bits are described in the following paragraphs. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-9 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.1.1 TCCR Transmit Prescale Modulus Select (TPM7-TPM0) - Bits 0-7 The TPM7-TPM0 bits specify the divide ratio of the prescale divider in the ESAI transmitter clock generator. A divide ratio from 1 to 256 (TPM[7:0]=$00 to $FF) may be selected. The bit clock output is available at the transmit serial bit clock (SCKT) pin of the DSP. The bit clock output is also available internally for use as the bit clock to shift the transmit and receive shift registers. The ESAI transmit clock generator functional diagram is shown in Figure 10-3. RHCKD=1 FOSC DIVIDE BY 2 PRESCALE DIVIDE BY 1 OR DIVIDE BY 8 DIVIDER DIVIDE BY 1 TO DIVIDE BY 256 DIVIDER DIVIDE BY 1 TO DIVIDE BY 16 RPM0 - RPM7 RFP0 - RFP3 RHCKD=0 RPSR HCKR RHCKD FLAG0 OUT (SYNC MODE) FLAG0 IN (SYNC MODE) INTERNAL BIT CLOCK RSWS4-RSWS0 RX WORD LENGTH DIVIDER SYN=1 RX WORD CLOCK SYN=0 SCKR RX SHIFT REGISTER RCLOCK SYN=0 TSWS4-TSWS0 SYN=1 RCKD INTERNAL BIT CLOCK TCLOCK SCKT TX WORD LENGTH DIVIDER TX WORD CLOCK TCKD TX SHIFT REGISTER THCKD HCKT TPSR TPM0 - TPM7 TFP0 - TFP3 DIVIDER DIVIDE BY 1 TO DIVIDE BY 256 DIVIDER DIVIDE BY 1 TO DIVIDE BY 16 THCKD=0 DIVIDE BY 2 FOSC PRESCALE DIVIDE BY 1 OR DIVIDE BY 8 THCKD=1 Notes: 1. FOSC is the DSP56300 Core internal clock frequency. Figure 10-3 ESAI Clock Generator Functional Block Diagram 10-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.1.2 TCCR Transmit Prescaler Range (TPSR) - Bit 8 The TPSR bit controls a fixed divide-by-eight prescaler in series with the variable prescaler. This bit is used to extend the range of the prescaler for those cases where a slower bit clock is desired. When TPSR is set, the fixed prescaler is bypassed. When TPSR is cleared, the fixed divide-by-eight prescaler is operational (see Figure 10-3). The maximum internally generated bit clock frequency is Fosc/4; the minimum internally generated bit clock frequency is Fosc/(2 x 8 x 256)=Fosc/4096. Note: Do not use the combination TPSR=1 and TPM7-TPM0=$00, which causes synchronization problems when using the internal DSP clock as source (TCKD=1 or THCKD=1). 10.3.1.3 TCCR Tx Frame Rate Divider Control (TDC4-TDC0) - Bits 9-13 The TDC4-TDC0 bits control the divide ratio for the programmable frame rate dividers used to generate the transmitter frame clocks. In network mode, this ratio may be interpreted as the number of words per frame minus one. The divide ratio may range from 2 to 32 (TDC[4:0]=00001 to 11111) for network mode. A divide ratio of one (TDC[4:0]=00000) in network mode is a special case (on-demand mode). In normal mode, this ratio determines the word transfer rate. The divide ratio may range from 1 to 32 (TDC[4:0]=00000 to 11111) for normal mode. In normal mode, a divide ratio of 1 (TDC[4:0]=00000) provides continuous periodic data word transfers. A bit-length frame sync (TFSL=1) must be used in this case. The ESAI frame sync generator functional diagram is shown in Figure 10-4. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model RX WORD CLOCK RECEIVER FRAME RATE DIVIDER SYNC TYPE INTERNAL RX FRAME CLOCK RFSD RFSD=1 SYN=0 SYN=0 RECEIVE CONTROL LOGIC FSR RECEIVE FRAME SYNC RFSD=0 SYN=1 SYN=1 TDC0 - TDC4 TFSL FLAG1 IN (SYNC MODE) FLAG1OUT (SYNC MODE) TFSD TX WORD CLOCK TRANSMITTER FRAME RATE DIVIDER TRANSMIT CONTROL LOGIC SYNC TYPE INTERNAL TX FRAME CLOCK FST TRANSMIT FRAME SYNC Figure 10-4 ESAI Frame Sync Generator Functional Block Diagram 10.3.1.4 TCCR Tx High Frequency Clock Divider (TFP3-TFP0) - Bits 14-17 The TFP3-TFP0 bits control the divide ratio of the transmitter high frequency clock to the transmitter serial bit clock when the source of the high frequency clock and the bit clock is the internal DSP clock. When the HCKT input is being driven from an external high frequency clock, the TFP3-TFP0 bits specify an additional division ratio in the clock divider chain. See Table 10-3 for the specification of the divide ratio. The ESAI high frequency clock generator functional diagram is shown in Figure 10-3. 10-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model Table 10-3 Transmitter High Frequency Clock Divider 10.3.1.5 TFP3-TFP0 Divide Ratio $0 1 $1 2 $2 3 $3 4 ... ... $F 16 TCCR Transmit Clock Polarity (TCKP) - Bit 18 The Transmitter Clock Polarity (TCKP) bit controls on which bit clock edge data and frame sync are clocked out and latched in. If TCKP is cleared the data and the frame sync are clocked out on the rising edge of the transmit bit clock and latched in on the falling edge of the transmit bit clock. If TCKP is set the falling edge of the transmit clock is used to clock the data out and frame sync and the rising edge of the transmit clock is used to latch the data and frame sync in. 10.3.1.6 TCCR Transmit Frame Sync Polarity (TFSP) - Bit 19 The Transmitter Frame Sync Polarity (TFSP) bit determines the polarity of the transmit frame sync signal. When TFSP is cleared, the frame sync signal polarity is positive (i.e the frame start is indicated by a high level on the frame sync pin). When TFSP is set, the frame sync signal polarity is negative (i.e the frame start is indicated by a low level on the frame sync pin). 10.3.1.7 TCCR Transmit High Frequency Clock Polarity (THCKP) - Bit 20 The Transmitter High Frequency Clock Polarity (THCKP) bit controls on which bit clock edge data and frame sync are clocked out and latched in. If THCKP is cleared the data and the frame sync are clocked out on the rising edge of the transmit bit clock and latched in on the falling edge of the transmit bit clock. If THCKP is set the falling edge of the transmit clock is used to clock the data out and frame sync and the rising edge of the transmit clock is used to latch the data and frame sync in. 10.3.1.8 TCCR Transmit Clock Source Direction (TCKD) - Bit 21 The Transmitter Clock Source Direction (TCKD) bit selects the source of the clock signal used to clock the transmit shift registers in the asynchronous mode (SYN=0) and the transmit shift registers and the receive shift registers in the synchronous mode (SYN=1). When TCKD is set, the internal clock source becomes the bit clock for the transmit shift registers and word length divider and is the output on the SCKT pin. When TCKD is cleared, the clock source is external; the internal clock generator is disconnected from the SCKT pin, and an external clock source may drive this pin. See Table 10-2. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-13 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.1.9 TCCR Transmit Frame Sync Signal Direction (TFSD) - Bit 22 TFSD controls the direction of the FST pin. When TFSD is cleared, FST is an input; when TFSD is set, FST is an output. See Table 10-2. 10.3.1.10 TCCR Transmit High Frequency Clock Direction (THCKD) - Bit 23 THCKD controls the direction of the HCKT pin. When THCKD is cleared, HCKT is an input; when THCKD is set, HCKT is an output. See Table 10-2. 10.3.2 ESAI Transmit Control Register (TCR) The read/write Transmit Control Register (TCR) controls the ESAI transmitter section. Interrupt enable bits for the transmitter section are provided in this control register. Operating modes are also selected in this register. See Figure 10-5. 11 10 9 8 7 6 X:$FFFFB5 TSWS1 TSWS0 TMOD1 TMOD0 TWA TSHFD 23 22 21 20 19 TLIE TIE TEDIE TEIE TPR 18 5 4 3 2 1 0 TE5 TE4 TE3 TE2 TE1 TE0 17 16 15 14 13 12 PADC TFSR TFSL TSWS4 TSWS3 TSWS2 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-5 TCR Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits in the TCR register. The TCR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 10.3.2.1 TCR ESAI Transmit 0 Enable (TE0) - Bit 0 TE0 enables the transfer of data from TX0 to the transmit shift register #0. When TE0 is set and a frame sync is detected, the transmit #0 portion of the ESAI is enabled for that frame. When TE0 is cleared, the transmitter #0 is disabled after completing transmission of data currently in the ESAI transmit shift register. The SDO0 output is tri-stated, and any data present in TX0 is not transmitted (i.e., data can be written to TX0 with TE0 cleared; but data is not transferred to the transmit shift register #0). The normal mode transmit enable sequence is to write data to one or more transmit data registers before setting TEx. The normal transmit disable sequence is to clear TEx, TIE and TEIE after TDE equals one. 10-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model In the network mode, the operation of clearing TE0 and setting it again disables the transmitter #0 after completing transmission of the current data word until the beginning of the next frame. During that time period, the SDO0 pin remains in the high-impedance state.The on-demand mode transmit enable sequence can be the same as the normal mode, or TE0 can be left enabled. 10.3.2.2 TCR ESAI Transmit 1 Enable (TE1) - Bit 1 TE1 enables the transfer of data from TX1 to the transmit shift register #1. When TE1 is set and a frame sync is detected, the transmit #1 portion of the ESAI is enabled for that frame. When TE1 is cleared, the transmitter #1 is disabled after completing transmission of data currently in the ESAI transmit shift register. The SDO1 output is tri-stated, and any data present in TX1 is not transmitted (i.e., data can be written to TX1 with TE1 cleared; but data is not transferred to the transmit shift register #1). The normal mode transmit enable sequence is to write data to one or more transmit data registers before setting TEx. The normal transmit disable sequence is to clear TEx, TIE and TEIE after TDE equals one. In the network mode, the operation of clearing TE1 and setting it again disables the transmitter #1 after completing transmission of the current data word until the beginning of the next frame. During that time period, the SDO1 pin remains in the high-impedance state. The on-demand mode transmit enable sequence can be the same as the normal mode, or TE1 can be left enabled. 10.3.2.3 TCR ESAI Transmit 2 Enable (TE2) - Bit 2 TE2 enables the transfer of data from TX2 to the transmit shift register #2. When TE2 is set and a frame sync is detected, the transmit #2 portion of the ESAI is enabled for that frame. When TE2 is cleared, the transmitter #2 is disabled after completing transmission of data currently in the ESAI transmit shift register. Data can be written to TX2 when TE2 is cleared but the data is not transferred to the transmit shift register #2. The SDO2/SDI3 pin is the data input pin for RX3 if TE2 is cleared and RE3 in the RCR register is set. If both RE3 and TE2 are cleared the transmitter and receiver are disabled, and the pin is tri-stated. Both RE3 and TE2 should not be set at the same time. The normal mode transmit enable sequence is to write data to one or more transmit data registers before setting TEx. The normal transmit disable sequence is to clear TEx, TIE and TEIE after TDE equals one. In the network mode, the operation of clearing TE2 and setting it again disables the transmitter #2 after completing transmission of the current data word until the beginning of the next frame. During that time period, the SDO2/SDI3 pin remains in the high-impedance state. The on-demand mode transmit enable sequence can be the same as the normal mode, or TE2 can be left enabled. 10.3.2.4 TCR ESAI Transmit 3 Enable (TE3) - Bit 3 TE3 enables the transfer of data from TX3 to the transmit shift register #3. When TE3 is set and a frame sync is detected, the transmit #3 portion of the ESAI is enabled for that frame. When TE3 is cleared, the transmitter #3 is disabled after completing transmission of data currently in the ESAI transmit shift register. Data can be written to TX3 when TE3 is cleared but the data is not transferred to the transmit shift register #3. The SDO3/SDI2 pin is the data input pin for RX2 if TE3 is cleared and RE2 in the RCR register is set. If both RE2 and TE3 are cleared the transmitter and receiver are disabled, and the pin is tri-stated. Both RE2 and TE3 should not be set at the same time. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-15 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model The normal mode transmit enable sequence is to write data to one or more transmit data registers before setting TEx. The normal transmit disable sequence is to clear TEx, TIE and TEIE after TDE equals one. In the network mode, the operation of clearing TE3 and setting it again disables the transmitter #3 after completing transmission of the current data word until the beginning of the next frame. During that time period, the SDO3/SDI2 pin remains in the high-impedance state. The on-demand mode transmit enable sequence can be the same as the normal mode, or TE3 can be left enabled. 10.3.2.5 TCR ESAI Transmit 4 Enable (TE4) - Bit 4 TE4 enables the transfer of data from TX4 to the transmit shift register #4. When TE4 is set and a frame sync is detected, the transmit #4 portion of the ESAI is enabled for that frame. When TE4 is cleared, the transmitter #4 is disabled after completing transmission of data currently in the ESAI transmit shift register. Data can be written to TX4 when TE4 is cleared but the data is not transferred to the transmit shift register #4. The SDO4/SDI1 pin is the data input pin for RX1 if TE4 is cleared and RE1 in the RCR register is set. If both RE1 and TE4 are cleared the transmitter and receiver are disabled, and the pin is tri-stated. Both RE1 and TE4 should not be set at the same time. The normal mode transmit enable sequence is to write data to one or more transmit data registers before setting TEx. The normal transmit disable sequence is to clear TEx, TIE and TEIE after TDE equals one. In the network mode, the operation of clearing TE4 and setting it again disables the transmitter #4 after completing transmission of the current data word until the beginning of the next frame. During that time period, the SDO4/SDI1 pin remains in the high-impedance state. The on-demand mode transmit enable sequence can be the same as the normal mode, or TE4 can be left enabled. 10.3.2.6 TCR ESAI Transmit 5 Enable (TE5) - Bit 5 TE5 enables the transfer of data from TX5 to the transmit shift register #5. When TE5 is set and a frame sync is detected, the transmit #5 portion of the ESAI is enabled for that frame. When TE5 is cleared, the transmitter #5 is disabled after completing transmission of data currently in the ESAI transmit shift register. Data can be written to TX5 when TE5 is cleared but the data is not transferred to the transmit shift register #5. The SDO5/SDI0 pin is the data input pin for RX0 if TE5 is cleared and RE0 in the RCR register is set. If both RE0 and TE5 are cleared the transmitter and receiver are disabled, and the pin is tri-stated. Both RE0 and TE5 should not be set at the same time. The normal mode transmit enable sequence is to write data to one or more transmit data registers before setting TEx. The normal transmit disable sequence is to clear TEx, TIE and TEIE after TDE equals one. In the network mode, the operation of clearing TE5 and setting it again disables the transmitter #5 after completing transmission of the current data word until the beginning of the next frame. During that time period, the SDO5/SDI0 pin remains in the high-impedance state. The on-demand mode transmit enable sequence can be the same as the normal mode, or TE5 can be left enabled. 10.3.2.7 TCR Transmit Shift Direction (TSHFD) - Bit 6 The TSHFD bit causes the transmit shift registers to shift data out MSB first when TSHFD equals zero or LSB first when TSHFD equals one (see Figure 10-13 and Figure 10-14). 10-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.2.8 TCR Transmit Word Alignment Control (TWA) - Bit 7 The Transmitter Word Alignment Control (TWA) bit defines the alignment of the data word in relation to the slot. This is relevant for the cases where the word length is shorter than the slot length. If TWA is cleared, the data word is left-aligned in the slot frame during transmission. If TWA is set, the data word is right-aligned in the slot frame during transmission. Since the data word is shorter than the slot length, the data word is extended until achieving the slot length, according to the following rule: 1. If the data word is left-aligned (TWA=0), and zero padding is disabled (PADC=0), then the last data bit is repeated after the data word has been transmitted. If zero padding is enabled (PADC=1), zeroes are transmitted after the data word has been transmitted. 2. If the data word is right-aligned (TWA=1), and zero padding is disabled (PADC=0), then the first data bit is repeated before the transmission of the data word. If zero padding is enabled (PADC=1), zeroes are transmitted before the transmission of the data word. 10.3.2.9 TCR Transmit Network Mode Control (TMOD1-TMOD0) - Bits 8-9 The TMOD1 and TMOD0 bits are used to define the network mode of ESAI transmitters according to Table 10-4. In the normal mode, the frame rate divider determines the word transfer rate - one word is transferred per frame sync during the frame sync time slot, as shown in Figure 10-6. In network mode, it is possible to transfer a word for every time slot, as shown in Figure 10-6. For more details, see Section 10.4, Operating Modes. In order to comply with AC-97 specifications, TSWS4-TSWS0 should be set to 00011 (20-bit slot, 20-bit word length), TFSL and TFSR should be cleared, and TDC4-TDC0 should be set to $0C (13 words in frame). If TMOD[1:0]=$11 and the above recommendations are followed, the first slot and word will be 16 bits long, and the next 12 slots and words will be 20 bits long, as required by the AC97 protocol. Table 10-4 Transmit Network Mode Selection MOTOROLA TMOD1 TMOD0 TDC4-TDC0 0 0 $0-$1F 0 1 $0 0 1 $1-$1F 1 0 X 1 1 $0C Transmitter Network Mode Normal Mode On-Demand Mode Network Mode Reserved AC97 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-17 SERIAL FRAME SYNC Figure 10-6 Normal and Network Operation DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TRANSMITTER INTERRUPT (OR DMA REQUEST) AND FLAGS SET SERIAL DATA DATA DATA RECEIVER INTERRUPT (OR DMA REQUEST) AND FLAGS SET NOTE: Interrupts occur and data is transferred once per frame sync. Network Mode SERIAL FRAME SYNC TRANSMITTER INTERRUPTS (OR DMA REQUEST) AND FLAGS SET SERIAL DATA SLOT 0 SLOT 1 SLOT 2 SLOT 0 RECEIVER INTERRUPT (OR DMA REQUEST) AND FLAGS SET NOTE: Interrupts occur and a word may be transferred at every time slot. SLOT 1 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10-18 Normal Mode MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.2.10 TCR Tx Slot and Word Length Select (TSWS4-TSWS0) - Bits 10-14 The TSWS4-TSWS0 bits are used to select the length of the slot and the length of the data words being transferred via the ESAI. The word length must be equal to or shorter than the slot length. The possible combinations are shown in Table 10-5. See also the ESAI data path programming model in Figure 10-13 and Figure 10-14. Table 10-5 ESAI Transmit Slot and Word Length Selection TSWS4 TSWS3 TSWS2 TSWS1 TSWS0 SLOT LENGTH WORD LENGTH 0 0 0 0 0 8 8 0 0 1 0 0 12 8 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 12 0 0 0 1 0 16 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 12 0 0 1 1 0 16 0 0 0 1 1 20 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 12 0 1 0 1 0 16 0 0 1 1 1 20 1 1 1 1 0 24 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 12 1 0 0 1 0 16 0 1 1 1 1 20 1 1 1 1 1 24 MOTOROLA 12 16 20 24 32 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8 8 8 8 10-19 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model Table 10-5 ESAI Transmit Slot and Word Length Selection (Continued) TSWS4 TSWS3 TSWS2 TSWS1 TSWS0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 10.3.2.11 SLOT LENGTH WORD LENGTH Reserved TCR Transmit Frame Sync Length (TFSL) - Bit 15 The TFSL bit selects the length of frame sync to be generated or recognized. If TFSL is cleared, a word-length frame sync is selected. If TFSL is set, a 1-bit clock period frame sync is selected. See Figure 10-7 for examples of frame length selection. 10-20 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model WORD LENGTH: TFSL=0, RFSL=0 SERIAL CLOCK RX, TX FRAME SYNC RX, TX SERIAL DATA DATA DATA NOTE: Frame sync occurs while data is valid. ONE BIT LENGTH: TFSL=1, RFSL=1 SERIAL CLOCK RX, TX FRAME SYNC RX, TX SERIAL DATA DATA DATA NOTE: Frame sync occurs for one bit time preceding the data. MIXED FRAME LENGTH: TFSL=1, RFSL=0 SERIAL CLOCK RX FRAME SYNC RX SERIAL DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA TX FRAME SYNC TX SERIAL DATA MIXED FRAME LENGTH: TFSL=0, RFSL=1 SERIAL CLOCK RX FRAME SYNC RX SERIAL DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA TX FRAME SYNC TX SERIAL DATA Figure 10-7 Frame Length Selection MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-21 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.2.12 TCR Transmit Frame Sync Relative Timing (TFSR) - Bit 16 TFSR determines the relative timing of the transmit frame sync signal as referred to the serial data lines, for a word length frame sync only (TFSL=0). When TFSR is cleared the word length frame sync occurs together with the first bit of the data word of the first slot. When TFSR is set the word length frame sync starts one serial clock cycle earlier (i.e together with the last bit of the previous data word). 10.3.2.13 TCR Transmit Zero Padding Control (PADC) - Bit 17 When PADC is cleared, zero padding is disabled. When PADC is set, zero padding is enabled. PADC, in conjunction with the TWA control bit, determines the way that padding is done for operating modes where the word length is less than the slot length. See the TWA bit description in Section 10.3.2.8, TCR Transmit Word Alignment Control (TWA) - Bit 7 for more details. Since the data word is shorter than the slot length, the data word is extended until achieving the slot length, according to the following rule: 1. If the data word is left-aligned (TWA=0), and zero padding is disabled (PADC=0), then the last data bit is repeated after the data word has been transmitted. If zero padding is enabled (PADC=1), zeroes are transmitted after the data word has been transmitted. 2. If the data word is right-aligned (TWA=1), and zero padding is disabled (PADC=0), then the first data bit is repeated before the transmission of the data word. If zero padding is enabled (PADC=1), zeroes are transmitted before the transmission of the data word. 10.3.2.14 TCR Reserved Bit - Bits 18 This bit is reserved. It reads as zero, and it should be written with zero for future compatibility. 10.3.2.15 TCR Transmit Section Personal Reset (TPR) - Bit 19 The TPR control bit is used to put the transmitter section of the ESAI in the personal reset state. The receiver section is not affected. When TPR is cleared, the transmitter section may operate normally. When TPR is set, the transmitter section enters the personal reset state immediately. When in the personal reset state, the status bits are reset to the same state as after hardware reset. The control bits are not affected by the personal reset state. The transmitter data pins are tri-stated while in the personal reset state; if a stable logic level is desired, the transmitter data pins should be defined as GPIO outputs, or external pull-up or pull-down resistors should be used. The transmitter clock outputs drive zeroes while in the personal reset state. Note that to leave the personal reset state by clearing TPR, the procedure described in Section 10.6, ESAI Initialization Examples should be followed. 10.3.2.16 TCR Transmit Exception Interrupt Enable (TEIE) - Bit 20 When TEIE is set, the DSP is interrupted when both TDE and TUE in the SAISR status register are set. When TEIE is cleared, this interrupt is disabled. Reading the SAISR status register followed by writing to all the data registers of the enabled transmitters clears TUE, thus clearing the pending interrupt. 10-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.2.17 TCR Transmit Even Slot Data Interrupt Enable (TEDIE) - Bit 21 The TEDIE control bit is used to enable the transmit even slot data interrupts. If TEDIE is set, the transmit even slot data interrupts are enabled. If TEDIE is cleared, the transmit even slot data interrupts are disabled. A transmit even slot data interrupt request is generated if TEDIE is set and the TEDE status flag in the SAISR status register is set. Even time slots are all even-numbered time slots (0, 2, 4, etc.) when operating in network mode. The zero time slot in the frame is marked by the frame sync signal and is considered to be even. Writing data to all the data registers of the enabled transmitters or to TSR clears the TEDE flag, thus servicing the interrupt. Transmit interrupts with exception have higher priority than transmit even slot data interrupts, therefore if exception occurs (TUE is set) and TEIE is set, the ESAI requests an ESAI transmit data with exception interrupt from the interrupt controller. 10.3.2.18 TCR Transmit Interrupt Enable (TIE) - Bit 22 The DSP is interrupted when TIE and the TDE flag in the SAISR status register are set. When TIE is cleared, this interrupt is disabled. Writing data to all the data registers of the enabled transmitters or to TSR clears TDE, thus clearing the interrupt. Transmit interrupts with exception have higher priority than normal transmit data interrupts, therefore if exception occurs (TUE is set) and TEIE is set, the ESAI requests an ESAI transmit data with exception interrupt from the interrupt controller. 10.3.2.19 TCR Transmit Last Slot Interrupt Enable (TLIE) - Bit 23 TLIE enables an interrupt at the beginning of last slot of a frame in network mode. When TLIE is set the DSP is interrupted at the start of the last slot in a frame in network mode regardless of the transmit mask register setting. When TLIE is cleared the transmit last slot interrupt is disabled. TLIE is disabled when TDC[4:0]=$00000 (on-demand mode). The use of the transmit last slot interrupt is described in Section 10.4.3, ESAI Interrupt Requests. 10.3.3 ESAI Receive Clock Control Register (RCCR) The read/write Receive Clock Control Register (RCCR) controls the ESAI receiver clock generator bit and frame sync rates, word length, and number of words per frame for the serial data. The RCCR control bits are described in the following paragraphs (see Figure 10-8). MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-23 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 11 X:$FFFFB8 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RDC2 RDC1 RDC0 RPSR RPM7 RPM6 RPM5 RPM4 RPM3 RPM2 RPM1 RPM0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 RHCKD RFSD RCKD RHCKP RFSP RCKP RFP3 16 15 RFP2 RFP1 14 13 12 RFP0 RDC4 RDC3 Figure 10-8 RCCR Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits of the RCCR register. 10.3.3.1 RCCR Receiver Prescale Modulus Select (RPM7-RPM0) - Bits 7-0 The RPM7-RPM0 bits specify the divide ratio of the prescale divider in the ESAI receiver clock generator. A divide ratio from 1 to 256 (RPM[7:0]=$00 to $FF) may be selected. The bit clock output is available at the receiver serial bit clock (SCKR) pin of the DSP. The bit clock output is also available internally for use as the bit clock to shift the receive shift registers. The ESAI receive clock generator functional diagram is shown in Figure 10-3. 10.3.3.2 RCCR Receiver Prescaler Range (RPSR) - Bit 8 The RPSR controls a fixed divide-by-eight prescaler in series with the variable prescaler. This bit is used to extend the range of the prescaler for those cases where a slower bit clock is desired. When RPSR is set, the fixed prescaler is bypassed. When RPSR is cleared, the fixed divide-by-eight prescaler is operational (see Figure 10-3). The maximum internally generated bit clock frequency is Fosc/4, the minimum internally generated bit clock frequency is Fosc/(2 x 8 x 256)=Fosc/4096. Note: 10.3.3.3 Do not use the combination RPSR=1 and RPM7-RPM0=$00, which causes synchronization problems when using the internal DSP clock as source (RHCKD=1 or RCKD=1). RCCR Rx Frame Rate Divider Control (RDC4-RDC0) - Bits 9-13 The RDC4-RDC0 bits control the divide ratio for the programmable frame rate dividers used to generate the receiver frame clocks. In network mode, this ratio may be interpreted as the number of words per frame minus one. The divide ratio may range from 2 to 32 (RDC[4:0]=00001 to 11111) for network mode. A divide ratio of one (RDC[4:0]=00000) in network mode is a special case (on-demand mode). In normal mode, this ratio determines the word transfer rate. The divide ratio may range from 1 to 32 (RDC[4:0]=00000 to 11111) for normal mode. In normal mode, a divide ratio of one (RDC[4:0]=00000) provides continuous periodic data word transfers. A bit-length frame sync (RFSL=1) must be used in this case. The ESAI frame sync generator functional diagram is shown in Figure 10-4. 10-24 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.3.4 RCCR Rx High Frequency Clock Divider (RFP3-RFP0) - Bits 14-17 The RFP3-RFP0 bits control the divide ratio of the receiver high frequency clock to the receiver serial bit clock when the source of the receiver high frequency clock and the bit clock is the internal DSP clock. When the HCKR input is being driven from an external high frequency clock, the RFP3-RFP0 bits specify an additional division ration in the clock divider chain. See Table 10-6 for the specification of the divide ratio. The ESAI high frequency generator functional diagram is shown in Figure 10-3. Table 10-6 Receiver High Frequency Clock Divider 10.3.3.5 RFP3-RFP0 Divide Ratio $0 1 $1 2 $2 3 $3 4 ... ... $F 16 RCCR Receiver Clock Polarity (RCKP) - Bit 18 The Receiver Clock Polarity (RCKP) bit controls on which bit clock edge data and frame sync are clocked out and latched in. If RCKP is cleared the data and the frame sync are clocked out on the rising edge of the receive bit clock and the frame sync is latched in on the falling edge of the receive bit clock. If RCKP is set the falling edge of the receive clock is used to clock the data and frame sync out and the rising edge of the receive clock is used to latch the frame sync in. 10.3.3.6 RCCR Receiver Frame Sync Polarity (RFSP) - Bit 19 The Receiver Frame Sync Polarity (RFSP) determines the polarity of the receive frame sync signal. When RFSP is cleared the frame sync signal polarity is positive (i.e the frame start is indicated by a high level on the frame sync pin). When RFSP is set the frame sync signal polarity is negative (i.e the frame start is indicated by a low level on the frame sync pin). 10.3.3.7 RCCR Receiver High Frequency Clock Polarity (RHCKP) - Bit 20 The Receiver High Frequency Clock Polarity (RHCKP) bit controls on which bit clock edge data and frame sync are clocked out and latched in. If RHCKP is cleared the data and the frame sync are clocked out on the rising edge of the receive bit clock and the frame sync is latched in on the falling edge of the receive bit clock. If RHCKP is set the falling edge of the receive clock is used to clock the data and frame sync out and the rising edge of the receive clock is used to latch the frame sync in. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-25 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.3.8 RCCR Receiver Clock Source Direction (RCKD) - Bit 21 The Receiver Clock Source Direction (RCKD) bit selects the source of the clock signal used to clock the receive shift register in the asynchronous mode (SYN=0) and the IF0/OF0 flag direction in the synchronous mode (SYN=1). In the asynchronous mode when RCKD is set, the internal clock source becomes the bit clock for the receive shift registers and word length divider, and is the output on the SCKR pin. In the asynchronous mode when RCKD is cleared, the clock source is external; the internal clock generator is disconnected from the SCKR pin, and an external clock source may drive this pin. In the synchronous mode when RCKD is set, the SCKR pin becomes the OF0 output flag. If RCKD is cleared, then the SCKR pin becomes the IF0 input flag. See Table 10-1 and Table 10-7. Table 10-7 SCKR Pin Definition Table Control Bits SCKR PIN 10.3.3.9 SYN RCKD 0 0 SCKR input 0 1 SCKR output 1 0 IF0 1 1 OF0 RCCR Receiver Frame Sync Signal Direction (RFSD) - Bit 22 The Receiver Frame Sync Signal Direction (RFSD) bit selects the source of the receiver frame sync signal when in the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), and the IF1/OF1/Transmitter Buffer Enable flag direction in the synchronous mode (SYN=1). In the asynchronous mode when RFSD is set, the internal clock generator becomes the source of the receiver frame sync, and is the output on the FSR pin. In the asynchronous mode when RFSD is cleared, the receiver frame sync source is external; the internal clock generator is disconnected from the FSR pin, and an external clock source may drive this pin. In the synchronous mode when RFSD is set, the FSR pin becomes the OF1 output flag or the Transmitter Buffer Enable, according to the TEBE control bit. If RFSD is cleared, then the FSR pin becomes the IF1 input flag. See Table 10-1 and Table 10-8. 10-26 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model Table 10-8 FSR Pin Definition Table Control Bits FSR Pin 10.3.3.10 SYN TEBE RFSD 0 X 0 FSR input 0 X 1 FSR output 1 0 0 IF1 1 0 1 OF1 1 1 0 reserved 1 1 1 Transmitter Buffer Enable RCCR Receiver High Frequency Clock Direction (RHCKD) - Bit 23 The Receiver High Frequency Clock Direction (RHCKD) bit selects the source of the receiver high frequency clock when in the asynchronous mode (SYN=0), and the IF2/OF2 flag direction in the synchronous mode (SYN=1). In the asynchronous mode when RHCKD is set, the internal clock generator becomes the source of the receiver high frequency clock, and is the output on the HCKR pin. In the asynchronous mode when RHCKD is cleared, the receiver high frequency clock source is external; the internal clock generator is disconnected from the HCKR pin, and an external clock source may drive this pin. When RHCKD is cleared, HCKR is an input; when RHCKD is set, HCKR is an output. In the synchronous mode when RHCKD is set, the HCKR pin becomes the OF2 output flag. If RHCKD is cleared, then the HCKR pin becomes the IF2 input flag. See Table 10-1 and Table 10-9. Table 10-9 HCKR Pin Definition Table Control Bits HCKR PIN MOTOROLA SYN RHCKD 0 0 HCKR input 0 1 HCKR output 1 0 IF2 1 1 OF2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-27 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.4 ESAI Receive Control Register (RCR) The read/write Receive Control Register (RCR) controls the ESAI receiver section. Interrupt enable bits for the receivers are provided in this control register. The receivers are enabled in this register (0,1,2 or 3 receivers can be enabled) if the input data pin is not used by a transmitter. Operating modes are also selected in this register. 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 X:$FFFFB7 RSWS1 RSWS0 RMOD1 RMOD0 RWA RSHFD 23 22 21 20 19 RLIE RIE REDIE REIE RPR 18 17 16 RFSR 3 2 1 0 RE3 RE2 RE1 RE0 15 14 13 12 RFSL RSWS4 RSWS3 RSWS2 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-9 RCR Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits in the RCR register. The ESAI RCR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 10.3.4.1 RCR ESAI Receiver 0 Enable (RE0) - Bit 0 When RE0 is set and TE5 is cleared, the ESAI receiver 0 is enabled and samples data at the SDO5/SDI0 pin. TX5 and RX0 should not be enabled at the same time (RE0=1 and TE5=1). When RE0 is cleared, receiver 0 is disabled by inhibiting data transfer into RX0. If this bit is cleared while receiving a data word, the remainder of the word is shifted in and transferred to the RX0 data register. If RE0 is set while some of the other receivers are already in operation, the first data word received in RX0 will be invalid and must be discarded. 10.3.4.2 RCR ESAI Receiver 1 Enable (RE1) - Bit 1 When RE1 is set and TE4 is cleared, the ESAI receiver 1 is enabled and samples data at the SDO4/SDI1 pin. TX4 and RX1 should not be enabled at the same time (RE1=1 and TE4=1). When RE1 is cleared, receiver 1 is disabled by inhibiting data transfer into RX1. If this bit is cleared while receiving a data word, the remainder of the word is shifted in and transferred to the RX1 data register. If RE1 is set while some of the other receivers are already in operation, the first data word received in RX1 will be invalid and must be discarded. 10-28 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.4.3 RCR ESAI Receiver 2 Enable (RE2) - Bit 2 When RE2 is set and TE3 is cleared, the ESAI receiver 2 is enabled and samples data at the SDO3/SDI2 pin. TX3 and RX2 should not be enabled at the same time (RE2=1 and TE3=1). When RE2 is cleared, receiver 2 is disabled by inhibiting data transfer into RX2. If this bit is cleared while receiving a data word, the remainder of the word is shifted in and transferred to the RX2 data register. If RE2 is set while some of the other receivers are already in operation, the first data word received in RX2 will be invalid and must be discarded. 10.3.4.4 RCR ESAI Receiver 3 Enable (RE3) - Bit 3 When RE3 is set and TE2 is cleared, the ESAI receiver 3 is enabled and samples data at the SDO2/SDI3 pin. TX2 and RX3 should not be enabled at the same time (RE3=1 and TE2=1). When RE3 is cleared, receiver 3 is disabled by inhibiting data transfer into RX3. If this bit is cleared while receiving a data word, the remainder of the word is shifted in and transferred to the RX3 data register. If RE3 is set while some of the other receivers are already in operation, the first data word received in RX3 will be invalid and must be discarded. 10.3.4.5 RCR Reserved Bits - Bits 4-5, 17-18 These bits are reserved. They read as zero, and they should be written with zero for future compatibility. 10.3.4.6 RCR Receiver Shift Direction (RSHFD) - Bit 6 The RSHFD bit causes the receiver shift registers to shift data in MSB first when RSHFD is cleared or LSB first when RSHFD is set (see Figure 10-13 and Figure 10-14). 10.3.4.7 RCR Receiver Word Alignment Control (RWA) - Bit 7 The Receiver Word Alignment Control (RWA) bit defines the alignment of the data word in relation to the slot. This is relevant for the cases where the word length is shorter than the slot length. If RWA is cleared, the data word is assumed to be left-aligned in the slot frame. If RWA is set, the data word is assumed to be right-aligned in the slot frame. If the data word is shorter than the slot length, the data bits which are not in the data word field are ignored. For data word lengths of less than 24 bits, the data word is right-extended with zeroes before being stored in the receive data registers. 10.3.4.8 RCR Receiver Network Mode Control (RMOD1-RMOD0) - Bits 8-9 The RMOD1 and RMOD0 bits are used to define the network mode of the ESAI receivers according to Table 10-10. In the normal mode, the frame rate divider determines the word transfer rate - one word is transferred per frame sync during the frame sync time slot, as shown in Figure 10-6. In network mode, it is MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-29 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model possible to transfer a word for every time slot, as shown in Figure 10-6. For more details, see Section 10.4, Operating Modes. In order to comply with AC-97 specifications, RSWS4-RSWS0 should be set to 00011 (20-bit slot, 20-bit word), RFSL and RFSR should be cleared, and RDC4-RDC0 should be set to $0C (13 words in frame). Table 10-10 ESAI Receive Network Mode Selection 10.3.4.9 RMOD1 RMOD0 RDC4-RD C0 Receiver Network Mode 0 0 $0-$1F Normal Mode 0 1 $0 On-Demand Mode 0 1 $1-$1F Network Mode 1 0 X Reserved 1 1 $0C AC97 RCR Receiver Slot and Word Select (RSWS4-RSWS0) - Bits 10-14 The RSWS4-RSWS0 bits are used to select the length of the slot and the length of the data words being received via the ESAI. The word length must be equal to or shorter than the slot length. The possible combinations are shown in Table 10-11. See also the ESAI data path programming model in Figure 10-13 and Figure 10-14. Table 10-11 ESAI Receive Slot and Word Length Selection 10-30 RSWS4 RSWS3 RSWS2 RSWS1 RSWS0 SLOT LENGTH WORD LENGTH 0 0 0 0 0 8 8 0 0 1 0 0 12 8 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 12 0 0 0 1 0 16 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 12 0 0 1 1 0 16 0 0 0 1 1 20 12 16 20 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 8 8 MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model Table 10-11 ESAI Receive Slot and Word Length Selection (Continued) RSWS4 RSWS3 RSWS2 RSWS1 RSWS0 SLOT LENGTH WORD LENGTH 1 0 0 0 0 24 8 0 1 1 0 1 12 0 1 0 1 0 16 0 0 1 1 1 20 1 1 1 1 0 24 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 12 1 0 0 1 0 16 0 1 1 1 1 20 1 1 1 1 1 24 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 10.3.4.10 32 8 Reserved RCR Receiver Frame Sync Length (RFSL) - Bit 15 The RFSL bit selects the length of the receive frame sync to be generated or recognized. If RFSL is cleared, a word-length frame sync is selected. If RFSL is set, a 1-bit clock period frame sync is selected. See Figure 10-7 for examples of frame length selection. 10.3.4.11 RCR Receiver Frame Sync Relative Timing (RFSR) - Bit 16 RFSR determines the relative timing of the receive frame sync signal as referred to the serial data lines, for a word length frame sync only. When RFSR is cleared the word length frame sync occurs together with the first bit of the data word of the first slot. When RFSR is set the word length frame sync starts one serial clock cycle earlier (i.e. together with the last bit of the previous data word). MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-31 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.4.12 RCR Receiver Section Personal Reset (RPR) - Bit 19 The RPR control bit is used to put the receiver section of the ESAI in the personal reset state. The transmitter section is not affected. When RPR is cleared, the receiver section may operate normally. When RPR is set, the receiver section enters the personal reset state immediately. When in the personal reset state, the status bits are reset to the same state as after hardware reset.The control bits are not affected by the personal reset state.The receiver data pins are disconnected while in the personal reset state. Note that to leave the personal reset state by clearing RPR, the procedure described in Section 10.6, ESAI Initialization Examples should be followed. 10.3.4.13 RCR Receive Exception Interrupt Enable (REIE) - Bit 20 When REIE is set, the DSP is interrupted when both RDF and ROE in the SAISR status register are set. When REIE is cleared, this interrupt is disabled. Reading the SAISR status register followed by reading the enabled receivers data registers clears ROE, thus clearing the pending interrupt. 10.3.4.14 RCR Receive Even Slot Data Interrupt Enable (REDIE) - Bit 21 The REDIE control bit is used to enable the receive even slot data interrupts. If REDIE is set, the receive even slot data interrupts are enabled. If REDIE is cleared, the receive even slot data interrupts are disabled. A receive even slot data interrupt request is generated if REDIE is set and the REDF status flag in the SAISR status register is set. Even time slots are all even-numbered time slots (0, 2, 4, etc.) when operating in network mode. The zero time slot is marked by the frame sync signal and is considered to be even. Reading all the data registers of the enabled receivers clears the REDF flag, thus servicing the interrupt. Receive interrupts with exception have higher priority than receive even slot data interrupts, therefore if exception occurs (ROE is set) and REIE is set, the ESAI requests an ESAI receive data with exception interrupt from the interrupt controller. 10.3.4.15 RCR Receive Interrupt Enable (RIE) - Bit 22 The DSP is interrupted when RIE and the RDF flag in the SAISR status register are set. When RIE is cleared, this interrupt is disabled. Reading the receive data registers of the enabled receivers clears RDF, thus clearing the interrupt. Receive interrupts with exception have higher priority than normal receive data interrupts, therefore if exception occurs (ROE is set) and REIE is set, the ESAI requests an ESAI receive data with exception interrupt from the interrupt controller. 10.3.4.16 RCR Receive Last Slot Interrupt Enable (RLIE) - Bit 23 RLIE enables an interrupt after the last slot of a frame ended in network mode only. When RLIE is set the DSP is interrupted after the last slot in a frame ended regardless of the receive mask register setting. When RLIE is cleared the receive last slot interrupt is disabled. Hardware and software reset clear RLIE. RLIE is disabled when RDC[4:0]=00000 (on-demand mode). The use of the receive last slot interrupt is described in Section 10.4.3, ESAI Interrupt Requests. 10-32 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.5 ESAI Common Control Register (SAICR) The read/write Common Control Register (SAICR) contains control bits for functions that affect both the receive and transmit sections of the ESAI See Figure 10-10. . 11 10 9 X:$FFFFB4 23 22 21 8 7 6 ALC TEBE SYN 20 19 18 5 17 4 16 3 15 2 1 0 OF2 OF1 OF0 14 13 12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-10 SAICR Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits in the SAICR register. 10.3.5.1 SAICR Serial Output Flag 0 (OF0) - Bit 0 The Serial Output Flag 0 (OF0) is a data bit used to hold data to be send to the OF0 pin. When the ESAI is in the synchronous clock mode (SYN=1), the SCKR pin is configured as the ESAI flag 0. If the receiver serial clock direction bit (RCKD) is set, the SCKR pin is the output flag OF0, and data present in the OF0 bit is written to the OF0 pin at the beginning of the frame in normal mode or at the beginning of the next time slot in network mode. 10.3.5.2 SAICR Serial Output Flag 1 (OF1) - Bit 1 The Serial Output Flag 1 (OF1) is a data bit used to hold data to be send to the OF1 pin. When the ESAI is in the synchronous clock mode (SYN=1), the FSR pin is configured as the ESAI flag 1. If the receiver frame sync direction bit (RFSD) is set and the TEBE bit is cleared, the FSR pin is the output flag OF1, and data present in the OF1 bit is written to the OF1 pin at the beginning of the frame in normal mode or at the beginning of the next time slot in network mode. 10.3.5.3 SAICR Serial Output Flag 2 (OF2) - Bit 2 The Serial Output Flag 2 (OF2) is a data bit used to hold data to be send to the OF2 pin. When the ESAI is in the synchronous clock mode (SYN=1), the HCKR pin is configured as the ESAI flag 2. If the receiver high frequency clock direction bit (RHCKD) is set, the HCKR pin is the output flag OF2, and data present in the OF2 bit is written to the OF2 pin at the beginning of the frame in normal mode or at the beginning of the next time slot in network mode. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-33 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.5.4 SAICR Reserved Bits - Bits 3-5, 9-23 These bits are reserved. They read as zero, and they should be written with zero for future compatibility. 10.3.5.5 SAICR Synchronous Mode Selection (SYN) - Bit 6 The Synchronous Mode Selection (SYN) bit controls whether the receiver and transmitter sections of the ESAI operate synchronously or asynchronously with respect to each other (see Figure 10-11). When SYN is cleared, the asynchronous mode is chosen and independent clock and frame sync signals are used for the transmit and receive sections. When SYN is set, the synchronous mode is chosen and the transmit and receive sections use common clock and frame sync signals. When in the synchronous mode (SYN=1), the transmit and receive sections use the transmitter section clock generator as the source of the clock and frame sync for both sections. Also, the receiver clock pins SCKR, FSR and HCKR now operate as I/O flags. See Table 10-7, Table 10-8 and Table 10-9 for the effects of SYN on the receiver clock pins. 10.3.5.6 SAICR Transmit External Buffer Enable (TEBE) - Bit 7 The Transmitter External Buffer Enable (TEBE) bit controls the function of the FSR pin when in the synchronous mode. If the ESAI is configured for operation in the synchronous mode (SYN=1), and TEBE is set while FSR pin is configured as an output (RFSD=1), the FSR pin functions as the transmitter external buffer enable control, to enable the use of an external buffers on the transmitter outputs. If TEBE is cleared then the FSR pin functions as the serial I/O flag 1. See Table 10-8 for a summary of the effects of TEBE on the FSR pin. 10.3.5.7 SAICR Alignment Control (ALC) - Bit 8 The ESAI is designed for 24-bit fractional data, thus shorter data words are left aligned to the MSB (bit 23). Some applications use 16-bit fractional data. In those cases, shorter data words may be left aligned to bit 15. The Alignment Control (ALC) bit supports these applications. If ALC is set, transmitted and received words are left aligned to bit 15 in the transmit and receive shift registers. If ALC is cleared, transmitted and received word are left aligned to bit 23 in the transmit and receive shift registers. Note: 10-34 While ALC is set, 20-bit and 24-bit words may not be used, and word length control should specify 8-, 12- or 16-bit words, otherwise results are unpredictable. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model ASYNCHRONOUS (SYN=0) TRANSMITTER SDO FRAME SYNC CLOCK EXTERNAL TRANSMIT CLOCK EXTERNAL TRANSMIT FRAME SYNC SCKT FST INTERNAL CLOCK INTERNAL FRAME SYNC EXTERNAL RECEIVE CLOCK EXTERNAL RECEIVE FRAME SYNC ESAI BIT CLOCK SCKR FSR CLOCK FRAME SYNC SDI RECEIVER NOTE: Transmitter and receiver may have different clocks and frame syncs. SYNCHRONOUS (SYN=1) TRANSMITTER SDO FRAME SYNC CLOCK EXTERNAL CLOCK EXTERNAL FRAME SYNC SCKT ESAI BIT CLOCK FST INTERNAL CLOCK INTERNAL FRAME SYNC CLOCK FRAME SYNC SDI RECEIVER NOTE: Transmitter and receiver have the same clocks and frame syncs. Figure 10-11 SAICR SYN Bit Operation MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-35 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.6 ESAI Status Register (SAISR) The Status Register (SAISR) is a read-only status register used by the DSP to read the status and serial input flags of the ESAI. See Figure 10-12. The status bits are described in the following paragraphs. 11 X:$FFFFB3 10 9 8 RODF REDF RDF 23 22 21 20 7 6 ROE RFS 19 18 5 17 4 16 TODE TEDE 3 2 1 0 IF2 IF1 IF0 15 14 13 12 TDE TUE TFS Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-12 SAISR Register 10.3.6.1 SAISR Serial Input Flag 0 (IF0) - Bit 0 The IF0 bit is enabled only when the SCKR pin is defined as ESAI in the Port Control Register, SYN=1 and RCKD=0, indicating that SCKR is an input flag and the synchronous mode is selected. Data present on the SCKR pin is latched during reception of the first received data bit after frame sync is detected. The IF0 bit is updated with this data when the receiver shift registers are transferred into the receiver data registers. IF0 reads as a zero when it is not enabled. Hardware, software, ESAI individual, and STOP reset clear IF0. 10.3.6.2 SAISR Serial Input Flag 1 (IF1) - Bit 1 The IF1 bit is enabled only when the FSR pin is defined as ESAI in the Port Control Register, SYN =1, RFSD=0 and TEBE=0, indicating that FSR is an input flag and the synchronous mode is selected. Data present on the FSR pin is latched during reception of the first received data bit after frame sync is detected. The IF1 bit is updated with this data when the receiver shift registers are transferred into the receiver data registers. IF1 reads as a zero when it is not enabled. Hardware, software, ESAI individual, and STOP reset clear IF1. 10.3.6.3 SAISR Serial Input Flag 2 (IF2) - Bit 2 The IF2 bit is enabled only when the HCKR pin is defined as ESAI in the Port Control Register, SYN=1 and RHCKD=0, indicating that HCKR is an input flag and the synchronous mode is selected. Data present on the HCKR pin is latched during reception of the first received data bit after frame sync is detected. The IF2 bit is updated with this data when the receive shift registers are transferred into the receiver data registers. IF2 reads as a zero when it is not enabled. Hardware, software, ESAI individual, and STOP reset clear IF2. 10-36 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.6.4 SAISR Reserved Bits - Bits 3-5, 11-12, 18-23 These bits are reserved for future use. They read as zero. 10.3.6.5 SAISR Receive Frame Sync Flag (RFS) - Bit 6 When set, RFS indicates that a receive frame sync occurred during reception of the words in the receiver data registers. This indicates that the data words are from the first slot in the frame. When RFS is clear and a word is received, it indicates (only in the network mode) that the frame sync did not occur during reception of that word. RFS is cleared by hardware, software, ESAI individual, or STOP reset. RFS is valid only if at least one of the receivers is enabled (REx=1). Note: In normal mode, RFS always reads as a one when reading data because there is only one time slot per frame - the "frame sync" time slot. 10.3.6.6 SAISR Receiver Overrun Error Flag (ROE) - Bit 7 The ROE flag is set when the serial receive shift register of an enabled receiver is full and ready to transfer to its receiver data register (RXx) and the register is already full (RDF=1). If REIE is set, an ESAI receive data with exception (overrun error) interrupt request is issued when ROE is set. Hardware, software, ESAI individual, and STOP reset clear ROE. ROE is also cleared by reading the SAISR with ROE set, followed by reading all the enabled receive data registers. 10.3.6.7 SAISR Receive Data Register Full (RDF) - Bit 8 RDF is set when the contents of the receive shift register of an enabled receiver is transferred to the respective receive data register. RDF is cleared when the DSP reads the receive data register of all enabled receivers or cleared by hardware, software, ESAI individual, or STOP reset. If RIE is set, an ESAI receive data interrupt request is issued when RDF is set. 10.3.6.8 SAISR Receive Even-Data Register Full (REDF) - Bit 9 When set, REDF indicates that the received data in the receive data registers of the enabled receivers have arrived during an even time slot when operating in the network mode. Even time slots are all even-numbered slots (0, 2, 4, 6, etc.). Time slots are numbered from zero to N-1, where N is the number of time slots in the frame. The zero time slot is considered even. REDF is set when the contents of the receive shift registers are transferred to the receive data registers. REDF is cleared when the DSP reads all the enabled receive data registers or cleared by hardware, software, ESAI individual, or STOP resets. If REDIE is set, an ESAI receive even slot data interrupt request is issued when REDF is set. 10.3.6.9 SAISR Receive Odd-Data Register Full (RODF) - Bit 10 When set, RODF indicates that the received data in the receive data registers of the enabled receivers have arrived during an odd time slot when operating in the network mode. Odd time slots are all odd-numbered slots (1, 3, 5, etc.). Time slots are numbered from zero to N-1, where N is the number of time slots in the frame. RODF is set when the contents of the receive shift registers are transferred to the MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-37 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model receive data registers. RODF is cleared when the DSP reads all the enabled receive data registers or cleared by hardware, software, ESAI individual, or STOP resets. 10.3.6.10 SAISR Transmit Frame Sync Flag (TFS) - Bit 13 When set, TFS indicates that a transmit frame sync occurred in the current time slot. TFS is set at the start of the first time slot in the frame and cleared during all other time slots. Data written to a transmit data register during the time slot when TFS is set is transmitted (in network mode), if the transmitter is enabled, during the second time slot in the frame. TFS is useful in network mode to identify the start of a frame. TFS is cleared by hardware, software, ESAI individual, or STOP reset. TFS is valid only if at least one transmitter is enabled (i.e. one or more of TE0, TE1, TE2, TE3, TE4 and TE5 are set). Note: 10.3.6.11 In normal mode, TFS always reads as a one when transmitting data because there is only one time slot per frame - the "frame sync" time slot. SAISR Transmit Underrun Error Flag (TUE) - Bit 14 TUE is set when at least one of the enabled serial transmit shift registers is empty (no new data to be transmitted) and a transmit time slot occurs. When a transmit underrun error occurs, the previous data (which is still present in the TX registers that were not written) is retransmitted. If TEIE is set, an ESAI transmit data with exception (underrun error) interrupt request is issued when TUE is set. Hardware, software, ESAI individual, and STOP reset clear TUE. TUE is also cleared by reading the SAISR with TUE set, followed by writing to all the enabled transmit data registers or to TSR. 10.3.6.12 SAISR Transmit Data Register Empty (TDE) - Bit 15 TDE is set when the contents of the transmit data register of all the enabled transmitters are transferred to the transmit shift registers; it is also set for a TSR disabled time slot period in network mode (as if data were being transmitted after the TSR was written). When set, TDE indicates that data should be written to all the TX registers of the enabled transmitters or to the time slot register (TSR). TDE is cleared when the DSP writes to all the transmit data registers of the enabled transmitters, or when the DSP writes to the TSR to disable transmission of the next time slot. If TIE is set, an ESAI transmit data interrupt request is issued when TDE is set. Hardware, software, ESAI individual, and STOP reset clear TDE. 10.3.6.13 SAISR Transmit Even-Data Register Empty (TEDE) - Bit 16 When set, TEDE indicates that the enabled transmitter data registers became empty at the beginning of an even time slot. Even time slots are all even-numbered slots (0, 2, 4, 6, etc.). Time slots are numbered from zero to N-1, where N is the number of time slots in the frame. The zero time slot is considered even. This flag is set when the contents of the transmit data register of all the enabled transmitters are transferred to the transmit shift registers; it is also set for a TSR disabled time slot period in network mode (as if data were being transmitted after the TSR was written). When set, TEDE indicates that data should be written to all the TX registers of the enabled transmitters or to the time slot register (TSR). TEDE is cleared when the DSP writes to all the transmit data registers of the enabled transmitters, or when the DSP writes to the TSR to disable transmission of the next time slot. If TIE is set, an ESAI transmit data interrupt request is issued when TEDE is set. Hardware, software, ESAI individual, and STOP reset clear TEDE. 10-38 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.6.14 SAISR Transmit Odd-Data Register Empty (TODE) - Bit 17 When set, TODE indicates that the enabled transmitter data registers became empty at the beginning of an odd time slot. Odd time slots are all odd-numbered slots (1, 3, 5, etc.). Time slots are numbered from zero to N-1, where N is the number of time slots in the frame. This flag is set when the contents of the transmit data register of all the enabled transmitters are transferred to the transmit shift registers; it is also set for a TSR disabled time slot period in network mode (as if data were being transmitted after the TSR was written). When set, TODE indicates that data should be written to all the TX registers of the enabled transmitters or to the time slot register (TSR). TODE is cleared when the DSP writes to all the transmit data registers of the enabled transmitters, or when the DSP writes to the TSR to disable transmission of the next time slot. If TIE is set, an ESAI transmit data interrupt request is issued when TODE is set. Hardware, software, ESAI individual, and STOP reset clear TODE. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-39 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 23 16 15 RECEIVE HIGH BYTE SERIAL RECEIVE SHIFT REGISTER 8 7 RECEIVE MIDDLE BYTE 7 0 23 16 15 0 7 0 8 7 0 RECEIVE MIDDLE BYTE 7 0 ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER (READ ONLY) RECEIVE LOW BYTE 7 RECEIVE HIGH BYTE 0 RECEIVE LOW BYTE 7 0 7 0 24 BIT 20 BIT 16 BIT SDI 12 BIT 8 BIT MSB RSWS4RSWS0 LSB 8-BIT DATA 0 MSB 0 0 LEAST SIGNIFICANT ZERO FILL 0 LSB 12-BIT DATA LSB MSB 16-BIT DATA MSB LSB 20-BIT DATA MSB LSB 24-BIT DATA NOTES: 1. Data is received MSB first if RSHFD=0. 2. 24-bit fractional format (ALC=0). 3. 32-bit mode is not shown. (a) Receive Registers 23 16 15 TRANSMIT HIGH BYTE 7 TRANSMIT MIDDLE BYTE 0 23 7 8-BIT DATA ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER (WRITE ONLY) TRANSMIT LOW BYTE 0 7 0 16 15 8 7 0 TRANSMIT MIDDLE BYTE 0 MSB 0 7 TRANSMIT HIGH BYTE SDO 8 7 7 LSB 0 7 * MSB ESAI TRANSMIT SHIFT REGISTER TRANSMIT LOW BYTE * 0 * * * - LEAST SIGNIFICANT BIT FILL LSB 12-BIT DATA LSB MSB 16-BIT DATA MSB 20-BIT DATA MSB 24-BIT DATA (b) Transmit Registers LSB LSB NOTES: 1. Data is sent MSB first if TSHFD=0. 2. 24-bit fractional format (ALC=0). 3. 32-bit mode is not shown. 4. Data word is left-aligned (TWA=0,PADC=0). Figure 10-13 ESAI Data Path Programming Model ([R/T]SHFD=0) 10-40 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 23 16 15 RECEIVE HIGH BYTE RECEIVE MIDDLE BYTE 7 0 23 16 15 7 RECEIVE HIGH BYTE SDI 0 7 0 ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER (READ ONLY) RECEIVE LOW BYTE 0 7 0 8 7 0 RECEIVE MIDDLE BYTE 7 MSB 8 7 RECEIVE LOW BYTE 0 7 ESAI RECEIVE SHIFT REGISTER 0 LSB 8-BIT DATA 0 MSB 0 0 LEAST SIGNIFICANT ZERO FILL 0 LSB 12-BIT DATA LSB MSB 16-BIT DATA MSB LSB 20-BIT DATA MSB LSB 24-BIT DATA NOTES: 1. Data is received LSB first if RSHFD=1. 2. 24-bit fractional format (ALC=0). 3. 32-bit mode is not shown. (a) Receive Registers 23 16 15 TRANSMIT HIGH BYTE 8 7 TRANSMIT MIDDLE BYTE TRANSMIT LOW BYTE 7 0 7 0 7 23 16 15 8 7 TRANSMIT HIGH BYTE 7 TRANSMIT MIDDLE BYTE 0 7 0 0 TRANSMIT LOW BYTE 0 7 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA 0 REGISTER (WRITE ONLY) ESAI TRANSMIT SHIFT REGISTER 0 24 BIT 20 BIT 16 BIT 12 BIT SDO 8 BIT MSB LSB 8-BIT DATA 0 MSB 0 0 0 TSWS4TSWS0 LSB 12-BIT DATA LSB MSB 16-BIT DATA MSB 20-BIT DATA MSB LSB LSB 24-BIT DATA (b) Transmit Registers NOTES: 1. Data is sent LSB first if TSHFD=1. 2. 24-bit fractional format (ALC=0). 3. 32-bit mode is not shown. 4. Data word is left aligned (TWA=0,PADC=1). Figure 10-14 ESAI Data Path Programming Model ([R/T]SHFD=1) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-41 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.7 ESAI Receive Shift Registers The receive shift registers (see Figure 10-13 and Figure 10-14) receive the incoming data from the serial receive data pins. Data is shifted in by the selected (internal/external) bit clock when the associated frame sync I/O is asserted. Data is assumed to be received MSB first if RSHFD=0 and LSB first if RSHFD=1. Data is transferred to the ESAI receive data registers after 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, or 32 serial clock cycles were counted, depending on the slot length control bits in the RCR register. 10.3.8 ESAI Receive Data Registers (RX3, RX2, RX1, RX0) RX3, RX2, RX1 and RX0 are 24-bit read-only registers that accept data from the receive shift registers when they become full (see Figure 10-13 and Figure 10-14). The data occupies the most significant portion of the receive data registers, according to the ALC control bit setting. The unused bits (least significant portion, and 8 most significant bits when ALC=1) read as zeros. The DSP is interrupted whenever RXx becomes full if the associated interrupt is enabled. 10.3.9 ESAI Transmit Shift Registers The transmit shift registers contain the data being transmitted (see Figure 10-13 and Figure 10-14). Data is shifted out to the serial transmit data pins by the selected (internal/external) bit clock when the associated frame sync I/O is asserted. The number of bits shifted out before the shift registers are considered empty and may be written to again can be 8, 12, 16, 20, 24 or 32 bits (determined by the slot length control bits in the TCR register). Data is shifted out of these registers MSB first if TSHFD=0 and LSB first if TSHFD=1. 10.3.10 ESAI Transmit Data Registers (TX5, TX4, TX3, TX2,TX1,TX0) TX5, TX4, TX3, TX2, TX1 and TX0 are 24-bit write-only registers. Data to be transmitted is written into these registers and is automatically transferred to the transmit shift registers (see Figure 10-13 and Figure 10-14). The data written (8, 12, 16, 20 or 24 bits) should occupy the most significant portion of the TXx according to the ALC control bit setting. The unused bits (least significant portion, and the 8 most significant bits when ALC=1) of the TXx are don't care bits. The DSP is interrupted whenever the TXx becomes empty if the transmit data register empty interrupt has been enabled. 10.3.11 ESAI Time Slot Register (TSR) The write-only Time Slot Register (TSR) is effectively a null data register that is used when the data is not to be transmitted in the available transmit time slot. The transmit data pins of all the enabled transmitters are in the high-impedance state for the respective time slot where TSR has been written. The Transmitter External Buffer Enable pin (FSR pin when SYN=1, TEBE=1, RFSD=1) disables the external buffers during the slot when the TSR register has been written. 10-42 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model 10.3.12 Transmit Slot Mask Registers (TSMA, TSMB) The Transmit Slot Mask Registers (TSMA and TSMB) are two read/write registers used by the transmitters in network mode to determine for each slot whether to transmit a data word and generate a transmitter empty condition (TDE=1), or to tri-state the transmitter data pins. TSMA and TSMB should each be considered as containing half a 32-bit register TSM. See Figure 10-15 and Figure 10-16. Bit number N in TSM (TS**) is the enable/disable control bit for transmission in slot number N. X:$FFFFB9 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TS11 TS10 TS9 TS8 TS7 TS6 TS5 TS4 TS3 TS2 TS1 TS0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 TS15 TS14 TS13 TS12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-15 TSMA Register X:$FFFFBA 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TS27 TS26 TS25 TS24 TS23 TS22 TS21 TS20 TS19 TS18 TS17 TS16 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 TS31 TS30 TS29 TS28 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-16 TSMB Register When bit number N in TSM is cleared, all the transmit data pins of the enabled transmitters are tri-stated during transmit time slot number N. The data is still transferred from the transmit data registers to the transmit shift registers but neither the TDE nor the TUE flags are set. This means that during a disabled slot, no transmitter empty interrupt is generated. The DSP is interrupted only for enabled slots. Data that is written to the transmit data registers when servicing this request is transmitted in the next enabled transmit time slot. When bit number N in TSM register is set, the transmit sequence is as usual: data is transferred from the TX registers to the shift registers, transmitted during slot number N, and the TDE flag is set. Using the slot mask in TSM does not conflict with using TSR. Even if a slot is enabled in TSM, the user may chose to write to TSR instead of writing to the transmit data registers TXx. This causes all the transmit data pins of the enabled transmitters to be tri-stated during the next slot. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-43 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Programming Model Data written to the TSM affects the next frame transmission. The frame being transmitted is not affected by this data and would comply to the last TSM setting. Data read from TSM returns the last written data. After hardware or software reset, the TSM register is preset to $FFFFFFFF, which means that all 32 possible slots are enabled for data transmission. Note: 10.3.13 When operating in normal mode, bit 0 of the mask register must be set, otherwise no output is generated. Receive Slot Mask Registers (RSMA, RSMB) The Receive Slot Mask Registers (RSMA and RSMB) are two read/write registers used by the receiver in network mode to determine for each slot whether to receive a data word and generate a receiver full condition (RDF=1), or to ignore the received data. RSMA and RSMB should be considered as each containing half of a 32-bit register RSM. See Figure 10-17 and Figure 10-18. Bit number N in RSM (RS**) is an enable/disable control bit for receiving data in slot number N. 11 X:$FFFFBB 10 RS11 RS10 23 22 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RS9 RS8 RS7 RS6 RS5 RS4 RS3 RS2 RS1 RS0 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 RS15 RS14 RS13 RS12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-17 RSMA Register 11 X:$FFFFBC 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RS27 RS26 RS25 RS24 RS23 RS22 RS21 RS20 RS19 RS18 RS17 RS16 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 RS31 RS30 RS29 RS28 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-18 RSMB Register When bit number N in the RSM register is cleared, the data from the enabled receivers input pins are shifted into their receive shift registers during slot number N. The data is not transferred from the receive 10-44 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Operating Modes shift registers to the receive data registers, and neither the RDF nor the ROE flags are set. This means that during a disabled slot, no receiver full interrupt is generated. The DSP is interrupted only for enabled slots. When bit number N in the RSM is set, the receive sequence is as usual: data which is shifted into the enabled receivers shift registers is transferred to the receive data registers and the RDF flag is set. Data written to the RSM affects the next received frame. The frame being received is not affected by this data and would comply to the last RSM setting. Data read from RSM returns the last written data. After hardware or software reset, the RSM register is preset to $FFFFFFFF, which means that all 32 possible slots are enabled for data reception. Note: 10.4 When operating in normal mode, bit 0 of the mask register must be set to one, otherwise no input is received. OPERATING MODES ESAI operating mode are selected by the ESAI control registers (TCCR, TCR, RCCR, RCR and SAICR). The main operating mode are described in the following paragraphs. 10.4.1 ESAI After Reset Hardware or software reset clears the port control register bits and the port direction control register bits, which configure all ESAI I/O pins as disconnected. The ESAI is in the individual reset state while all ESAI pins are programmed as GPIO or disconnected, and is active only if at least one of the ESAI I/O pins is programmed as an ESAI pin. 10.4.2 ESAI Initialization The correct way to initialize the ESAI is as follows: 1. Hardware, software, ESAI individual, or STOP reset. 2. Program ESAI control and time slot registers. 3. Write data to all the enabled transmitters. 4. Configure at least one pin as ESAI pin. During program execution, all ESAI pins may be defined as GPIO or disconnected, causing the ESAI to stop serial activity and enter the individual reset state. All status bits of the interface are set to their reset state; however, the control bits are not affected. This procedure allows the DSP programmer to reset the ESAI separately from the other internal peripherals. During individual reset, internal DMA accesses to the data registers of the ESAI are not valid and data read is undefined. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-45 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Operating Modes The DSP programmer must use an individual ESAI reset when changing the ESAI control registers (except for TEIE, REIE, TLIE, RLIE, TIE, RIE, TE0-TE5, RE0-RE3) to ensure proper operation of the interface. Note: 10.4.3 If the ESAI receiver section is already operating with some of the receivers, enabling additional receivers on the fly (i.e. without first putting the ESAI receiver in the personal reset state) by setting their REx control bits will result in erroneous data being received as the first data word for the newly enabled receivers. ESAI Interrupt Requests The ESAI can generate eight different interrupt requests (ordered from the highest to the lowest priority): 1. ESAI Receive Data with Exception Status. Occurs when the receive exception interrupt is enabled (REIE=1 in the RCR register), at least one of the enabled receive data registers is full (RDF=1), and a receiver overrun error has occurred (ROE=1 in the SAISR register). ROE is cleared by first reading the SAISR and then reading all the enabled receive data registers. 2. ESAI Receive Even Data Occurs when the receive even slot data interrupt is enabled (REDIE=1), at least one of the enabled receive data registers is full (RDF=1), the data is from an even slot (REDF=1), and no exception has occurred (ROE=0 or REIE=0). Reading all enabled receiver data registers clears RDF and REDF. 3. ESAI Receive Data Occurs when the receive interrupt is enabled (RIE=1), at least one of the enabled receive data registers is full (RDF=1), no exception has occurred (ROE=0 or REIE=0), and no even slot interrupt has occurred (REDF=0 or REDIE=0). Reading all enabled receiver data registers clears RDF. 4. ESAI Receive Last Slot Interrupt Occurs, if enabled (RLIE=1), after the last slot of the frame ended (in network mode only) regardless of the receive mask register setting. The receive last slot interrupt may be used for resetting the receive mask slot register, reconfiguring the DMA channels and reassigning data memory pointers. Using the receive last slot interrupt guarantees that the previous frame was serviced with the previous setting and the new frame is serviced with the new setting without synchronization problems. Note that the maximum receive last slot interrupt service time should not exceed N-1 ESAI bits service time (where N is the number of bits in a slot). 5. ESAI Transmit Data with Exception Status Occurs when the transmit exception interrupt is enabled (TEIE=1), at least one transmit data register of the enabled transmitters is empty (TDE=1), and a transmitter underrun error has occurred (TUE=1). TUE is cleared by first reading the SAISR and then writing to all the enabled transmit data registers, or to the TSR register. 6. ESAI Transmit Last Slot Interrupt Occurs, if enabled (TLIE=1), at the start of the last slot of the frame in network mode regardless of the transmit mask register setting. The transmit last slot interrupt may be used for resetting the transmit mask slot register, reconfiguring the DMA channels and reassigning data memory pointers. Using the transmit last slot interrupt guarantees that the previous frame was serviced with the previous setting and the new frame is serviced with the new setting without 10-46 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Operating Modes synchronization problems. Note that the maximum transmit last slot interrupt service time should not exceed N-1 ESAI bits service time (where N is the number of bits in a slot). 7. ESAI Transmit Even Data Occurs when the transmit even slot data interrupt is enabled (TEDIE=1), at least one of the enabled transmit data registers is empty (TDE=1), the slot is an even slot (TEDE=1), and no exception has occurred (TUE=0 or TEIE=0). Writing to all the TX registers of the enabled transmitters or to TSR clears this interrupt request. 8. ESAI Transmit Data Occurs when the transmit interrupt is enabled (TIE=1), at least one of the enabled transmit data registers is empty (TDE=1), no exception has occurred (TUE=0 or TEIE=0), and no even slot interrupt has occurred (TEDE=0 or TEDIE=0). Writing to all the TX registers of the enabled transmitters, or to the TSR clears this interrupt request. 10.4.4 Operating Modes - Normal, Network, and On-Demand The ESAI has three basic operating modes and many data/operation formats. 10.4.4.1 Normal/Network/On-Demand Mode Selection Selecting between the normal mode and network mode is accomplished by clearing or setting the TMOD0-TMOD1 bits in the TCR register for the transmitter section, and in the RMOD0-RMOD1 bits in the RCR register for the receiver section. For normal mode, the ESAI functions with one data word of I/O per frame (per enabled transmitter or receiver). The normal mode is typically used to transfer data to/from a single device. For the network mode, 2 to 32 time slots per frame may be selected. During each frame, 0 to 32 data words of I/O may be received/transmitted. In either case, the transfers are periodic. The frame sync signal indicates the first time slot in the frame. Network mode is typically used in time division multiplexed (TDM) networks of codecs, DSPs with multiple words per frame, or multi-channel devices. Selecting the network mode and setting the frame rate divider to zero (DC=00000) selects the on-demand mode. This special case does not generate a periodic frame sync. A frame sync pulse is generated only when data is available to transmit. The on-demand mode requires that the transmit frame sync be internal (output) and the receive frame sync be external (input). Therefore, for simplex operation, the synchronous mode could be used; however, for full-duplex operation, the asynchronous mode must be used. Data transmission that is data driven is enabled by writing data into each TX. Although the ESAI is double buffered, only one word can be written to each TX, even if the transmit shift register is empty. The receive and transmit interrupts function as usual using TDE and RDF; however, transmit underruns are impossible for on-demand transmission and are disabled. 10.4.4.2 Synchronous/Asynchronous Operating Modes The transmit and receive sections of the ESAI may be synchronous or asynchronous - i.e., the transmitter and receiver sections may use common clock and synchronization signals (synchronous operating mode), MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-47 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) Operating Modes or they may have their own separate clock and sync signals (asynchronous operating mode). The SYN bit in the SAICR register selects synchronous or asynchronous operation. Since the ESAI is designed to operate either synchronously or asynchronously, separate receive and transmit interrupts are provided. When SYN is cleared, the ESAI transmitter and receiver clocks and frame sync sources are independent. If SYN is set, the ESAI transmitter and receiver clocks and frame sync come from the transmitter section (either external or internal sources). Data clock and frame sync signals can be generated internally by the DSP or may be obtained from external sources. If internally generated, the ESAI clock generator is used to derive high frequency clock, bit clock and frame sync signals from the DSP internal system clock. 10.4.4.3 Frame Sync Selection The frame sync can be either a bit-long or word-long signal. The transmitter frame format is defined by the TFSL bit in the TCR register. The receiver frame format is defined by the RFSL bit in the RCR register. 1. In the word-long frame sync format, the frame sync signal is asserted during the entire word data transfer period. This frame sync length is compatible with Motorola codecs, SPI serial peripherals, serial A/D and D/A converters, shift registers, and telecommunication PCM serial I/O. 2. In the bit-long frame sync format, the frame sync signal is asserted for one bit clock immediately before the data transfer period. This frame sync length is compatible with Intel and National components, codecs, and telecommunication PCM serial I/O. The relative timing of the word length frame sync as referred to the data word is specified by the TFSR bit in the TCR register for the transmitter section, and by the RFSR bit in the RCR register for the receive section. The word length frame sync may be generated (or expected) with the first bit of the data word, or with the last bit of the previous word. TFSR and RFSR are ignored when a bit length frame sync is selected. Polarity of the frame sync signal may be defined as positive (asserted high) or negative (asserted low). The TFSP bit in the TCCR register specifies the polarity of the frame sync for the transmitter section. The RFSP bit in the RCCR register specifies the polarity of the frame sync for the receiver section. The ESAI receiver looks for a receive frame sync leading edge (trailing edge if RFSP is set) only when the previous frame is completed. If the frame sync goes high before the frame is completed (or before the last bit of the frame is received in the case of a bit frame sync or a word length frame sync with RFSR set), the current frame sync is not recognized, and the receiver is internally disabled until the next frame sync. Frames do not have to be adjacent - i.e., a new frame sync does not have to immediately follow the previous frame. Gaps of arbitrary periods can occur between frames. Enabled transmitters are tri-stated during these gaps. When operating in the synchronous mode (SYN=1), all clocks including the frame sync are generated by the transmitter section. 10.4.4.4 Shift Direction Selection Some data formats, such as those used by codecs, specify MSB first while other data formats, such as the AES-EBU digital audio interface, specify LSB first. The MSB/LSB first selection is made by programming RSHFD bit in the RCR register for the receiver section, and by programming the TSHFD bit in the TCR register for the transmitter section. 10-48 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) GPIO - Pins and Registers 10.4.5 Serial I/O Flags Three ESAI pins (FSR, SCKR and HCKR) are available as serial I/O flags when the ESAI is operating in the synchronous mode (SYN=1). Their operation is controlled by RCKD, RFSD, TEBE bits in the RCR, RCCR and SAICR registers.The output data bits (OF2, OF1 and OF0) and the input data bits (IF2, IF1 and IF0) are double buffered to/from the HCKR, FSR and SCKR pins. Double buffering the flags keeps them in sync with the TX and RX data lines. Each flag can be separately programmed. Flag 0 (SCKR pin) direction is selected by RCKD, RCKD=1 for output and RCKD=0 for input. Flag 1 (FSR pin) is enabled when the pin is not configured as external transmitter buffer enable (TEBE=0) and its direction is selected by RFSD, RFSD=1 for output and RFSD=0 for input. Flag 2 (HCKR pin) direction is selected by RHCKD, RHCKD=1 for output and RHCKD=0 for input. When programmed as input flags, the SCKR, FSR and HCKR logic values, respectively, are latched at the same time as the first bit of the receive data word is sampled. Because the input was latched, the signal on the input flag pin (SCKR, FSR or HCKR) can change without affecting the input flag until the first bit of the next receive data word. When the received data words are transferred to the receive data registers, the input flag latched values are then transferred to the IF0, IF1 and IF2 bits in the SAISR register, where they may be read by software. When programmed as output flags, the SCKR, FSR and HCKR logic values are driven by the contents of the OF0, OF1 and OF2 bits in the SAICR register respectively, and are driven when the transmit data registers are transferred to the transmit shift registers. The value on SCKR, FSR and HCKR is stable from the time the first bit of the transmit data word is transmitted until the first bit of the next transmit data word is transmitted. Software may change the OF0-OF2 values thus controlling the SCKR, FSR and HCKR pin values for each transmitted word. The normal sequence for setting output flags when transmitting data is as follows: wait for TDE (transmitter empty) to be set, first write the flags, and then write the transmit data to the transmit registers. OF0, OF1 and OF2 are double buffered so that the flag states appear on the pins when the transmit data is transferred to the transmit shift register (i.e., the flags are synchronous with the data). 10.5 GPIO - PINS AND REGISTERS The GPIO functionality of the ESAI port is controlled by three registers: Port C control register (PCRC), Port C direction register (PRRC) and Port C data register (PDRC). 10.5.1 Port C Control Register (PCRC) The read/write 24-bit Port C Control Register (PCRC) in conjunction with the Port C Direction Register (PRRC) controls the functionality of the ESAI GPIO pins. Each of the PC(11:0) bits controls the functionality of the corresponding port pin. See Table 10-12 for the port pin configurations. Hardware and software reset clear all PCRC bits. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-49 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) GPIO - Pins and Registers 10.5.2 Port C Direction Register (PRRC) The read/write 24-bit Port C Direction Register (PRRC) in conjunction with the Port C Control Register (PCRC) controls the functionality of the ESAI GPIO pins. Table 10-12 describes the port pin configurations. Hardware and software reset clear all PRRC bits. Table 10-12 PCRC and PRRC Bits Functionality PDC[i] PC[i] Port Pin[i] Function 0 0 disconnected 0 1 GPIO input 1 0 GPIO output 1 1 ESAI 11 X:$FFFFBF 10 PC11 PC10 23 22 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PC9 PC8 PC7 PC6 PC5 PC4 PC3 PC2 PC1 PC0 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-19 PCRC Register 11 X:$FFFFBE 10 PDC11 PDC10 23 22 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PDC9 PDC8 PDC7 PDC6 PDC5 PDC4 PDC3 PDC2 PDC1 PDC0 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-20 PRRC Register 10-50 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Initialization Examples 10.5.3 Port C Data register (PDRC) The read/write 24-bit Port C Data Register (see Figure 10-21) is used to read or write data to/from ESAI GPIO pins. Bits PD(11:0) are used to read or write data from/to the corresponding port pins if they are configured as GPIO. If a port pin [i] is configured as a GPIO input, then the corresponding PD[i] bit reflects the value present on this pin. If a port pin [i] is configured as a GPIO output, then the value written into the corresponding PD[i] bit is reflected on this pin. If a port pin [i] is configured as disconnected, the corresponding PD[i] bit is not reset and contains undefined data. X:$FFFFBD 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PD11 PD10 PD9 PD8 PD7 PD6 PD5 PD4 PD3 PD2 PD1 PD0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 10-21 PDRC Register 10.6 ESAI INITIALIZATION EXAMPLES 10.6.1 Initializing the ESAI Using Individual Reset * The ESAI should be in its individual reset state (PCRC = $000 and PRRC = $000). In the individual reset state, both the transmitter and receiver sections of the ESAI are simultaneously reset. The TPR bit in the TCR register may be used to reset just the transmitter section. The RPR bit in the RCR register may be used to reset just the receiver section. * Configure the control registers (TCCR, TCR, RCCR, RCR) according to the operating mode, but do not enable transmitters (TE5-TE0 = $0) or receivers (RE3-RE0 = $0). It is possible to set the interrupt enable bits which are in use during the operation (no interrupt occurs). * Enable the ESAI by setting the PCRC register and PRRC register bits according to pins which are in use during operation. * Write the first data to be transmitted to the transmitters which are in use during operation. This step is needed even if DMA is used to service the transmitters. * Enable the transmitters and receivers. * From now on ESAI can be serviced either by polling, interrupts, or DMA. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 10-51 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) ESAI Initialization Examples Operation proceeds as follows: * For internally generated clock and frame sync, these signals are active immediately after ESAI is enabled (step 3 above). * Data is received only when one of the receive enable (REx) bits is set and after the occurrence of frame sync signal (either internally or externally generated). * Data is transmitted only when the transmitter enable (TEx) bit is set and after the occurrence of frame sync signal (either internally or externally generated). The transmitter outputs remain tri-stated after TEx bit is set until the frame sync occurs. 10.6.2 Initializing Just the ESAI Transmitter Section * It is assumed that the ESAI is operational; that is, at least one pin is defined as an ESAI pin. * The transmitter section should be in its personal reset state (TPR = 1). * Configure the control registers TCCR and TCR according to the operating mode, making sure to clear the transmitter enable bits (TE0 - TE5). TPR must remain set. * Take the transmitter section out of the personal reset state by clearing TPR. * Write first data to the transmitters which will be used during operation. This step is needed even if DMA is used to service the transmitters. * Enable the transmitters by setting their TE bits. * Data is transmitted only when the transmitter enable (TEx) bit is set and after the occurrence of frame sync signal (either internally or externally generated). The transmitter outputs remain tri-stated after TEx bit is set until the frame sync occurs. * From now on the transmitters are operating and can be serviced either by polling, interrupts, or DMA. 10.6.3 Initializing Just the ESAI Receiver Section * It is assumed that the ESAI is operational; that is, at least one pin is defined as an ESAI pin. * The receiver section should be in its personal reset state (RPR = 1). * Configure the control registers RCCR and RCR according to the operating mode, making sure to clear the receiver enable bits (RE0 - RE3). RPR must remain set. * Take the receiver section out of the personal reset state by clearing RPR. * Enable the receivers by setting their RE bits. * From now on the receivers are operating and can be serviced either by polling, interrupts, or DMA. 10-52 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA CHAPTER 11 ENHANCED SERIAL AUDIO INTERFACE 1 (ESAI_1) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 11-1 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) Introduction 11.1 INTRODUCTION The Enhanced Serial Audio Interface I (ESAI_1) is the second ESAI peripheral in the DSP56367. It is functionally identical to the ESAI peripheral described in SectionEnhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI) except for minor differences described in this section. Refer to the ESAI section for functional information about the ESAI_1, in addition to using the information in this section. The ESAI_1 block diagram is shown in Figure 11-1. The ESAI_1 shares 4 pins with the ESAI. The ESAI_1 does not have the two high frequency clock pins but otherwise it is identical to the ESAI. 11-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) Introduction GDB DDB TX0_1 RSMA_1 RSMB_1 Shift Register TSMA_1 TX1_1 TSMB_1 SDO0_1 [PE11] (shared with SDO0 [PC11]) SDO1_1 [PE10] (shared with SDO1 [PC10]) Shift Register RCCR_1 TX2_1 RCR_1 SDO2_1/SDI3_1 [PE9] (shared with SDO2/SDI3 [PC9]) Shift Register TCCR_1 RX3_1 TCR_1 TX3_1 SAICR_1 Shift Register SAISR_1 RX2_1 SDO3_1/SDI2_1 [PE8] (shared with SDO3/SDI2 [PC8]) TX4_1 SDO4_1/SDI1_1 [PE7] TSR_1 Shift Register Clock / Frame Sync Generators and Control Logic RX1_1 TX5_1 RCLK SDO5_1/SDI0_1 [PE6] Shift Register [PE1] FSR_1 [PE0] SCKR_1 [PE4] FST_1 [PE3] SCKT_1 TCLK RX0_1 Figure 11-1 ESAI_1 Block Diagram MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 11-3 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Data and Control Pins 11.2 ESAI_1 DATA AND CONTROL PINS The ESAI_1 has 6 dedicated pins and shares 4 pins with the ESAI. The pins are described in the following sections. 11.2.1 Serial Transmit 0 Data Pin (SDO0_1) SDO0_1 transmits data from the TX0_1 serial transmit shift register. It is shared with the ESAI SDO0 signal. The pin may be used as SDO0_1 if it is not defined as ESAI SDO0. The pin may be used as GPIO PE11 if not used by the ESAI or ESAI_1. The ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register (EMUXR) defines if the pin belongs to the ESAI or to the ESAI_1. 11.2.2 Serial Transmit 1 Data Pin (SDO1_1) SDO1_1 transmits data from the TX1_1 serial transmit shift register. It is shared with the ESAI SDO1 signal. The pin may be used as SDO1_1 if it is not defined as ESAI SDO1. The pin may be used as GPIO PE10 if not used by the ESAI or ESAI_1. The ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register (EMUXR) defines if the pin belongs to the ESAI or to the ESAI_1. 11.2.3 Serial Transmit 2/Receive 3 Data Pin (SDO2_1/SDI3_1) SDO2_1/SDI3_1 transmits data from the TX2_1 serial transmit shift register when programmed as a transmitter pin, or receives serial data to the RX3_1 serial receive shift register when programmed as a receiver pin. It is shared with the ESAI SDO2/SDI3 signal. The pin may be used as SDO2_1/SDI3_1 if it is not defined as ESA I SDO2/SDI3. The pin may be used as GPIO PE9 if not used by the ESAI or ESAI_1. The ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register (EMUXR) defines if the pin belongs to the ESAI or to the ESAI_1. 11.2.4 Serial Transmit 3/Receive 2 Data Pin (SDO3_1/SDI2_1) SDO3_1/SDI2_1 transmits data from the TX3_1 serial transmit shift register when programmed as a transmitter pin, or receives serial data to the RX2_1 serial receive shift register when programmed as a receiver pin. It is shared with the ESAI SDO3/SDI2 signal. The pin may be used as SDO3_1/SDI2_1 if it is not defined as ESAI SDO3/SDI2. The pin may be used as GPIO PE8 if not used by the ESAI or ESAI_1. The ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register (EMUXR) defines if the pin belongs to the ESAI or to the ESAI_1. 11.2.5 Serial Transmit 4/Receive 1 Data Pin (SDO4_1/SDI1_1) SDO4_1/SDI1_1 transmits data from the TX4_1 serial transmit shift register when programmed as a transmitter pin, or receives serial data to the RX1_1 serial receive shift register when programmed as a 11-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Data and Control Pins receiver pin. SDO4_1/SDI1_1 may be programmed as a general-purpose pin (PE7) when the ESAI_1 SDO4_1 and SDI1_1 functions are not being used. 11.2.6 Serial Transmit 5/Receive 0 Data Pin (SDO5_1/SDI0_1) SDO5_1/SDI0_1 transmits data from the TX5_1 serial transmit shift register when programmed as transmitter pin, or receives serial data to the RX0_1 serial shift register when programmed as a receiver pin. SDO5_1/SDI0_1 may be programmed as a general-purpose pin (PE6) when the ESAI_1 SDO5_1 and SDI0_1 functions are not being used. 11.2.7 Receiver Serial Clock (SCKR_1) SCKR_1 is a bidirectional pin that provides the receivers serial bit clock for the ESAI_1 interface. SCKR_1 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PE0) when the ESAI_1 SCKR_1 function is not being used. 11.2.8 Transmitter Serial Clock (SCKT_1) SCKT_1 is a bidirectional pin that provides the transmitters serial bit clock for the ESAI_1 interface. SCKT_1 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PE3) when the ESAI_1 SCKT_1 function is not being used. 11.2.9 Frame Sync for Receiver (FSR_1) The FSR_1 pin is a bidirectional pin that provides the receivers frame sync signal for the ESAI_1 interface. FSR_1 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PE1) when the ESAI_1 FSR_1 function is not being used. 11.2.10 Frame Sync for Transmitter (FST_1) The FST_1 pin is a bidirectional pin that provides the transmitters frame sync signal for the ESAI_1 interface. FST_1 may be programmed as a general-purpose I/O pin (PE4) when the ESAI_1 FST_1 function is not being used. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 11-5 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model 11.3 ESAI_1 PROGRAMMING MODEL The ESAI_1 has the following registers: * One multiplex control register * Five control registers * One status register * Six transmit data registers * Four receive data registers * Two transmit slot mask registers * Two receive slot mask registers * One special-purpose time slot register The ESAI_1 also contains the GPIO Port E functionality, described in Section11.5, GPIO - Pins and Registers. The following paragraphs give detailed descriptions of bits in the ESAI_1 registers that differ in functionality from their descriptions in the ESAI Programming Model. 11.3.1 ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register (EMUXR) The read/write ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register (EMUXR) controls which peripheral (ESAI or ESAI_1) is using the shared pins. 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EMUX3 EMUX2 EMUX1 EMUX0 Y:$FFFFAF 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-2 EMUXR Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits of the EMUXR register. The selection of ESAI/ESAI_1 pins is shown in Table 11-1. 11-6 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model Table 11-1 EMUXR ESAI/ESAI_1 Pin Selection EMUXR bit ESAI pin ESAI_1 pin EMUX0 0 SDO0 [PC11] disconnected EMUX0 1 disconnected SDO0_1 [PE11] EMUX1 0 SDO1[PC10] disconnected EMUX1 1 disconnected SDO1_1 [PE10] EMUX2 0 SDO2/SDI3 [PC9] disconnected EMUX2 1 disconnected SDO2_1/SDI3_1 [PE9] EMUX3 0 SDO3/SDI2 [PC8] disconnected EMUX3 1 disconnected SDO3_1/SDI2_1 [PE8] 11.3.2 ESAI_1 Transmitter Clock Control Register (TCCR_1) The read/write Transmitter Clock Control Register (TCCR_1) controls the ESAI_1 transmitter clock generator bit and frame sync rates, the bit rate and high frequency clock sources and the directions of the FST_1 and SCKT_1 signals. In synchronous mode, the bit clock defined for the transmitter determines the receiver bit clock as well. TCCR_1 also controls the number of words per frame for the serial data. Hardware and software reset clear all the bits of the TCCR_1 register. Y:$FFFF96 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TDC2 TDC1 TDC0 TPSR TPM7 TPM6 TPM5 TPM4 TPM3 TPM2 TPM1 TPM0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 THCKD TFSD TCKD THCKP TFSP TCKP TFP3 TFP2 TFP1 TFP0 TDC4 TDC3 Figure 11-3 TCCR_1 Register 11.3.2.1 TCCR_1 Tx High Freq. Clock Divider (TFP3-TFP0) - Bits 14-17 Since the ESAI_1 does not have the transmitter high frequency clock pin, the TFP3-TFP0 bits simply specify an additional division ratio in the clock divider chain. See Figure 11-4. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 11-7 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model 11.3.2.2 TCCR_1 Tx High Freq. Clock Polarity (THCKP) - Bit 20 The ESAI_1 does not have the transmitter high frequency clock pin. It it recommended that THCKP should be kept cleared. 11.3.2.3 TCCR_1 Tx High Freq. Clock Direction (THCKD) - Bit 23 The ESAI_1 does not have the transmitter high frequency clock pin. THCKD must be set for proper ESAI_1 transmitter section operation. Table 11-2 Transmitter Clock Sources 11-8 Transmitter Bit Clock Source THCKD TFSD TCKD OUTPUTS 0 X X 1 0 0 SCKT_1 1 0 1 INT 1 1 0 SCKT_1 FST_1 1 1 1 INT FST_1 Reserved SCKT_1 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual SCKT_1 MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model RHCKD=1 FOSC DIVIDE BY 2 PRESCALE DIVIDE BY 1 OR DIVIDE BY 8 RPSR FLAG0 OUT (SYNC MODE) DIVIDER DIVIDE BY 1 TO DIVIDE BY 256 DIVIDER DIVIDE BY 1 TO DIVIDE BY 16 RPM0 - RPM7 RFP0 - RFP3 FLAG0 IN (SYNC MODE) INTERNAL BIT CLOCK RSWS4-RSWS0 RX WORD LENGTH DIVIDER SYN=1 RX WORD CLOCK SYN=0 SCKR_1 RX SHIFT REGISTER RCLOCK SYN=0 TSWS4-TSWS0 SYN=1 RCKD TCLOCK INTERNAL BIT CLOCK SCKT_1 TX WORD LENGTH DIVIDER TX WORD CLOCK TCKD TX SHIFT REGISTER TPSR DIVIDE BY 2 FOSC PRESCALE DIVIDE BY 1 OR DIVIDE BY 8 TPM0 - TPM7 TFP0 - TFP3 DIVIDER DIVIDE BY 1 TO DIVIDE BY 256 DIVIDER DIVIDE BY 1 TO DIVIDE BY 16 THCKD=1 Notes: 1. FOSC is the DSP56300 Core internal clock frequency. Figure 11-4 ESAI_1 Clock Generator Functional Block Diagram MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 11-9 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model RX WORD CLOCK RDC0 - RDC4 RFSL RECEIVER FRAME RATE DIVIDER SYNC TYPE INTERNAL RX FRAME CLOCK RFSD RFSD=1 SYN=0 SYN=0 RECEIVE CONTROL LOGIC FSR_1 RECEIVE FRAME SYNC RFSD=0 SYN=1 SYN=1 TDC0 - TDC4 TFSL FLAG1 IN (SYNC MODE) FLAG1OUT (SYNC MODE) TFSD TX WORD CLOCK TRANSMITTER FRAME RATE DIVIDER TRANSMIT CONTROL LOGIC SYNC TYPE INTERNAL TX FRAME CLOCK FST_1 TRANSMIT FRAME SYNC Figure 11-5 ESAI_1 Frame Sync Generator Functional Block Diagram 11.3.3 ESAI_1 Transmit Control Register (TCR_1) The read/write Transmit Control Register (TCR_1) controls the ESAI_1 transmitter section. Interrupt enable bits for the transmitter section are provided in this control register. Operating modes are also selected in this register. 11-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model 11 Y:$FFFF95 10 9 8 7 TSWS1 TSWS0 TMOD1 TMOD0 TWA 23 22 21 20 19 TLIE TIE TEDIE TEIE TPR 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TSHFD TE5 TE4 TE3 TE2 TE1 TE0 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 PADC TFSR TFSL TSWS4 TSWS3 TSWS2 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-6 TCR_1 Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits in the TCR_1 register. 11.3.4 ESAI_1 Receive Clock Control Register (RCCR_1) The read/write Receive Clock Control Register (RCCR_1) controls the ESAI_1 receiver clock generator bit and frame sync rates, word length, and number of words per frame for the serial data. Y:$FFFF98 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RDC2 RDC1 RDC0 RPSR RPM7 RPM6 RPM5 RPM4 RPM3 RPM2 RPM1 RPM0 23 22 21 20 19 RHCKD RFSD RCKD RHCKP RFSP 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 RCKP RFP3 RFP2 RFP1 RFP0 RDC4 RDC3 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-7 RCCR_1 Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits of the RCCR_1 register. 11.3.4.1 RCCR_1 Rx High Freq. Clock Divider (RFP3-RFP0) - Bits 14-17 Since the ESAI_1 does not have the receiver high frequency clock pin, the RFP3-RFP0 bits simply specify an additional division ratio in the clock divider chain. See Figure 11-4. 11.3.4.2 RCCR_1 Rx High Freq. Clock Polarity (RHCKP) - Bit 20 The ESAI_1 does not have the receiver high frequency clock pin. It it recommended that RHCKP should be kept cleared. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 11-11 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model 11.3.4.3 RCCR_1 Rx High Freq. Clock Direction (RHCKD) - Bit 23 The ESAI_1 does not have the receiver high frequency clock pin. RHCKD must be set for proper ESAI_1 receiver section operation. Table 11-3 Receiver Clock Sources (asynchronous mode only) 11.3.5 Receiver Bit Clock Source RHCKD RFSD RCKD OUTPUTS 0 X X 1 0 0 SCKR_1 1 0 1 INT 1 1 0 SCKR_1 FSR_1 1 1 1 INT FSR_1 Reserved SCKR_1 SCKR_1 ESAI_1 Receive Control Register (RCR_1) The read/write Receive Control Register (RCR_1) controls the ESAI_1 receiver section. 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Y:$FFFF97 RSWS1 RSWS0 RMOD1 RMOD0 RWA RSHFD 23 22 21 20 19 RLIE RIE REDIE REIE RPR 18 17 16 RFSR 3 2 1 0 RE3 RE2 RE1 RE0 15 14 13 12 RFSL RSWS4 RSWS3 RSWS2 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-8 RCR_1 Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits in the RCR_1 register. 11.3.6 ESAI_1 Common Control Register (SAICR_1) The read/write Common Control Register (SAICR_1) contains control bits for functions that use both the receive and transmit sections of the ESAI_1. 11-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model 11 10 9 Y:$FFFF94 23 22 8 7 6 ALC TEBE SYN 20 19 18 21 5 17 4 3 16 2 1 0 OF2 OF1 OF0 14 13 12 15 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-9 SAICR_1 Register Hardware and software reset clear all the bits in the SAICR_1 register. 11.3.7 ESAI_1 Status Register (SAISR_1) The Status Register (SAISR_1) is a read-only status register used by the DSP to read the status and serial input flags of the ESAI_1. 11 Y:$FFFF93 10 9 RODF REDF 23 22 21 8 7 6 RDF ROE RFS 20 19 18 5 17 4 3 16 TODE TEDE 2 1 0 IF2 IF1 IF0 12 15 14 13 TDE TUE TFS Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-10 SAISR_1 Register 11.3.8 ESAI_1 Receive Shift Registers The receive shift registers receive the incoming data from the serial receive data pins. Data is shifted in by the selected (internal/external) bit clock when the associated frame sync I/O is asserted. Data is assumed to be received MSB first if RSHFD=0 and LSB first if RSHFD=1. Data is transferred to the ESAI_1 receive data registers after 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, or 32 serial clock cycles were counted, depending on the slot length control bits in the RCR_1 register. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 11-13 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model 11.3.9 ESAI_1 Receive Data Registers The Receive Data Registers RX3_1, RX2_1, RX1_1, and RX0_1 are 24-bit read-only registers that accept data from the receive shift registers when they become full. The data occupies the most significant portion of the receive data registers, according to the ALC control bit setting. The unused bits (least significant portion, and 8 most significant bits when ALC=1) read as zeros. The DSP is interrupted whenever RXx_1 becomes full if the associated interrupt is enabled. 11.3.10 ESAI_1 Transmit Shift Registers The Transmit Shift Registers contain the data being transmitted. Data is shifted out to the serial transmit data pins by the selected (internal/external) bit clock when the associated frame sync I/O is asserted. The number of bits shifted out before the shift registers are considered empty and may be written to again can be 8, 12, 16, 20, 24 or 32 bits (determined by the slot length control bits in the TCR_1 register). Data is shifted out of these registers MSB first if TSHFD=0 and LSB first if TSHFD=1. 11.3.11 ESAI_1 Transmit Data Registers The Transmit Data registers TX5_1, TX4_1, TX3_1, TX2_1, TX1_1, and TX0_1 are 24-bit write-only registers. Data to be transmitted is written into these registers and is automatically transferred to the transmit shift registers. The data written (8, 12, 16, 20 or 24 bits) should occupy the most significant portion of the TXx_1 according to the ALC control bit setting. The unused bits (least significant portion, and the 8 most significant bits when ALC=1) of the TXx_1 are don't care bits. The DSP is interrupted whenever the TXx_1 becomes empty if the transmit data register empty interrupt has been enabled. 11.3.12 ESAI_1 Time Slot Register (TSR_1) The write-only Time Slot Register (TSR_1) is effectively a null data register that is used when the data is not to be transmitted in the available transmit time slot. The transmit data pins of all the enabled transmitters are in the high-impedance state for the respective time slot where TSR_1 has been written. The Transmitter External Buffer Enable pin (FSR_1 pin when SYN=1, TEBE=1, RFSD=1) disables the external buffers during the slot when the TSR_1 register has been written. 11.3.13 Transmit Slot Mask Registers (TSMA_1, TSMB_1) The Transmit Slot Mask Registers (TSMA_1 and TSMB_1) are two read/write registers used by the transmitters in network mode to determine for each slot whether to transmit a data word and generate a transmitter empty condition (TDE=1), or to tri-state the transmitter data pins. TSMA_1 and TSMB_1 should each be considered as containing half a 32-bit register TSM_1. See Figure 11-11 and Figure 11-12. Bit number N in TSM_1 (TS**) is the enable/disable control bit for transmission in slot number N. 11-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) ESAI_1 Programming Model Y:$FFFF99 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TS11 TS10 TS9 TS8 TS7 TS6 TS5 TS4 TS3 TS2 TS1 TS0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 TS15 TS14 TS13 TS12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-11 TSMA_1 Register Y:$FFFF9A 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TS27 TS26 TS25 TS24 TS23 TS22 TS21 TS20 TS19 TS18 TS17 TS16 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 TS31 TS30 TS29 TS28 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-12 TSMB_1 Register 11.3.14 Receive Slot Mask Registers (RSMA_1, RSMB_1) The Receive Slot Mask Registers (RSMA_1 and RSMB_1) are two read/write registers used by the receiver in network mode to determine for each slot whether to receive a data word and generate a receiver full condition (RDF=1), or to ignore the received data. RSMA_1 and RSMB_1 should be considered as each containing half of a 32-bit register RSM_1. See Figure 11-13 and Figure 11-14. Bit number N in RSM_1 (RS**) is an enable/disable control bit for receiving data in slot number N. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 11-15 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) Operating Modes Y:$FFFF9B 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RS11 RS10 RS9 RS8 RS7 RS6 RS5 RS4 RS3 RS2 RS1 RS0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 RS15 RS14 RS13 RS12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-13 RSMA_1 Register Y:$FFFF9C 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RS27 RS26 RS25 RS24 RS23 RS22 RS21 RS20 RS19 RS18 RS17 RS16 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 RS31 RS30 RS29 RS28 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-14 RSMB_1 Register 11.4 11.4.1 OPERATING MODES ESAI_1 After Reset Hardware or software reset clears the EMUXR register, the port E control register bits and the port E direction control register bits, which configure all 6 ESAI_1 dedicated I/O pins as disconnected, and all 4 shared pins as belonging to the ESAI. The ESAI_1 is in the individual reset state while all ESAI_1 signals are programmed as general-purpose I/O or disconnected, and is active only if at least one of the ESAI_1 I/O pins is programmed as belonging to the ESAI_1. 11.5 GPIO - PINS AND REGISTERS The GPIO functionality of the ESAI_1 port is controlled by three registers: Port E Control register (PCRE), Port E Direction register (PRRE) and Port E Data register (PDRE). 11-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) GPIO - Pins and Registers 11.5.1 Port E Control Register (PCRE) The read/write 24-bit Port E Control Register (PCRE) in conjunction with the Port E Direction Register (PRRE) controls the functionality of the ESAI_1 GPIO pins. Each of the PE(11:0) bits controls the functionality of the corresponding port pin. See Table 11-4 for the port pin configurations. Hardware and software reset clear all PCRE bits. 11.5.2 Port E Direction Register (PRRE) The read/write 24-bit Port E Direction Register (PRRE) in conjunction with the Port E Control Register (PCRE) controls the functionality of the ESAI_1 GPIO pins. Table 11-4 describes the port pin configurations. Hardware and software reset clear all PRRE bits. Table 11-4 PCRE and PRRE Bits Functionality Y:$FFFF9F PDE[i] PE[i] Port Pin[i] Function 0 0 disconnected 0 1 GPIO input 1 0 GPIO output 1 1 ESAI_1 11 10 9 8 7 6 PE11 PE10 PE9 PE8 PE7 PE6 23 22 21 20 19 18 5 17 4 3 PE4 PE3 16 15 2 14 1 0 PE1 PE0 13 12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-15 PCRE Register MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 11-17 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface 1 (ESAI_1) GPIO - Pins and Registers 11 Y:$FFFF9E 10 9 PDE11 PDE10 PDE9 23 22 21 8 7 6 PDE8 PDE7 PDE6 20 19 18 5 17 4 3 PDE4 PDE3 16 15 2 14 1 0 PDE1 PDE0 13 12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-16 PRRE Register 11.5.3 Port E Data register (PDRE) The read/write 24-bit Port E Data Register (see Figure 11-17) is used to read or write data to/from ESAI_1 GPIO pins. Bits PD(11:0) are used to read or write data from/to the corresponding port pins if they are configured as GPIO. If a port pin [i] is configured as a GPIO input, then the corresponding PD[i] bit will reflect the value present on this pin. If a port pin [i] is configured as a GPIO output, then the value written into the corresponding PD[i] bit will be reflected on this pin. If a port pin [i] is configured as disconnected, the corresponding PD[i] bit is not reset and contains undefined data. Y:$FFFF9D 11 10 9 8 7 6 PD11 PD10 PD9 PD8 PD7 PD6 23 22 21 20 19 18 5 17 4 3 PD4 PD3 16 15 2 14 1 0 PD1 PD0 13 12 Reserved bit - read as zero; should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 11-17 PDRE Register 11-18 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA CHAPTER 12 DIGITAL AUDIO TRANSMITTER MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 12-1 Digital Audio Transmitter Introduction 12.1 INTRODUCTION The Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX) is a serial audio interface module that outputs digital audio data in the AES/EBU, CP-340 and IEC958 formats. Some of the key features of the DAX are listed below. * Operates on a frame basis--The DAX can handle one frame (consisting of two subframes) of audio and non-audio data at a time. * Double-buffered audio and non-audio data--The DAX data path is double-buffered so the next frame data can be stored in the DAX without affecting the frame currently being transmitted. * Direct Memory Access--Audio data and non-audio data can be written to the DAX using DMA. * Programmable clock source--Users can select the DAX clock source, and this selection configures the DAX to operate in slave or master mode. * Supports both master mode and slave mode in a digital audio network--If the user selects a divided DSP core clock, the DAX will operate in the master mode. If the user selects an external clock source, the DAX will operate in the slave mode. * GPIO--Each of the two DAX pins can be configured as either GPIO or as specific DAX pin. Each pin is independent of the other. However, at least one of the two pins must be selected as a DAX pin to release the DAX from reset. The accessible DAX registers are all mapped in the X I/O memory space. This allows programmers to access the DAX using standard instructions and addressing modes. Interrupts generated by the DAX can be handled with a fast interrupt for cases in which the non-audio data does not change from frame to frame. When the DAX interrupts are disabled, they can still be served by DMA or by a "polling" technique. A block diagram of the DAX is shown in Figure 12-1. Note: 12-2 The shaded registers in Figure 12-1 are directly accessible by DSP instructions. DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Signals Global Data Bus XSTR 23 0 23 0 XNADR 26 XNADBUF C-U-V MUX 23 0 XCTR XADR XADBUFB XADBUFA Upload DMA Bus 23 0 XADSR PRTYG Biphase Encoder Preamble Generator MUX 0 MUX 23 ADO ACI DAX State Machine Control Signals DAX Clocks DAX Clock MUX DSP Core Clock Figure 12-1 Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX) Block Diagram 12.2 DAX SIGNALS The DAX has two signal lines: * DAX Digital Audio Output (ADO/PD1)--The ADO pin sends audio and non-audio data in the AES/EBU, CP340, and IEC958 formats in a biphase mark format. The ADO pin may also be used as a GPIO pin PD1 if the DAX is not operational. * DAX Clock Input (ACI/PD0)--When the DAX clock is configured to be supplied externally, the external clock is applied to the ACI pin. The frequency of the external clock must be 256 times, 384 times, or 512 times the audio sampling frequency (256 x Fs, 384 x Fs, or 512 x Fs). The ACI pin may also be used as a GPIO pin PD0 when the DAX is disabled or when operating from the internal DSP clock. 12.3 DAX FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW The DAX consists of the following: * Audio data register (XADR) * Two audio data buffers (XADBUFA and XADBUFB) * Non-audio data register (XNADR) * Non-audio data buffer (XNADBUF) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 12-3 Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Programming Model * Audio and non-audio data shift register (XADSR) * Control register (XCTR) * Status register (XSTR) * Parity generator (PRTYG) * Preamble generator * Biphase encoder * Clock multiplexer * Control state machine XADR, XADBUFA, XADBUFB and XADSR creates a FIFO-like data path. Channel A is written to XADR and moves to XADBUFA. Then channel B is written to XADR, and when XADBUFB empties XADR moves into it. XADBUFA moves to the shift register XADSR when XADSR has shifted out its last bit. After channel A audio and non-audio data has been shifted out, XADBUFB moves into XADSR, and channel B audio and non audio shift begins. The frame non-audio data (stored in XNADR) is transferred to the XADSR (for channel A) and to the XNADBUF registers (for channel B) at the beginning of a frame transmission. This is called an "upload." The DAX audio data register empty (XADE) flag is set when XADR and XADBUFA are empty, and, if the audio data register empty interrupt is enabled (XDIE=1), an interrupt request is sent to the DSP core. The interrupt handling routine then sends the non-audio data bits to XNADR and the next frame of audio data to XADR (two subframes). At the beginning of a frame transmission, one of the 8-bit channel A preambles (Z-preamble for the first subframe in a block, or X-preamble otherwise) is generated in the preamble generator, and then shifted out to the ADO pin in the first eight time slots. The preamble is generated in biphase mark format. The twenty-four audio and three non-audio data bits in the XADSR are shifted out to the biphase encoder, which shifts them out through the ADO pin in the biphase mark format in the next 54 time slots. The parity generator calculates an even parity over the 27 bits of audio and non-audio data, and then outputs the result through the biphase encoder to the ADO pin at the last two time slots. This is the end of the first (channel A) subframe transmission. The second subframe transmission (channel B) starts with the preamble generator generating the channel B preamble (Y-preamble). At the same time, channel B audio and non-audio data is transferred to the XADSR shift-register from the XADBUFB and XNADBUF registers. The generated Y-preamble is output immediately after the channel A parity and is followed by the audio and non-audio data in the XADSR, which is in turn followed by the calculated parity for channel B. This completes a frame transmission. When the channel B parity is sent, the audio data for the next frame, stored in XADBUFA and the non-audio data bits from the XNADR, are uploaded to XADSR. 12.4 DAX PROGRAMMING MODEL The programmer-accessible DAX registers are shown in Figure 12-2. The registers are described in the following subsections. The Interrupt Vector table for the DAX is shown in Table 12-1. The internal interrupt priority is shown in Table 12-2. 12-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Internal Architecture Table 12-1 DAX Interrupt Vectors Condition Address Description XAUR VBA:$28 DAX transmit underrun error XADE & XBLK VBA:$2A DAX block transferred XADE VBA:$2E DAX audio data register empty Table 12-2 DAX Interrupt Priority Priority highest Interrupt DAX transmit underrun error DAX block transferred lowest 12.5 DAX audio data register empty DAX INTERNAL ARCHITECTURE Hardware components shown in Figure 12-1 are described in the following sections. The DAX programming model is illustrated in Figure 12-2. XCTR - Control Register - X:$FFFFD0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 XSB XCS1 XCS0 XBIE XUIE XDIE XNADR - Non-Audio Data Register - X:$FFFFD1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 XCB XUB XVB XCA XUA XVA XADRA - Audio Data Register A - X:$FFFFD2 and XADRB - Audio Data Register B -X:$FFFFD3 0 23 XSTR - Status Register - X:$FFFFD4 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 XBLK XAURXADE Reserved bit Figure 12-2 DAX Programming Model MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 12-5 Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Internal Architecture 12.5.1 DAX Audio Data Register (XADR) XADR is a 24-bit write-only register. One frame of audio data, which is to be transmitted in the next frame slot, is transferred to this register. Successive write accesses to this register will store channel A and channel B alternately in XADBUFA and in XADBUFB respectively. When XADR and XADBUFA are empty, XADE bit in the XSTR is set, and, if the audio data register empty interrupt is enabled (XDIE=1), an interrupt request is sent to the DSP core. When channel B is transferred to XADR, the XADE bit in the XSTR is cleared. XADR can also be accessed by DMA. When XADR and XADBUFA are empty, the DAX sends a DMA request to the core. The DMA first transfers non-audio data bits to XNADR (optional), then transfers channel A and channel B to XADR. The XADR can be accessed with two different successive addresses. This feature supports sending non-audio data bits, channel A and channel B to the DAX in three successive DMA transfers. 12.5.2 DAX Audio Data Buffers (XADBUFA / XADBUFB) XADBUFA and XADBUFB are 24-bit registers that buffer XADR from XADSR, creating a FIFO-like data path. These registers hold the next two subframes of audio data to be transmitted. Channel A audio data is transferred from XADR to XADBUFA if XADBUFA is empty. Channel B audio data is transferred from XADR to XADBUFB if XADBUFB is empty. Audio data is transferred from XADBUFA and XADBUFB alternately to XADSR provided that XADSR shifted out all the audio and non-audio bits of the currently transmitted channel. This buffering mechanism provides more cycles for writing the next audio data to XADR. These registers are not directly accessible by DSP instructions. 12.5.3 DAX Audio Data Shift Register (XADSR) The XADSR is a 27-bit shift register that shifts the 24-bit audio data and the 3-bit non-audio data for one subframe. The contents of XADBUFA or XADBUFB are directly transferred to the XADSR at the beginning of the subframe transmission. The channel A subframe is transferred to XADSR at the same time that the three bits of non-audio data (V-bit, U-bit and C-bit) for channel A in the DAX non-audio data register (XNADR) are transferred to the three highest-order bits of the XADSR. At the beginning of the channel B transmission, audio and non-audio data for channel B are transferred from the XADBUFB and the XNADBUF to the XADSR for shifting. The data in the XADSR is shifted toward the lowest-order bit at the fifth to thirty-first bit slot of each subframe transmission. This register is not directly accessible by DSP instructions. 12.5.4 DAX Non-Audio Data Register (XNADR) The XNADR is a 24-bit write-only register. It holds the three bits of non-audio data for each subframe. XNADR can be accessed by core instructions or by DMA. The contents of the XNADR are shown in Figure 12-2. XNADR is not affected by any of the DAX reset states. The XNADR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 12-6 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Internal Architecture 12.5.4.1 DAX Channel A Validity (XVA)--Bit 10 The value of the XVA bit is transmitted as the twenty-ninth bit (Bit 28) of channel A subframe in the next frame. 12.5.4.2 DAX Channel A User Data (XUA)--Bit 11 The value of the XUA bit is transmitted as the thirtieth bit (Bit 29) of the channel A subframe in the next frame. 12.5.4.3 DAX Channel A Channel Status (XCA)--Bit 12 The value of the XCA bit is transmitted as the thirty-first bit (Bit 30) of the channel A subframe in the next frame. 12.5.4.4 DAX Channel B Validity (XVB)--Bit 13 The value of the XVB bit is transmitted as the twenty-ninth bit (Bit 28) of the channel B subframe in the next frame. 12.5.4.5 DAX Channel B User Data (XUB)--Bit 14 The value of the XUB bit is transmitted as the thirtieth bit (Bit 29) of the channel B subframe in the next frame. 12.5.4.6 DAX Channel B Channel Status (XCB)--Bit 15 The value of the XCB bit is transmitted as the thirty-first bit (Bit 30) of the channel B subframe in the next frame. 12.5.4.7 XNADR Reserved Bits--Bits 0-9, 16-23 These XNADR bits are reserved. They read as 0, and should be written with 0 to ensure compatibility with future device versions. 12.5.5 DAX Non-Audio Data Buffer (XNADBUF) The XNADBUF is a 3-bit register that temporarily holds channel B non-audio data (XVB, XUB and XCB) for the current transmission while the channel A data is being transmitted. This mechanism provides programmers more instruction cycles to store the next frame's non-audio data to the XCB, XUB, XVB, XCA, XUA and XVA bits in the XNADR. The data in the XNADBUF register is transferred to the XADSR along with the contents of the XADBUF register at the beginning of channel B transmission. Note: The XNADBUF register is not directly accessible by DSP instructions. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 12-7 Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Internal Architecture 12.5.6 DAX Control Register (XCTR) The XCTR is a 24-bit read/write register that controls the DAX operation. The contents of the XCTR are shown in Figure 12-2. XCTR is cleared by software reset and hardware reset. The XCTR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 12.5.6.1 Audio Data Register Empty Interrupt Enable (XDIE)--Bit 0 When the XDIE bit is set, the audio data register empty interrupt is enabled and sends an interrupt request signal to the DSP if the XADE status bit is set. When XDIE bit is cleared, this interrupt is disabled. 12.5.6.2 Underrun Error Interrupt Enable (XUIE)--Bit 1 When the XUIE bit is set, the underrun error interrupt is enabled and sends an interrupt request signal to the DSP if the XAUR status bit is set. When XUIE bit is cleared, this interrupt is disabled. 12.5.6.3 Block Transferred Interrupt Enable (XBIE)--Bit 2 When the XBIE bit is set, the block transferred interrupt is enabled and sends an interrupt request signal to the DSP if the XBLK and XADE status bits are set. When XBIE bit is cleared, this interrupt is disabled. 12.5.6.4 DAX Clock Input Select (XCS[1:0])--Bits 3-4 The XCS[1:0] bits select the source of the DAX clock and/or its frequency. Table 12-3 shows the configurations selected by these bits. These bits should be changed only when the DAX is disabled. Table 12-3 Clock Source Selection 12.5.6.5 XCS1 XCS0 DAX Clock Source 0 0 DSP Core Clock (f = 1024 x fs) 0 1 ACI Pin, f = 256 x fs 1 0 ACI Pin, f = 384 x fs 1 1 ACI Pin, f = 512 x fs DAX Start Block (XSB)--Bit 5 The XSB bit forces the DAX to start a new block. When this bit is set, the next frame will start with "Z" preamble and will start a new block even though the current block was not finished. This bit is cleared when the new block starts. 12.5.6.6 XCTR Reserved Bits--Bits 6-23 These XCTR bits are reserved. They read as 0 and should be written with 0 for future compatibility. 12-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Internal Architecture 12.5.7 DAX Status Register (XSTR) The XSTR is a 24-bit read-only register that contains the DAX status flags. The contents of the XSTR are shown in Figure 12-2. XSTR is cleared by software reset, hardware reset an by the stop state. The XSTR bits are described in the following paragraphs. 12.5.7.1 DAX Audio Data Register Empty (XADE)--Bit 0 The XADE status flag indicates that the DAX audio data register XADR and the audio data buffer XADBUFA are empty (and ready to receive the next frame's audio data). This bit is set at the beginning of every frame transmission (more precisely, when channel A audio data is transferred from XADBUFA to XADSR). When XADE is set and the interrupt is enabled (XDIE = 1), an audio data register empty interrupt request is sent to the DSP core. XADE is cleared by writing two channels of audio data to XADR. 12.5.7.2 DAX Transmit Underrun Error Flag (XAUR)--Bit 1 The XAUR status flag is set when the DAX audio data buffers XADBUFA or XADBUFB are empty and the respective audio data upload occurs. When a DAX underrun error occurs, the previous frame data will be retransmitted in both channels. When XAUR is set and the interrupt is enabled (XUIE = 1), an underrun error interrupt request is sent to the DSP core. This allows programmers to write an exception handling routine for this special case. The XAUR bit is cleared by reading the XSTR register with XAUR set, followed by writing two channels of audio data to XADR. 12.5.7.3 DAX Block Transfer Flag (XBLK)--Bit 2 The XBLK flag indicates that the frame being transmitted is the last frame in a block. This bit is set at the beginning of the transmission of the last frame (the 191st frame). This bit does not cause any interrupt. However, if XBIE=1 it causes a change in the interrupt vector sent to DSP core in the event of an audio data register empty interrupt, so that a different interrupt routine can be called (providing the next non-audio data structures for the next block as well as storing audio data for the next frame). Writing two channels of audio data to XADR clears this bit. The relative timing of transmit frames and XADE and XBLK flags is shown in Figure 12-3. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 12-9 Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Internal Architecture Frame #000 #001 #002 #003 #004 #005 #006 #007 #008 #009 #010 #011 #012 #013 #014 #015 #016 #017 #018 #019 #020 #021 #022 #023 XADE XBLK Frame #024 #025 #026 #027 #028 #029 #030 #031 #032 #033 #034 #035 #036 #037 #038 #039 #040 #041 #042 #043 #044 #045 #046 #047 XADE XBLK Frame #168 #169 #170 #171 #172 #173 #174 #175 #176 #177 #178 #179 #180 #181 #182 #183 #184 #185 #186 #187 #188 #189 #190 #191 XADE XBLK AA0608 Figure 12-3 DAX Relative Timing 12.5.7.4 XSTR Reserved Bits--Bits 3-23 These XSTR bits are reserved. They read as 0, and should be written with 0 to ensure compatibility with future device versions. 12.5.8 DAX Parity Generator (PRTYG) The PRTYG generates the parity bit for the subframe being transmitted. The generated parity bit ensures that subframe bits four to thirty-one will carry an even number of ones and zeroes. 12.5.9 DAX Biphase Encoder The DAX biphase encoder encodes each audio and non-audio bit into its biphase mark format and shifts this encoded data out to the ADO output pin synchronously to the biphase clock. 12.5.10 DAX Preamble Generator The DAX preamble generator automatically generates one of three preambles in the 8-bit preamble shift register at the beginning of each subframe transmission, and shifts it out. The generated preambles always start with "0". Bit patterns of preambles generated in the preamble generator are shown in Table 12-4. The preamble bits are already in the biphase mark format. 12-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Internal Architecture Table 12-4 Preamble Bit Patterns Preamble Bit Pattern Channel X 00011101 A Y 00011011 B Z 00010111 A (first in block) There is no programmable control for the preamble selection. The first subframe to be transmitted (immediately after the DAX is enabled) is the beginning of a block, and therefore it has a "Z" preamble. This is followed by the second subframe, which has an "Y" preamble. After that, "X" and "Y" preambles are transmitted alternately until the end of the block transfer (192 frames transmitted). See Figure 12-4 for an illustration of the preamble sequence. DAX Enabled Here Z Y X Y X Y X First Block (384 subframes) Y Z Y X Y Second Block AA0609k Figure 12-4 Preamble sequence 12.5.11 DAX Clock Multiplexer The DAX clock multiplexer selects one of the clock sources and generates the biphase clock (128 x Fs) and shift clock (64 x Fs). The clock source can be selected from the following options (see also Section 12.5.6.4, DAX Clock Input Select (XCS[1:0])--Bits 3-4 on page 1-8). * The internal DSP core clock--assumes 1024 x Fs * DAX clock input pin (ACI)--512 x Fs * DAX clock input pin (ACI)--384 x Fs * DAX clock input pin (ACI)--256 x Fs Figure 12-5 shows how each clock is divided to generate the biphase and bit shift clocks MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 12-11 Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Programming Considerations DSP Core Clock (1024 x Fs) 1/2 1 0 1 MUX 0 MUX ACI Pin {256,384,512} x Fs MUX 1/4 1 0 (XCS1 or XCS0) 2/3 XCS1 Biphase Clock (128 x Fs) 1/2 1/2 XCS0 Bit Shift Clock (64 x Fs) AA0610 Figure 12-5 Clock Multiplexer Diagram Note: 12.5.12 For proper operation of the DAX, the DSP core clock frequency must be at least five times higher than the DAX bit shift clock frequency (64 x Fs). DAX State Machine The DAX state machine generates a set of sequencing signals used in the DAX. 12.6 DAX PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS The following sections describe programming considerations for the DAX. 12.6.1 Initiating A Transmit Session To initiate the DAX operation, follow this procedure: 1. Ensure that the DAX is disabled (PC1 and PC0 bits of port control register PCR are cleared) 2. Write the non-audio data to the corresponding bits in the XNADR register 3. Write the channel A and channel B audio data in the XADR register 4. Write the transmit mode to the XCTR register 5. Enable DAX by setting PC1 bit (and by setting PC0 bit if in slave mode) in the port control register (PCR); transmission begins. 12.6.2 Audio Data Register Empty Interrupt Handling When the XDIE bit is set and the DAX is active, an audio data register empty interrupt (XADE = 1) is generated once at the beginning of every frame transmission. Typically, within an XADE interrupt, the non-audio data bits of the next frame are stored in XNADR and one frame of audio data to be transmitted 12-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Digital Audio Transmitter DAX Programming Considerations in the next frame is stored in the FIFO by two consecutive MOVEP instructions to XADR. If the non-audio bits are not changed from frame to frame, this procedure can be handled within a fast interrupt routine. Storing the next frame's audio data in the FIFO clears the XADE bit in the XSTR. 12.6.3 Block Transferred Interrupt Handling An interrupt with the XBLK vector indicates the end of a block transmission and may require some computation to provide the next non-audio data structures that are to be transmitted within the next block. Within the routine, the next audio data can be stored in the FIFO by two consecutive MOVEP instructions to XADR, and the next non-audio data can be stored in the XNADR. The XBLK interrupt occurs only if the XBIE bit in XCTR is set. If XBIE is cleared, a XADE interrupt vector will take place. 12.6.4 DAX operation with DMA During DMA transfers, the XDIE bit of the XCTR must be cleared to avoid XADE interrupt services by the DSP core. The initialization appearing in Section 12.6.1, Initiating A Transmit Session on page 1-12 is relevant for DMA operation. DMA transfers can be performed with or without changing non-audio bits from frame to frame. Table 12-5 describes two examples of DMA configuration. Table 12-5 Examples of DMA configuration Register Non-audio data bits change Non-audio data bits do not change DE=1; Enable DMA channel. DE=1; Enable DMA channel. DIE=1; Enable DMA interrupt. DIE=1; Enable DMA interrupt. DTM[2:0]=010; Line transfer mode. DTM[2:0]=010; Line transfer mode. D3D=0; Not 3D. D3D=0; Not 3D. DAM[5:3]=000; 2D mode. DAM[5:3]=000; 2D mode. DAM[2:0]=101; post increment by 1. DAM[2:0]=101; post increment by 1. DDS[1:0]=00; X memory space. DDS[1:0]=00; X memory space. DRS[4:0]=01010; DAX is DMA request source. DRS[4:0]=01010; DAX is DMA request source. Other bits are application dependent. Other bits are application dependent. DCOH=number of frames in block - 1 DCOH=number of frames in block - 1 DCOL=$002; 3 destination registers DCOL=$001; 2 destination registers DSR2 first memory address of the block first memory address of the block DDR2 XNADR address (base address + $1) XADR address (base address + $2) DOR0 $FFFFFE; offset=-2 $FFFFFF; offset=-1 DCR2 DCO2 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 12-13 Digital Audio Transmitter GPIO (PORT D) - Pins and Registers The memory organization employed for DMA transfers depends on whether or not non-audio data changes from frame to frame as shown in Figure 12-6. Channel B $00000B Channel B $00000B Channel A $00000A Channel A $00000A Non-Audio Data $000009 Channel B $000009 Channel B $000008 Channel A $000008 Channel A $000007 Channel B $000007 Non-Audio Data $000006 Channel A $000006 Channel B $000005 Channel B $000005 Channel A $000004 Channel A $000004 Non-Audio Data $000003 Channel B $000003 Channel B $000002 Channel A $000002 Channel A $000001 Channel B $000001 Non-Audio Data $000000 Channel A $000000 Non-audio data bits change from frame to frame Non-audio data bits do not change from frame to frame Figure 12-6 Examples of data organization in memory 12.6.5 DAX Operation During Stop The DAX operation cannot continue when the DSP is in the stop state since no DSP clocks are active. While the DSP is in the stop state, the DAX will remain in the individual reset state and the status flags are initialized as described for resets. No DAX control bits are affected. The DAX should be disabled before the DSP enters the stop state. 12.7 GPIO (PORT D) - PINS AND REGISTERS The Port D GPIO functionality of the DAX is controlled by three registers: Port D Control Register (PCRD), Port D Direction Register (PRRD) and Port D Data Register (PDRD). 12.7.1 12-14 Port D Control Register (PCRD) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Digital Audio Transmitter GPIO (PORT D) - Pins and Registers The read/write 24-bit DAX Port D Control Register controls the functionality of the DAX GPIO pins. Each of the PC[1:0] bits controls the functionality of the corresponding port pin. When a PC[i] bit is set, the corresponding port pin is configured as a DAX pin. When a PC[i] bit is cleared, the corresponding port pin is configured as GPIO pin. If both PC1 and PC0 are cleared, the DAX is disabled. Hardware and software reset clear all PCRD bits. PCRD -Port D Control Register - X:$FFFFD7 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PC1 PC0 Read as Zero, should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 12-7 Port D Control Register (PCRD) 12.7.2 Port D Direction Register (PRRD) The read/write 24-bit Port D Direction Register controls the direction of the DAX GPIO pins. When port pin[i] is configured as GPIO, PDC[i] controls the port pin direction. When PDC[i] is set, the GPIO port pin[i] is configured as output. When PDC[i] is cleared the GPIO port pin[i] is configured as input. Hardware and software reset clear all PRRD bits. Table 12-6 describes the port pin configurations. PRRD - Port D Direction Register - X:$FFFFD6 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PDC1 PDC0 Read as Zero, should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 12-8 Port D Direction Register (PRRD) Table 12-6 DAX Port GPIO Control Register Functionality PDC1 PC1 ADO/PD1 pin PDC0 PC0 ACI/PD0 pin DAX state 0 0 Disconnected 0 0 Disconnected Personal Reset 0 0 Disconnected 0 1 PD0 Input Personal Reset 0 0 Disconnected 1 0 PD0 Output Personal Reset 0 0 Disconnected 1 1 ACI Enabled 0 1 PD1 Input 0 0 Disconnected Personal Reset 0 1 PD1 Input 0 1 PD0 Input Personal Reset 0 1 PD1 Input 1 0 PD0 Output Personal Reset MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 12-15 Digital Audio Transmitter GPIO (PORT D) - Pins and Registers Table 12-6 DAX Port GPIO Control Register Functionality (Continued) PDC1 PC1 ADO/PD1 pin PDC0 PC0 ACI/PD0 pin DAX state 0 1 PD1 Input 1 1 ACI Enabled 1 0 PD1 Output 0 0 Disconnected Personal Reset 1 0 PD1 Output 0 1 PD0 Input Personal Reset 1 0 PD1 Output 1 0 PD0 Output Personal Reset 1 0 PD1 Output 1 1 ACI Enabled 1 1 ADO 0 0 Disconnected Enabled 1 1 ADO 0 1 PD0 Input Enabled 1 1 ADO 1 0 PD0 Output Enabled 1 1 ADO 1 1 ACI Enabled 12.7.3 Port D Data Register (PDRD) The read/write 24-bit Port D Data Register is used to read or write data to/from the DAX GPIO pins. Bits PD[1:0] are used to read or write data from/to the corresponding port pins if they are configured as GPIO. If a port pin [i] is configured as a GPIO input, then the corresponding PD[i] bit will reflect the value present on this pin. If a port pin [i] is configured as a GPIO output, then the value written into the corresponding PD[i] bit will be reflected on the this pin. Hardware and software reset clear all PDRD bits. PDRD - Port D Data Register - X:$FFFFD5 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PD1 PD0 Read as Zero, should be written with zero for future compatibility. Figure 12-9 Port D Data Register (PDRD) 12-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA CHAPTER 13 TIMER/EVENT COUNTER MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-1 Timer/Event Counter Introduction 13.1 INTRODUCTION This section describes the internal timer/event counter in the DSP56367. Each of the three timers (timer 0, 1 and 2) can use internal clocking to interrupt the DSP56367 or trigger DMA transfers after a specified number of events (clocks). In addition, timer 0 provides external access via the bidirectional signal TIO0. When the TIO0 pin is configured as an input, timer 0 can count or capture events, or measure the width or period of an external signal. When TIO0 is configured as an output, timer 0 can function as a timer, a watchdog timer, or a pulse width modulator. TIO0 can also function as a GPIO signal. 13.2 TIMER/EVENT COUNTER ARCHITECTURE The timer module is composed of a common 21-bit prescaler and three independent general purpose 24-bit timer/event counters, each having its own register set. 13.2.1 Timer/Event Counter Block Diagram Figure 13-1 shows a block diagram of the timer/event counter. This module includes a 24-bit timer prescaler load register (TPLR), a 24-bit timer prescaler count register (TPCR), a 21-bit prescaler clock counter, and three timers. Each of the three timers may use the prescaler clock as its clock source. 13-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Architecture GDB 24 24 24 TPLR TPCR 24 Timer Prescaler Load Register Timer Prescaler Count Register Timer 0 21-bit Prescaler Counter Timer 1 Timer 2 CLK/2 TIO0 AA0673 Figure 13-1 Timer/Event Counter Block Diagram 13.2.2 Individual Timer Block Diagram Figure 13-2 shows the structure of an individual timer module. The three timers are identical in structure, but only timer 0 is externally accessible. Each timer includes a 24-bit counter, a 24-bit read/write timer control and status register (TCSR), a 24-bit read-only timer count register (TCR), a 24-bit write-only timer load register (TLR), a 24-bit read/write timer compare register (TCPR), and logic for clock selection and interrupt/DMA trigger generation. The timer mode is controlled by the TC[3:0] bits of the timer control/status register (TCSR). Timer modes are described in Section 13.4, Timer Modes of Operation. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-3 Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model GDB 24 24 24 TCSR 24 Load Register 9 TCPR TCR TLR Control/Status Register 24 Count Register Compare Register 24 24 24 2 24 Timer Control Logic Counter = Timer interrupt/ DMA request TIO CLK/2 prescaler CLK (Timer 0 only) AA0676 Figure 13-2 Timer Block Diagram 13.3 TIMER/EVENT COUNTER PROGRAMMING MODEL The DSP56367 views each timer as a memory-mapped peripheral with four registers occupying four 24-bit words in the X data memory space. Either standard polled or interrupt programming techniques can be used to service the timers. The timer programming model is shown in Figure 13-3. 13-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model 23 0 Timer Prescaler Load Register (TPLR) TPLR = $FFFF83 23 0 Timer Prescaler Count Register (TPCR) TPLR = $FFFF82 7 6 5 4 TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 15 14 PCE 23 22 3 2 1 TCIE TOIE 13 12 11 DO DI DIR 21 20 19 10 9 0 TE 8 TRM INV 18 17 Timer Control/Status Register (TCSR) TCSR0 = $FFFF8F TCSR1 = $FFFF8B TCSR2 = $FFFF87 16 TCF TOF 23 0 Timer Load Register (TLR) TLR0 = $FFFF8E TLR1 = $FFFF8A TLR2 = $FFFF86 23 0 Timer Compare Register (TCPR) TCPR0 = $FFFF8D TCPR1 = $FFFF89 TCPR2 = $FFFF85 23 0 Timer Count Register (TCR) TCR0 = $FFFF8C TCR1 = $FFFF88 TCR2 = $FFFF84 - Reserved, read as 0, should be written with 0 for future compatibility. Figure 13-3 Timer Module Programmer's Model MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-5 Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model 13.3.1 Prescaler Counter The prescaler counter is a 21-bit counter that is decremented on the rising edge of the prescaler input clock. The counter is enabled when at least one of the three timers is enabled (i.e., one or more of the timer enable (TE) bits are set) and is using the prescaler output as its source (i.e., one or more of the PCE bits are set). 13.3.2 Timer Prescaler Load Register (TPLR) The TPLR is a 24-bit read/write register that controls the prescaler divide factor (i.e., the number that the prescaler counter will load and begin counting from) and the source for the prescaler input clock. See Figure 13-4. 23 11 PL11 20 22 PS1 21 PS0 PL20 19 PL19 18 PL18 17 PL17 16 PL16 15 PL15 14 PL14 13 PL13 12 PL12 10 PL10 9 PL9 8 PL8 7 PL7 6 PL6 5 PL5 4 PL4 3 PL3 2 PL2 1 PL1 0 PL0 -- reserved, read as 0, should be written with 0 for future compatibility Figure 13-4 Timer Prescaler Load Register 13.3.2.1 TPLR Prescaler Preload Value PL[20:0] Bits 20-0 These 21 bits contain the prescaler preload value. This value is loaded into the prescaler counter when the counter value reaches zero or the counter switches state from disabled to enabled. If PL[20:0] = N, then the prescaler counts N + 1 source clock cycles before generating a prescaler clock pulse. Therefore, the prescaler divide factor = (preload value) + 1. The PL[20:0] bits are cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. 13.3.2.2 TPLR Prescaler Source PS[1:0] Bits 22-21 The two prescaler source (PS) bits control the source of the prescaler clock. Table 13-1 summarizes PS bit functionality. The prescaler's use of the TIO0 signal is not affected by the TCSR settings of timer 0. If the prescaler source clock is external, the prescaler counter is incremented by signal transitions on the TIO0 signal. The external clock is internally synchronized to the internal clock. The external clock frequency must be lower than the DSP56367 internal operating frequency divided by 4 (CLK/4). The PS[1:0] bits are cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. 13-6 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model Note: To ensure proper operation, change the PS[1:0] bits only when the prescaler counter is disabled. Disable the prescaler counter by clearing the TE bit in the TCSR of each of three timers. Table 13-1 Prescaler Source Selection 13.3.2.3 PS1 PS0 PRESCALER CLOCK SOURCE 0 0 Internal CLK/2 0 1 TIO0 1 0 Reserved 1 1 Reserved TPLR Reserved Bit 23 This reserved bit is read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 13.3.3 Timer Prescaler Count Register (TPCR) The TPCR is a 24-bit read-only register that reflects the current value in the prescaler counter. See Figure 13-5. 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 PC20 PC19 PC18 PC17 PC16 PC15 PC14 PC13 PC12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PC11 PC10 PC9 PC8 PC7 PC6 PC5 PC4 PC3 PC2 PC1 PC0 -- reserved, read as 0, should be written with 0 for future compatibility Figure 13-5 Timer Prescaler Count Register (TPCR) 13.3.3.1 TPCR Prescaler Counter Value PC[20:0] Bits 20-0 These 21 bits contain the current value of the prescaler counter. 13.3.3.2 TPCR Reserved Bits 23-21 These reserved bits are read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 13.3.4 Timer Control/Status Register (TCSR) The TCSR is a 24-bit read/write register controlling the timer and reflecting its status. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-7 Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model 13.3.4.1 TCSR Timer Enable (TE) Bit 0 The timer enable (TE) bit is used to enable or disable the timer. Setting TE enables the timer and clears the timer counter. The counter starts counting according to the mode selected by the timer control (TC[3:0]) bit values. Clearing the TE bit disables the timer. The TE bit is cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. Note: When timer 0 is disabled and TIO0 is not in GPIO mode, the pin is tri-stated. To prevent undesired spikes on TIO0 when Timer 0 is switched from tri-state to an active state, TIO0 should be tied to the power supply with a pullup or pulldown resistor. 13.3.4.2 TCSR Timer Overflow Interrupt Enable (TOIE) Bit 1 The TOIE bit is used to enable the timer overflow interrupts. Setting TOIE enables overflow interrupt generation. The timer counter can hold a maximum value of $FFFFFF. When the counter value is at the maximum value and a new event causes the counter to be incremented to $000000, the timer generates an overflow interrupt. Clearing the TOIE bit disables overflow interrupt generation. The TOIE bit is cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. 13.3.4.3 TCSR Timer Compare Interrupt Enable (TCIE) Bit 2 The Timer Compare Interrupt Enable (TCIE) bit is used to enable or disable the timer compare interrupts. Setting TCIE enables the compare interrupts. In the timer, PWM, or watchdog modes, a compare interrupt is generated after the counter value matches the value of the TCPR. The counter will start counting up from the number loaded from the TLR and if the TCPR value is N, an interrupt occurs after (N - M + 1) events, where M is the value of TLR. Clearing the TCIE bit disables the compare interrupts. The TCIE bit is cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. 13.3.4.4 TCSR Timer Control (TC[3:0]) Bits 4-7 The four TC bits control the source of the timer clock, the behavior of the TIO0 signal, and the timer mode of operation. Table 13-2 summarizes the TC bit functionality. A detailed description of the timer operating modes is given in Section 13.4, Timer Modes of Operation. The TC bits are cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. Notes: 1. If the clock is external, the counter is incremented by the transitions on the TIO0 signal. The external clock is internally synchronized to the internal clock, and its frequency should be lower than the internal operating frequency divided by 4 (CLK/4). 2. To ensure proper operation, the TC[3:0] bits should be changed only when the timer is disabled (when the TE bit in the TCSR has been cleared). 13-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model Table 13-2 Timer Control Bits for Timer 0 Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 Mode Number Mode Function TIO0 Clock 0 0 0 0 0 Timer and GPIO GPIO* Internal 0 0 0 1 1 Timer pulse Output Internal 0 0 1 0 2 Timer toggle Output Internal 0 0 1 1 3 Event counter Input External 0 1 0 0 4 Input width measurement Input Internal 0 1 0 1 5 Input period measurement Input Internal 0 1 1 0 6 Capture event Input Internal 0 1 1 1 7 Pulse width modulation Output Internal 1 0 0 0 8 Reserved -- -- 1 0 0 1 9 Watchdog pulse Output Internal 1 0 1 0 10 Watchdog toggle Output Internal 1 0 1 1 11 Reserved -- -- 1 1 0 0 12 Reserved -- -- 1 1 0 1 13 Reserved -- -- 1 1 1 0 14 Reserved -- -- 1 1 1 1 15 Reserved -- -- Note: The GPIO function is enabled only if all of the TC[3:0] bits are zero. Table 13-3 Timer Control Bits for Timers 1 and 2 MOTOROLA TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 Clock Mode 0 0 0 0 Internal Timer 0 0 0 1 -- Reserved 0 0 1 X -- Reserved 0 1 X X -- Reserved 1 X X X -- Reserved DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-9 Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model 13.3.4.5 TCSR Inverter (INV) Bit 8 The INV bit affects the polarity of the incoming signal on the TIO0 input signal and the polarity of the output pulse generated on the TIO0 output signal. The effects of the INV bit are summarized in Table 13-4. This bit is not in use for timers 1 and 2. It should be left cleared. Table 13-4 Inverse Bit TIO0 Programmed as Input TIO0 Programmed as Output Mode INV = 0 INV = 1 0 GPIO signal on the TIO0 signal read directly GPIO signal on the TIO0 signal inverted 1 Counter is incremented on the rising edge of the signal from the TIO0 signal Counter is incremented -- on the falling edge of the signal from the TIO0 signal 2 Counter is incremented on the rising edge of the signal from the TIO0 signal Counter is incremented TCRx output put on TIO0 TCRx output inverted and on the falling edge of the signal directly put on TIO0 signal signal from the TIO0 signal 3 Counter is incremented on the rising edge of the signal from the TIO0 signal Counter is incremented -- on the falling edge of the signal from the TIO0 signal -- 4 Width of the high input pulse is measured. Width of the low input pulse is measured. -- -- 5 Period is measured Period is measured -- between the rising between the falling edges of the input signal. edges of the input signal. -- 6 Event is captured on the rising edge of the signal from the TIO0 signal Event is captured on the -- falling edge of the signal from the TIO0 signal -- 7 -- -- Pulse generated by the timer has positive polarity Pulse generated by the timer has negative polarity 9 -- -- Pulse generated by the timer has positive polarity Pulse generated by the timer has negative polarity 10 -- -- Pulse generated by the timer has positive polarity Pulse generated by the timer has negative polarity 13-10 INV = 0 INV = 1 Bit written to GPIO put on Bit written to GPIO TIO0 signal directly inverted and put on TIO0 signal -- DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model The INV bit is cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. Note: The INV bit affects both the timer and GPIO modes of operation. To ensure correct operation, this bit should be changed only when one or both of the following conditions is true: * The timer has been disabled by clearing the TE bit in the TCSR. * The timer is in GPIO mode. The INV bit does not affect the polarity of the prescaler source when TIO0 is used as input to the prescaler. 13.3.4.6 TCSR Timer Reload Mode (TRM) Bit 9 The TRM bit controls the counter preload operation. In timer (0-3) and watchdog (9-10) modes, the counter is preloaded with the TLR value after the TE bit is set and the first internal or external clock signal is received. If the TRM bit is set, the counter is reloaded each time after it reaches the value contained by the TCR. In PWM mode (7), the counter is reloaded each time counter overflow occurs. In measurement (4-5) modes, if the TRM and the TE bits are set, the counter is preloaded with the TLR value on each appropriate edge of the input signal. If the TRM bit is cleared, the counter operates as a free-running counter and is incremented on each incoming event. The TRM bit is cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. 13.3.4.7 TCSR Direction (DIR) Bit 11 The DIR bit determines the behavior of the TIO0 signal when it is used as a GPIO pin. When the DIR bit is set, the TIO0 signal is an output; when the DIR bit is cleared, the TIO0 signal is an input. The TIO0 signal can be used as a GPIO only when the TC[3:0] bits are all cleared. If any of the TC[3:0] bits are set, then the GPIO mode is disabled and the DIR bit has no effect. The DIR bit is cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. This bit is not in use for timers 1 and 2. It should be left cleared. 13.3.4.8 TCSR Data Input (DI) Bit 12 The DI bit reflects the value of the TIO0 signal. If the INV bit is set, the value of the TIO0 signal is inverted before it is written to the DI bit. If the INV bit is cleared, the value of the TIO0 signal is written directly to the DI bit. DI is cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. 13.3.4.9 TCSR Data Output (DO) Bit 13 The DO bit is the source of the TIO0 value when it is a data output signal. The TIO0 signal is data output when the GPIO mode is enabled and DIR is set. A value written to the DO bit is written to the TIO0 signal. If the INV bit is set, the value of the DO bit is inverted when written to the TIO0 signal. When the INV bit is MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-11 Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model cleared, the value of the DO bit is written directly to the TIO0 signal. When GPIO mode is disabled, writing the DO bit has no effect. The DO bit is cleared by the hardware RESET signal or the software RESET instruction. This bit is not in use for timers 1 and 2. It should be left cleared. 13.3.4.10 TCSR Prescaler Clock Enable (PCE) Bit 15 The PCE bit is used to select the prescaler clock as the timer source clock. When the PCE bit is cleared, the timer uses either an internal (CLK/2) signal or an external signal (TIO0) as its source clock. When the PCE bit is set, the prescaler output is used as the timer source clock for the counter regardless of the timer operating mode. To ensure proper operation, the PCE bit should be changed only when the timer is disabled (when the TE bit is cleared). Which source clock is used for the prescaler is determined by the PS[1:0] bits of the TPLR. Timers 1 and 2 can be clocked by the prescaler clock derived from TIO0. 13.3.4.11 TCSR Timer Overflow Flag (TOF) Bit 20 The TOF bit is set to indicate that counter overflow has occurred. This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TOF bit. Writing a 0 to the TOF bit has no effect. The bit is also cleared when the timer overflow interrupt is serviced. The TOF bit is cleared by the hardware RESET signal, the software RESET instruction, the STOP instruction, or by clearing the TE bit to disable the timer. 13.3.4.12 TCSR Timer Compare Flag (TCF) Bit 21 The TCF bit is set to indicate that the event count is complete. In the timer, PWM, and watchdog modes, the TCF bit is set when (N - M + 1) events have been counted (N is the value in the compare register and M is the TLR value). In the measurement modes, the TCF bit is set when the measurement has been completed. The TCF bit is cleared by writing a one into the TCF bit. Writing a zero into the TCF bit has no effect. The bit is also cleared when the timer compare interrupt is serviced. The TCF bit is cleared by the hardware RESET signal, the software RESET instruction, the STOP instruction, or by clearing the TE bit to disable the timer. Note: 13.3.4.13 The TOF and TCF bits are cleared by writing a one to the specific bit. In order to assure that only the desired bit is cleared, do not use the BSET command. The proper way to clear these bits is to write (using a MOVEP instruction) a one to the flag to be cleared and a zero to the other flag. TCSR Reserved Bits (Bits 3, 10, 14, 16-19, 22, 23) These reserved bits are read as zero and should be written with zero for future compatibility. 13-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer/Event Counter Programming Model 13.3.5 Timer Load Register (TLR) The TLR is a 24-bit write-only register. In all modes, the counter is preloaded with the TLR value after the TE bit in the TCSR is set and a first event occurs. The programmer must initialize the TLR to ensure correct operation in the appropriate timer operating modes. * In timer modes, if the timer reload mode (TRM) bit in the TCSR is set, the counter is reloaded each time after it has reached the value contained by the timer compare register (TCR) and the new event occurs. * In measurement modes, if the TRM bit in the TCSR is set and the TE bit in the TCSR is set, the counter is reloaded with the value in the TLR on each appropriate edge of the input signal. * In PWM modes, if the TRM bit in the TCSR is set, the counter is reloaded each time after it has overflowed and the new event occurs. * In watchdog modes, if the TRM bit in the TCSR is set, the counter is reloaded each time after it has reached the value contained by the TCR and the new event occurs. In this mode, the counter is also reloaded whenever the TLR is written with a new value while the TE bit in the TCSR is set. * In all modes, if the TRM bit in the TCSR is cleared (TRM = 0), the counter operates as a free-running counter. 13.3.6 Timer Compare Register (TCPR) The TCPR is a 24-bit read/write register that contains the value to be compared to the counter value. These two values are compared every timer clock after the TE bit in the TCSR is set. When the values match, the timer compare flag (TCF) bit is set and an interrupt is generated if interrupts are enabled (if the timer compare interrupt enable (TCIE) bit in the TCSR is set). The programmer must initialize the TCPR to ensure correct operation in the appropriate timer operating modes. The TCPR is ignored in measurement modes. 13.3.7 Timer Count Register (TCR) The TCR is a 24-bit read-only register. In timer and watchdog modes, the counter's contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR register. In measurement modes, the TCR is loaded with the current value of the counter on the appropriate edge of the input signal, and its value can be read to determine the width, period, or delay of the leading edge of the input signal. When the timer is in measurement modes, the TIO0 signal is used for the input signal. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-13 Timer/Event Counter Timer Modes of Operation 13.4 TIMER MODES OF OPERATION Each timer has various operational modes that meet a variety of system requirements. These modes are as follows: * Timer * - GPIO, mode 0: Internal timer interrupt generated by the internal clock - Pulse, mode 1: External timer pulse generated by the internal clock - Toggle, mode 2: Output timing signal toggled by the internal clock - Event counter, mode 3: Internal timer interrupt generated by an external clock Measurement - Input width, mode 4: Input pulse width measurement - Input pulse, mode 5: Input signal period measurement - Capture, mode 6: Capture external signal * PWM, mode 7: Pulse Width Modulation * Watchdog - Pulse, mode 9: Output pulse, internal clock - Toggle, mode 10: Output toggle, internal clock These modes are described in detail below. Timer modes are selected by setting the TC[3:0] bits in the TCSR. Table 13-2 and Table 13-3 show how the different timer modes are selected by setting the bits in the TCSR. Table 13-2 also shows the TIO0 signal direction and the clock source for each timer mode. Note: 13.4.1 To ensure proper operation, the TC[3:0] bits should be changed only when the timer is disabled (i.e., when the TE bit in the TCSR is cleared). Timer Modes 13.4.1.1 Timer GPIO (Mode 0) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 TIO0 Clock # KIND NAME 0 0 0 0 GPIO Internal 0 Timer GPIO In this mode, the timer generates an internal interrupt when a counter value is reached (if the timer compare interrupt is enabled). Note that any of the three timers can be placed in GPIO mode to generate internal interrupts, but only timer 0 provides actual external GPIO access on the TIO0 signal. Set the TE bit to clear the counter and enable the timer. Load the value the timer is to count into the TCPR. The counter is loaded with the TLR value when the first timer clock signal is received. The timer clock can 13-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer Modes of Operation be taken from either the DSP56367 clock divided by two (CLK/2) or from the prescaler clock output. Each subsequent clock signal increments the counter. When the counter equals the TCPR value, the TCF bit in TCSR is set, and a compare interrupt is generated if the TCIE bit is set. If the TRM bit in the TCSR is set, the counter is reloaded with the TLR value at the next timer clock and the count is resumed. If the TRM bit is cleared, the counter continues to be incremented on each timer clock signal. This process is repeated until the timer is disabled (i.e., TE is cleared). If the counter overflows, the TOF bit is set, and if TOIE is set, an overflow interrupt is generated. The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR. 13.4.1.2 Timer Pulse (Mode 1) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 TIO0 Clock # KIND NAME 0 0 0 1 Output Internal 1 Timer Pulse In this mode, the timer generates a compare interrupt when the timer count reaches a preset value. In addition, timer 0 provides an external pulse on its TIO0 signal. Set the TE bit to clear the counter and enable the timer. The value to which the timer is to count is loaded into the TCPR. The counter is loaded with the TLR value when the first timer clock signal is received. The TIO0 signal is loaded with the value of the INV bit. The timer clock signal can be taken from either the DSP56367 clock divided by two (CLK/2) or from the prescaler clock output. Each subsequent clock signal increments the counter. When the counter matches the TCPR value, the TCF bit in TCSR is set and a compare interrupt is generated if the TCIE bit is set. The polarity of the TIO0 signal is inverted for one timer clock period. If the TRM bit is set, the counter is loaded with the TLR value on the next timer clock and the count is resumed. If the TRM bit is cleared, the counter continues to be incremented on each timer clock. This process is repeated until the TE bit is cleared (disabling the timer). The value of the TLR sets the delay between starting the timer and the generation of the output pulse. To generate successive output pulses with a delay of X clocks between signals, the TLR value should be set to X/2 and the TRM bit should be set. This process is repeated until the timer is disabled (i.e., TE is cleared). If the counter overflows, the TOF bit is set, and if TOIE is set, an overflow interrupt is generated. The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-15 Timer/Event Counter Timer Modes of Operation 13.4.1.3 Timer Toggle (Mode 2) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 TIO0 Clock # KIND NAME 0 0 1 0 Output Internal 0 Timer Toggle In this mode, the timer generates a periodic interrupt; timer 0 also toggles the polarity of the TIO0 signal. Set the TE bit in the TCR to clear the counter and enable the timer. The value the timer is to count is loaded into the TPCR. The counter is loaded with the TLR value when the first timer clock signal is received. The TIO0 signal is loaded with the value of the INV bit. The timer clock signal can be taken from either the DSP56367 clock divided by two (CLK/2) or from the prescaler clock output. Each subsequent clock signal increments the counter. When the counter value matches the value in the TCPR, the polarity of the TIO0 output signal is inverted. The TCF bit in the TCSR is set and a compare interrupt is generated if the TCIE bit is set. If the TRM bit is set, the counter is loaded with the value of the TLR when the next timer clock is received, and the count is resumed. If the TRM bit is cleared, the counter continues to be incremented on each timer clock. This process is repeated until the TE bit is cleared, disabling the timer. The TLR value in the TCPR sets the delay between starting the timer and toggling the TIO0 signal. To generate output signals with a delay of X clock cycles between toggles, the TLR value should be set to X/2 and the TRM bit should be set. This process is repeated until the timer is disabled (i.e., TE is cleared). If the counter overflows, the TOF bit is set, and if TOIE is set, an overflow interrupt is generated. The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR. 13.4.1.4 Timer Event Counter (Mode 3) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 TIO0 Clock # KIND NAME 0 0 1 1 Input External 3 Timer Event Counter In this mode, the timer counts internal events and issues an interrupt when a preset number of events is counted. Timer 0 can also count external events. Set the TE bit to clear the counter and enable the timer. The number of events the timer is to count is loaded into the TPCR. The counter is loaded with the TLR value when the first timer clock signal is received. The timer clock signal is provided by the prescaler clock output. Timer 0 can be also be clocked 13-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer Modes of Operation from the TIO0 input signal. Each subsequent clock signal increments the counter. If an external clock is used, it must be internally synchronized to the internal clock and its frequency must be less than the DSP56367 internal operating frequency divided by 4. The value of the INV bit in the TCSR determines whether low-to-high (0 to 1) transitions or high-to-low (1 to 0) transitions increment the counter. If the INV bit is set, high-to-low transitions increment the counter. If the INV bit is cleared, low-to-high transitions increment the counter. When the counter matches the value contained in the TCPR, the TCF bit in the TCSR is set and a compare interrupt is generated if the TCIE bit is set. If the TRM bit is set, the counter is loaded with the value of the TLR when the next timer clock is received, and the count is resumed. If TRM bit is cleared, the counter continues to be incremented on each timer clock. This process is repeated until the timer is disabled (i.e., TE is cleared). If the counter overflows, the TOF bit is set, and if TOIE is set, an overflow interrupt is generated. The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR. 13.4.2 Signal Measurement Modes The following signal measurement modes are provided: * Measurement input width * Measurement input period * Measurement capture These functions are available only on timer 0. 13.4.2.1 Measurement Accuracy The external signal is synchronized with the internal clock used to increment the counter. This synchronization process can cause the number of clocks measured for the selected signal value to vary from the actual signal value by plus or minus one counter clock cycle. 13.4.2.2 Measurement Input Width (Mode 4) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 Mode Name Kind TIO0 Clock 0 1 0 0 4 Input Width Measurement Input Internal In this mode, the timer 0 counts the number of clocks that occur between opposite edges of an input signal. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-17 Timer/Event Counter Timer Modes of Operation Set the TE bit to clear the counter and enable the timer. Load the timer's count value into the TLR. After the first appropriate transition (as determined by the INV bit) occurs on the TIO0 input pin, the counter is loaded with the TLR value on the first timer clock signal received either from the DSP56367 clock divided by two (CLK/2) or from the prescaler clock input. Each subsequent clock signal increments the counter. If the INV bit is set, the timer starts on the first high-to-low (1 to 0) signal transition on the TIO0 signal. If the INV bit is cleared, the timer starts on the first low-to-high (0 to 1) transition on the TIO0 signal. When the first transition opposite in polarity to the INV bit setting occurs on the TIO0 signal, the counter stops. The TCF bit in the TCSR is set and a compare interrupt is generated if the TCIE bit is set. The value of the counter (which measures the width of the TIO0 pulse) is loaded into the TCR. The TCR can be read to determine the external signal pulse width. If the TRM bit is set, the counter is loaded with the TLR value on the first timer clock received following the next valid transition occurring on the TIO0 input pin and the count is resumed. If the TRM bit is cleared, the counter continues to be incremented on each timer clock. This process is repeated until the timer is disabled (i.e., TE is cleared). If the counter overflows, the TOF bit is set, and if TOIE is set, an overflow interrupt is generated. The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR. 13.4.2.3 Measurement Input Period (Mode 5) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 Mode Name Kind TIO0 Clock 0 1 0 1 5 Input Period Measurement Input Internal In this mode, the timer counts the period between the reception of signal edges of the same polarity across the TIO0 signal. Set the TE bit to clear the counter and enable the timer. The value the timer is to count is loaded into the TLR. The value of the INV bit determines whether the period is measured between consecutive low-to-high (0 to 1) transitions of TIO0 or between consecutive high-to-low (1 to 0) transitions of TIO0. If INV is set, high-to-low signal transitions are selected. If INV is cleared, low-to-high signal transitions are selected. After the first appropriate transition occurs on the TIO0 input pin, the counter is loaded with the TLR value on the first timer clock signal received from either the DSP56367 clock divided by two (CLK/2) or the prescaler clock output. Each subsequent clock signal increments the counter. On the next signal transition of the same polarity that occurs on TIO0, the TCF bit in the TCSR is set and a compare interrupt is generated if the TCIE bit is set. The contents of the counter are loaded into the TCR. The TCR then contains the value of the time that elapsed between the two signal transitions on the TIO0 signal. 13-18 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer Modes of Operation After the second signal transition, if the TRM bit is set, the TE bit is set to clear the counter and enable the timer. The counter is repeatedly loaded and incremented until the timer is disabled. If the TRM bit is cleared, the counter continues to be incremented until it overflows. This process is repeated until the timer is disabled (i.e., TE is cleared). If the counter overflows, the TOF bit is set, and if TOIE is set, an overflow interrupt is generated. The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR. 13.4.2.4 Measurement Capture (Mode 6 ) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 Mode Name Kind TIO0 Clock 0 1 1 0 6 Capture Measurement Input Internal In this mode, the timer counts the number of clocks that elapse between starting the timer and receiving an external signal. Set the TE bit to clear the counter and enable the timer. The value the timer is to count is loaded into the TLR. When the first timer clock signal is received, the counter is loaded with the TLR value. The timer clock signal can be taken from either the DSP56367 clock divided by two (CLK/2) or from the prescaler clock output. Each subsequent clock signal increments the counter. At the first appropriate transition of the external clock detected on the TIO0 signal, the TCF bit in the TCSR is set and, if the TCIE bit is set, a compare interrupt is generated. The counter halts. The contents of the counter are loaded into the TCR. The value of the TCR represents the delay between the setting of the TE bit and the detection of the first clock edge signal on the TIO0 signal. If the INV bit is set, a high-to-low transition signals the end of the timing period. If INV is cleared, a low-to-high transition signals the end of the timing period. If the counter overflows, the TOF bit is set, and if TOIE is set, an overflow interrupt is generated. The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR. 13.4.3 Pulse Width Modulation (PWM, Mode 7) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 Mode Name Kind TIO0 Clock 0 1 1 1 7 Pulse Width Modulation PWM Output Internal MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-19 Timer/Event Counter Timer Modes of Operation In this mode, the timer generates periodic pulses of a preset width. This function is available only on timer 0. Set the TE bit to clear the counter and enable the timer. The value the timer is to count is loaded into the TPCR. When first timer clock is received from either the DSP56367 internal clock divided by two (CLK/2) or the prescaler clock output, the counter is loaded with the TLR value. Each subsequent timer clock increments the counter. When the counter equals the value in the TCPR, the TIO0 output pin is toggled and the TCF bit in the TCSR is set. The contents of the counter are placed into the TCR. If the TCIE bit is set, a compare interrupt is generated. The counter continues to be incremented on each timer clock. If counter overflow has occurred, the TIO0 output pin is toggled, the TOF bit in TCSR is set, and an overflow interrupt is generated if the TOIE bit is set. If the TRM bit is set, the counter is loaded with the TLR value on the next timer clock and the count is resumed. If the TRM bit is cleared, the counter continues to be incremented on each timer clock. This process is repeated until the timer is disabled by clearing the TE bit. TIO0 signal polarity is determined by the value of the INV bit. When the counter is started by setting the TE bit, the TIO0 signal assumes the value of the INV bit. On each subsequent toggling of the TIO0 signal, the polarity of the TIO0 signal is reversed. For example, if the INV bit is set, the TIO0 signal generates the following signal: 1010. If the INV bit is cleared, the TIO0 signal generates the following signal: 0101. The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR. The value of the TLR determines the output period ($FFFFFF - TLR + 1). The timer counter increments the initial TLR value and toggles the TIO0 signal when the counter value exceeds $FFFFFF. The duty cycle of the TIO0 signal is determined by the value in the TCPR. When the value in the TLR is incremented to a value equal to the value in the TCPR, the TIO0 signal is toggled. The duty cycle is equal to ($FFFFFF - TCPR) divided by ($FFFFFF - TLR + 1). For a 50% duty cycle, the value of TCPR is equal to ($FFFFFF + TLR + 1) / 2. Note: 13.4.4 The value in TCPR must be greater than the value in TLR. Watchdog Modes 13.4.4.1 Watchdog Pulse (Mode 9 ) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 Mode Name Kind TIO0 Clock 1 0 0 1 9 Pulse Watchdog Output Internal In this mode, the timer generates an interrupt at a preset rate. Timer 0 also generates pulse on TIO0. The signal period is equal to the period of one timer clock. 13-20 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Timer/Event Counter Timer Modes of Operation Set the TE bit to clear the counter and enable the timer. The value the timer is to count is loaded into the TCPR. The counter is loaded with the TLR value on the first timer clock received from either the DSP56367 internal clock divided by two (CLK/2) or the prescaler clock output. Each subsequent timer clock increments the counter. When the counter matches the value of the TCPR, the TCF bit in the TCSR is set and a compare interrupt is generated if the TCIE bit is also set. If the TRM bit is set, the counter is loaded with the TLR value on the next timer clock and the count is resumed. If the TRM bit is cleared, the counter continues to be incremented on each subsequent timer clock. This process is repeated until the timer is disabled (i.e., TE is cleared). If the counter overflows, the TOF bit is set, and if TOIE is set, an overflow interrupt is generated. Timer 0 also generates an output pulse on the TIO0 signal with a pulse width equal to the timer clock period. The pulse polarity is determined by the value of the INV bit. If the INV bit is set, the pulse polarity is high (logical 1). If the INV bit is cleared, the pulse polarity is low (logical 0). The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR. The counter is reloaded whenever the TLR is written with a new value while the TE bit is set. Note: In this mode, internal logic preserves the TIO0 value and direction for an additional 2.5 internal clock cycles after the DSP56367 hardware RESET signal is asserted. This ensures that a valid RESET signal is generated when the TIO0 signal is used to reset the DSP56367. 13.4.4.2 Watchdog Toggle (Mode 10) Bit Settings Mode Characteristics TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 Mode NAME Kind TIO0 Clock 1 0 1 0 10 Toggle Watchdog Output Internal In this mode, the timer generates an interrupt at a preset rate. Timer 0 also toggles the output on TIO0. Set the TE bit to clear the counter and enable the timer. The value the timer is to count is loaded into the TPCR. The counter is loaded with the TLR value on the first timer clock received from either the DSP56367 internal clock divided by two (CLK/2) or the prescaler clock output. Each subsequent timer clock increments the counter. The TIO0 signal is set to the value of the INV bit. When the counter equals the value in the TCPR, the TCF bit in the TCSR is set, and a compare interrupt is generated if the TCIE bit is also set. If the TRM bit is set, the counter is loaded with the TLR value on the next timer clock and the count is resumed. If the TRM bit is cleared, the counter continues to be incremented on each subsequent timer clock. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 13-21 Timer/Event Counter Timer Modes of Operation When counter overflow has occurred, the polarity of the TIO0 output pin is inverted, the TOF bit in the TCSR is set, and an overflow interrupt is generated if the TOIE bit is also set. The TIO0 polarity is determined by the INV bit. The counter is reloaded whenever the TLR is written with a new value while the TE bit is set. This process is repeated until the timer is disabled by clearing the TE bit. The counter contents can be read at any time by reading the TCR register. Note: 13.4.5 In this mode, internal logic preserves the TIO0 value and direction for an additional 2.5 internal clock cycles after the DSP56367 hardware RESET signal is asserted. This ensures that a valid RESET signal is generated when the TIO0 signal is used to reset the DSP56367. Reserved Modes Modes 8, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 are reserved. 13.4.6 Special Cases The following special cases apply during wait and stop state. 13.4.6.1 Timer Behavior during Wait Timer clocks are active during the execution of the WAIT instruction and timer activity is undisturbed. If a timer interrupt is generated, the DSP56367 leaves the wait state and services the interrupt. 13.4.6.2 Timer Behavior during Stop During the execution of the STOP instruction, the timer clocks are disabled, timer activity is stopped, and the TIO0 signal is disconnected. Any external changes that happen to the TIO0 signal is ignored when the DSP56367 is the stop state. To ensure correct operation, the timers should be disabled before the DSP56367 is placed into the stop state. 13.4.7 DMA Trigger Each timer can also be used to trigger DMA transfers. For this to occur, a DMA channel must be programmed to be triggered by a timer event. The timer issues a DMA trigger on every event in all modes of operation. The DMA channel does not have the capability to save multiple DMA triggers generated by the timer. To ensure that all DMA triggers are serviced, the user must provide for the preceding DMA trigger to be serviced before the next trigger is received by the DMA channel. 13-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA CHAPTER 14 PACKAGING MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 14-1 Packaging Pin-out and Package Information 14.1 PIN-OUT AND PACKAGE INFORMATION This section provides information about the available package for this product, including diagrams of the package pinouts and tables describing how the signals described in ChapterDSP56367 Overview are allocated for the package. The DSP56367 is available in a 144-pin LQFP package. Table 14-1and Table 14-2 show the pin/name assignments for the packages. 14.1.1 LQFP Package Description Top view of the 144-pin LQFP package is shown in Figure 14-1 with its pin-outs. The package drawing is shown in Figure 14-2. 14-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Packaging 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 MISO/SDA MOSI/HA0 TMS TCK TDI TDO SDO4_1/SDI1_1 MODA/IRQA# MODB/IRQB# MODCIRQC# MODD/IRQD# D23 D22 D21 GNDD VCCD D20 GNDQ VCCQL D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 GNDD VCCD D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 GNDD VCCD D8 D7 Pin-out and Package Information 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 D6 D5 D4 D3 GNDD VCCD D2 D1 D0 A17 A16 A15 GNDA VCCQH A14 A13 A12 VCCQL GNDQ A11 A10 GNDA VCCA A9 A8 A7 A6 GNDA VCCA A5 A4 A3 A2 GNDA VCCA A1 HAD4 VCCH GNDH HAD3 HAD2 HAD1 HAD0 RESET# VCCP PCAP GNDP SDO5_1/SDI0_1 VCCQH FST_1 AA2 CAS# SCKT_1 GNDQ EXTAL VCCQL VCCC GNDC FSR_1 SCKR_1 PINIT/NMI# TA# BR# BB# VCCC GNDC WR# RD# AA1 AA0 BG# A0 37 38 38 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 SCK/SCL SS#/HA2 HREQ# SDO0/SDO0_1 SDO1/SDO1_1 SDO2/SDI3/SDO2_1/SDI3_1 SDO3/SDI2/SDO3_1/SDI2_1 VCCS GNDS SDO4/SDI1 SDO5/SDI0 FST FSR SCKT SCKR HCKT HCKR VCCQL GNDQ VCCQH HDS/HWR HRW/HRD HACK/HRRQ HOREQ/HTRQ VCCS GNDS ADO ACI TIO0 HCS/HA10 HA9/HA2 HA8/HA1 HAS/HA0 HAD7 HAD6 HAD5 Figure 14-1 144-pin package MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 14-3 Packaging Pin-out and Package Information Table 14-1 Signal Identification by Name Signal Name A0 Pin No. 72 Signal Name D9 Pin No. 113 Signal Name Pin No. Signal Name GNDS 9 SDO0/SDO0_1 Pin No. 4 A1 73 D10 114 GNDS 26 SDO1/SDO1_1 5 A2 76 D11 115 HA8/HA1 32 SDO2/SDI3/SDO2_ 1/SDI3_1 6 A3 77 D12 116 HA9/HA2 31 SDO3/SDI2/SDO3_ 1/SDI2_1 7 A4 78 D13 117 HACK/HRRQ 23 SDO4/SDI1 10 A5 79 D14 118 HAD0 43 SDO4_1/SDI1_1 138 A6 82 D15 121 HAD1 42 SDO5/SDI0 11 A7 83 D16 122 HAD2 41 SDO5_1/SDI0_1 48 A8 84 D17 123 HAD3 40 SS#/HA2 2 A9 85 D18 124 HAD4 37 TA# 62 A10 88 D19 125 HAD5 36 TCK 141 A11 89 D20 128 HAD6 35 TDI 140 A12 92 D21 131 HAD7 34 TDO 139 A13 93 D22 132 HAS/HA0 33 TIO0 29 A14 94 D23 133 HCKR 17 TMS 142 A15 97 EXTAL 55 HCKT 16 VCCA 74 A16 98 FSR 13 HCS/HA10 30 VCCA 80 A17 99 FSR_1 59 HDS/HWR 21 VCCA 86 AA0 70 FST 12 HOREQ/HTRQ 24 VCCC 57 AA1 69 FST_1 50 HREQ# 3 VCCC 65 AA2 51 GNDA 75 HRW/HRD 22 VCCD 103 ACI 28 GNDA 81 MODA/IRQA# 137 VCCD 111 ADO 27 GNDA 87 MODB/IRQB# 136 VCCD 119 BB# 64 GNDA 96 MODC/IRQC# 135 VCCD 129 BG# 71 GNDC 58 MODD/IRQD# 134 VCCH 38 BR# 63 GNDC 66 MISO/SDA 144 VCCQH 20 CAS# 52 GNDD 104 MOSI/HA0 143 VCCQH 95 D0 100 GNDD 112 PCAP 46 VCCQH 49 D1 101 GNDD 120 PINIT/NMI# 61 VCCQL 18 D2 102 GNDD 130 RD# 68 VCCQL 56 D3 105 GNDH 39 RESET# 44 VCCQL 91 D4 106 GNDP 47 SCK/SCL 1 VCCQL 126 D5 107 GNDQ 19 SCKR 15 VCCP 45 D6 108 GNDQ 54 SCKR_1 60 VCCS 8 D7 109 GNDQ 90 SCKT 14 VCCS 25 D8 110 GNDQ 127 SCKT_1 53 WR# 67 14-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Packaging Pin-out and Package Information Table 14-2 Pin No. Signal Name Pin No. Signal Identification by Pin Number Signal Name 1 SCK/SCL 37 HAD4 2 SS#/HA2 38 3 HREQ# 39 4 SDO0/SDO0_1 5 Pin No. Signal Name Pin No. 109 Signal Name 73 A1 D7 VCCH 74 VCCA 110 D8 GNDH 75 GNDA 111 VCCD 40 HAD3 76 A2 112 GNDD SDO1/SDO1_1 41 HAD2 77 A3 113 D9 6 SDO2/SDI3/SDO2 _1/SDI3_1 42 HAD1 78 A4 114 D10 7 SDO3/SDI2/SDO3 _1/SDI2_1 43 HAD0 79 A5 115 D11 8 VCCS 44 RESET# 80 VCCA 116 D12 9 GNDS 45 VCCP 81 GNDA 117 D13 10 SDO4/SDI1 46 PCAP 82 A6 118 D14 11 SDO5/SDI0 47 GNDP 83 A7 119 VCCD 12 FST 48 SDO5_1/SDI0_1 84 A8 120 GNDD 13 FSR 49 VCCQH 85 A9 121 D15 14 SCKT 50 FST_1 86 VCCA 122 D16 15 SCKR 51 AA2 87 GNDA 123 D17 16 HCKT 52 CAS# 88 A10 124 D18 17 HCKR 53 SCKT_1 89 A11 125 D19 18 VCCQL 54 GNDQ 90 GNDQ 126 VCCQL 19 GNDQ 55 EXTAL 91 VCCQL 127 GNDQ 20 VCCQH 56 VCCQL 92 A12 128 D20 21 HDS/HWR 57 VCCC 93 A13 129 VCCD 22 HRW/HRD 58 GNDC 94 A14 130 GNDD 23 HACK/HRRQ 59 FSR_1 95 VCCQH 131 D21 24 HOREQ/HTRQ 60 SCKR_1 96 GNDA 132 D22 25 VCCS 61 PINIT/NMI# 97 A15 133 D23 26 GNDS 62 TA# 98 A16 134 MODD/IRQD# 27 ADO 63 BR# 99 A17 135 MODC/IRQC# 28 ACI 64 BB# 100 D0 136 MODB/IRQB# 29 TIO0 65 VCCC 101 D1 137 MODA/IRQA# 30 HCS/HA10 66 GNDC 102 D2 138 SDO4_1/SDI1_1 31 HA9/HA2 67 WR# 103 VCCD 139 TDO 32 HA8/HA1 68 RD# 104 GNDD 140 TDI 33 HAS/HA0 69 AA1 105 D3 141 TCK 34 HAD7 70 AA0 106 D4 142 TMS 35 HAD6 71 BG# 107 D5 143 MOSI/HA0 36 HAD5 72 A0 108 D6 144 MISO/SDA MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 14-5 Packaging Pin-out and Package Information 14.1.2 LQFP Package Mechanical Drawing Figure 14-2 DSP56367 144-pin LQFP Package (1 of 3) 14-6 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Packaging Pin-out and Package Information Figure 14-3 DSP56367 144-pin LQFP Package (2 of 3) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 14-7 Packaging Pin-out and Package Information Figure 14-4 DSP56367 144-pin LQFP Package (3 of 3) 14-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Packaging Ordering Drawings 14.2 ORDERING DRAWINGS The detailed package drawing is available on the Motorola web page at: http://www.mot-sps.com/cgi-bin/cases.pl Use package 918-03 for the search. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 14-9 Intentionally Left Blank APPENDIX A BOOTSTRAP ROM CONTENTS MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual A-1 Bootstrap ROM Contents A.1 DSP56367 BOOTSTRAP PROGRAM ; BOOTSTRAP CODE FOR DSP56367 Rev. 0 silicon ; (C) Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001 Motorola Inc. ; ; ; Revision 0.0 1999/JAN/26 - Modified from 56362_RevA_regular_boot_rev01.asm: ; - Change the length of xram and the length of yram ; in burn-in code ; - Change the address of the reserved area in the ; Program ROM to $FFAF80 - $FFAFFF ; ; Revision 0.1 1999/MAR/29 - Enabled 100ns I2C filter in bootstrap ; mode 0110. ; - Added 5 NOP instructions after OnCE enable. ; ; This is the Bootstrap program contained in the DSP56367 192-word Boot ; ROM. This program can load any program RAM segment from an external ; EPROM, from the Host Interface or from the SHI serial interface. ; ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=x000, then the Boot ROM is bypassed and the DSP56367 ; will start fetching instructions beginning with address $C00000 (MD=0) ; or $008000 (MD=1) assuming that an external memory of SRAM type is ; used. The accesses will be performed using 31 wait states with no ; address attributes selected (default area). ; ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=0001, then it loads a program RAM segment from consecutive ; byte-wide P memory locations, starting at P:$D00000 (bits 7-0). ; The memory is selected by the Address Attribute AA1 and is accessed with ; 31 wait states. ; The EPROM bootstrap code expects to read 3 bytes ; specifying the number of program words, 3 bytes specifying the address ; to start loading the program words and then 3 bytes for each program ; word to be loaded. The number of words, the starting address and the ; program words are read least significant byte first followed by the ; mid and then by the most significant byte. ; The program words will be condensed into 24-bit words and stored in ; contiguous PRAM memory locations starting at the specified starting address. ; After reading the program words, program execution starts from the same ; address where loading started. ; ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=0010, then the bootstrap code jumps to the internal ; Program ROM, without loading the Program RAM. ; ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; A-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Bootstrap ROM Contents ; Operation mode MD:MC:MB:MA=0011 is reserved. ; ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=01xx, then the Program RAM is loaded from the SHI. ; ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Operation mode MD:MC:MB:MA=1001 is used for burn-in testing. ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Operation mode MD:MC:MB:MA=1010 is reserved ; Operation mode MD:MC:MB:MA=1011 is reserved ; ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=1100, then it loads the program RAM from the Host ; Interface programmed to operate in the ISA mode. ; The HOST ISA bootstrap code expects to read a 24-bit word ; specifying the number of program words, a 24-bit word specifying the address ; to start loading the program words and then a 24-bit word for each program ; word to be loaded. The program words will be stored in ; contiguous PRAM memory locations starting at the specified starting address. ; After reading the program words, program execution starts from the same ; address where loading started. ; The Host Interface bootstrap load program may be stopped by ; setting the Host Flag 0 (HF0). This will start execution of the loaded ; program from the specified starting address. ; ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=1101, then it loads the program RAM from the Host ; Interface programmed to operate in the HC11 non multiplexed mode. ; ; The HOST HC11 bootstrap code expects to read a 24-bit word ; specifying the number of program words, a 24-bit word specifying the address ; to start loading the program words and then a 24-bit word for each program ; word to be loaded. The program words will be stored in ; contiguous PRAM memory locations starting at the specified starting address. ; After reading the program words, program execution starts from the same ; address where loading started. ; The Host Interface bootstrap load program may be stopped by ; setting the Host Flag 0 (HF0). This will start execution of the loaded ; program from the specified starting address. ; ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=1110, then it loads the program RAM from the Host ; Interface programmed to operate in the 8051 multiplexed bus mode, ; in double-strob pin configuration. ; The HOST 8051 bootstrap code expects accesses that are byte wide. ; The HOST 8051 bootstrap code expects to read 3 bytes forming a 24-bit word ; specifying the number of program words, 3 bytes forming a 24-bit word MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual A-3 Bootstrap ROM Contents ; specifying the address to start loading the program words and then 3 bytes ; forming 24-bit words for each program word to be loaded. ; The program words will be stored in contiguous PRAM memory locations ; starting at the specified starting address. ; After reading the program words, program execution starts from the same ; address where loading started. ; The Host Interface bootstrap load program may be stopped by setting the ; Host Flag 0 (HF0). This will start execution of the loaded program from ; the specified starting address. ; ; The base address of the HDI08 in multiplexed mode is 0x80 and is not ; modified by the bootstrap code. All the address lines are enabled ; and should be connected accordingly. ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=1111, then it loads the program RAM from the Host ; Interface programmed to operate in the MC68302 (IMP) bus mode, ; in single-strob pin configuration. ; The HOST MC68302 bootstrap code expects accesses that are byte wide. ; The HOST MC68302 bootstrap code expects to read 3 bytes forming a 24-bit word ; specifying the number of program words, 3 bytes forming a 24-bit word ; specifying the address to start loading the program words and then 3 bytes ; forming 24-bit words for each program word to be loaded. ; The program words will be stored in contiguous PRAM memory locations ; starting at the specified starting address. ; After reading the program words, program execution starts from the same ; address where loading started. ; The Host Interface bootstrap load program may be stopped by setting the ; Host Flag 0 (HF0). This will start execution of the loaded program from ; the specified starting address. ; page 132,55,0,0,0 opt cex,mex,mu ;; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; GENERAL EQUATES ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ;; BOOT equ $D00000 ; this is the location in P memory ; on the external memory bus ; where the external byte-wide ; EPROM is located AARV equ $D00409 ; AAR1 selects the EPROM as CE~ ; mapped as P from $D00000 to ; $DFFFFF, active low PROMADDR equ $FF1000 ; Starting PROM address MA MB MC MD A-4 EQU EQU EQU EQU 0 1 2 3 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Bootstrap ROM Contents ;; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; DSP I/O REGISTERS ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ;; M_AAR1 EQU $FFFFF8 ; Address Attribute Register 1 M_OGDB EQU $FFFFFC ; OnCE GDB Register M_HPCR M_HSR M_HORX HRDF HF0 HEN EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU $FFFFC4 $FFFFC3 $FFFFC6 $0 $3 $6 ; ; ; ; ; ; Host Host Host Host Host Host M_HRX M_HCSR M_HCKR HRNE HI2C HCKFR HFM0 HFM1 EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU EQU $FFFF94 $FFFF91 $FFFF90 17 1 4 12 13 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; SHI SHI SHI SHI SHI SHI SHI SHI ORG PL:$ff0000,PL:$ff0000 Polarity Control Register Status Register Receive Register Receive Data Full Flag 0 Enable Receive FIFO Control/Status Register Clock Control Register FIFO Not Empty flag I2C Enable Control Bit I2C Clock Freeze Control Bit I2C Filter Mode Bit 0 I2C Filter Mode Bit 1 ; bootstrap code starts at $ff0000 START movep #$0,X:M_OGDB nop nop nop nop nop clr a #$0,r5 jset #MD,omr,OMR1XXX jset #MC,omr,SHILD jclr #MB,omr,EPROMLD jset #MA,omr,RESERVED ; enable OnCE ; 5 NOP instructions, needed for test procedure ; ; ; ; ; clear a and init R5 with 0 If MD:MC:MB:MA=1xxx go to OMR1XXX If MD:MC:MB:MA=01xx, go load from SHI If MD:MC:MB:MA=0001, go load from EPROM If MD:MC:MB:MA=0011, go to RESERVED ;======================================================================== ; This is the routine that jumps to the internal Program ROM. ; MD:MC:MB:MA=0010 move #PROMADDR,r1 bra ; store starting PROM address in r1 <FINISH ;======================================================================== ; This is the routine that loads from SHI. ; MD:MC:MB:MA=0100 - reserved for SHI ; MD:MC:MB:MA=0101 - Bootstrap from SHI (SPI slave) ; MD:MC:MB:MA=0110 - Bootstrap from SHI (I2C slave, HCKFR=1,100ns filter) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual A-5 Bootstrap ROM Contents ; MD:MC:MB:MA=0111 - Bootstrap from SHI (I2C slave, HCKFR=0) SHILD ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; This is the routine which loads a program through the SHI port. The SHI operates in the slave mode, with the 10-word FIFO enabled, and with the HREQ pin enabled for receive operation. The word size for transfer is 24 bits. The SHI operates in the SPI or in the I2C mode, according to the bootstrap mode. The program is downloaded according to the following rules: 1) 3 bytes - Define the program length. 2) 3 bytes - Define the address to which to start loading the program to. 3) 3n bytes (while n is the program length defined by the first 3 bytes) The program words will be stored in contiguous PRAM memory locations starting at the specified starting address. After storing the program words, program execution starts from the same address where loading started. move #$A9,r1 ; prepare SHI control value in r1 ; HEN=1, HI2C=0, HM1-HM0=10, HCKFR=0, HFIFO=1, HMST=0, ; HRQE1-HRQE0=01, HIDLE=0, HBIE=0, HTIE=0, HRIE1-HRIE0=00 shi_loop jclr #MA,omr,SHI_CF ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=01x0, go to SHI clock freeze jclr #MB,omr,shi_loop ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=0101, select SPI mode bset #HI2C,r1 ; otherwise select I2C mode. movep r1,x:M_HCSR ; enable SHI jclr movep #HRNE,x:M_HCSR,* x:M_HRX,a0 ; wait for no. of words jclr movep move #HRNE,x:M_HCSR,* x:M_HRX,r0 r0,r1 ; wait for starting address do jclr movep nop a0,_LOOP2 #HRNE,x:M_HCSR,* x:M_HRX,p:(r0)+ bra <FINISH ; wait for HRX not empty ; store in Program RAM ; req. because of restriction _LOOP2 SHI_CF bset bset bset bset jset A-6 #HI2C,r1 #HCKFR,r1 #HFM0,x:M_HCKR #HFM1,x:M_HCKR #MB,omr,shi_loop ; ; ; ; ; select I2C mode. enable clock freeze in I2C mode. enable 100ns noise filter enable 100ns noise filter If MD:MC:MB:MA=0110, go to I2C load DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Bootstrap ROM Contents bra <RESERVED ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=0100, go to reserved ;======================================================================== ; This is the routine that loads from external EPROM. ; MD:MC:MB:MA=0001 EPROMLD move #BOOT,r2 movep #AARV,X:M_AAR1 do #6,_LOOP9 movem p:(r2)+,a2 asr #8,a,a _LOOP9 move a1,r0 move a1,r1 do a0,_LOOP10 do #3,_LOOP11 movem p:(r2)+,a2 asr #8,a,a _LOOP11 movem a1,p:(r0)+ nop _LOOP10 bra ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; r2 = address of external EPROM aar1 configured for SRAM types of access read number of words and starting address Get the 8 LSB from ext. P mem. Shift 8 bit data into A1 starting address for load save it in r1 a0 holds the number of words read program words Each instruction has 3 bytes Get the 8 LSB from ext. P mem. Shift 8 bit data into A1 Go get another byte. Store 24-bit result in P mem. pipeline delay and go get another 24-bit word. Boot from EPROM done <FINISH OMR1XXX jclr #MC,omr,BURN_RESER ; ; jclr #MB,omr,OMR1IS0 ; jclr #MA,omr,I8051HOSTLD ; ; IF IF IF If If MD:MC:MB:MA=101x, MD:MC:MB:MA=1001, MD:MC:MB:MA=110x, MD:MC:MB:MA=1110, MD:MC:MB:MA=1111, go go go go go to RESERVED to BURN to look for ISA/HC11 load from 8051 Host load from MC68302 Host ;======================================================================== ; This is the routine which loads a program through the HDI08 host port ; The program is downloaded from the host MCU with the following rules: ; 1) 3 bytes - Define the program length. ; 2) 3 bytes - Define the address to which to start loading the program to. ; 3) 3n bytes (while n is the program length defined by the 3 first bytes) ; The program words will be stored in contiguous PRAM memory locations starting ; at the specified starting address. ; After reading the program words, program execution starts from the same ; address where loading started. ; The host MCU may terminate the loading process by setting the HF1=0 and HF0=1. ; When the downloading is terminated, the program will start execution of the ; loaded program from the specified starting address. ; The HDI08 boot ROM program enables the following busses to download programs MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual A-7 Bootstrap ROM Contents ; through the HDI08 port: ; ; C - ISA - Dual strobes non-multiplexed bus with negative strobe ; pulses dual positive request ; D - HC11 - Single strobe non-multiplexed bus with positive strobe ; pulse single negative request. ; E - i8051 - Dual strobes multiplexed bus with negative strobe pulses ; dual negative request. ; F - MC68302 - Single strobe non-multiplexed bus with negative strobe ; pulse single negative request. ;======================================================================== MC68302HOSTLD movep #%0000000000111000,x:M_HPCR ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; bra Configure HAP = 0 HRP = 0 HCSP = 0 HDDS = 0 HMUX = 0 HASP = 0 HDSP = 0 HROD = 0 spare = 0 HEN = 0 HAEN HREN HCSEN HA9EN = = = = 1 1 1 0 HA8EN = 0 HGEN = 0 the following conditions: Negative host acknowledge Negative host request Negatice chip select input Single strobe bus (R/W~ and DS) Non multiplexed bus (address strobe polarity has no meaning in non-multiplexed bus) Negative data stobes polarity Host request is active when enabled This bit should be set to 0 for future compatability When the HPCR register is modified HEN should be cleared Host acknowledge is enabled Host requests are enabled Host chip select input enabled (address 9 enable bit has no meaning in non-multiplexed bus) (address 8 enable bit has no meaning in non-multiplexed bus) Host GPIO pins are disabled <HDI08CONT OMR1IS0 jset #MA,omr,HC11HOSTLD ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=1101, go load from HC11 Host ; If MD:MC:MB:MA=1100, go load from ISA HOST ISAHOSTLD movep #%0101000000011000,x:M_HPCR ; Configure the following conditions: ; HAP = 0 Negative host acknowledge ; HRP = 1 Positive host request A-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Bootstrap ROM Contents ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; bra HCSP HDDS HMUX HASP = = = = 0 1 0 0 HDSP = 0 HROD = 0 spare = 0 HEN = 0 HAEN HREN HCSEN HA9EN = = = = 0 1 1 0 HA8EN = 0 HGEN = 0 Negatice chip select input Dual strobes bus (RD and WR) Non multiplexed bus (address strobe polarity has no meaning in non-multiplexed bus) Negative data stobes polarity Host request is active when enabled This bit should be set to 0 for future compatability When the HPCR register is modified HEN should be cleared Host acknowledge is disabled Host requests are enabled Host chip select input enabled (address 9 enable bit has no meaning in non-multiplexed bus) (address 8 enable bit has no meaning non-multiplexed bus) Host GPIO pins are disabled <HDI08CONT HC11HOSTLD movep #%0000001000011000,x:M_HPCR ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; bra Configure HAP = 0 HRP = 0 HCSP = 0 HDDS = 0 HMUX = 0 HASP = 0 HDSP = 1 HROD = 0 spare = 0 HEN = 0 HAEN HREN HCSEN HA9EN = = = = 0 1 1 0 HA8EN = 0 HGEN = 0 the following conditions: Negative host acknowledge Negative host request Negatice chip select input Single strobe bus (R/W~ and DS) Non multiplexed bus (address strobe polarity has no meaning in non-multiplexed bus) Negative data stobes polarity Host request is active when enabled This bit should be set to 0 for future compatability When the HPCR register is modified HEN should be cleared Host acknowledge is disabled Host requests are enabled Host chip select input enabled (address 9 enable bit has no meaning in non-multiplexed bus) (address 8 enable bit has no meaning in non-multiplexed bus) Host GPIO pins are disabled <HDI08CONT I8051HOSTLD MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual A-9 Bootstrap ROM Contents movep #%0001110000011110,x:M_HPCR ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Configure HAP = 0 HRP = 0 HCSP = 0 HDDS = 1 HMUX = 1 HASP = 1 HDSP = 0 HROD = 0 spare = 0 the following conditions: Negative host acknowledge Negatice host request Negatice chip select input Dual strobes bus (RD and WR) Multiplexed bus Positive address strobe polarity Negative data stobes polarity Host request is active when enabled This bit should be set to 0 for future compatability When the HPCR register is modified HEN should be cleared Host acknowledge is disabled Host requests are enabled Host chip select input enabled Enable address 9 input Enable address 8 input Host GPIO pins are disabled HEN = 0 HAEN HREN HCSEN HA9EN HA8EN HGEN = = = = = = 0 1 1 1 1 0 ; ; ; ; Enable the HDI08 to operate as host interface (set HEN=1) wait for the program length to be written HDI08CONT bset #HEN,x:M_HPCR jclr #HRDF,x:M_HSR,* movep x:M_HORX,a0 jclr #HRDF,x:M_HSR,* movep move x:M_HORX,r0 r0,r1 do a0,HDI08LOOP jset #HRDF,x:M_HSR,HDI08NW jclr #HF0,x:M_HSR,HDI08LL ; wait for the program starting address ; to be written ; set a loop with the downloaded length HDI08LL enddo bra <HDI08LOOP movep x:M_HORX,p:(r0)+ ; If new word was loaded then jump to ; read that word ; If HF0=0 then continue with the ; downloading ; Must terminate the do loop HDI08NW A-10 ; Move the new word into its destination ; location in the program RAM DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Bootstrap ROM Contents nop ; pipeline delay HDI08LOOP ;======================================================================== ; This is the exit handler that returns execution to normal ; expanded mode and jumps to the RESET vector. FINISH andi #$0,ccr jmp (r1) ; Clear CCR as if RESET to 0. ; Then go to starting Prog addr. ;======================================================================== ; MD:MC:MB:MA=1001 is used for Burn-in code BURN_RESER jclr #MB,omr,BURN ; IF MD:MC:MB:MA=1001, go to BURN ;======================================================================== ; The following modes are reserved, some of which are used for internal testing ; MD:MC:MB:MA=0011 is reserved ; MD:MC:MB:MA=1010 is reserved ; MD:MC:MB:MA=1011 is reserved RESERVED bra <* ;======================================================================== ; Code for burn-in ;======================================================================== M_PCRC M_PDRC M_PRRC SCKT EQU EQU EQU EQU $FFFFBF $FFFFBD $FFFFBE $3 ;; ;; ;; ;; EQUALDATA equ if start_dram length_dram else start_xram length_xram start_yram length_yram endif (EQUALDATA) equ 0 equ $1600 MOTOROLA equ equ equ equ 0 0 $3400 0 $1c00 Port Port Port SCKT C GPIO Control Register C GPIO Data Register C Direction Register is GPIO bit #3 in ESAI (Port C) ;; 1 if xram and yram are of equal ;; size and addresses, 0 otherwise. ;; ;; same addresses ;; 13k XRAM ;; 7k YRAM DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual A-11 Bootstrap ROM Contents start_pram length_pram equ equ 0 $C00 ;; 3k PRAM BURN ;; get PATTERN pointer clr b #PATTERNS,r6 move #<(NUM_PATTERNS-1),m6 ;; b is the error accumulator ;; program runs forever in ;; cyclic form ;; configure SCKT as gpio output. movep b,x:M_PDRC ;; clear GPIO data register bclr #SCKT,x:M_PCRC ;; Define SCKT as output GPIO pin bset #SCKT,x:M_PRRC ;; SCKT toggles means test pass lua (r5)-,r7 ;; r5 = test fail flag = $000000 ;; r7 = test pass flag = $FFFFFF burnin_loop do #9,burn1 ;;---------------------------;; test RAM ;; each pass checks 1 pattern ;;---------------------------move p:(r6)+,x1 move p:(r6)+,x0 move p:(r6)+,y0 ;; pattern for x memory ;; pattern for y memory ;; pattern for p memory ;; write pattern to all memory locations if (EQUALDATA) ;; write x and y memory clr a #start_dram,r0 move #>length_dram,n0 rep n0 mac x0,x1,a x,l:(r0)+ else ;; x/y ram symmetrical ;; start of x/y ram ;; length of x/y ram ;; exercise mac, write x/y ram ;; x/y ram not symmetrical ;; write x memory clr a #start_xram,r0 move #>length_xram,n0 rep n0 mac x0,y0,a x1,x:(r0)+ ;; write y memory clr a #start_yram,r1 move #>length_yram,n1 rep n1 mac x1,y0,a x0,y:(r1)+ ;; start of xram ;; length of xram ;; exercise mac, write xram ;; start of yram ;; length of yram ;; exercise mac, write yram endif A-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Bootstrap ROM Contents ;; write p memory clr a #start_pram,r2 move #>length_pram,n2 rep n2 move y0,p:(r2)+ ;; start of pram ;; length of pram ;; write pram ;; check memory contents if (EQUALDATA) ;; check dram clr a #start_dram,r0 do n0,_loopd move x:(r0),a1 eor x1,a add a,b move y:(r0)+,a1 eor x0,a add a,b ;; x/y ram symmetrical ;; restore pointer, clear a ;; a0=a2=0 ;; accumulate error in b ;; a0=a2=0 ;; accumulate error in b _loopd else ;; x/y ram not symmetrical ;; check xram clr a #start_xram,r0 do n0,_loopx move x:(r0)+,a1 eor x1,a add a,b ;; restore pointer, clear a ;; a0=a2=0 ;; accumulate error in b _loopx ;; check yram clr a #start_yram,r1 do n1,_loopy move y:(r1)+,a1 eor x0,a add a,b ;; restore pointer, clear a ;; a0=a2=0 ;; accumulate error in b _loopy endif ;; check pram clr a #start_pram,r2 do n2,_loopp move p:(r2)+,a1 eor y0,a add a,b ;; restore pointer, clear a ;; a0=a2=0 ;; accumulate error in b _loopp ;;--------------------------------------------------;; toggle pin if no errors, stop execution otherwise. ;;--------------------------------------------------;; if error tne r5,r7 ;; r7=$FFFFFF as long as test pass MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual A-13 Bootstrap ROM Contents ;; condition codes preserved ;; this instr can be removed in case of shortage movep r7,x:M_OGDB beq bclr enddo label1 #SCKT,x:M_PDRC bra <burn1 bchg #SCKT,x:M_PDRC ;; write pass/fail flag to OnCE ;; condition codes preserved ;; this instr can be removed in case of shortage ;; clear SCKT if error, ;; terminate the loop normally ;; this instr can be removed in case of shortage label1 burn1 ;; and stop execution ;; if no error ;; toggle pin and keep on looping ;; test completion ;; enter debug mode if OnCE port enabled ;; this instr can be removed in case of debug shortage wait ;; enter wait otherwise (OnCE port disabled) BURN_END PATTERNS ORG PL:,PL: dsm 4 ORG PL:BURN_END,PL:BURN_END dup PATTERNS-* dc * endm NUM_PATTERNS ;; align for correct modulo addressing ; write address in unused Boot ROM location ORG PL:PATTERNS,PL:PATTERNS ;; Each value is written to all memories dc dc dc dc $555555 $AAAAAA $333333 $F0F0F0 equ *-PATTERNS ;======================================================================== ; This code fills the unused bootstrap rom locations with their address dup $FF00C0-* dc * endm A-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Bootstrap ROM Contents ;======================================================================== ; Reserved Area in the Program ROM: upper 128 words. ; Address range: $FFAF80 - $FFAFFF ;======================================================================== ORG PL:$FFAF80,PL:$FFAF80 ; This code fills the unused rom locations with their address dup $FFB000-$14-* dc * endm ; Code segment for testing of ROM Patch ; This code segment is located in the uppermost addresses of the Program ROM ORG PL:$FFB000-$14,PL:$FFB000-$14 move move move move move move move move move move move move move move move move move move move #$80000,r0 #$0,x0 x0,x:(r0)+ #$1,x0 x0,x:(r0)+ #$2,x0 x0,x:(r0)+ #$3,x0 x0,x:(r0)+ #$4,x0 x0,x:(r0)+ #$5,x0 x0,x:(r0)+ #$6,x0 x0,x:(r0)+ #$7,x0 x0,x:(r0)+ #$8,x0 x0,x:(r0)+ end MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual A-15 Bootstrap ROM Contents A-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA APPENDIX B EQUATES MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-1 Equates ;********************************************************************************* ; EQUATES for DSP56367 interrupts ; Last update: April 24, 2000 ; ;********************************************************************************* page 132,55,0,0,0 opt intequ mex ident if 1,0 @DEF(I_VEC) ;leave user definition as is. else I_VEC equ $0 endif ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Non-Maskable interrupts ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------I_RESET EQU I_VEC+$00 ; Hardware RESET I_STACK EQU I_VEC+$02 ; Stack Error I_ILL EQU I_VEC+$04 ; Illegal Instruction I_IINST EQU I_VEC+$04 ; Illegal Instruction I_DBG EQU I_VEC+$06 ; Debug Request I_TRAP EQU I_VEC+$08 ; Trap I_NMI EQU I_VEC+$0A ; Non Maskable Interrupt ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Interrupt Request Pins ;------------------------------------------------------------------------ B-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates I_IRQA EQU I_VEC+$10 ; IRQA I_IRQB EQU I_VEC+$12 ; IRQB I_IRQC EQU I_VEC+$14 ; IRQC I_IRQD EQU I_VEC+$16 ; IRQD ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; DMA Interrupts ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------I_DMA0 EQU I_VEC+$18 ; DMA Channel 0 I_DMA1 EQU I_VEC+$1A ; DMA Channel 1 I_DMA2 EQU I_VEC+$1C ; DMA Channel 2 I_DMA3 EQU I_VEC+$1E ; DMA Channel 3 I_DMA4 EQU I_VEC+$20 ; DMA Channel 4 I_DMA5 EQU I_VEC+$22 ; DMA Channel 5 ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; DAX Interrupts ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------I_DAXTUE EQU I_VEC+$28 ; DAX Underrun Error I_DAXBLK EQU I_VEC+$2A ; DAX Block Transferred I_DAXTD EQU I_VEC+$2E ; DAX Audio Data Empty ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; ESAI Interrupts ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------I_ESAIRD EQU I_VEC+$30 ; ESAI Receive Data I_ESAIRED EQU I_VEC+$32 ; ESAI Receive Even Data I_ESAIRDE EQU I_VEC+$34 ; ESAI Receive Data With Exception Status I_ESAIRLS EQU I_VEC+$36 ; ESAI Receive Last Slot I_ESAITD EQU I_VEC+$38 ; ESAI Transmit Data MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-3 Equates I_ESAITED EQU I_VEC+$3A ; ESAI Transmit Even Data I_ESAITDE EQU I_VEC+$3C ; ESAI Transmit Data With Exception Status I_ESAITLS EQU I_VEC+$3E ; ESAI Transmit Last Slot ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; SHI Interrupts ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------I_SHITD EQU I_VEC+$40 ; SHI Transmit Data I_SHITUE EQU I_VEC+$42 ; SHI Transmit Underrun Error I_SHIRNE EQU I_VEC+$44 ; SHI Receive FIFO Not Empty I_SHIRFF EQU I_VEC+$48 ; SHI Receive FIFO Full I_SHIROE EQU I_VEC+$4A ; SHI Receive Overrun Error I_SHIBER EQU I_VEC+$4C ; SHI Bus Error ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Timer Interrupts ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------I_TIM0C EQU I_VEC+$54 ; TIMER 0 compare I_TIM0OF EQU I_VEC+$56 ; TIMER 0 overflow I_TIM1C EQU I_VEC+$58 ; TIMER 1 compare I_TIM1OF EQU I_VEC+$5A ; TIMER 1 overflow I_TIM2C EQU I_VEC+$5C ; TIMER 2 compare I_TIM2OF EQU I_VEC+$5E ; TIMER 2 overflow ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; HDI08 Interrupts ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------I_HI08RX EQU I_VEC+$60 ; Host Receive Data Full I_HI08TX EQU I_VEC+$62 ; Host Transmit Data Empty B-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates I_HI08CM EQU I_VEC+$64 ; Host Command (Default) ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; ESAI_1 Interrupts ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------I_ESAI1RD EQU I_VEC+$70 ; ESAI_1 Receive Data I_ESAI1RED EQU I_VEC+$72 ; ESAI_1 Receive Even Data I_ESAI1RDE EQU I_VEC+$74 ; ESAI_1 Receive Data With Exception Status I_ESAI1RLS EQU I_VEC+$76 ; ESAI_1 Receive Last Slot I_ESAI1TD EQU I_VEC+$78 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Data I_ESAI1TED EQU I_VEC+$7A ; ESAI_1 Transmit Even Data I_ESAI1TDE EQU I_VEC+$7C ; ESAI_1 Transmit Data With Exception Status I_ESAI1TLS EQU I_VEC+$7E ; ESAI_1 Transmit Last Slot ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; INTERRUPT ENDING ADDRESS ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------I_INTEND EQU I_VEC+$FF ; last address of interrupt vector space ;------------------ end of intequ.asm -----------------------;********************************************************************************* ; EQUATES for DSP56367 I/O registers and ports ; Last update: April 24, 2000 ; ;********************************************************************************* page opt ioequ 132,55,0,0,0 mex ident 1,0 ;------------------------------------------------------------------------ MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-5 Equates ; ; EQUATES for I/O Port Programming ; ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Register Addresses M_HDR EQU $FFFFC9 ; Host port GPIO data Register M_HDDR EQU $FFFFC8 ; Host port GPIO direction Register M_PCRC EQU $FFFFBF ; Port C Control Register M_PRRC EQU $FFFFBE ; Port C Direction Register M_PDRC EQU $FFFFBD ; Port C GPIO Data Register M_PCRD EQU $FFFFD7 ; Port D Control register M_PRRD EQU $FFFFD6 ; Port D Direction Data Register M_PDRD EQU $FFFFD5 ; Port D GPIO Data Register M_PCRE EQU $FFFFD7 ; Port E Control register M_PRRE EQU $FFFFD6 ; Port E Direction Data Register M_PDRE EQU $FFFFD5 ; Port E GPIO Data Register M_OGDB EQU $FFFFFC ; OnCE GDB Register ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; ; EQUATES for Exception Processing ; ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Register Addresses M_IPRC EQU $FFFFFF ; Interrupt Priority Register Core M_IPRP EQU $FFFFFE ; Interrupt Priority Register Peripheral ; M_IAL B-6 Interrupt Priority Register Core (IPRC) EQU $7 ; IRQA Mode Mask DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_IAL0 EQU 0 ; IRQA Mode Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_IAL1 EQU 1 ; IRQA Mode Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_IAL2 EQU 2 ; IRQA Mode Trigger Mode M_IBL EQU $38 ; IRQB Mode Mask M_IBL0 EQU 3 ; IRQB Mode Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_IBL1 EQU 4 ; IRQB Mode Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_IBL2 EQU 5 ; IRQB Mode Trigger Mode M_ICL EQU $1C0 ; IRQC Mode Mask M_ICL0 EQU 6 ; IRQC Mode Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_ICL1 EQU 7 ; IRQC Mode Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_ICL2 EQU 8 ; IRQC Mode Trigger Mode M_IDL EQU $E00 ; IRQD Mode Mask M_IDL0 EQU 9 ; IRQD Mode Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_IDL1 EQU 10 ; IRQD Mode Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_IDL2 EQU 11 ; IRQD Mode Trigger Mode M_D0L EQU $3000 ; DMA0 Interrupt priority Level Mask M_D0L0 EQU 12 ; DMA0 Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_D0L1 EQU 13 ; DMA0 Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_D1L EQU $C000 ; DMA1 Interrupt Priority Level Mask M_D1L0 EQU 14 ; DMA1 Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_D1L1 EQU 15 ; DMA1 Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_D2L EQU $30000 ; DMA2 Interrupt priority Level Mask M_D2L0 EQU 16 ; DMA2 Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_D2L1 EQU 17 ; DMA2 Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_D3L EQU $C0000 ; DMA3 Interrupt Priority Level Mask M_D3L0 EQU 18 ; DMA3 Interrupt Priority Level (low) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-7 Equates M_D3L1 EQU 19 ; DMA3 Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_D4L EQU $300000 ; DMA4 Interrupt priority Level Mask M_D4L0 EQU 20 ; DMA4 Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_D4L1 EQU 21 ; DMA4 Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_D5L EQU $C00000 ; DMA5 Interrupt priority Level Mask M_D5L0 EQU 22 ; DMA5 Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_D5L1 EQU 23 ; DMA5 Interrupt Priority Level (high) ; Interrupt Priority Register Peripheral (IPRP) M_ESL EQU $3 ; ESAI Interrupt Priority Level Mask M_ESL0 EQU 0 ; ESAI Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_ESL1 EQU 1 ; ESAI Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_SHL EQU $C ; SHI Interrupt Priority Level Mask M_SHL0 EQU 2 ; SHI Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_SHL1 EQU 3 ; SHI Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_HDL EQU $30 ; HDI08 Interrupt Priority Level Mask M_HDL0 EQU 4 ; HDI08 Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_HDL1 EQU 5 ; HDI08 Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_DAL EQU $C0 ; DAX Interrupt Priority Level Mask M_DAL0 EQU 6 ; DAX Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_DAL1 EQU 7 ; DAX Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_TAL EQU $300 ;Timer Interrupt Priority Level Mask M_TAL0 EQU 8 ;Timer Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_TAL1 EQU 9 ;Timer Interrupt Priority Level (high) M_ES1L EQU $C00 ; ESAI_1 Interrupt Priority Level Mask M_ESL10 EQU 0 ; ESAI_1 Interrupt Priority Level (low) M_ESL11 EQU 1 ; ESAI_1 Interrupt Priority Level (high) ;------------------------------------------------------------------------ B-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates ; ; EQUATES for Direct Memory Access (DMA) ; ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Register Addresses Of DMA M_DSTR EQU $FFFFF4 ; DMA Status Register M_DOR0 EQU $FFFFF3 ; DMA Offset Register 0 M_DOR1 EQU $FFFFF2 ; DMA Offset Register 1 M_DOR2 EQU $FFFFF1 ; DMA Offset Register 2 M_DOR3 EQU $FFFFF0 ; DMA Offset Register 3 ; Register Addresses Of DMA0 M_DSR0 EQU $FFFFEF ; DMA0 Source Address Register M_DDR0 EQU $FFFFEE ; DMA0 Destination Address Register M_DCO0 EQU $FFFFED ; DMA0 Counter M_DCR0 EQU $FFFFEC ; DMA0 Control Register ; Register Addresses Of DMA1 M_DSR1 EQU $FFFFEB ; DMA1 Source Address Register M_DDR1 EQU $FFFFEA ; DMA1 Destination Address Register M_DCO1 EQU $FFFFE9 ; DMA1 Counter M_DCR1 EQU $FFFFE8 ; DMA1 Control Register ; Register Addresses Of DMA2 M_DSR2 EQU $FFFFE7 ; DMA2 Source Address Register M_DDR2 EQU $FFFFE6 ; DMA2 Destination Address Register M_DCO2 EQU $FFFFE5 ; DMA2 Counter M_DCR2 EQU $FFFFE4 ; DMA2 Control Register MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-9 Equates ; Register Addresses Of DMA3 M_DSR3 EQU $FFFFE3 ; DMA3 Source Address Register M_DDR3 EQU $FFFFE2 ; DMA3 Destination Address Register M_DCO3 EQU $FFFFE1 ; DMA3 Counter M_DCR3 EQU $FFFFE0 ; DMA3 Control Register ; Register Addresses Of DMA4 M_DSR4 EQU $FFFFDF ; DMA4 Source Address Register M_DDR4 EQU $FFFFDE ; DMA4 Destination Address Register M_DCO4 EQU $FFFFDD ; DMA4 Counter M_DCR4 EQU $FFFFDC ; DMA4 Control Register ; Register Addresses Of DMA5 M_DSR5 EQU $FFFFDB ; DMA5 Source Address Register M_DDR5 EQU $FFFFDA ; DMA5 Destination Address Register M_DCO5 EQU $FFFFD9 ; DMA5 Counter M_DCR5 EQU $FFFFD8 ; DMA5 Control Register ; DMA Control Register M_DSS EQU $3 ; DMA Source Space Mask (DSS0-Dss1) M_DSS0 EQU 0 ; DMA Source Memory space 0 M_DSS1 EQU 1 ; DMA Source Memory space 1 M_DDS EQU $C ; DMA Destination Space Mask (DDS-DDS1) M_DDS0 EQU 2 ; DMA Destination Memory Space 0 M_DDS1 EQU 3 ; DMA Destination Memory Space 1 M_DAM EQU $3f0 ; DMA Address Mode Mask (DAM5-DAM0) M_DAM0 EQU 4 ; DMA Address Mode 0 M_DAM1 EQU 5 ; DMA Address Mode 1 M_DAM2 EQU 6 ; DMA Address Mode 2 M_DAM3 EQU 7 ; DMA Address Mode 3 B-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_DAM4 EQU 8 ; DMA Address Mode 4 M_DAM5 EQU 9 ; DMA Address Mode 5 M_D3D EQU 10 ; DMA Three Dimensional Mode M_DRS EQU $F800 ; DMA Request Source Mask (DRS0-DRS4) M_DRS0 EQU 11 ;DMA Request Source bit 0 M_DRS1 EQU 12 ;DMA Request Source bit 1 M_DRS2 EQU 13 ;DMA Request Source bit 2 M_DRS3 EQU 14 ;DMA Request Source bit 3 M_DRS4 EQU 15 ;DMA Request Source bit 4 M_DCON EQU 16 ; DMA Continuous Mode M_DPR EQU $60000 ; DMA Channel Priority M_DPR0 EQU 17 ; DMA Channel Priority Level (low) M_DPR1 EQU 18 ; DMA Channel Priority Level (high) M_DTM EQU $380000 ; DMA Transfer Mode Mask (DTM2-DTM0) M_DTM0 EQU 19 ; DMA Transfer Mode 0 M_DTM1 EQU 20 ; DMA Transfer Mode 1 M_DTM2 EQU 21 ; DMA Transfer Mode 2 M_DIE EQU 22 ; DMA Interrupt Enable bit M_DE EQU 23 ; DMA Channel Enable bit ; DMA Status Register M_DTD EQU $3F ; Channel Transfer Done Status MASK (DTD0-DTD5) M_DTD0 EQU 0 ; DMA Channel Transfer Done Status 0 M_DTD1 EQU 1 ; DMA Channel Transfer Done Status 1 M_DTD2 EQU 2 ; DMA Channel Transfer Done Status 2 M_DTD3 EQU 3 ; DMA Channel Transfer Done Status 3 M_DTD4 EQU 4 ; DMA Channel Transfer Done Status 4 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-11 Equates M_DTD5 EQU 5 ; DMA Channel Transfer Done Status 5 M_DACT EQU 8 ; DMA Active State M_DCH EQU $E00 ; DMA Active Channel Mask (DCH0-DCH2) M_DCH0 EQU 9 ; DMA Active Channel 0 M_DCH1 EQU 10 ; DMA Active Channel 1 M_DCH2 EQU 11 ; DMA Active Channel 2 ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; ; EQUATES for Phase Locked Loop (PLL) ; ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; M_PCTL ; Register Addresses Of PLL EQU $FFFFFD ; PLL Control Register PLL Control Register M_MF EQU $FFF ; Multiplication Factor Bits Mask (MF0-MF11) M_MF0 EQU 0 ;Multiplication Factor bit 0 M_MF1 EQU 1 ;Multiplication Factor bit 1 M_MF2 EQU 2 ;Multiplication Factor bit 2 M_MF3 EQU 3 ;Multiplication Factor bit 3 M_MF4 EQU 4 ;Multiplication Factor bit 4 M_MF5 EQU 5 ;Multiplication Factor bit 5 M_MF6 EQU 6 ;Multiplication Factor bit 6 M_MF7 EQU 7 ;Multiplication Factor bit 7 M_MF8 EQU 8 ;Multiplication Factor bit 8 M_MF9 EQU 9 ;Multiplication Factor bit 9 M_MF10 EQU 10 ;Multiplication Factor bit 10 M_MF11 EQU 11 ;Multiplication Factor bit 11 B-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_DF EQU M_DF0 EQU 12 ;Division Factor bit 0 M_DF1 EQU 13 ;Division Factor bit 1 M_DF2 EQU 14 ;Division Factor bit 2 M_XTLR EQU 15 ; XTAL Range select bit M_XTLD EQU 16 ; XTAL Disable Bit M_PSTP EQU 17 ; STOP Processing State Bit M_PEN EQU 18 ; PLL Enable Bit M_COD EQU $7000 19 ; Division Factor Bits Mask (DF0-DF2) ; PLL Clock Output Disable Bit M_PD EQU $F00000 ; PreDivider Factor Bits Mask (PD0-PD3) M_PD0 EQU 20 ;PreDivider Factor bit 0 M_PD1 EQU 21 ;PreDivider Factor bit 1 M_PD2 EQU 22 ;PreDivider Factor bit 2 M_PD3 EQU 23 ;PreDivider Factor bit 3 ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; ; EQUATES for BIU ; ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Register Addresses Of BIU M_BCR EQU $FFFFFB ; Bus Control Register M_DCR EQU $FFFFFA ; DRAM Control Register M_AAR0 EQU $FFFFF9 ; Address Attribute Register 0 M_AAR1 EQU $FFFFF8 ; Address Attribute Register 1 M_AAR2 EQU $FFFFF7 ; Address Attribute Register 2 M_AAR3 EQU $FFFFF6 ; Address Attribute Register 3 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-13 Equates M_IDR ; M_BA0W EQU $FFFFF5 ; ID Register Bus Control Register EQU $1F ; Area 0 Wait Control Mask (BA0W0-BA0W4) M_BA0W0 EQU 0 ;Area 0 Wait Control Bit 0 M_BA0W1 EQU 1 ;Area 0 Wait Control Bit 1 M_BA0W2 EQU 2 ;Area 0 Wait Control Bit 2 M_BA0W3 EQU 3 ;Area 0 Wait Control Bit 3 M_BA0W4 EQU 4 ;Area 0 Wait Control Bit 4 M_BA1W EQU $3E0 ; Area 1 Wait Control Mask (BA1W0-BA14) M_BA1W0 EQU 5 M_BA1W1 EQU 6 M_BA1W2 EQU 7 ;Area 1 Wait Control Bit 2 M_BA1W3 EQU 8 ;Area 1 Wait Control Bit 3 M_BA1W4 EQU 9 ;Area 1 Wait Control Bit 4 M_BA2W EQU ;Area 1 Wait Control Bit 0 ;Area 1 Wait Control Bit 1 $1C00 ; Area 2 Wait Control Mask (BA2W0-BA2W2) M_BA2W0 EQU 10 ;Area 2 Wait Control Bit 0 M_BA2W1 EQU 11 ;Area 2 Wait Control Bit 1 M_BA2W2 EQU 12 ;Area 2 Wait Control Bit 2 M_BA3W EQU $E000 ; Area 3 Wait Control Mask (BA3W0-BA3W3) M_BA3W0 EQU 13 ;Area 3 Wait Control Bit 0 M_BA3W1 EQU 14 ;Area 3 Wait Control Bit 1 M_BA3W2 EQU 15 ;Area 3 Wait Control Bit 2 M_BDFW EQU $1F0000 ; Default Area Wait Control Mask (BDFW0-BDFW4) M_BDFW0 EQU 16 ;Default Area Wait Control bit 0 M_BDFW1 EQU 17 ;Default Area Wait Control bit 1 M_BDFW2 EQU 18 ;Default Area Wait Control bit 2 M_BDFW3 EQU 19 ;Default Area Wait Control bit 3 B-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_BDFW4 EQU 20 ;Default Area Wait Control bit 4 M_BBS EQU 21 ; Bus State M_BLH EQU 22 ; Bus Lock Hold M_BRH EQU 23 ; Bus Request Hold ; M_BCW M_BCW0 DRAM Control Register EQU EQU $3 ; In Page Wait States Bits Mask (BCW0-BCW1) 0 M_BCW1 EQU 1 M_BRW EQU $C ; In Page Wait States Bit 0 ; In Page Wait States Bit 1 ; Out Of Page Wait States Bits Mask (BRW0-BRW1) M_BRW0 EQU 2 ;Out of Page Wait States bit 0 M_BRW1 EQU 3 ; Out of Page Wait States bit 1 M_BPS EQU $300 ; DRAM Page Size Bits Mask (BPS0-BPS1) M_BPS0 EQU 4 ; DRAM Page Size Bits 0 M_BPS1 EQU 5 ; DRAM Page Size Bits 1 M_BPLE EQU 11 ; Page Logic Enable M_BME EQU 12 ; Mastership Enable M_BRE EQU 13 ; Refresh Enable M_BSTR EQU 14 ; Software Triggered Refresh M_BRF EQU $7F8000 ; Refresh Rate Bits Mask (BRF0-BRF7) M_BRF0 EQU 15 ; Refresh Rate Bit 0 M_BRF1 EQU 16 ; Refresh Rate Bit 1 M_BRF2 EQU 17 ; Refresh Rate Bit 2 M_BRF3 EQU 18 ; Refresh Rate Bit 3 M_BRF4 EQU 19 ; Refresh Rate Bit 4 M_BRF5 EQU 20 ; Refresh Rate Bit 5 M_BRF6 EQU 21 ; Refresh Rate Bit 6 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-15 Equates M_BRF7 M_BRP ; EQU EQU 22 23 ; Refresh Rate Bit 7 ; Refresh prescaler Address Attribute Registers M_BAT EQU (BAT0-BAT1) $3 ; External Access Type and Pin Definition Bits Mask M_BAT0 EQU 0 ; External Access Type and Pin Definition Bits 0 M_BAT1 EQU 1 ; External Access Type and Pin Definition Bits 1 M_BAAP EQU 2 ; Address Attribute Pin Polarity M_BPEN EQU 3 ; Program Space Enable M_BXEN EQU 4 ; X Data Space Enable M_BYEN EQU 5 ; Y Data Space Enable M_BAM EQU 6 ; Address Muxing M_BPAC EQU 7 ; Packing Enable M_BNC EQU $F00 ; Number of Address Bits to Compare Mask (BNC0-BNC3) M_BNC0 EQU 8 ; Number of Address Bits to Compare 0 M_BNC1 EQU 9 ; Number of Address Bits to Compare 1 M_BNC2 EQU 10 ; Number of Address Bits to Compare 2 M_BNC3 EQU 11 ; Number of Address Bits to Compare 3 M_BAC EQU $FFF000 ; Address to Compare Bits Mask (BAC0-BAC11) M_BAC0 EQU 12 ; Address to Compare Bits 0 M_BAC1 EQU 13 ; Address to Compare Bits 1 M_BAC2 EQU 14 M_BAC3 EQU 15 ; Address to Compare Bits 3 M_BAC4 EQU 16 ; Address to Compare Bits 4 M_BAC5 EQU 17 ; Address to Compare Bits 5 M_BAC6 EQU 18 ; Address to Compare Bits 6 M_BAC7 EQU 19 ; Address to Compare Bits 7 B-16 ; Address to Compare Bits 2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_BAC8 EQU 20 ; Address to Compare Bits 8 M_BAC9 EQU 21 ; Address to Compare Bits 9 M_BAC10 EQU 22 ; Address to Compare Bits 10 M_BAC11 EQU 23 ; Address to Compare Bits 11 ; control and status bits in SR M_C EQU 0 ; Carry M_V EQU 1 ; Overflow M_Z EQU 2 ; Zero M_N EQU 3 ; Negative M_U EQU 4 ; Unnormalized M_E EQU 5 ; Extension M_L EQU 6 ; Limit M_S EQU 7 ; Scaling Bit M_I0 EQU 8 ; Interupt Mask Bit 0 M_I1 EQU 9 ; Interupt Mask Bit 1 M_S0 EQU 10 ; Scaling Mode Bit 0 M_S1 EQU 11 ; Scaling Mode Bit 1 M_SC EQU 13 ; Sixteen_Bit Compatibility M_DM EQU 14 ; Double Precision Multiply M_LF EQU 15 ; DO-Loop Flag M_FV EQU 16 ; DO-Forever Flag M_SA EQU 17 ; Sixteen-Bit Arithmetic M_CE EQU 19 ; Instruction Cache Enable M_SM EQU 20 ; Arithmetic Saturation M_RM EQU 21 ; Rounding Mode M_CP EQU $c00000 ; mask for CORE-DMA priority bits in SR M_CP0 EQU 22 ; bit 0 of priority bits in SR MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-17 Equates M_CP1 ; EQU 23 ; bit 1 of priority bits in SR control and status bits in OMR M_MA EQU 0 ; Operating Mode A M_MB EQU 1 ; Operating Mode B M_MC EQU 2 ; Operating Mode C M_MD EQU 3 ; Operating Mode D M_EBD EQU 4 ; External Bus Disable bit in OMR M_SD EQU 6 ; Stop Delay M_MS EQU 7 M_CDP EQU $300 ; mask for CORE-DMA priority bits in OMR M_CDP0 EQU 8 ; bit 0 of priority bits in OMR Core DMA M_CDP1 EQU 9 ; bit 1 of priority bits in OMR Core DMA M_BE EQU ;Memory Switch Mode 10 ; Burst Enable M_TAS EQU 11 ; TA Synchronize Select M_BRT EQU 12 ; Bus Release Timing M_ABE EQU 13 ;Async. Bus Arbitration Enable M_APD EQU 14 ;Addess Priority Disable M_ATE EQU 15 ;Address Tracing Enable M_XYS EQU 16 ; Stack Extension space select bit in OMR. M_EUN EQU 17 ; Extensed stack UNderflow flag in OMR. M_EOV EQU 18 ; Extended stack OVerflow flag in OMR. M_WRP EQU 19 ; Extended WRaP flag in OMR. M_SEN EQU 20 ; Stack Extension Enable bit in OMR. M_PAEN EQU 23 ; Patch Enable ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; B-18 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates ; EQUATES for DAX (SPDIF Tx) ; ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Register Addresses M_XSTR EQU $FFFFD4 ; DAX Status Register (XSTR) M_XADRB EQU $FFFFD3 ; DAX Audio Data Register B (XADRB) M_XADR EQU $FFFFD2 ;DAX Audio Data Register (XADR) M_XADRA EQU $FFFFD2 ; DAX Audio Data Register A (XADRA) M_XNADR EQU $FFFFD1 ; DAX Non-Audio Data Register (XNADR) M_XCTR EQU $FFFFD0 ; DAX Control Register (XCTR) ; status bits in XSTR M_XADE EQU 0 ; DAX Audio Data Register Empty (XADE) M_XAUR EQU 1 ; DAX Trasmit Underrun Error Flag (XAUR) M_XBLK EQU 2 ; DAX Block Transferred (XBLK) ; non-audio bits in XNADR M_XVA EQU 10 ; DAX Channel A Validity (XVA) M_XUA EQU 11 ; DAX Channel A User Data (XUA) M_XCA EQU 12 ; DAX Channel A Channel Status (XCA) M_XVB EQU 13 ; DAX Channel B Validity (XVB) M_XUB EQU 14 ; DAX Channel B User Data (XUB) M_XCB EQU 15 ; DAX Channel B Channel Status (XCB) ; control bits in XCTR M_XDIE EQU 0 ; DAX Audio Data Register Empty Interrupt Enable (XDIE) M_XUIE EQU 1 ; DAX Underrun Error Interrupt Enable (XUIE) M_XBIE EQU 2 ; DAX Block Transferred Interrupt Enable (XBIE) M_XCS0 EQU 3 ; DAX Clock Input Select 0 (XCS0) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-19 Equates M_XCS1 EQU 4 ; DAX Clock Input Select 1 (XCS1) M_XSB EQU 5 ; DAX Start Block (XSB) ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; ; EQUATES for SHI ; ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Register Addresses M_HRX EQU $FFFF94 ; SHI Receive FIFO (HRX) M_HTX EQU $FFFF93 ; SHI Transmit Register (HTX) M_HSAR EQU $FFFF92 ; SHI I2C Slave Address Register (HSAR) M_HCSR EQU $FFFF91 ; SHI Control/Status Register (HCSR) M_HCKR EQU $FFFF90 ; SHI Clock Control Register (HCKR) ; HSAR bits M_HA6 EQU 23 ; SHI I2C Slave Address (HA6) M_HA5 EQU 22 ; SHI I2C Slave Address (HA5) M_HA4 EQU 21 ; SHI I2C Slave Address (HA4) M_HA3 EQU 20 ; SHI I2C Slave Address (HA3) M_HA1 EQU 18 ; SHI I2C Slave Address (HA1) ; control and status bits in HCSR M_HBUSY EQU 22 ; SHI Host Busy (HBUSY) M_HBER EQU 21 ; SHI Bus Error (HBER) M_HROE EQU 20 ; SHI Receive Overrun Error (HROE) M_HRFF EQU 19 ; SHI Receivr FIFO Full (HRFF) M_HRNE EQU 17 ; SHI Receive FIFO Not Empty (HRNE) B-20 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_HTDE EQU 15 ; SHI Host Transmit data Empty (HTDE) M_HTUE EQU 14 ; SHI Host Transmit Underrun Error (HTUE) M_HRIE1 EQU 13 ; SHI Receive Interrupt Enable (HRIE1) M_HRIE0 EQU 12 ; SHI Receive Interrupt Enable (HRIE0) M_HTIE EQU 11 ; SHI Transmit Interrupt Enable (HTIE) M_HBIE EQU 10 ; SHI Bus-Error Interrupt Enable (HBIE) M_HIDLE EQU 9 ; SHI Idle (HIDLE) M_HRQE1 EQU 8 ; SHI Host Request Enable (HRQE1) M_HRQE0 EQU 7 ; SHI Host Request Enable (HRQE0) M_HMST EQU 6 ; SHI Master Mode (HMST) M_HFIFO EQU 5 ; SHI FIFO Enable Control (HFIFO) M_HCKFR EQU 4 ; SHI Clock Freeze (HCKFR) M_HM1 EQU 3 ; SHI Serial Host Interface Mode (HM1) M_HM0 EQU 2 ; SHI Serial Host Interface Mode (HM0) M_HI2C EQU 1 ; SHI I2c/SPI Selection (HI2C) M_HEN EQU 0 ; SHI Host Enable (HEN) ; control bits in HCKR M_HFM1 EQU 13 ; SHI Filter Model (HFM1) M_HFM0 EQU 12 ; SHI Filter Model (HFM0) M_HDM7 EQU 10 M_HDM6 EQU 9 ; SHI Divider Modulus Select (HDM6) M_HDM5 EQU 8 ; SHI Divider Modulus Select (HDM5) M_HDM4 EQU 7 ; SHI Divider Modulus Select (HDM4) M_HDM3 EQU 6 ; SHI Divider Modulus Select (HDM3) M_HDM2 EQU 5 ; SHI Divider Modulus Select (HDM2) M_HDM1 EQU 4 ; SHI Divider Modulus Select (HDM1) M_HDM0 EQU 3 ; SHI Divider Modulus Select (HDM0) MOTOROLA ; SHI Divider Modulus Select (HDM7) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-21 Equates M_HRS EQU 2 ; SHI Prescalar Rate Select (HRS) M_CPOL EQU 1 ; SHI Clock Polarity (CPOL) M_CPHA EQU 0 ; SHI Clock Phase (CPHA) ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; ; EQUATES for ESAI_1 Registers ; register bit equates can be the same as for the ESAI register bit equates. ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; M_EMUXR Register Addresses EQU $FFFFAF ; MUX PIN CONTROL REGISTER (EMUXR) M_RSMB_1 EQU $FFFF9C ; ESAI_1 Receive Slot Mask Register B (RSMB_1) M_RSMA_1 EQU $FFFF9B ; ESAI_1 Receive Slot Mask Register A (RSMA_1) M_TSMB_1 EQU $FFFF9A ; ESAI_1 Transmit Slot Mask Register B (TSMB_1) M_TSMA_1 EQU $FFFF99 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Slot Mask Register A (TSMA_1) M_RCCR_1 EQU $FFFF98 ; ESAI_1 Receive Clock Control Register (RCCR_1) M_RCR_1 EQU $FFFF97 ; ESAI_1 Receive Control Register (RCR_1) M_TCCR_1 EQU $FFFF96 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Clock Control Register (TCCR_1) M_TCR_1 $FFFF95 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Control Register (TCR_1) $FFFF94 ; ESAI_1 Control Register (SAICR_1) EQU M_SAICR_1 EQU M_SAISR_1 EQU $FFFF93 ; ESAI_1 Status Register (SAISR_1) M_RX3_1 EQU $FFFF8B ; ESAI_1 Receive Data Register 3 (RX3_1) M_RX2_1 EQU $FFFF8A ; ESAI_1 Receive Data Register 2 (RX2_1) M_RX1_1 EQU $FFFF89 ; ESAI_1 Receive Data Register 1 (RX1_1) M_RX0_1 EQU $FFFF88 ; ESAI_1 Receive Data Register 0 (RX0_1) M_TSR_1 EQU $FFFF86 ; ESAI_1 Time Slot Register (TSR_1) B-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_TX5_1 EQU $FFFF85 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Data Register 5 (TX5_1) M_TX4_1 EQU $FFFF84 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Data Register 4 (TX4_1) M_TX3_1 EQU $FFFF83 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Data Register 3 (TX3_1) M_TX2_1 EQU $FFFF82 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Data Register 2 (TX2_1) M_TX1_1 EQU $FFFF81 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Data Register 1 (TX1_1) M_TX0_1 EQU $FFFF80 ; ESAI_1 Transmit Data Register 0 (TX0_1) ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; ; EQUATES for ESAI ; ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Register Addresses M_RSMB EQU $FFFFBC ; ESAI Receive Slot Mask Register B (RSMB) M_RSMA EQU $FFFFBB ; ESAI Receive Slot Mask Register A (RSMA) M_TSMB EQU $FFFFBA ; ESAI Transmit Slot Mask Register B (TSMB) M_TSMA EQU $FFFFB9 ; ESAI Transmit Slot Mask Register A (TSMA) M_RCCR EQU $FFFFB8 ; ESAI Receive Clock Control Register (RCCR) M_RCR EQU $FFFFB7 ; ESAI Receive Control Register (RCR) M_TCCR EQU $FFFFB6 ; ESAI Transmit Clock Control Register (TCCR) M_TCR EQU $FFFFB5 ; ESAI Transmit Control Register (TCR) M_SAICR EQU $FFFFB4 ; ESAI Control Register (SAICR) M_SAISR EQU $FFFFB3 ; ESAI Status Register (SAISR) M_RX3 EQU $FFFFAB ; ESAI Receive Data Register 3 (RX3) M_RX2 EQU $FFFFAA ; ESAI Receive Data Register 2 (RX2) M_RX1 EQU $FFFFA9 ; ESAI Receive Data Register 1 (RX1) M_RX0 EQU $FFFFA8 ; ESAI Receive Data Register 0 (RX0) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-23 Equates M_TSR EQU $FFFFA6 ; ESAI Time Slot Register (TSR) M_TX5 EQU $FFFFA5 ; ESAI Transmit Data Register 5 (TX5) M_TX4 EQU $FFFFA4 ; ESAI Transmit Data Register 4 (TX4) M_TX3 EQU $FFFFA3 ; ESAI Transmit Data Register 3 (TX3) M_TX2 EQU $FFFFA2 ; ESAI Transmit Data Register 2 (TX2) M_TX1 EQU $FFFFA1 ; ESAI Transmit Data Register 1 (TX1) M_TX0 EQU $FFFFA0 ; ESAI Transmit Data Register 0 (TX0) ; RSMB Register bits M_RS31 EQU 15 ; ESAI M_RS30 EQU 14 ; ESAI M_RS29 EQU 13 ; ESAI M_RS28 EQU 12 ; ESAI M_RS27 EQU 11 ; ESAI M_RS26 EQU 10 ; ESAI M_RS25 EQU 9 ; ESAI M_RS24 EQU 8 ; ESAI M_RS23 EQU 7 ; ESAI M_RS22 EQU 6 ; ESAI M_RS21 EQU 5 ; ESAI M_RS20 EQU 4 ; ESAI M_RS19 EQU 3 ; ESAI M_RS18 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_RS17 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_RS16 EQU 0 ; ESAI ; M_RS15 B-24 RSMA Register bits EQU 15 ; ESAI DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_RS14 EQU 14 ; ESAI M_RS13 EQU 13 ; ESAI M_RS12 EQU 12 ; ESAI M_RS11 EQU 11 ; ESAI M_RS10 EQU 10 ; ESAI M_RS9 EQU 9 ; ESAI M_RS8 EQU 8 ; ESAI M_RS7 EQU 7 ; ESAI M_RS6 EQU 6 ; ESAI M_RS5 EQU 5 ; ESAI M_RS4 EQU 4 ; ESAI M_RS3 EQU 3 ; ESAI M_RS2 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_RS1 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_RS0 EQU 0 ; ESAI ; TSMB Register bits M_TS31 EQU 15 ; ESAI M_TS30 EQU 14 ; ESAI M_TS29 EQU 13 ; ESAI M_TS28 EQU 12 ; ESAI M_TS27 EQU 11 ; ESAI M_TS26 EQU 10 ; ESAI M_TS25 EQU 9 ; ESAI M_TS24 EQU 8 ; ESAI M_TS23 EQU 7 ; ESAI M_TS22 EQU 6 ; ESAI M_TS21 EQU 5 ; ESAI MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-25 Equates M_TS20 EQU 4 ; ESAI M_TS19 EQU 3 ; ESAI M_TS18 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_TS17 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_TS16 EQU 0 ; ESAI ; TSMA Register bits M_TS15 EQU 15 ; ESAI M_TS14 EQU 14 ; ESAI M_TS13 EQU 13 ; ESAI M_TS12 EQU 12 ; ESAI M_TS11 EQU 11 ; ESAI M_TS10 EQU 10 ; ESAI M_TS9 EQU 9 ; ESAI M_TS8 EQU 8 ; ESAI M_TS7 EQU 7 ; ESAI M_TS6 EQU 6 ; ESAI M_TS5 EQU 5 ; ESAI M_TS4 EQU 4 ; ESAI M_TS3 EQU 3 ; ESAI M_TS2 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_TS1 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_TS0 EQU 0 ; ESAI ; RCCR Register bits M_RHCKD EQU 23 ; ESAI M_RFSD EQU 22 ; ESAI M_RCKD EQU 21 ; ESAI B-26 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_RHCKP EQU 20 ;ESAI M_RFSP EQU 19 ; ESAI M_RCKP EQU 18 ;ESAI M_RFP EQU $3C000 ;ESAI MASK M_RFP3 EQU 17 ; ESAI M_RFP2 EQU 16 ; ESAI M_RFP1 EQU 15 ; ESAI M_RFP0 EQU 14 ; ESAI M_RDC EQU $3E00 ;ESAI MASK M_RDC4 EQU 13 ; ESAI M_RDC3 EQU 12 ; ESAI M_RDC2 EQU 11 ; ESAI M_RDC1 EQU 10 ; ESAI M_RDC0 EQU 9 M_RPSR EQU 8 M_RPM EQU ; ESAI ; ESAI $FF M_RPM7 EQU 7 ; ESAI M_RPM6 EQU 6 ; ESAI M_RPM5 EQU 5 ; ESAI M_RPM4 EQU 4 ; ESAI M_RPM3 EQU 3 ; ESAI M_RPM2 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_RPM1 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_RPM0 EQU 0 ; ESAI ; RCR Register bits M_RLIE EQU 23 ; ESAI M_RIE EQU 22 ; ESAI MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-27 Equates M_REDIE EQU 21 ; ESAI M_REIE EQU 20 ; ESAI M_RPR EQU 19 ; ESAI M_RFSR EQU 16 ; ESAI M_RFSL EQU 15 ; ESAI M_RSWS EQU M_RSWS4 EQU 14 ; ESAI M_RSWS3 EQU 13 ; ESAI M_RSWS2 EQU 12 ; ESAI M_RSWS1 EQU 11 ; ESAI M_RSWS0 EQU 10 ; ESAI M_RMOD $7C00 EQU ;ESAI MASK $300 M_RMOD1 EQU 9 ; ESAI M_RMOD0 EQU 8 ; ESAI M_RWA M_RSHFD M_RE EQU EQU 7 ; ESAI 6 EQU ; ESAI $F M_RE3 EQU 3 ; ESAI M_RE2 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_RE1 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_RE0 EQU 0 ; ESAI ; TCCR Register bits M_THCKD EQU 23 ; ESAI M_TFSD EQU 22 ; ESAI M_TCKD EQU 21 ; ESAI M_THCKP B-28 EQU 20 ;ESAI DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_TFSP EQU 19 ; ESAI M_TCKP EQU 18 ; ESAI M_TFP EQU M_TFP3 EQU 17 ; ESAI M_TFP2 EQU 16 ; ESAI M_TFP1 EQU 15 ; ESAI M_TFP0 EQU 14 ; ESAI M_TDC EQU $3C000 $3E00 ; M_TDC4 EQU 13 ; ESAI M_TDC3 EQU 12 ; ESAI M_TDC2 EQU 11 ; ESAI M_TDC1 EQU 10 ; ESAI M_TDC0 EQU 9 M_TPSR EQU 8 M_TPM EQU ; ESAI ; ESAI $FF ; M_TPM7 EQU 7 ; ESAI M_TPM6 EQU 6 ; ESAI M_TPM5 EQU 5 ; ESAI M_TPM4 EQU 4 ; ESAI M_TPM3 EQU 3 ; ESAI M_TPM2 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_TPM1 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_TPM0 EQU 0 ; ESAI ; TCR Register bits M_TLIE EQU 23 ; ESAI M_TIE EQU 22 ; ESAI M_TEDIE EQU 21 ; ESAI MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-29 Equates M_TEIE EQU 20 ; ESAI M_TPR EQU 19 ; ESAI M_PADC EQU 17 ; ESAI M_TFSR EQU 16 ; ESAI M_TFSL EQU 15 ; ESAI M_TSWS EQU $7C00 M_TSWS4 EQU 14 ; ESAI M_TSWS3 EQU 13 ; ESAI M_TSWS2 EQU 12 ; ESAI M_TSWS1 EQU 11 ; ESAI M_TSWS0 EQU 10 ; ESAI M_TMOD EQU $300 M_TMOD1 EQU 9 ; ESAI M_TMOD0 EQU 8 ; ESAI M_TWA M_TSHFD EQU 7 EQU M_TEM ; ESAI 6 EQU ; ESAI $3F M_TE5 EQU 5 ; ESAI M_TE4 EQU 4 ; ESAI M_TE3 EQU 3 ; ESAI M_TE2 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_TE1 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_TE0 EQU 0 ; ESAI ; control bits of SAICR M_ALC EQU M_TEBE B-30 EQU 8 ;ESAI 7 ; ESAI DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_SYN EQU 6 ; ESAI M_OF2 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_OF1 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_OF0 EQU 0 ; ESAI ; status bits of SAISR M_TODE EQU 17 ; ESAI M_TEDE EQU 16 ; ESAI M_TDE EQU 15 ; ESAI M_TUE EQU 14 ; ESAI M_TFS EQU 13 ; ESAI M_RODF EQU 10 ; ESAI M_REDF EQU 9 ; ESAI M_RDF EQU 8 ; ESAI M_ROE EQU 7 ; ESAI M_RFS EQU 6 ; ESAI M_IF2 EQU 2 ; ESAI M_IF1 EQU 1 ; ESAI M_IF0 EQU 0 ; ESAI ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; ; EQUATES for HDI08 ; ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------; Register Addresses M_HOTX EQU $FFFFC7 ; HOST Transmit Register (HOTX) M_HORX EQU $FFFFC6 ; HOST Receive Register (HORX) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-31 Equates M_HBAR EQU $FFFFC5 ; HOST Base Address Register (HBAR) M_HPCR EQU $FFFFC4 ; HOST Port Control Register (HPCR) M_HSR EQU $FFFFC3 ; HOST Status Register (HSR) M_HCR EQU $FFFFC2 ; HOST Control Register (HCR) $0 ; HOST Receive interrupts Enable ; M_HRIE M_HOTIE HCR bits EQU EQU $1 ; HOST Transmit Interrupt Enable M_HCIE EQU $2 ; HOST Command Interrupt Enable M_HF2 EQU $3 ; HOST Flag 2 M_HF3 EQU $4 ; HOST Flag 3 M_HODM0 EQU $5 ; HOST DMA Mode Control Bit 0 M_HODM1 EQU $6 ; HOST DMA Mode Control Bit 1 M_HODM2 EQU $7 ; HOST DMA Mode Control Bit 2 ; M_HRDF M_HOTDE HSR bits EQU $0 EQU ; HOST Receive Data Full $1 ; HOST Receive Data Emptiy M_HCP EQU $2 ; HOST Command Pending M_HF0 EQU $3 ; HOST Flag 0 M_HF1 EQU $4 ; HOST Flag 1 M_DMA EQU $7 ; HOST DMA Status ; HPCR bits M_HGEN EQU $0 ; HOST Port Enable M_HA8EN EQU $1 ; HOST Address 8 Enable M_HA9EN EQU $2 ; HOST Address 9 Enable B-32 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_HCSEN EQU $3 ; HOST Chip Select Enable M_HREN EQU $4 ; HOST Request Enable M_HAEN EQU $5 ; HOST Acknowledge Enable M_HOEN EQU $6 ; HOST Enable M_HROD EQU $8 ; HOST Request Open Dranin mode M_HDSP EQU $9 ; HOST Data Strobe Polarity M_HASP EQU $a ; HOST Address Strobe Polarity M_HMUX EQU $b ; HOST Multiplexed bus select M_HDDS EQU $c ; HOST Double/Single Strobe select M_HCSP EQU $d ; HOST Chip Select Polarity M_HRP EQU $e ; HOST Request Polarity M_HAP EQU $f ; HOST Acknowledge Polarity ; M_BA M_BA10 HBAR EQU EQU BITS $FF 7 M_BA9 EQU 6 M_BA8 EQU 5 M_BA7 EQU 4 M_BA6 EQU 3 M_BA5 EQU 2 M_BA4 EQU 1 M_BA3 EQU 0 ;----------------------------------------------------------------------; ; EQUATES for TIMER ; ;------------------------------------------------------------------------ MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-33 Equates ; Register Addresses Of TIMER0 M_TCSR0 EQU $FFFF8F M_TLR0 EQU $FFFF8E M_TCPR0 EQU $FFFF8D M_TCR0 EQU $FFFF8C ; ; TIMER0 Load Reg ; TIMER0 Compare Register ; TIMER0 Count Register Register Addresses Of TIMER1 M_TCSR1 EQU $FFFF8B M_TLR1 EQU $FFFF8A M_TCPR1 EQU $FFFF89 M_TCR1 EQU $FFFF88 ; ; TIMER0 Control/Status Register ; TIMER1 Control/Status Register ; TIMER1 Load Reg ; TIMER1 Compare Register ; TIMER1 Count Register Register Addresses Of TIMER2 M_TCSR2 EQU $FFFF87 M_TLR2 EQU $FFFF86 M_TCPR2 EQU $FFFF85 M_TCR2 EQU $FFFF84 ; TIMER2 Count Register M_TPLR EQU $FFFF83 ; TIMER Prescaler Load Register M_TPCR EQU $FFFF82 ; TIMER Prescalar Count Register ; ; TIMER2 Control/Status Register ; TIMER2 Load Reg ; TIMER2 Compare Register Timer Control/Status Register Bit Flags M_TE EQU 0 ; Timer Enable M_TOIE EQU 1 ; Timer Overflow Interrupt Enable M_TCIE EQU 2 ; Timer Compare Interrupt Enable M_TC EQU $F0 ; Timer Control Mask (TC0-TC3) M_INV EQU 8 ; Inverter Bit M_TRM EQU 9 ; Timer Restart Mode M_DIR EQU 11 ; Direction Bit M_DI EQU 12 ; Data Input B-34 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Equates M_DO EQU 13 ; Data Output M_PCE EQU 15 M_TOF EQU 20 ; Timer Overflow Flag M_TCF EQU 21 ; Timer Compare Flag ; Prescaled Clock Enable ; Timer Prescaler Register Bit Flags M_PS EQU $600000 M_PS0 EQU 21 M_PS1 EQU 22 ; ; Prescaler Source Mask Timer Control Bits M_TC0 EQU 4 ; Timer Control 0 M_TC1 EQU 5 ; Timer Control 1 M_TC2 EQU 6 ; Timer Control 2 M_TC3 EQU 7 ; Timer Control 3 ;------------------ end of ioequ.asm ------------------------ MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual B-35 Intentionally Left Blank APPENDIX C JTAG BSDL MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual C-1 JTAG BSDL -- FILENAME : 56367TQFP_revA.bsdl ---M O T O R O L A S S D T J T A G S O F T W A R E -- BSDL File Generated: Mon Jan 18 10:13:53 1999 --- Revision History: -- Updated February 20th 2003 -- boundary length to 154, also updated ID code to 367 version. entity DSP56367 is generic (PHYSICAL_PIN_MAP : string := "TQFP144"); port ( C-2 TDO:out bit; TDI:in bit; TMS:in bit; TCK:in bit; SCK:inout bit; SDO0:inout bit; SDO1:inout bit; SDOI23:inout bit; PINIT:in bit; SDOI32:inout bit; SVCC:linkage bit_vector(0 to 1); SGND:linkage bit_vector(0 to 1); SDOI41:inout bit; SDOI50:inout bit; FST:inout bit; FSR:inout bit; SCKT:inout bit; SCKR:inout bit; HSCKT:inout bit; HSCKR:inout bit; QVCC:linkage bit_vector(0 to 3); QGND:linkage bit_vector(0 to 3); QVCCH:linkage bit_vector(0 to 2); HP:inout bit_vector(0 to 15); ADO:inout bit; ACI:inout bit; TIO:inout bit; HVCC:linkage bit; HGND:linkage bit; SS_1:in bit; HREQ_1:inout bit; RESET_1:in bit; PVCC:linkage bit; PCAP:linkage bit; PGND:linkage bit; AA:out bit_vector(0 to 3); CAS_1:out bit; EXTAL:in bit; CVCC:linkage bit_vector(0 to 1); DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA JTAG BSDL CGND:linkage bit_vector(0 to TA_1:in bit; BR_1:buffer bit; BB_1:inout bit; WR_1:out bit; RD_1:out bit; BG_1:in bit; A:out bit_vector(0 to 17); AVCC:linkage bit_vector(0 to AGND:linkage bit_vector(0 to D:inout bit_vector(0 to 23); DVCC:linkage bit_vector(0 to DGND:linkage bit_vector(0 to MODD:in bit; MODC:in bit; MODB:in bit; MODA:in bit; MOSI:inout bit; SDA:inout bit; SDO41_1:inout bit; SDO50_1:inout bit; FST_1:inout bit; FSR_1:inout bit; SCKR_1:inout bit; SCKT_1:inout bit); 1); 2); 3); 3); 3); use STD_1149_1_1994.all; attribute COMPONENT_CONFORMANCE of DSP56367 : entity is "STD_1149_1_1993"; attribute PIN_MAP of DSP56367 : entity is PHYSICAL_PIN_MAP; constant TQFP144 : PIN_MAP_STRING := "SCK: 1, " & "SS_1: 2, " & "HREQ_1: 3, " & "SDO0: 4, " & "SDO1: 5, " & "SDOI23: 6, " & "SDOI32: 7, " & "SVCC: (8, 25), " & "SGND: (9, 26), " & "SDOI41: 10, " & "SDOI50: 11, " & "FST: 12, " & "FSR: 13, " & "SCKT: 14, " & "SCKR: 15, " & "HSCKT: 16, " & "HSCKR: 17, " & MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual C-3 JTAG BSDL "QVCC: (18, 56, 91, 126), " & "QGND: (19, 54, 90, 127), " & "QVCCH: (20, 49, 95), " & "HP: (43, 42, 41, 40, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 32, 31, 22, 21, 30, 24, 23), " & "ADO: 27, " & "ACI: 28, " & "TIO: 29, " & "HVCC: 38, " & "HGND: 39, " & "RESET_1: 44, " & "PVCC: 45, " & "PCAP: 46, " & "PGND: 47, " & "SDO50_1: 48, " & "FST_1: 50, " & "AA: (70, 69, 51, 145), " & "CAS_1: 52, " & "SCKT_1: 53, " & "EXTAL: 55, " & "CVCC: (57, 65), " & "CGND: (58, 66), " & "FSR_1: 59, " & "SCKR_1: 60, " & "PINIT: 61, " & "TA_1: 62, " & "BR_1: 63, " & "BB_1: 64, " & "WR_1: 67, " & "RD_1: 68, " & "BG_1: 71, " & "A: (72, 73, 76, 77, 78, 79, 82, 83, 84, 85, 88, 89, 92, 93, 94, 97,98,99)," & "AVCC: (74, 80, 86), " & "AGND: (75, 81, 87, 96), " & "D: (100, 101, 102, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 121, " & "122,123,124,125,128,131,132,133),"& "DVCC: (103, 111, 119, 129), " & "DGND: (104, 112, 120, 130), " & "MODD: 134, " & "MODC: 135, " & "MODB: 136, " & "MODA: 137, " & "SDO41_1: 138, " & "TDO: 139, " & "TDI: 140, " & "TCK: 141, " & "TMS: 142, " & "MOSI: 143, " & "SDA: 144 "; C-4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA JTAG BSDL attribute attribute attribute attribute TAP_SCAN_IN of TDI : signal is true; TAP_SCAN_OUT of TDO : signal is true; TAP_SCAN_MODE of TMS : signal is true; TAP_SCAN_CLOCK of TCK : signal is (20.0e6, BOTH); attribute INSTRUCTION_LENGTH of DSP56367 : entity is 4; attribute INSTRUCTION_OPCODE of DSP56367 : entity is "EXTEST (0000)," & "SAMPLE (0001)," & "IDCODE (0010)," & "CLAMP (0101)," & "HIGHZ (0100)," & "ENABLE_ONCE (0110)," & "DEBUG_REQUEST(0111)," & "BYPASS (1111)"; attribute INSTRUCTION_CAPTURE of DSP56367 : entity is "0001"; attribute IDCODE_REGISTER of DSP56367 : entity is "0000" & -- version "000111" & -- manufacturer's use "0001101111" & -- sequence number "00000001110" & -- manufacturer identity "1"; -- 1149.1 requirement attribute REGISTER_ACCESS of DSP56367 : entity is "ONCE[8] (ENABLE_ONCE,DEBUG_REQUEST)" ; attribute BOUNDARY_LENGTH of DSP56367 : entity is 154; attribute BOUNDARY_REGISTER of DSP56367 : entity is -num cell,port, func, safe, [ccell dis rslt] "0 (BC_1,*, control, 1)," & "1 (BC_6, SDO41_1, bidir, X, 0, 1, Z)," & "2 (BC_1, MODA, input, X)," & "3 (BC_1, MODB, input, X)," & "4 (BC_1, MODC, input, X)," & "5 (BC_1, MODD, input, X)," & "6 (BC_6, D(23), bidir, 1, 15, 1, Z)," & "7 (BC_6, D(22), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "8 (BC_6, D(21), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "9 (BC_6, D(20), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "10 (BC_6, D(19), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "11 (BC_6, D(18), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "12 (BC_6, D(17), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "13 (BC_6, D(16), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "14 (BC_6, D(15), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "15 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "16 (BC_6, D(14), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "17 (BC_6, D(13), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "18 (BC_6, D(12), bidir, X, 15, 1, Z)," & "19 (BC_6, D(11), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual C-5 JTAG BSDL "20 "21 "22 "23 "24 "25 "26 "27 "28 "29 "30 "31 "32 "33 "34 "35 "36 "37 "38 "39 "40 "41 "42 "43 "44 "45 "46 "47 "48 "49 "50 "51 "52 "53 "54 "55 "56 "57 "58 "59 "60 "61 "62 "63 "64 "65 "66 "67 "68 "69 "70 "71 "72 C-6 (BC_6, (BC_6, (BC_6, (BC_6, (BC_6, (BC_6, (BC_6, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_6, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_1, D(10), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & D(9), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & D(8), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & D(7), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & D(6), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & D(5), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & D(4), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & D(3), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & D(2), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & D(1), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & D(0), bidir, X, 28, 1, Z)," & A(17), output3, X, 35, 1, Z)," & A(16), output3, X, 35, 1, Z)," & A(15), output3, X, 35, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & A(14), output3, X, 35, 1, Z)," & A(13), output3, X, 35, 1, Z)," & A(12), output3, X, 35, 1, Z)," & A(11), output3, X, 35, 1, Z)," & A(10), output3, X, 35, 1, Z)," & A(9), output3, X, 35, 1, Z)," & A(8), output3, X, 45, 1, Z)," & A(7), output3, X, 45, 1, Z)," & A(6), output3, X, 45, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & A(5), output3, X, 45, 1, Z)," & A(4), output3, X, 45, 1, Z)," & A(3), output3, X, 45, 1, Z)," & A(2), output3, X, 45, 1, Z)," & A(1), output3, X, 45, 1, Z)," & A(0), output3, X, 45, 1, Z)," & BG_1, input, X)," & *, control, 1)," & AA(0), output3, X, 53, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & AA(1), output3, X, 55, 1, Z)," & RD_1, output3, X, 70, 1, Z)," & WR_1, output3, X, 70, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & BB_1, bidir, X, 59, 1, Z)," & BR_1, output2, X)," & TA_1, input, X)," & PINIT, input, X)," & *, control, 1)," & SCKR_1, bidir, X, 64, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & AA(3), output3, X, 66, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & FSR_1, bidir, X, 68, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & EXTAL, input, X)," & *, control, 1)," & DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA JTAG BSDL "73 (BC_6, SCKT_1, bidir, X, 72, 1, Z)," & "74 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "75 (BC_1, CAS_1, output3, X, 74, 1, Z)," & "76 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "77 (BC_1, AA(2), output3, X, 76, 1, Z)," & "78 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "79 (BC_6, FST_1, bidir, X, 78, 1, Z)," & "80 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "81 (BC_6, SDO50_1, bidir, X, 80, 1, Z)," & "82 (BC_1, RESET_1, input, X)," & "83 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "84 (BC_6, HP(0), bidir, X, 83, 1, Z)," & "85 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "86 (BC_6, HP(1), bidir, X, 85, 1, Z)," & "87 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "88 (BC_6, HP(2), bidir, X, 87, 1, Z)," & "89 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "90 (BC_6, HP(3), bidir, X, 89, 1, Z)," & "91 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "92 (BC_6, HP(4), bidir, X, 91, 1, Z)," & "93 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "94 (BC_6, HP(5), bidir, X, 93, 1, Z)," & "95 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "96 (BC_6, HP(6), bidir, X, 95, 1, Z)," & "97 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "98 (BC_6, HP(7), bidir, X, 97, 1, Z)," & "99 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "100 (BC_6, HP(8), bidir, X, 99, 1, Z)," & "101 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "102 (BC_6, HP(9), bidir, X, 101, 1, Z)," & "103 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "104 (BC_6, HP(10), bidir, X, 103, 1, Z)," & "105 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "106 (BC_6, HP(13), bidir, X, 105, 1, Z)," & "107 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "108 (BC_6, TIO, bidir, X, 107, 1, Z)," & "109 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "110 (BC_6, ACI, bidir, X, 109, 1, Z)," & "111 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "112 (BC_6, ADO, bidir, X, 111, 1, Z)," & "113 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "114 (BC_6, HP(14), bidir, X, 113, 1, Z)," & "115 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "116 (BC_6, HP(15), bidir, X, 115, 1, Z)," & "117 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "118 (BC_6, HP(11), bidir, X, 117, 1, Z)," & "119 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "120 (BC_6, HP(12), bidir, X, 119, 1, Z)," & "121 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "122 (BC_6, HSCKR, bidir, X, 121, 1, Z)," & "123 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & "124 (BC_6, HSCKT, bidir, X, 123, 1, Z)," & "125 (BC_1, *, control, 1)," & MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual C-7 JTAG BSDL "126 "127 "128 "129 "130 "131 "132 "133 "134 "135 "136 "137 "138 "139 "140 "141 "142 "143 "144 "145 "146 "147 "148 "149 "150 "151 "152 "153 (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, (BC_1, (BC_6, SCKR, bidir, X, 125, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & SCKT, bidir, X, 127, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & FSR, bidir, X, 129, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & FST, bidir, X, 131, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & SDOI50, bidir, X, 133, 1, Z)," *, control, 1)," & SDOI41, bidir, X, 135, 1, Z)," *, control, 1)," & SDOI32, bidir, X, 137, 1, Z)," *, control, 1)," & SDOI23, bidir, X, 139, 1, Z)," *, control, 1)," & SDO1, bidir, X, 141, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & SDO0, bidir, X, 143, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & HREQ_1, bidir, X, 145, 1, Z)," SS_1, input, X)," & *, control, 1)," & SCK, bidir, X, 148, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & SDA, bidir, X, 150, 1, Z)," & *, control, 1)," & MOSI, bidir, X, 152, 1, Z)"; & & & & & end DSP56367; C-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA APPENDIX D PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-1 Programmer's Reference D.1 INTRODUCTION This section has been compiled as a reference for programmers. It contains a table showing the addresses of all the DSPs memory-mapped peripherals, an interrupt address table, an interrupt exception priority table, a quick reference to the host interface, and programming sheets for the major programmable registers on the DSP. D.1.1 Peripheral Addresses Table D-1 lists the memory addresses of all on-chip peripherals. D.1.2 Interrupt Addresses Table D-2 lists the interrupt starting addresses and sources. D.1.3 Interrupt Priorities Table D-3 lists the priorities of specific interrupts within interrupt priority levels. D.1.4 Host Interface Quick Reference Table D-4 is a quick reference guide to the host interface (HDI08). D.1.5 Programming Sheets The remaining figures describe major programmable registers on the DSP56367. D-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference D.2 INTERNAL I/O MEMORY MAP Table D-1 Internal I/O Memory Map Peripheral Address IPR X:$FFFFFF INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER CORE (IPR-C) X:$FFFFFE INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER PERIPHERAL (IPR-P) PLL X:$FFFFFD PLL CONTROL REGISTER (PCTL) ONCE X:$FFFFFC ONCE GDB REGISTER (OGDB) BIU X:$FFFFFB BUS CONTROL REGISTER (BCR) X:$FFFFFA DRAM CONTROL REGISTER (DCR) X:$FFFFF9 ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE REGISTER 0 (AAR0) X:$FFFFF8 ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE REGISTER 1 (AAR1) X:$FFFFF7 ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE REGISTER 2 (AAR2) X:$FFFFF6 ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE REGISTER 3 (AAR3) [pin not available] X:$FFFFF5 ID REGISTER (IDR) DMA DMA0 DMA1 DMA2 DMA3 MOTOROLA Register Name X:$FFFFF4 DMA STATUS REGISTER (DSTR) X:$FFFFF3 DMA OFFSET REGISTER 0 (DOR0) X:$FFFFF2 DMA OFFSET REGISTER 1 (DOR1) X:$FFFFF1 DMA OFFSET REGISTER 2 (DOR2) X:$FFFFF0 DMA OFFSET REGISTER 3 (DOR3) X:$FFFFEF DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR0) X:$FFFFEE DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR0) X:$FFFFED DMA COUNTER (DCO0) X:$FFFFEC DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR0) X:$FFFFEB DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR1) X:$FFFFEA DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR1) X:$FFFFE9 DMA COUNTER (DCO1) X:$FFFFE8 DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR1) X:$FFFFE7 DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR2) X:$FFFFE6 DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR2) X:$FFFFE5 DMA COUNTER (DCO2) X:$FFFFE4 DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR2) X:$FFFFE3 DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR3) X:$FFFFE2 DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR3) X:$FFFFE1 DMA COUNTER (DCO3) X:$FFFFE0 DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR3) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-3 Programmer's Reference Table D-1 Internal I/O Memory Map (Continued) Peripheral DMA4 DMA5 PORT D DAX PORT B HDI08 PORT C D-4 Address Register Name X:$FFFFDF DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR4) X:$FFFFDE DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR4) X:$FFFFDD DMA COUNTER (DCO4) X:$FFFFDC DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR4) X:$FFFFDB DMA SOURCE ADDRESS REGISTER (DSR5) X:$FFFFDA DMA DESTINATION ADDRESS REGISTER (DDR5) X:$FFFFD9 DMA COUNTER (DCO5) X:$FFFFD8 DMA CONTROL REGISTER (DCR5) X:$FFFFD7 PORT D CONTROL REGISTER (PCRD) X:$FFFFD6 PORT D DIRECTION REGISTER (PRRD) X:$FFFFD5 PORT D DATA REGISTER (PDRD) X:$FFFFD4 DAX STATUS REGISTER (XSTR) X:$FFFFD3 DAX AUDIO DATA REGISTER B (XADRB) X:$FFFFD2 DAX AUDIO DATA REGISTER A (XADRA) X:$FFFFD1 DAX NON-AUDIO DATA REGISTER (XNADR) X:$FFFFD0 DAX CONTROL REGISTER (XCTR) X:$FFFFCF RESERVED X:$FFFFCE RESERVED X:$FFFFCD RESERVED X:$FFFFCC RESERVED X:$FFFFCB RESERVED X:$FFFFCA RESERVED X:$FFFFC9 HOST PORT GPIO DATA REGISTER (HDR) X:$FFFFC8 HOST PORT GPIO DIRECTION REGISTER (HDDR) X:$FFFFC7 HOST TRANSMIT REGISTER (HOTX) X:$FFFFC6 HOST RECEIVE REGISTER (HORX) X:$FFFFC5 HOST BASE ADDRESS REGISTER (HBAR) X:$FFFFC4 HOST PORT CONTROL REGISTER (HPCR) X:$FFFFC3 HOST STATUS REGISTER (HSR) X:$FFFFC2 HOST CONTROL REGISTER (HCR) X:$FFFFC1 RESERVED X:$FFFFC0 RESERVED X:$FFFFBF PORT C CONTROL REGISTER (PCRC) X:$FFFFBE PORT C DIRECTION REGISTER (PRRC) X:$FFFFBD PORT C GPIO DATA REGISTER (PDRC) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Table D-1 Internal I/O Memory Map (Continued) Peripheral Address ESAI X:$FFFFBC ESAI RECEIVE SLOT MASK REGISTER B (RSMB) X:$FFFFBB ESAI RECEIVE SLOT MASK REGISTER A (RSMA) X:$FFFFBA ESAI TRANSMIT SLOT MASK REGISTER B (TSMB) X:$FFFFB9 ESAI TRANSMIT SLOT MASK REGISTER A (TSMA) X:$FFFFB8 ESAI RECEIVE CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (RCCR) X:$FFFFB7 ESAI RECEIVE CONTROL REGISTER (RCR) X:$FFFFB6 ESAI TRANSMIT CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (TCCR) X:$FFFFB5 ESAI TRANSMIT CONTROL REGISTER (TCR) X:$FFFFB4 ESAI COMMON CONTROL REGISTER (SAICR) X:$FFFFB3 ESAI STATUS REGISTER (SAISR) X:$FFFFB2 RESERVED X:$FFFFB1 RESERVED MOTOROLA Register Name X:$FFFFB0 RESERVED X:$FFFFAF RESERVED X:$FFFFAE RESERVED X:$FFFFAD RESERVED X:$FFFFAC RESERVED X:$FFFFAB ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 3 (RX3) X:$FFFFAA ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 2 (RX2) X:$FFFFA9 ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 1 (RX1) X:$FFFFA8 ESAI RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 0 (RX0) X:$FFFFA7 RESERVED X:$FFFFA6 ESAI TIME SLOT REGISTER (TSR) X:$FFFFA5 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 5 (TX5) X:$FFFFA4 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 4 (TX4) X:$FFFFA3 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 3 (TX3) X:$FFFFA2 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 2 (TX2) X:$FFFFA1 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 1 (TX1) X:$FFFFA0 ESAI TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 0 (TX0) X:$FFFF9F RESERVED X:$FFFF9E RESERVED X:$FFFF9D RESERVED X:$FFFF9C RESERVED X:$FFFF9B RESERVED X:$FFFF9A RESERVED X:$FFFF99 RESERVED X:$FFFF98 RESERVED X:$FFFF97 RESERVED DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-5 Programmer's Reference Table D-1 Internal I/O Memory Map (Continued) Peripheral Address SHI TRIPLE TIMER ESAI MUX PIN CONTROL D-6 Register Name X:$FFFF96 RESERVED X:$FFFF95 RESERVED X:$FFFF94 SHI RECEIVE FIFO (HRX) X:$FFFF93 SHI TRANSMIT REGISTER (HTX) X:$FFFF92 SHI I2C SLAVE ADDRESS REGISTER (HSAR) X:$FFFF91 SHI CONTROL/STATUS REGISTER (HCSR) X:$FFFF90 SHI CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (HCKR) X:$FFFF8F TIMER 0 CONTROL/STATUS REGISTER (TCSR0) X:$FFFF8E TIMER 0 LOAD REGISTER (TLR0) X:$FFFF8D TIMER 0 COMPARE REGISTER (TCPR0) X:$FFFF8C TIMER 0 COUNT REGISTER (TCR0) X:$FFFF8B TIMER 1 CONTROL/STATUS REGISTER (TCSR1) X:$FFFF8A TIMER 1 LOAD REGISTER (TLR1) X:$FFFF89 TIMER 1 COMPARE REGISTER (TCPR1) X:$FFFF88 TIMER 1 COUNT REGISTER (TCR1) X:$FFFF87 TIMER 2 CONTROL/STATUS REGISTER (TCSR2) X:$FFFF86 TIMER 2 LOAD REGISTER (TLR2) X:$FFFF85 TIMER 2 COMPARE REGISTER (TCPR2) X:$FFFF84 TIMER 2 COUNT REGISTER (TCR2) X:$FFFF83 TIMER PRESCALER LOAD REGISTER (TPLR) X:$FFFF82 TIMER PRESCALER COUNT REGISTER (TPCR) X:$FFFF81 RESERVED X:$FFFF80 RESERVED Y:$FFFFAF ESAI MUX PIN CONTROL REGISTER (EMUXR) Y:$FFFFAE RESERVED Y:$FFFFAD RESERVED Y:$FFFFAC RESERVED Y:$FFFFAB RESERVED Y:$FFFFAA RESERVED Y:$FFFFA9 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA8 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA7 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA6 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA5 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA4 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA3 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA2 RESERVED Y:$FFFFA1 RESERVED DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Table D-1 Internal I/O Memory Map (Continued) Peripheral PORT E ESAI_1 MOTOROLA Address Register Name Y:$FFFFA0 RESERVED Y:$FFFF9F PORT E CONTROL REGISTER (PCRE) Y:$FFFF9E PORT E DIRECTION REGISTER(PRRE) Y:$FFFF9D PORT E GPIO DATA REGISTER(PDRE) Y:$FFFF9C ESAI_1 RECEIVE SLOT MASK REGISTER B (RSMB_1) Y:$FFFF9B ESAI_1 RECEIVE SLOT MASK REGISTER A (RSMA_1) Y:$FFFF9A ESAI_1 TRANSMIT SLOT MASK REGISTER B (TSMB_1) Y:$FFFF99 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT SLOT MASK REGISTER A (TSMA_1) Y:$FFFF98 ESAI_1 RECEIVE CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (RCCR_1) Y:$FFFF97 ESAI_1 RECEIVE CONTROL REGISTER (RCR_1) Y:$FFFF96 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (TCCR_1) Y:$FFFF95 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT CONTROL REGISTER (TCR_1) Y:$FFFF94 ESAI_1 COMMON CONTROL REGISTER (SAICR_1) Y:$FFFF93 ESAI_1 STATUS REGISTER (SAISR_1) Y:$FFFF92 RESERVED Y:$FFFF91 RESERVED Y:$FFFF90 RESERVED Y:$FFFF8F RESERVED Y:$FFFF8E RESERVED Y:$FFFF8D RESERVED Y:$FFFF8C RESERVED Y:$FFFF8B ESAI_1 RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 3 (RX3_1) Y:$FFFF8A ESAI_1 RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 2 (RX2_1) Y:$FFFF89 ESAI_1 RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 1 (RX1_1) Y:$FFFF88 ESAI_1 RECEIVE DATA REGISTER 0 (RX0_1) Y:$FFFF87 RESERVED Y:$FFFF86 ESAI_1 TIME SLOT REGISTER (TSR_1) Y:$FFFF85 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 5 (TX5_1) Y:$FFFF84 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 4 (TX4_1) Y:$FFFF83 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 3 (TX3_1) Y:$FFFF82 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 2 (TX2_1) Y:$FFFF81 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 1 (TX1_1) Y:$FFFF80 ESAI_1 TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER 0 (TX0_1) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-7 Programmer's Reference D.3 INTERRUPT VECTOR ADDRESSES Table D-2 DSP56367 Interrupt Vectors Interrupt Starting Address InterruptPriority LevelRange VBA:$00 3 Hardware RESET VBA:$02 3 Stack Error VBA:$04 3 Illegal Instruction VBA:$06 3 Debug Request Interrupt VBA:$08 3 Trap VBA:$0A 3 Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) VBA:$0C 3 Reserved For Future Level-3 Interrupt Source VBA:$0E 3 Reserved For Future Level-3 Interrupt Source VBA:$10 0-2 IRQA VBA:$12 0-2 IRQB VBA:$14 0-2 IRQC VBA:$16 0-2 IRQD VBA:$18 0-2 DMA Channel 0 VBA:$1A 0-2 DMA Channel 1 VBA:$1C 0-2 DMA Channel 2 VBA:$1E 0-2 DMA Channel 3 VBA:$20 0-2 DMA Channel 4 VBA:$22 0-2 DMA Channel 5 VBA:$24 0-2 Reserved VBA:$26 0-2 Reserved VBA:$28 0-2 DAX Underrun Error VBA:$2A 0-2 DAX Block Transferred VBA:$2C 0-2 Reserved VBA:$2E 0-2 DAX Audio Data Empty VBA:$30 0-2 ESAI Receive Data VBA:$32 0-2 ESAI Receive Even Data VBA:$34 0-2 ESAI Receive Data With Exception Status VBA:$36 0-2 ESAI Receive Last Slot VBA:$38 0-2 ESAI Transmit Data D-8 Interrupt Source DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Table D-2 DSP56367 Interrupt Vectors (Continued) Interrupt Starting Address InterruptPriority LevelRange VBA:$3A 0-2 ESAI Transmit Even Data VBA:$3C 0-2 ESAI Transmit Data with Exception Status VBA:$3E 0-2 ESAI Transmit Last Slot VBA:$40 0-2 SHI Transmit Data VBA:$42 0-2 SHI Transmit Underrun Error VBA:$44 0-2 SHI Receive FIFO Not Empty VBA:$46 0-2 Reserved VBA:$48 0-2 SHI Receive FIFO Full VBA:$4A 0-2 SHI Receive Overrun Error VBA:$4C 0-2 SHI Bus Error VBA:$4E 0-2 Reserved VBA:$50 0-2 Reserved VBA:$52 0-2 Reserved VBA:$54 0-2 TIMER0 Compare VBA:$56 0-2 TIMER0 Overflow VBA:$58 0-2 TIMER1 Compare VBA:$5A 0-2 TIMER1 Overflow VBA:$5C 0-2 TIMER2 Compare VBA:$5E 0-2 TIMER2 Overflow VBA:$60 0-2 Host Receive Data Full VBA:$62 0-2 Host Transmit Data Empty VBA:$64 0-2 Host Command (Default) VBA:$66 0-2 Reserved VBA:$68 0-2 Reserved VBA:$6A 0-2 Reserved VBA:$6C 0-2 Reserved VBA:$6E 0-2 Reserved VBA:$70 0-2 ESAI_1 Receive Data VBA:$72 0-2 ESAI_1 Receive Even Data VBA:$74 0-2 ESAI_1 Receive Data With Exception Status VBA:$76 0-2 ESAI_1 Receive Last Slot VBA:$78 0-2 ESAI_1 Transmit Data MOTOROLA Interrupt Source DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-9 Programmer's Reference Table D-2 DSP56367 Interrupt Vectors (Continued) Interrupt Starting Address InterruptPriority LevelRange VBA:$7A 0-2 ESAI_1 Transmit Even Data VBA:$7C 0-2 ESAI_1 Transmit Data with Exception Status VBA:$7E 0-2 ESAI_1 Transmit Last Slot VBA:$80 0-2 Reserved : : VBA:$FE 0-2 D.4 Interrupt Source : Reserved INTERRUPT SOURCE PRIORITIES (WITHIN AN IPL) Table D-3 Interrupt Sources Priorities Within an IPL Priority Interrupt Source Level 3 (Nonmaskable) Highest Hardware RESET Stack Error Illegal Instruction Debug Request Interrupt Trap Lowest Non-Maskable Interrupt Levels 0, 1, 2 (Maskable) Highest IRQA (External Interrupt) IRQB (External Interrupt) IRQC (External Interrupt) IRQD (External Interrupt) DMA Channel 0 Interrupt DMA Channel 1 Interrupt DMA Channel 2 Interrupt DMA Channel 3 Interrupt D-10 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Table D-3 Interrupt Sources Priorities Within an IPL (Continued) Priority Interrupt Source DMA Channel 4 Interrupt DMA Channel 5 Interrupt ESAI Receive Data with Exception Status ESAI Receive Even Data ESAI Receive Data ESAI Receive Last Slot ESAI Transmit Data with Exception Status ESAI Transmit Last Slot ESAI Transmit Even Data ESAI Transmit Data SHI Bus Error SHI Receive Overrun Error SHI Transmit Underrun Error SHI Receive FIFO Full SHI Transmit Data SHI Receive FIFO Not Empty HOST Command Interrupt HOST Receive Data Interrupt HOST Transmit Data Interrupt DAX Transmit Underrun Error DAX Block Transferred DAX Transmit Register Empty TIMER0 Overflow Interrupt TIMER0 Compare Interrupt TIMER1 Overflow Interrupt TIMER1 Compare Interrupt TIMER2 Overflow Interrupt TIMER2 Compare Interrupt MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-11 Programmer's Reference Table D-3 Interrupt Sources Priorities Within an IPL (Continued) Priority Interrupt Source ESAI_1 Receive Data with Exception Status ESAI_1 Receive Even Data ESAI_1 Receive Data ESAI_1 Receive Last Slot ESAI_1 Transmit Data with Exception Status ESAI_1 Transmit Last Slot ESAI_1 Transmit Even Data Lowest D.5 ESAI_1 Transmit Data HOST INTERFACE--QUICK REFERENCE Table D-4 HDI08 Programming Model Bit Reg Num Reset Type Mnemonic Name Val Function Comments HW / SW IR ST DSP SIDE HCR 0 1 2 3 4 7-5 HRIE HTIE HCIE HF2 HF3 HDM[2:0] Receive Interrupt Enable Transmit Interrupt Enable Host Command Interrupt Enable Host Flag 2 Host Flag 3 Host DMA Mode 0 HRRQ interrupt disabled 0 - - 1 0 HRRQ interrupt enabled HTRQ interrupt disabled 0 - - 1 0 HTRQ interrupt enabled HCP interrupt disabled 0 - - 1 HCP interrupt enabled 0 0 000 - - 000 DMA operation disabled 100 DMA operation enabled 001 24-bit host-to-DSP DMA enabled 010 16-bit host-to-DSP DMA enabled 011 8-bit host-to-DSP DMA enabled 101 24-bit DSP-to-host DMA enabled 110 16-bit DSP-to-host DMA enabled 111 8-bit DSP-to-host DMA enabled D-12 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Table D-4 HDI08 Programming Model (Continued) Bit Reg Num HPCR Mnemonic Name 0 HGEN Host GPIO Enable 1 HA8EN Host Address Line 8 Enable 2 HA9EN 3 HCSEN 4 HREN 5 HAEN Host Address Line 9 Enable Host Chip Select Enable Host Request Enable Host Acknowledge Enable Reset Type Comments HW / SW IR ST 0 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 - - this bit is treated as 0 if HEN=0 0 - - this bit is ignored if HDRQ=1 0 - - 0 - - this bit is ignored if HEN=0 0 - - this bit is ignored if HEN=0 0 - - this bit is ignored if HEN=0 0 - - this bit is ignored if HEN=0 0 - - this bit is ignored if Double Data Strobe (HWR, HRD) HEN=0 HCS active low this bit is ignored if HEN=0 HCSactive high 0 - - 0 - - HOREQ/HTRQ/HRRQ active low this bit is ignored if HOREQ/HTRQ/HRRQ active high HEN=0 0 - - 1 0 HACK active low 0 - - 1 HACK active high Val Function 0 GPIO pin disconnected 1 0 GPIO pins active HA8/HA1 = GPIO 1 HA8/HA1 = HA8/HA1 0 HA9/HA2 = GPIO 1 HA9/HA2 = HA9/HA2 0 HCS/HA10 = GPIO 1 0 HCS/HA10 = HCS/HA10 HOREQ/HTRQ = GPIO 1 HACK/HRRQ=GPIO HOREQ/HTRQ=HOREQ/HTRQ 0 HACK/HRRQ=HACK/HRRQ HACK/HRRQ = GPIO 1 HACK/HRRQ= HACK this bit is treated as 1 if HMUX=0 this bit is treated as 0 if HEN=0 this bit is treated as 1 if HMUX=0 this bit is treated as 0 if HEN=0 this bit is treated as 0 if HEN=0 this bit is treated as 0 if HREN=0 this bit is treated as 0 if HEN=0 6 HEN 8 HROD 9 10 11 12 13 HDSP HASP HMUX HDDS HCSP Host Enable 0 Host Port=GPIO 1 0 Host Port Active HOREQ/HTRQ/HRRQ=driven 1 0 HOREQ/HTRQ/HRRQ=open drain HDS/HRD/HWR active low 1 0 HDS/HRD/HWR active high HAS active low Host Multiplxed Bus 1 0 HAS active high Seprate address and data lines Host Dual Data Strobe 1 0 Multiplexed address/data Single Data Strobe (HDS) Host Request Open Drain Host Data Strobe Polarity Host Address Strobe Polarity Host Chip Select Polarity 14 HRP Host Request polarity 15 HAP Host Acknowledge Polarity MOTOROLA 1 0 1 0 this bit is ignored if HEN=0 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-13 Programmer's Reference Table D-4 HDI08 Programming Model (Continued) Bit Reg Num HSR HBAR Mnemonic Reset Type Name Val Function Comments HW / SW IR ST 0 HRDF Host Receive Data Full 0 no receive data to be read 0 0 0 1 HTDE Host Transmit Data Empty 1 1 0 receive data register is full transmit data register empty 1 1 1 2 HCP Host Command Pending 0 transmit data reg. not empty no host command pending 0 0 0 1 host command pending 3 4 7 HF0 HF1 DMA Host Flag0 Host Flag1 DMA Status 0 0 0 - - 7-0 HORX 23-0 HOTX 23-0 HDR 15-0 HDDR 15-0 BA10-BA3 Host base Address Register DSP Receive Data Register DSP Transmit Data Register D15-D0 GPIO Pin Data DR15-DR0 GPIO Pin Direction 0 DMA mode disabled 1 DMA mode enabled $80 empty empty 0 Input 1 Output $0000 $0000 - - Host Side ICR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6-5 7 D-14 RREQ TREQ HDRQ HF0 HF1 HLEND Receive Request Enable Transmit Request Enable Double Host Request Host Flag 0 Host Flag 1 Host Little Endian HM1-HM0 Host Mode Control INIT Initialize 0 HRRQ interrupt disabled 0 - - 1 0 HRRQ interrupt enabled HTRQ interrupt disabled 0 - - 1 0 HTRQ interrupt enabled HOREQ/HTRQ=HOREQ, HACK/HRRQ=HACK 0 - - 1 HOREQ/HTRQ=HTRQ, HACK/HRRQ=HRRQ 0 0 0 - - available if HDM2-HDM0=100 00 - - cleared by HDI08 hardware 0 - - 0 "Big Endian" order 1 00 01 10 11 1 "Little Endian" order Interrupt Mode 24-bit DMA enabled 16-bit DMA enabled 8-bit DMA enabled Reset data paths according to TREQ and RREQ available if HDM2-HDM0=000 available if HDM2-HDM0=000 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Table D-4 HDI08 Programming Model (Continued) Bit Reg Num ISR Mnemonic Reset Type Name Val 0 1 1 0 RXDF Receive Data Register Full 1 TXDE Transmit Data Register Empty 2 TRDY Transmitter Ready 0 1 Comments HW / SW IR ST host receive register is empty 0 0 0 host receive register is full host transmit register empty host transmit register full 1 1 1 transmit FIF O (6 deep) is empty 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 $2A 0 0 0 Function transmit FIFO is not empty 0 3 4 7 CVR HF2 HF3 HREQ 6-0 7 RXH/ M/L TXH/ M/L IVR HV6-HV0 HC 7-0 7-0 7-0 D.6 IV7-IV0 Host Flag2 Host Flag3 Host Request Host Command Vector Host Command Host Receive Data Register Host Transmit Data Register Interrupt Register 0 HOREQ pin is deasserted 1 HOREQ pin is asserted (if enabled) 0 no host command pending 1 host command pending default vector cleared by HDI08 hardware when the HC int. req. is serviced empty empty 68000 family vector register $0F - - PROGRAMMING SHEETS The worksheets shown on the following pages contain listings of major programmable registers for the DSP56367. The programming sheets are grouped into the following order: * Central Processor * Host Interface (HDI08) * Serial Host Interface (SHI) * Two Enhanced Serial Audio Interfaces (ESAI and ESAI_1) * Digital Audio Interface (DAX) * Timer/Event Controller (TEC) * GPIO (Ports B-E) Each sheet provides room to write in the value of each bit and the hexadecimal value for each register. Programmers can photocopy these sheets and reuse them for each application development project. For details on the instruction set of the DSP56300 family chips, see the DSP56300 Family Manual. MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-15 Programmer's Reference Date: Programmer: Application: Sheet 1 of 5 Carry Overfow Zero Negative Central Processor Unnormalized ( U = Acc(47) xnor Acc(46) ) Extension Limit FFT Scaling ( S = Acc(46) xor Acc(45) ) I(1:0) 00 01 10 11 Scaling Mode S(1:0) Scaling Mode 00 No scaling 01 Scale down 10 Scale up 11 Reserved Interrupt Mask Exceptions Masked None IPL 0 IPL 0, 1 IPL 0, 1, 2 Reserved Sixteen-Bit Compatibilitity Double Precision Multiply Mode Loop Flag DO-Forever Flag Sixteenth-Bit Arithmetic Reserved Instruction Cache Enable Arithmetic Saturation Rounding Mode Core Priority CP(1:0) Core Priority 00 0 (lowest) 01 1 2 10 11 3 (highest) 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 CP1 CP0 RM SM CE *0 SA FV Extended Mode Register (MR) Status Register (SR) Read/Write LF DM SC *0 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 S1 I1 I0 S L E U N Z V C S0 Mode Register (MR) Condition Code Register (CCR) Reset = $C00300 * = Reserved, Program as 0 Figure D-1 Status Register (SR) D-16 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 2 of 5 Central Processor Chip Operating Modes MOD(D:A) Reset Vector Description See Core Configuration Section. External Bus Disable Stop Delay Memory Switch Mode CDP(1:0) 00 01 10 11 Core-DMA Priority Core-DMA Priority Core vs DMA Priority DMA accesses > Core DMA accesses = Core DMA accesses < Core Burst Mode Enable TA Synchronize Select Bus Release Timing Asynchronous Bus Arbitration Enable Address Priority Disable Address Tracing Enable Stack Extension Space Select Extended Stack Underflow Flag Extended Stack Overflow Flag Extended Stack Wrap Flag Stack Extension Enable Memory Switch Mode Patch Enable 23 22 PEN 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 MSW1 MSW0 11 10 9 8 7 SEN WRP EOV EUN XYS ATE APD ABE BRT TAS BE CDP1CDP0 MS System Stack Control Status Register (SCS) Operating Mode Register (OMR) Extended Chip Operating Mode Register (COM) Read/Write Reset = $00030X 6 SD 5 *0 4 3 2 1 EBD MD MC MB 0 MA Chip Operating Mode Register (COM) * = Reserved, Program as 0 Figure D-2 Operating Mode Register (OMR) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-17 ICL2 0 1 Trigger Level Neg. Edge ICL1 0 0 1 1 ICL0 0 1 0 1 Enabled No Yes Yes Yes Enabled No Yes Yes Yes IPL -- 0 1 2 IRQA Mode IPL -- 0 1 2 IAL2 0 1 Trigger Level Neg. Edge IRQD Mode IDL2 0 1 Trigger Level Neg. Edge IDL1 0 0 1 1 IDL0 0 1 0 1 IAL0 0 1 0 1 Enabled No Yes Yes Yes IPL -- 0 1 2 IRQB Mode IBL2 0 1 Trigger Level Neg. Edge IBL1 0 0 1 1 9 8 7 IBL0 0 1 0 1 6 Enabled No Yes Yes Yes 5 4 IPL -- 0 1 2 3 2 1 0 D5L1 D5L0 D4L1 D4L0 D3L1 D3L0 D2L1 D2L0 D1L1 D1L0 D0L1D0L0 IDL2 IDL1 IDL0 ICL2 ICL1 ICL0 IBL2 IBL1 IBL0 IAL2 IAL1 IAL0 Date: 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 Interrupt Priority Register (IPR-C) X:$FFFFFF R/W Reset = $000000 IAL1 0 0 1 1 Programmer: DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual Figure D-3 Interrupt Priority Register-Core (IPR-C) IRQC Mode Programmer's Reference Application: D-18 CENTRAL PROCESSOR Sheet 3 of 5 MOTOROLA Application: MOTOROLA CENTRAL PROCESSOR HDL1 HDL0 Enabled 0 0 No 0 1 Yes 1 0 Yes 1 1 Yes IPL -- 0 1 2 TEC IPL TAL1 0 0 1 1 TAL0 0 1 0 1 Enabled No Yes Yes Yes DAL1 0 0 1 1 DAL0 0 1 0 1 Enabled No Yes Yes Yes * = Reserved, Program as 0 $0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ESL11 ESL10 TAL1 TAL0 DAL1 DAL0 HDL1 HDL0 SHL1 SHL0 ESL1 ESL0 D-19 Programmer's Reference $0 9 IPL -- 0 1 2 Sheet 4 of 5 $0 SHL1 SHL0 Enabled 0 0 No 0 1 Yes 1 0 Yes 1 1 Yes IPL -- 0 1 2 Date: *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 IPL -- 0 1 2 SHI IPL DAX IPL IPL -- 0 1 2 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 Interrupt Priority Register (IPR-P) X:$FFFFFE R/W Reset = $000000 ESL1 ESL0 Enabled 0 0 No 0 1 Yes 1 0 Yes 1 1 Yes IPL -- 0 1 2 Programmer: Figure D-4 Interrupt Priority Register - Peripherals (IPR-P) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual ESL1 ESL0 Enabled 0 0 No 0 1 Yes 1 0 Yes 1 1 Yes ESAI IPL HDI08 IPL ESAI_1 IPL PEN 0 1 1 x 0 1 PSTP and PEN Relationship Operation During STOP Recovery Time for STOP PLL Oscillator Disabled Disabled Long Disabled Enabled Short Enabled Enabled Short Power Consumption during STOP Minimal Lower Higher 0 = Enable Xtal Oscillator 1 = EXTAL Driven From An External Source Clock Output Disable (COD) 0 = 50% Duty Cycle Clock 1 = Pin Held In High State Crystal Range Bit (XTLR) 0 = External Xtal Freq >200KHz 1 = External Xtal Freq <200KHz Predivision Factor Bits (PD0 - PD3) PD3 - PD0 Predivision Factor PDF $0 1 $1 2 $2 3 * * * * * * $F 16 Division Factor Bits (DF0 - DF2) DF2 - DF0 Division Factor DF $0 20 $1 21 $2 22 * * * * * * $7 27 on DSP56367 operation 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 PD3 PD2 PD1 PD0 COD PEN PSTP XTLD XTLR DF2 DF1 9 8 DF0 MF11 MF10 MF9 MF8 7 6 5 4 3 2 MF7 MF6 MF5 MF4 MF3 MF2 1 0 MF1 MF0 Sheet 5 of 5 MOTOROLA PLL Control Register (PCTL) X:$FFFFFD Read/Write Reset = $010005 Date: Note that bits XTLR, COD and XTLD have no effect Multiplication Factor Bits MF0 - MF11 MF11 - MF0 Multiplication Factor MF $000 1 $001 2 $002 3 * * * * * * $FFE 4095 $FFF 4096 Programmer: Figure D-5 Phase Lock Loop Control Register (PCTL) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual XTAL Disable Bit (XTLD) Programmer's Reference PSTP Application: D-20 PLL Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 1 of 6 HOST (HDI08) DSP Side Host Receive Data (usually read by program) 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 Receive High Byte 11 10 9 8 7 6 Receive Middle Byte 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 0 Receive Low Byte Host Receive Register (HORX) X:$FFFEC6 Read Only Reset = empty Host Transmit Data (usually loaded by program) 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 Transmit High Byte 11 10 Transmit Middle Byte 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Transmit Low Byte Host Transmit Register (HOTX) X:$FFFEC7 Write Only Reset = empty Figure D-6 Host Receive and Host Transmit Data Registers MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-21 Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 2 of 6 HOST (HDI08) Host Receive Interrupt Enable 0 = Disable 1 = Enable if HRDF = 1 Host Transmit Interrupt Enable 0 = Disable 1 = Enable if HTDE = 1 Host Command Interrupt Enable 0 = Disable 1 = Enable if HCP = 1 Host Flag 2 Host Flag 3 Host DMA Control Bits See Table 6-5 in Section 6 Host Control Register (HCR) X:$FFFFC2 Read /Write Reset = $0 15 8 *0 *0 7 6 5 4 HDM2 HDM1 HDM0 HF3 3 HF2 2 1 HCIE HTIE 0 HRIE * = Reserved, Program as 0 DSP Side Host Receive Data Full 0 = Wait 1 = Read Host Transmit Data Empty 0 = Wait 1 = Write Host Command Pending 0 = Wait 1 = Ready Host Flags Read Only DMA status 0 = DMA Mode Disabled 1 = DMA Mode Enabled Host Status Register (HSR) X:$FFFFC3 Reset = $2 15 8 7 *0 *0 DMA 6 5 *0 *0 4 3 HF1 HF0 2 1 0 HCP HTDE HRDF * = Reserved, Program as 0 Figure D-7 Host Control and Status Registers D-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 3 of 6 DSP Side HOST (HDI08) 15 Host Base Address Register (HBAR) X:$FFFFC5 Reset = $80 8 7 *0 *0 BA9 5 4 3 2 1 0 BA8 BA7 BA6 BA5 BA4 BA3 Host GPIO Port Enable 0 = GPIO Pins Disconnected 1 = GPIO Pin Enable Host Request Open Drain HDRQ HROD HREN/HEW 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 Host Address Line 8 Enable 0 HA8 = GPIO, 1 HA8 = HA8 Host Address Line 9 Enable 0 HA9 = GPIO, 1 HA9 = HA9 Host Data Strobe Polarity 0 = Strobe Active Low, 1 = Strobe Active High Host Chip Select Enable 0 HCS/HAI0 = GPIO, 1 HCS/HA10 = HCS, if HMUX = 0 1 HCS/HA10 = HC10, if HMUX = 1 Host Address Strobe Polarity 0 = Strobe Active Low, 1 = Strobe Active High Host Multiplexed Bus 0 = Nonmultiplexed, 1 = Multiplexed Host Request Enable 0 HOREQ/HACK = GPIO, 1 HOREQ = HOREQ, if HDRQ = 0 Host Dual Data Strobe 0 = Single Strobe, 1 = Dual Strobe Host Chip Select Polarity 0 = HCS Active Low HTRQ & HRRQ Enable 1 = HCS Active High HDRQ 0 0 1 1 6 BA10 Host Acknowledge Enable 0 HACK = GPIO If HDRQ & HREN = 1, HACK = HACK Host Request Polarity HRP 0 HOREQ Active Low 1 HOREQ Active High 0 HTRQ,HRRQ Active Low 1 HTRQ,HRRQ Active High Host Enable 0 HDI08 Disable Pins = GPIO 1 HDI08 Enable Host Acknowledge Polarity 0 = HACK Active Low, 1 = HACK Active High 15 Host Port Control Register (HPCR) X:$FFFFC4 Read/Write Reset = $0 HAP 14 13 12 HRP HCSP HDDS HMUX HASP 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 HDSP HROD *0 HEN HAEN 4 3 2 1 0 HREN HCSEN HA9EN HA8EN HGEN * = Reserved, Program as 0 Figure D-8 Host Base Address and Host Port Control MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-23 Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 4 of 6 HOST (HDI08) Processor Side Receive Request Enable DMA Off 0 = Interrupts Disabled DMA On 0 = Host -> DSP 1 = Interrupts Enabled 1 = DSP -> Host Transmit Request Enable DMA Off 0 = Interrupts Disabled DMA On 0 = DSP -> Host 1 = Interrupts Enabled 1 = Host -> DSP HDRQ 0 1 HOREQ/HTRQ HOREQ HTRQ HACK/HRRQ HACK HRRQ Host Flags Write Only Host Little Endian Initialize (Write Only) 0 = No Action 1 = Initialize DMA HDM[2:0] = 000 For HM[1:0] bits, see Table 6-12 in Section 6 7 0* HDM[2:0] = 100 HDM1 and/or HDM0 = 1 6 INIT HM1 INIT INIT 5 4 3 HLEND HF1 HF0 HM0 2 HF1 (HDM1) (HDM0) HF1 HF0 HF0 Interrupt Control Register (ICR) $0 R/W Reset = $0 Receive Data Register Full 0 = Wait 1 = Read 1 HDRQ TREQ 0* 0* 0 RREQ TREQ RREQ TREQ RREQ Transmit Data Register Empty 0 = Wait 1 = Write Transmitter Ready 0 = Data in HI 1 = Data Not in HI Host Flags Read Only Host Request 0 = HOREQ Deasserted 1 = HOREQ Asserted 7 HREQ Interrupt Status Register (ISR) $2 R/W Reset = $0 *06 *5 0 4 3 HF3 HF2 2 1 TRDY TXDE 0 RXDF * = Reserved, Program as 0 Figure D-9 Host Interrupt Control and Interrupt Status D-24 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 5 of 6 Processor Side HOST (HDI08) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IV7 IV6 IV5 IV4 IV3 IV2 IV1 IV0 Interrupt Vector Register (IVR) $3 R/W Reset = $0F Contains the interrupt vector or number Host Vector Contains Host Command Interrupt Address / 2 Host Command Handshakes Executing Host Command Interrupts 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 HC HV6 HV5 HV4 HV3 HV2 HV1 HV0 Command Vector Register (CVR) $1 R/W Reset = $32 Contains the host command interrupt address Figure D-10 Host Interrupt Vector and Command Vector MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-25 Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 6 of 6 HOST (HDI08) Processor Side Host Receive Data (HLEND = 0) 7 0 7 Receive Low Byte 0 7 Receive Middle Byte 0 7 Not Used 0 $7 0 Receive High Byte $6 0 0 0 $5 0 0 0 0 $4 Host Receive Data (HLEND = 1) 7 0 7 Receive Low Byte 0 7 Receive Middle Byte 0 7 Not Used 0 $5 $6 Receive Byte Registers $7, $6, $5, $4 Read Only Reset = Empty 0 Receive High Byte 0 0 0 $7 0 0 0 0 $4 Receive Byte Registers Host Transmit Data (HLEND = 0) 7 0 7 Transmit Low Byte 0 7 Transmit Middle Byte 0 7 Not Used 0 $7 0 Transmit High Byte $6 0 0 0 $5 0 0 0 0 $4 Host Transmit Data (HLEND = 1) 7 0 7 Transmit Low Byte 0 7 Transmit Middle Byte 0 7 Not Used 0 $5 $6 Transmit Byte Registers $7, $6, $5, $4 Write Only Reset = Empty 0 Transmit High Byte 0 0 $7 0 0 0 0 0 $4 Transmit Byte Registers Figure D-11 Host Receive and Transmit Byte Registers D-26 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA HSAR I2C Slave Address Slave address = Bits HA6-HA3, HA1 and external pins HA2, HA0 Slave address after reset = 1011[HA2]0[HA0] 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 HA6 HA5 HA4 HA3 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 HA1 0 0 0 0 SHI Slave Address Register (HSAR) HFM1 HFM0 SHI Noise Reduction Filter Mode 0 0 Bypassed (Filter disabled) 0 1 Reserved 1 0 Narrow spike tolerance 1 1 Wide spike tolerance CPOL CPHA Result 0 0 SCK active low, strobe on rising edge 0 1 SCK active low, strobe on falling edge 1 0 SCK active high, strobe on falling edge 1 1 SCK active high, strobe on rising edge HRS Result 0 Prescaler operational 1 Prescaler bypassed HCKR Divider Modulus 0 11 *0 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 HDM6HDM5HDM4HDM3HDM2HDM1HDM0 HRS CPOLCPHA HDM7 0 *= Reserved, write as 0 SHI Clock Control Register (HCKR) D-27 Programmer's Reference *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 HFM1HFM0 Sheet 1 of 3 SHI Clock Control Register (HCKR) X:$FFFF90 Reset = $000001 15 14 13 12 Date: 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Programmer: Figure D-12 SHI Slave Address and Clock Control Registers DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual SHI Slave Address Register (HSAR) X:$FFFF92 Reset = $Bx0000 Application: MOTOROLA SHI Application: SHI Host Transmit 23 Data Register (HTX) X:$FFFF93 Write Only Reset = $xxxxxx 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SHI Host Transmit Data Register (HTX) Host Receive Data Register 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 SHI Host Receive Data Register (HRX) (FIFO) 10 words deep Date: SHI Host Receive 23 Data Register (HRX) X:$FFFF94 Read Only Reset = $xxxxxx Programmer: Figure D-13 SHI Transmit and Receive Data Registers DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual Host Transmit Data Register Programmer's Reference D-28 SHI Sheet 2 of 3 MOTOROLA Condition n.a. HRNE=1 & HROE=0 HROE=1 n.a. HRFF=1 & HROE=0 HROE=1 HM1 HM0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 Host Transmit Underrun Error Read Only Status Bit HFIFO Description 0 1 level FIFO 1 10 level HIDLE Description 0 Bus busy 1 Stop event Host Transfer Data Empty Read Only Status Bit Host Receive FIFO Not Empty Read Only Status Bit HCKFR 0 1 0 1 Slave mode Master mode HEN Description 0 SHI disabled 1 SHI enabled Host Receive Overrun Error Read Only Status Bit HBER I2C SPI Mode 0 No error No error 1 No acknowledge SS asserted I2C Stop event SHI detects Start D-29 * = Reserved, write as 0 * 21 20 19 18 *0 17 HRNE 16 *0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 HTDE HTUEHRIE1HRIE0 HTIE HBIE HIDLE HRQE1 HRQE0 HMSTHFIF0HCKFR HM1 HM0 HI2C HEN Sheet 3 of 3 *0 22 HBUSY HBER HROE HRFF Programmer's Reference SPI Mode Not Busy SS detected (Slave) -ORHTX/IOSR not empty (master) 23 SHI Control/Status Register (HCSR) X:$FFFF91 Reset = $008200 HI2C Result 0 SPI mode 1 I2C mode HTIE Description 0 Transmit Interrupt disabled 1 Transmit Interrupt activated Date: HBUSY 0 1 Description I2C Slave Clock Freeze Disabled I2C Slave Clock Freeze Enabled HMST Result HBIE Description 0 Bus Error Interrupt disabled 1 Bus Error Interrupt enabled Host Receive FIFO Full Read Only Status Bit Description 8 bit data 16 bit data 24 bit data Reserved Programmer: Figure D-14 SHI Host Control/Status Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual HRIE1 HRIE0 Interrupt disabled 0 0 1 Receive FIFO not empty 0 Receive Overrun Error 0 1 reserved 1 Receive FIFO full 1 Receive Overrun Error HRQE1 HRQE0 HREQ Pin Operation 0 0 High impedance 0 1 Asserted if IOSR ready to receive new word 1 0 Asserted if IOSR ready to transmit new word 1 1 I2C: Asserted if IOSR ready to transmit or receive SPI: Asserted if OISR ready to transmit and receive Application: MOTOROLA SHI HCKT is input 0 TFSD Description FST is input FST is output TFP [3:0] TCKD Description 0 1 External clock source used Sets divide rate for transmission high frequency clock Range $0 - $F (1 -16). See 8.3.1.4 Internal clock source THCKP Description 0 Transmitter High Frequency Clock Polarity set to clockout on rising edge of transmit clock, latch in on falling edge 1 Transmitter High Frequency Clock Polarity set to clockout on falling edge of transmit clock, latch in on rising edge TFSP 0 1 TDC [4:0] Description TPSR 0 1 Frame sync polarity negative 1 MOTOROLA 22 21 TCKD Description Divide by 8 prescaler operational Divide by 8 prescaler bypassed Description TPM [7:0] Transmitter Clock Polarity set to clockout on rising edge of transmit clock, latch in on falling edge of transmit clock. Transmitter Clock Polarity set to clockout on falling edge of transmit clock, latch in on rising edge of transmit clock 0 TFSD Description Divider control. Range $00 - $FF (1 - 32) See 8.3.1.3 Frame sync polarity positive TCKP 23 Description 20 19 18 17 THCKP TFSP TCKP TFP3 16 15 TFP2 TFP1 Description Specifies the prescaler divide rate is for the transmitter clock generator Range from $00 - $FF (1 - 256). See 8.3.1.1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 TFP0 TDC4 TDC3 TDC2 TDC1 TDC0 TPSR 7 6 TPM7 TPM6 5 4 3 2 TPM5 TPM4 TPM3 TPM2 1 0 TPM1 TPM0 AA1777 Date: Programmer: Figure D-15 ESAI Transmit Clock Control Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 0 1 THCKD ESAI HCKT is output 1 Programmer's Reference TCCR - ESAI Transmit Clock Control Register X: $FFFFB6 Reset: $000000 Description Application: D-30 THCKD 0 1 Transmit Last Slot Interrupt disabled TFSL Description 0 1 Transmit Interrupt disabled Transmit Interrupt enabled 0 1 Transmit Even Slot Data Interrupt enabled 0 1 Transmit Exception Interrupt disabled 0 Network Mode Normal mode Transmit Exception Interrupt enabled 0 1 Network mode 1 0 Reserved 1 1 AC97 Transmitter Normal Operation Description TWA Transmitter Personal Reset 0 1 Description Data left aligned Data right aligned Zero Padding disabled 0 1 Zero Padding enabled 1 20 19 18 TEDIE TEIE TPR * 0 17 16 15 14 13 12 Description 0 1 Data shifted out MSB first Data shifted out LSB first Description TE [0:5] 11 10 9 8 7 0 Transmitter disabled 1 Transmitter enabled 6 PADC TFSR TFSL TSWS4 TSWS3 TSWS2 TSWS1 TSWS0 TMOD1 TMOD0 TWA TSHFD 5 4 3 2 1 0 TE5 TE4 TE3 TE2 TE1 TE0 D-31 Programmer's Reference Word-length frame sync synchronous to beginning of data word first slot Word-length frame sync 1 clock before beginning of data word first slot 0 TSHFD Date: Description TFSR 21 TMOD1 TMOD0 Description PADC 22 Description 0 0 1 TIE 1-bit clock period frame sync Defines slot and data word length See 8.3.2.10 and table 8-5 Description TPR 23 Word length frame sync TSWS [0:4] Description Transmit Even Slot Data Interrupt disabled TEIE Description Programmer: Figure D-16 ESAI Transmit Control Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TEDIE TLIE ESAI Transmit Last Slot Interrupt enabled TIE 0 1 TCR - ESAI Transmit Control Register X: $FFFFB5 Reset: $000000 Description Application: MOTOROLA TLIE Description RFSD FSR is input FSR is output Description RCKD RFP [3:0] 0 External clock source used 1 Internal clock source RHCKP Description 1 RFSP 0 1 Description 1 RFSD RCKD 20 RHCKP 0 1 19 RFSP Description Divide by 8 prescaler operational Divide by 8 prescaler bypassed Description RPM [7:0] Clockout on rising edge of receive clock, latch in on falling edge of receive clock Clockout on falling edge of receive clock, latch in on rising edge of receive clock 18 RCKP 17 16 15 RFP3 RFP2 RFP1 14 RFP0 13 RDC4 12 RDC3 Description Specifies prescaler ratio for the receive clock generator Range from $00 - $FF (1 - 256). See 8.3.3.1 11 RDC2 10 9 RDC1 RDC0 8 RPSR 7 6 5 4 3 2 RPM7 RPM6 RPM5 RPM4 RPM3 RPM2 1 0 RPM1 RPM0 Date: MOTOROLA RHCKD 21 RPSR Frame sync polarity negative 0 Description Controls frame rate dividers Range 00000 - 11111 (1-32) See 8.3.3.2 Frame sync polarity positive RCKP 22 RDC [4:0] Clockout on rising edge of receive clock, latch in on falling edge of receive clock Clockout on falling edge of receive clock, latch in on rising edge of receive clock 0 Description Sets divide rate for receiver high frequency clock Range $0 - $F (1 -16). See 8.3.3.4 Programmer: Figure D-17 ESAI Receive Clock Control Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 0 1 23 ESAI HCKR is output Programmer's Reference HCKR is input 0 1 Application: D-32 RCCR - ESAI Receive Clock Control Register X: $FFFFB8 Reset: $000000 Description RHCKD RCR - ESAI Receive Control Register X: $FFFFB7 Reset: $000000 Description 0 Receive Last Slot Interrupt disabled 1 Receive Last Slot interrupt enabled RIE RFSL Description Receive Interrupt disabled 1 Receive interrupt enabled REDIE Description 0 Word length frame sync 1 1-bit clock period frame sync RSWS [0:4] Description 0 Receive Even Slot Data Interrupt disabled 1 Receive Even Slot Data Interrupt enabled REIE Description Defines slot and data word length See 8.3.4.9 and table 8-8 RMOD1 RMOD0 Description 0 Receive Exception Interrupt disabled 1 Receive Exception Interrupt enabled Network Mode 0 0 Normal mode 0 1 Network mode 1 0 Reserved 1 1 AC97 RWA RPR 21 20 19 Receiver Normal Operation 1 Receiver Personal Reset 18 0 Data left aligned 1 Data right aligned RSHFD Description Data shifted in MSB first Data shifted in LSB first RFSR Description 0 0 Word-length frame sync synchronous to beginning of data word first slot 1 1 Word-length frame sync 1 clock before beginning of data word first slot 17 16 RLIE RIE REDIE REIE RPR Rsvd Rsvd RFSR 15 14 RFSL RSWS4 13 12 RSWS3 RSWS2 11 RE [0:3] 10 9 8 7 6 RSWS1 RSWS0 RMOD1 RMOD0 RWA RSHFD Description 0 Receiver disabled 1 Receiver enabled 5 4 3 2 1 0 Rsvd Rsvd RE3 RE2 RE1 RE0 D-33 Programmer's Reference 22 0 Description Date: 23 Description Programmer: Figure D-18 ESAI Receive Control Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 0 ESAI Application: MOTOROLA RLIE Application: ALC ESAI Description Figure D-19 ESAI Common Control Register Data left aligned to bit 23 Data left aligned to bit 15 TEBE Description Controls FSR pin. See 8.3.5.6 and table 8-9 SYN 0 1 Description Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode Description Reserved OF(2:0) Description Description 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 MOTOROLA 8 7 6 ALC TEBE SYN 5 4 3 2 1 0 OF2 OF1 OF0 Date: Holds data to send to OFn pin. See 8.3.5.1 to .3 Reserved Programmer: DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 0 1 Programmer's Reference D-34 SAICR - ESAI Common Control Register X: $FFFFB4 Reset: $000000 Description 0 Receive odd-data register empty 1 Receive odd-data register full Description REDF 0 1 Description ESAI Receive even-data register empty Receive even-data register full Reserved Description RDF 0 Receive data register empty 0 Transmit Frame sync did not occur during word transmission 1 Receive data register full 1 Transmit frame sync occurred during word transmission TUE 0 No receiver overrun error 1 Receiver overrun error Description 0 1 No transmit underrun error Transmit underrun error TDE RFS Transmit data registers not empty Receive frame sync did not occur during word reception Receive frame sync did occur during word reception 1 Transmit data registers empty Description TEDE Description 0 1 Transmit even-data registers not empty Reserved Transmit even-data registers empty IF [0:2] Description TODE Description 0 Transmit odd-data register not empty 1 Transmit odd-data register empty 2 Description Reserved 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 TODE 16 15 14 13 TEDE TDE TUE TFS 12 11 10 9 RODF REDF 8 7 6 RDF ROE RFS 5 4 3 2 1 0 IF2 IF1 IF0 D-35 Programmer's Reference Holds data sent from SCKR pin. See 8.3.6.1 Holds data sent from FSR pin. See 8.3.6.2 Holds data sent from HCKR pin. See 8.3.6.3 Programmer: 1 Description 0 Description 0 1 0 Description ROE Date: Figure D-20 ESAI Status Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual Description TFS Application: MOTOROLA RODF SAISR - ESAI Status Register X: $FFFFB3 Reset $000000 EMUXR - ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register Y: $FFFFAF Reset: $000000 Application: ESAI_1 EMUXR ESAI/ESAI_1 Pin Selection EMUX0 EMUX1 EMUX1 EMUX2 EMUX2 EMUX3 EMUX3 Description Reserved 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 ESAI_1 pin 0 SDO0 [PC11] disconnected 1 disconnected SDO0_1 [PE11] 0 SDO1[PC10] disconnected 1 disconnected SDO1_1 [PE10] 0 SDO2/SDI3 [PC9] disconnected 1 disconnected SDO2_1/SDI3_1 [PE9] 0 SDO3/SDI2 [PC8] disconnected 1 disconnected SDO3_1/SDI2_1 [PE8] Programmer: 23 Intentionally Left Blank EMUX0 ESAI pin 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EMUX3 EMUX2 EMUX1 EMUX0 Date: Figure D-21 ESAI_1 Multiplex Control Register EMUXR bit Reserved 0 TFSD Description FST_1 is input FST_1 is output TFP [3:0] TCKD Description 0 External clock source used 1 Internal clock source THCKP Divider control. Range $0 - $F (1 -16). Description 0 Keep cleared for proper operation 1 Reserved 0 1 TPSR 0 1 Frame sync polarity negative 1 TCKD Divide by 8 prescaler operational Divide by 8 prescaler bypassed TPM [7:0] 20 THCKP 19 TFSP 18 TCKP 17 TFP3 16 15 TFP2 TFP1 14 TFP0 13 TDC4 12 TDC3 11 TDC2 10 TDC1 Description Specifies the prescaler divide rate is for the transmitter clock generator Range from $00 - $FF (1 - 256). 9 TDC0 8 TPSR 7 6 TPM7 TPM6 5 TPM5 4 TPM4 3 TPM3 2 TPM2 1 0 TPM1 TPM0 D-37 AA1777 Programmer's Reference 21 Description Description Transmitter Clock Polarity set to clockout on rising edge of transmit clock, latch in on falling edge of transmit clock. Transmitter Clock Polarity set to clockout on falling edge of transmit clock, latch in on rising edge of transmit clock 0 TFSD Description Description Frame sync polarity positive TCKP THCKD TDC [4:0] Divider control. Range $00 - $FF (1 - 32) TFSP 22 Description Date: Programmer: Figure D-22 ESAI_1 Transmit Clock Control Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 0 1 23 ESAI_1 Must be set for proper operation 1 Application: MOTOROLA TCCR_1 - ESAI_1 Transmit Clock Control Register Y: $FFFF96 Reset: $000000 Description THCKD TFSL Description TIE 0 1 0 1 Transmit Interrupt disabled Transmit Interrupt enabled 0 1 Transmit Even Slot Data Interrupt enabled 0 1 Transmit Exception Interrupt disabled 0 0 Network Mode Normal mode Transmit Exception Interrupt enabled 0 1 Network mode 1 0 Reserved 1 1 AC97 Transmitter Normal Operation 0 1 Description Data left aligned Data right aligned Zero Padding disabled 0 1 Zero Padding enabled Word-length frame sync synchronous to beginning of data word first slot Word-length frame sync 1 clock before beginning of data word first slot 0 1 MOTOROLA 20 19 18 TEDIE TEIE TPR * 0 17 16 15 14 13 12 TSHFD Description 0 1 Data shifted out MSB first Data shifted out LSB first TE [0:5] 11 10 9 8 7 Description 0 Transmitter disabled 1 Transmitter enabled 6 PADC TFSR TFSL TSWS4 TSWS3 TSWS2 TSWS1 TSWS0 TMOD1 TMOD0 TWA TSHFD 5 4 3 2 1 0 TE5 TE4 TE3 TE2 TE1 TE0 Date: Description TFSR 21 Description TWA Transmitter Personal Reset PADC 22 TMOD1 TMOD0 Description 0 1 TIE Description Defines slot and data word length Description TPR 23 1-bit clock period frame sync TSWS [0:4] Description Transmit Even Slot Data Interrupt disabled TEIE Description Word length frame sync Programmer: Figure D-23 ESAI_1 Transmit Control Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TEDIE TLIE ESAI_1 Transmit Last Slot Interrupt enabled Application: 0 1 TCR_1 - ESAI_1 Transmit Control Register Y: $FFFF95 Reset: $000000 Description Transmit Last Slot Interrupt disabled Programmer's Reference D-38 TLIE Reserved 0 1 ESAI_1 Must be set for proper operation Description RFSD FSR_1 is input FSR_1 is output Description RCKD RFP [3:0] 0 External clock source used 1 Internal clock source RHCKP Sets divide rate Range $0 - $F (1 -16). Description 0 Keep cleared for proper operation 1 Reserved 0 1 Description 1 Divide by 8 prescaler operational Divide by 8 prescaler bypassed Description RPM [7:0] Clockout on rising edge of receive clock, latch in on falling edge of receive clock Clockout on falling edge of receive clock, latch in on rising edge of receive clock 20 19 18 RHCKP RFSP RCKP 17 16 15 RFP3 RFP2 RFP1 Description Specifies prescaler ratio for the receive clock generator Range from $00 - $FF (1 - 256). 14 13 12 11 RFP0 RDC4 RDC3 RDC2 10 9 RDC1 RDC0 8 RPSR 7 6 5 4 3 2 RPM7 RPM6 RPM5 RPM4 RPM3 RPM2 1 0 RPM1 RPM0 D-39 Programmer's Reference 21 Description Date: 22 0 1 Frame sync polarity negative 0 Description RPSR Frame sync polarity positive RCKP RFSD RCKD RDC [4:0] Controls frame rate dividers Range 00000 - 11111 (1-32) RFSP 23 Description Programmer: Figure D-24 ESAI_1 Receive Clock Control Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 0 1 RHCKD Application: MOTOROLA RCCR_1 - ESAI_1 Receive Clock Control Register Y: $FFFF98 Reset: $000000 Description RHCKD RCR_1 - ESAI_1 Receive Control Register Y: $FFFF97 Reset: $000000 Description Receive Last Slot Interrupt disabled 1 Receive Last Slot interrupt enabled RIE RFSL Description Receive Interrupt disabled 1 Receive interrupt enabled Figure D-25 ESAI_1 Receive Control Register Description 0 Word length frame sync 1 1-bit clock period frame sync RSWS [0:4] Description Defines slot and data word length REDIE Description 0 Receive Even Slot Data Interrupt disabled 1 Receive Even Slot Data Interrupt enabled REIE RMOD1 RMOD0 Description 0 Receive Exception Interrupt disabled 1 Receive Exception Interrupt enabled Network Mode 0 0 Normal mode 0 1 Network mode 1 0 Reserved 1 1 AC97 RWA RPR 22 21 20 19 0 Receiver Normal Operation 1 Receiver Personal Reset 18 Description 0 Data left aligned 1 Data right aligned RSHFD Description Data shifted in MSB first Data shifted in LSB first RFSR Description 0 0 Word-length frame sync synchronous to beginning of data word first slot 1 1 Word-length frame sync 1 clock before beginning of data word first slot 17 16 MOTOROLA RLIE RIE REDIE REIE RPR Rsvd Rsvd RFSR 15 14 RFSL RSWS4 13 12 RSWS3 RSWS2 11 RE [0:3] 10 9 8 7 6 RSWS1 RSWS0 RMOD1 RMOD0 RWA RSHFD Description 0 Receiver disabled 1 Receiver enabled 5 4 3 2 1 0 Rsvd Rsvd RE3 RE2 RE1 RE0 Date: 23 Description Programmer: DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 0 ESAI_1 Application: 0 Programmer's Reference D-40 RLIE ALC Application: MOTOROLA SAICR_1 - ESAI_1 Common Control Register Y: $FFFF94 Reset: $000000 ESAI_1 Description Figure D-26 ESAI_1 Common Control Register Data left aligned to bit 23 Data left aligned to bit 15 TEBE Description Controls FSR_1 pin. SYN 0 1 Description Asynchronous mode Synchronous mode Description Reserved OF(2:0) Description Description Holds data to send to OFn pin. Reserved 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 ALC 7 TEBE 6 SYN 5 4 3 2 1 0 OF2 OF1 OF0 D-41 Programmer's Reference 23 Date: Programmer: DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual 0 1 Description 0 Receive odd-data register empty 1 Receive odd-data register full 0 Receive even-data register empty 1 Receive even-data register full Reserved 0 Transmit Frame sync did not occur during word transmission 1 Transmit frame sync occurred during word transmission Receive data register empty Receive data register full 0 No transmit underrun error 1 Transmit underrun error Description ROE 0 No receiver overrun error 1 Receiver overrun error Description TDE RFS Description Receive frame sync did not occur during word reception Receive frame sync did occur during word reception 0 Description 0 Transmit data registers not empty 1 Transmit data registers empty 1 Description TEDE Description 0 Transmit even-data registers not empty 1 Transmit even-data registers empty Reserved IF [0:2] Description TODE Transmit odd-data register not empty Transmit odd-data register empty Description Description 0 Holds data sent from SCKR_1 pin. 1 Holds data sent from FSR_1 pin. 2 Holds data sent from HCKR_1 pin. Reserved MOTOROLA 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 TODE 16 15 14 13 TEDE TDE TUE TFS 12 11 10 9 RODF REDF 8 7 6 RDF ROE RFS 5 4 3 2 1 0 IF2 IF1 IF0 Programmer: 0 1 0 1 Description TUE Description RDF Date: Figure D-27 ESAI_1 Status Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual TFS Description REDF Description Application: RODF Programmer's Reference D-42 ESAI_1 SAISR_1 - ESAI_1 Status Register Y: $FFFF93 Reset $000000 Application: MOTOROLA Channel A Validity (XVA) Channel A User Data (XUA) Channel B Validity (XVB) Channel B User Data (XUB) 4 3 2 1 0 * 0 * *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 0 *0 *0 *0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 XCB XUB XVB XCA XUA XVA 8 7 6 5 Sheet 1 of 2 D-43 Programmer's Reference Date: DAX Non-Audio Data Register (XNADR) X:$FFFFD1 Reset = $00XX00 Programmer: Figure D-28 DAX Non-Audio Data Register DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual DAX XCS1 XCS0 DAX Clock Source 0 0 DSP Core Clock (f = 1024 x fs) 0 1 ACI Pin, f = 256 x fs 1 0 ACI Pin, f = 384 x fs 1 1 ACI Pin, f = 512 x fs 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 DAX Control Register (XCTR) X:$FFFFD0 Reset = $000000 8 7 6 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 XBLK DAX Block transfer 0 not last frame 1 191st frame transmission 5 4 3 2 1 0 XSB XCS1 XCS0 XBIE XUIE XDIE XADE DAX Audio Data Empty 0 Register(s) full 1 Register(s) empty XAUR DAX Underrun error 0 No error 1 Underrun error 8 7 6 5 4 3 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 MOTOROLA * = Reserved; write as 0 2 1 0 XBLK XAURXADE Date: 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 DAX Status Register (XSTR) X:$FFFFD4 Reset = $000000 Programmer: Figure D-29 DAX Control and Status Registers DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual XSB DAX Start Block 0 Disabled 1 Force Block Start XDIE Aud. Dat. Reg. Emp. Int. En. 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Programmer's Reference XUIE DAX Underrun Int. Enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Application: D-44 XBIE DAX Block Trans. Int. Enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled DAX Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 1 of 3 TEC PS (1:0) 00 01 10 11 Prescaler Clock Source Internal CLK/2 TIO0 Reserved Reserved 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 *0 PS1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PS0 Prescaler Preload Value (PL [0:20]) * = Reserved, Program as 0 Timer Prescaler Load Register TPLR:$FFFF83 Read/Write Reset = $000000 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 *0 *0 *0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Current Value of Prescaler Counter (PC [0:20]) Timer Prescaler Count Register TPCR:$FFFF82 Read Only Reset = $000000 *= Reserved, Program as 0 Figure D-30 Timer Prescaler Load and Prescaler Count Registers (TPLR, TPCR) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-45 Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 2 of 3 Inverter Bit 8 0 = 0- to-1 transitions on TIO input increment the counter, or high pulse width measured, or high pulse output on TIO TEC 1 = 1-to-0 transitions on TIO input increment the counter, or low pulse width measured, or low pulse output on TIO Timer Reload Mode Bit 9 0 = Timer operates as a free running counter TC (3:0) 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 1 = Timer is reloaded when selected condition occurs Direction Bit 11 0 = TIO pin is input 1 = TIO pin is output Data Input Bit 12 0 = Zero read on TIO pin 1 = One read on TIO pin Data Output Bit 13 0 = Zero written to TIO pin 1 = One written to TIO pin Timer Control Bits 4 - 7 (TC0 - TC3) TIO Clock Mode GPIO Internal Timer Output Internal Timer Pulse Output Internal Timer Toggle Input External Event Counter Input Internal Input Width Input Internal Input Period Input Internal Capture Output Internal Pulse Width Modulation - - Reserved Output Internal Watchdog Pulse Output Internal Watchdog Toggle - - Reserved - - Reserved - - Reserved - - Reserved - - Reserved Timer Enable Bit 0 0 = Timer Disabled 1 = Timer Enabled Prescaled Clock Enable Bit 15 0 = Clock source is CLK/2 or TIO 1 = Clock source is prescaler output Timer Overflow Interrupt Enable Bit 1 0 = Overflow Interrupts Disabled 1 = Overflow Interrupts Enabled Timer Compare Flag Bit 21 0 = "1" has been written to TCSR(TCF), or timer compare interrupt serviced Timer Compare Interrupt Enable Bit 2 0 = Compare Interrupts Disabled 1 = Compare Interrupts Enabled 1 = Timer Compare has occurred Timer Overflow Flag Bit 20 0 = "1" has been written to TCSR(TOF), or timer Overflow interrupt serviced 1 = Counter wraparound has occurred 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 *0 *0 TCF TOF *0 *0 *0 *0 Timer Control/Status Register TCSR0:$FFFF8F Read/Write TCSR1:$FFFF8B Read/Write TCSR2:$FFFF87 Read/Write Reset = $000000 PCE *0 DO DI DIR *0 8 TRM INV 7 6 5 4 3 TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0 *0 2 1 TCIE TOIE 0 TE * = Reserved, Program as 0 Note that for Timers 1 and 2, TC (3:0) = 0000 is the only valid combination. All other combinations are reserved. Figure D-31 Timer Control/Status Register D-46 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 3 of 3 TEC 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Timer Reload Value Timer Load Register TLR0:$FFFF8E Write Only TLR1:$FFFF8A Write Only TLR2:$FFFF86 Write Only Reset = $XXXXXX 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Value Compared to Counter Value Timer Compare Register TCPR0:$FFFF8D Read/Write TCPR1:$FFFF89 Read/Write TCPR2:$FFFF85 Read/Write Reset = $XXXXXX 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Timer Count Value Timer Count Register TCR0:$FFFF8C Read Only TCR1:$FFFF88 Read Only TCR2:$FFFF84 Read Only Reset = $000000 Figure D-32 Timer Load, Compare and Count Registers MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-47 Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 1 of 4 GPIO Host Data Direction Register (HDDR) Port B (HDI08) 15 DR15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DR14 DR13 DR12 DR11 DR10 DR9 DR8 DR7 DR6 DR5 DR4 DR3 DR2 DR1 DR0 X:$FFFFC8 Read/Write Reset = $0 DRx = 1 PBx is Output Host Data Register (HDR) DRx = 0 PBx is Input 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 X:$FFFFC9 Read/Write Reset = Undefined Dx holds value of corresponding HDI08 GPIO pin. Function depends on HDDR. See the HDI08 HPCR Register (Figure D-8) for additional Port B GPIO control bits. Figure D-33 GPIO Port B D-48 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 2 of 4 GPIO Port C (ESAI) Port C Control Register (PCRC) X:$FFFFBF Read/Write Reset = $0 3 23 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 *0 PC11 PC10 PC9 PC8 PC7 PC6 PC5 PC4 2 1 0 PC3 PC2 PC1 PC0 * = Reserved, Program as 0 23 Port C Direction Register (PRRC) X:$FFFFBE Read/Write Reset = $0 *0 11 10 9 PDC11 PDC10 PDC9 8 7 6 5 PDC8 PDC7 PDC6 PDC5 4 3 2 1 0 PDC4 PDC3 PDC2 PDC1 PDC0 * = Reserved, Program as 0 PCn = 0 & PDCn = 0 -> Port pin PCn disconnected PCn = 1 & PDCn = 0 -> Port pin PCn configured as input PCn = 0 & PDCn = 1 -> Port pin PCn configured as output PCn = 1 & PDCn = 1 -> Port pin configured as ESAI Port C GPIO Data Register (PDRC) X:$FFFFBD Read/Write Reset = undefined 23 11 10 9 8 *0 PD11 PD10 PD9 PD8 7 6 PD7 PD6 5 4 3 PD5 PD4 PD3 2 1 PD2 PD1 0 PD0 * = Reserved, Program as 0 If port pin n is GPIO input, then PDn reflects the value on port pin n if port pin n is GPIO output, then value written to PDn is reflected on port pin n Figure D-34 GPIO Port C MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-49 Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 3 of 4 GPIO Port D (DAX) 23 Port D Control Register (PCRD) X:$FFFFD7 Read/Write Reset = $0 6 5 4 3 2 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 1 0 PC1 PC0 * = Reserved, Program as 0 Port D Direction Register (PRRD) X:$FFFFD6 Read/Write Reset = $0 23 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PDC1PDC0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 * = Reserved, Program as 0 PCn = 0 & PDCn = 0 -> Port pin PDn disconnected PCn = 1 & PDCn = 0 -> Port pin PDn configured as input PCn = 0 & PDCn = 1 -> Port pin PDn configured as output PCn = 1 & PDCn = 1 -> Port pin configured as DAX 23 Port D GPIO Data Register (PDRD) X:$FFFFD5 Read/Write Reset = $0 6 5 4 3 2 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 *0 1 0 PD1 PD0 * = Reserved, Program as 0 If port pin n is GPIO input, then PDn reflects the value on port pin n if port pin n is GPIO output, then value written to PDn is reflected on port pin n Figure D-35 GPIO Port D D-50 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Programmer's Reference Date: Application: Programmer: Sheet 4 of 4 GPIO Port E (ESAI_1) Port E Control Register (PCRE) Y:$FFFF9F Read/Write Reset = $0 23 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 *0 PC11 PC10 PC9 PC8 PC7 PC6 *0 PC4 3 PC3 2 1 *0 PC1 0 PC0 * = Reserved, Program as 0 Port E Direction Register (PRRE) Y:$FFFF9E Read/Write Reset = $0 23 11 *0 PDC11 10 PDC10 9 8 PDC9 PDC8 7 6 5 PDC7 PDC6 *0 4 3 PDC4 PDC3 2 1 *0 0 PDC1 PDC0 * = Reserved, Program as 0 PCn = 0 & PDCn = 0 -> Port pin PEn disconnected PCn = 1 & PDCn = 0 -> Port pin PEn configured as input PCn = 0 & PDCn = 1 -> Port pin PEn configured as output PCn = 1 & PDCn = 1 -> Port pin configured as ESAI_1 23 Port E GPIO Data Register (PDRE) Y:$FFFF9D Read/Write Reset = undefined *0 11 10 9 PD11 PD10 PD9 8 PD8 7 6 PD7 PD6 5 *0 4 PD4 3 PD3 2 *0 1 0 PD0 PD1 * = Reserved, Program as 0 If port pin n is GPIO input, then PDn reflects the value on port pin n if port pin n is GPIO output, then value written to PDn is reflected on port pin n Figure D-36 GPIO Port E MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual D-51 Intentionally Left Blank APPENDIX E POWER CONSUMPTION BENCHMARK MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual E-1 Power Consumption Benchmark The following benchmark program permits evaluation of DSP power usage in a test situation. It enables the PLL, disables the external clock, and uses repeated multiply-accumulate instructions with a set of synthetic DSP application data to emulate intensive sustained DSP operation. ;********************************************************************;******************* ************************************************* ;* ;* CHECKS Typical Power Consumption ;******************************************************************** page 200,55,0,0,0 nolist I_VEC EQU START EQU INT_PROG INT_XDAT INT_YDAT $000000 $8000 EQU $100 EQU $0 EQU $0 ; ; ; ; ; Interrupt vectors for program debug only MAIN (external) program starting address INTERNAL program memory starting address INTERNAL X-data memory starting address INTERNAL Y-data memory starting address INCLUDE "ioequ.asm" INCLUDE "intequ.asm" list org P:START ; movep #$0123FF,x:M_BCR; BCR: Area 3 : 1 w.s (SRAM) ; Default: 1 w.s (SRAM) ; movep #$0d0000,x:M_PCTL ; XTAL disable ; PLL enable ; CLKOUT disable ; ; Load the program ; move #INT_PROG,r0 move #PROG_START,r1 do #(PROG_END-PROG_START),PLOAD_LOOP move p:(r1)+,x0 move x0,p:(r0)+ nop PLOAD_LOOP ; ; Load the X-data ; move #INT_XDAT,r0 move #XDAT_START,r1 do #(XDAT_END-XDAT_START),XLOAD_LOOP move p:(r1)+,x0 move x0,x:(r0)+ XLOAD_LOOP ; E-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Power Consumption Benchmark ; Load the Y-data ; move move do move move YLOAD_LOOP ; #INT_YDAT,r0 #YDAT_START,r1 #(YDAT_END-YDAT_START),YLOAD_LOOP p:(r1)+,x0 x0,y:(r0)+ jmp INT_PROG move move move move #$0,r0 #$0,r4 #$3f,m0 #$3f,m4 clr clr move move move move bset a b #$0,x0 #$0,x1 #$0,y0 #$0,y1 #4,omr dor mac mac add mac mac move #60,_end x0,y0,a x1,y1,a a,b x0,y0,a x1,y1,a b1,x:$ff bra nop nop nop nop sbr PROG_START ; ; sbr ; ebd x:(r0)+,x1 x:(r0)+,x0 y:(r4)+,y1 y:(r4)+,y0 x:(r0)+,x1 y:(r4)+,y0 _end PROG_END nop nop XDAT_START ; org dc dc dc dc dc dc dc MOTOROLA x:0 $262EB9 $86F2FE $E56A5F $616CAC $8FFD75 $9210A $A06D7B DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual E-3 Power Consumption Benchmark dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc E-4 $CEA798 $8DFBF1 $A063D6 $6C6657 $C2A544 $A3662D $A4E762 $84F0F3 $E6F1B0 $B3829 $8BF7AE $63A94F $EF78DC $242DE5 $A3E0BA $EBAB6B $8726C8 $CA361 $2F6E86 $A57347 $4BE774 $8F349D $A1ED12 $4BFCE3 $EA26E0 $CD7D99 $4BA85E $27A43F $A8B10C $D3A55 $25EC6A $2A255B $A5F1F8 $2426D1 $AE6536 $CBBC37 $6235A4 $37F0D $63BEC2 $A5E4D3 $8CE810 $3FF09 $60E50E $CFFB2F $40753C $8262C5 $CA641A $EB3B4B $2DA928 $AB6641 $28A7E6 $4E2127 $482FD4 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Power Consumption Benchmark dc dc dc dc $7257D $E53C72 $1A8C3 $E27540 XDAT_END YDAT_START ; org dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc MOTOROLA y:0 $5B6DA $C3F70B $6A39E8 $81E801 $C666A6 $46F8E7 $AAEC94 $24233D $802732 $2E3C83 $A43E00 $C2B639 $85A47E $ABFDDF $F3A2C $2D7CF5 $E16A8A $ECB8FB $4BED18 $43F371 $83A556 $E1E9D7 $ACA2C4 $8135AD $2CE0E2 $8F2C73 $432730 $A87FA9 $4A292E $A63CCF $6BA65C $E06D65 $1AA3A $A1B6EB $48AC48 $EF7AE1 $6E3006 $62F6C7 $6064F4 $87E41D $CB2692 $2C3863 $C6BC60 $43A519 $6139DE DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual E-5 Power Consumption Benchmark dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc dc $ADF7BF $4B3E8C $6079D5 $E0F5EA $8230DB $A3B778 $2BFE51 $E0A6B6 $68FFB7 $28F324 $8F2E8D $667842 $83E053 $A1FD90 $6B2689 $85B68E $622EAF $6162BC $E4A245 YDAT_END E-6 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA APPENDIX F IBIS MODEL MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-1 IBIS Model [IBIS ver] 2.1 [File name] 56367.ibs [File Rev] 0.0 [Date] 29/6/2000 [Component] 56367 [Manufacturer] Motorola [Package] |variable typ R_pkg 45m L_pkg 2.5nH C_pkg 1.3pF min 22m 1.1nH 1.2pF max 75m 4.3nH 1.4pF [Pin]signal_name model_name 1 sck ip5b_io 2 ss_ ip5b_io 3 hreq_ ip5b_io 4 sdo0 ip5b_io 5 sdo1 ip5b_io 6 sdoi23 ip5b_io 7 sdoi32 ip5b_io 8 svcc power 9 sgnd gnd 10 sdoi41 ip5b_io 11 sdoi50 ip5b_io 12 fst ip5b_io 13 fsr ip5b_io 14 sckt ip5b_io 15 sckr ip5b_io 16 hsckt ip5b_io 17 hsckr ip5b_io 18 qvccl power 19 gnd gnd 20 qvcch power 21 hp12 ip5b_io 22 hp11 ip5b_io 23 hp15 ip5b_io 24 hp14 ip5b_io 25 svcc power 26 sgnd gnd 27 ado ip5b_io 28 aci ip5b_io 29 tio ip5b_io 30 hp13 ip5b_io 31 hp10 ip5b_io 32 hp9 ip5b_io 33 hp8 ip5b_io 34 hp7 ip5b_io 35 hp6 ip5b_io 36 hp5 ip5b_io 37 hp4 ip5b_io 38 svcc power 39 sgnd gnd F-2 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 hp3 hp2 hp1 hp0 ires_ pvcc pcap pgnd sdo5 qvcch fst_1 aa2 cas_ sck_1 qgnd cxtldis_ qvccl cvcc cgnd fsr_1 sckr1 nmi_ ta_ br_ bb_ cvcc cgnd wr_ rd_ aa1 aa0 bg_ eab0 eab1 avcc agnd eab2 eab3 eab4 eab5 avcc agnd eab6 eab7 eab8 eab9 avcc agnd eab10 eab11 qgnd qvcc eab12 MOTOROLA ip5b_io ip5b_io ip5b_io ip5b_io ip5b_i power power gnd ipbw_io power ipbw_io icbc_o icbc_o ipbw_io gnd iexlh_i power power gnd ipbw_io ipbw_io ipbw_i icbc_o icbc_o icbc_o power gnd icbc_o icbc_o icbc_o icbc_o icbc_o icba_o icba_o power gnd icba_o icba_o icba_o icba_o power gnd icba_o icba_o icba_o icba_o power gnd icba_o icba_o gnd power icba_o DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-3 IBIS Model 93 eab13 94 eab14 95 qvcch 96 agnd 97 eab15 98 eab16 99 eab17 100 edb0 101 edb1 102 edb2 103 dvcc 104 dgnd 105 edb3 106 edb4 107 edb5 108 edb6 109 edb7 110 edb8 111 dvcc 112 dgnd 113 edb9 114 edb10 115 edb11 116 edb12 117 edb13 118 edb14 119 dvcc 120 dgnd 121 edb15 122 edb16 123 edb17 124 edb18 125 edb19 126 qvccl 127 qgnd 128 edb20 129 dvcc 130 dgnd 131 edb21 132 edb22 133 edb23 134 irqd_ 135 irqc_ 136 irqb_ 137 irqa_ 138 sdo4_1 139 tdo 140 tdi 141 tck 142 tms 143 mosi 144 sda | F-4 icba_o icba_o power gnd icba_o icba_o icba_o icba_io icba_io icba_io power gnd icba_io icba_io icba_io icba_io icba_io icba_io power gnd icba_io icba_io icba_io icba_io icba_io icba_io power gnd icba_io icba_io icba_io icba_io icba_io power gnd icba_io power gnd icba_io icba_io icba_io ip5b_i ip5b_i ip5b_i ip5b_i ip5b_io ip5b_o ip5b_i ip5b_i ip5b_i ip5b_io ip5b_io DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model [Model] ip5b_i Model_type Input Polarity Non-Inverting Vinl= 0.8000v Vinh= 2.000v C_comp 5.00pF 5.00pF 5.00pF | | [Voltage Range] 3.3v 3v 3.6v [GND_clamp] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 -5.21e+02 -3.65e+02 -5.18e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -3.30e+02 -4.67e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.94e+02 -4.16e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.59e+02 -3.65e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.23e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.52e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.17e+02 -1.61e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.25e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.83e+01 -6.88e+01 -7.58e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.43e+01 -4.52e+01 -4.17e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -2.15e+01 -7.67e+00 -9.00e-01 -9.69e-03 -1.18e+00 -7.81e-03 -7.00e-01 -2.83e-04 -5.70e-03 -8.42e-04 -5.00e-01 -1.35e-06 -4.53e-05 -1.00e-05 -3.00e-01 -1.31e-09 -3.74e-07 -8.58e-09 -1.00e-01 -2.92e-11 -3.00e-09 -3.64e-11 0.000e+00 -2.44e-11 -5.14e-10 -2.79e-11 | | [Model] ip5b_io Model_type I/O Polarity Non-Inverting Vinl= 0.8000v Vinh= 2.000v C_comp 5.00pF 5.00pF 5.00pF | | [Voltage Range] 3.3v 3v 3.6v [Pulldown] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 -5.21e+02 -3.65e+02 -5.18e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -3.30e+02 -4.67e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.94e+02 -4.16e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.59e+02 -3.65e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.23e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.52e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.17e+02 -1.61e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.25e+01 -1.10e+02 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-5 IBIS Model -1.50e+00 -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 -1.00e-01 1.000e-01 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 1.300e+00 1.500e+00 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 3.500e+00 3.700e+00 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 6.600e+00 | [Pullup] |voltage | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 F-6 -7.83e+01 -4.43e+01 -1.02e+01 -5.10e-02 -3.65e-02 -2.65e-02 -1.62e-02 -5.49e-03 5.377e-03 1.516e-02 2.370e-02 3.098e-02 3.700e-02 4.175e-02 4.531e-02 4.779e-02 4.935e-02 5.013e-02 5.046e-02 5.063e-02 5.075e-02 5.085e-02 5.090e-02 4.771e-02 4.525e-02 4.657e-02 4.904e-02 5.221e-02 5.524e-02 5.634e-02 5.751e-02 5.634e-02 5.648e-02 5.664e-02 5.679e-02 5.693e-02 5.707e-02 5.722e-02 5.741e-02 5.766e-02 5.801e-02 5.824e-02 I(typ) 2.922e-04 2.881e-04 2.853e-04 2.836e-04 2.825e-04 2.819e-04 2.815e-04 -6.88e+01 -4.52e+01 -2.15e+01 -1.18e+00 -2.25e-02 -1.38e-02 -8.35e-03 -2.80e-03 2.744e-03 7.871e-03 1.252e-02 1.667e-02 2.026e-02 2.324e-02 2.553e-02 2.709e-02 2.803e-02 2.851e-02 2.876e-02 2.892e-02 2.904e-02 2.912e-02 2.876e-02 2.994e-02 3.321e-02 3.570e-02 3.801e-02 4.029e-02 4.253e-02 4.463e-02 4.645e-02 4.786e-02 4.881e-02 4.912e-02 4.795e-02 4.679e-02 4.688e-02 4.700e-02 4.712e-02 4.723e-02 4.733e-02 4.737e-02 -7.58e+01 -4.17e+01 -7.69e+00 -5.63e-02 -4.28e-02 -3.12e-02 -1.91e-02 -6.52e-03 6.427e-03 1.823e-02 2.869e-02 3.776e-02 4.544e-02 5.171e-02 5.660e-02 6.023e-02 6.271e-02 6.419e-02 6.494e-02 6.525e-02 6.540e-02 6.549e-02 6.555e-02 6.561e-02 6.182e-02 6.049e-02 6.178e-02 6.450e-02 6.659e-02 6.867e-02 6.970e-02 6.938e-02 6.960e-02 6.983e-02 7.005e-02 7.026e-02 7.049e-02 7.074e-02 7.105e-02 7.147e-02 7.205e-02 7.242e-02 I(min) 2.177e-04 2.175e-04 2.173e-04 2.172e-04 2.171e-04 2.170e-04 2.169e-04 I(max) 4.123e-04 4.021e-04 3.946e-04 3.893e-04 3.857e-04 3.834e-04 3.820e-04 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model -1.90e+00 -1.70e+00 -1.50e+00 -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 -1.00e-01 1.000e-01 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 1.300e+00 1.500e+00 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 3.500e+00 3.700e+00 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 6.600e+00 | [GND_clamp] |voltage | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 MOTOROLA 2.813e-04 2.812e-04 2.811e-04 2.810e-04 2.809e-04 2.808e-04 2.997e-04 1.750e-02 1.048e-02 3.487e-03 -3.40e-03 -9.69e-03 -1.52e-02 -2.02e-02 -2.46e-02 -2.84e-02 -3.14e-02 -3.37e-02 -3.55e-02 -3.68e-02 -3.78e-02 -3.85e-02 -3.91e-02 -3.96e-02 -4.01e-02 -4.04e-02 -4.08e-02 -4.11e-02 -4.14e-02 -4.17e-02 -4.32e-02 -4.08e-01 -2.73e+01 -6.13e+01 -9.54e+01 -1.38e+02 -1.89e+02 -2.40e+02 -2.91e+02 -3.42e+02 -3.93e+02 -4.44e+02 -4.95e+02 -5.21e+02 I(typ) -5.21e+02 -4.69e+02 -4.18e+02 -3.67e+02 -3.16e+02 2.167e-04 2.520e-04 3.078e-02 2.684e-02 2.277e-02 1.864e-02 1.447e-02 1.031e-02 6.181e-03 2.084e-03 -2.03e-03 -5.71e-03 -8.99e-03 -1.19e-02 -1.43e-02 -1.62e-02 -1.77e-02 -1.88e-02 -1.95e-02 -2.00e-02 -2.04e-02 -2.07e-02 -2.10e-02 -2.12e-02 -2.15e-02 -2.17e-02 -2.18e-02 -2.20e-02 -2.78e-02 -1.20e+00 -2.15e+01 -4.52e+01 -6.89e+01 -9.25e+01 -1.17e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.23e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.94e+02 -3.30e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.01e+02 -4.18e+02 3.812e-04 3.808e-04 3.806e-04 3.804e-04 3.802e-04 3.801e-04 3.799e-04 3.797e-04 3.776e-04 4.568e-03 -4.22e-03 -1.24e-02 -1.95e-02 -2.61e-02 -3.21e-02 -3.73e-02 -4.18e-02 -4.55e-02 -4.85e-02 -5.09e-02 -5.27e-02 -5.41e-02 -5.51e-02 -5.60e-02 -5.67e-02 -5.74e-02 -5.79e-02 -5.84e-02 -5.89e-02 -5.94e-02 -5.98e-02 -6.10e-02 -6.84e-02 -7.73e+00 -4.18e+01 -7.59e+01 -1.11e+02 -1.61e+02 -2.12e+02 -2.63e+02 -3.14e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.16e+02 -4.41e+02 I(min) -3.65e+02 -3.30e+02 -2.94e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.23e+02 I(max) -5.18e+02 -4.67e+02 -4.16e+02 -3.65e+02 -3.14e+02 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-7 IBIS Model -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.52e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.17e+02 -1.61e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.25e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.83e+01 -6.88e+01 -7.58e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.43e+01 -4.52e+01 -4.17e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -2.15e+01 -7.67e+00 -9.00e-01 -9.69e-03 -1.18e+00 -7.81e-03 -7.00e-01 -2.83e-04 -5.70e-03 -8.42e-04 -5.00e-01 -1.35e-06 -4.53e-05 -1.00e-05 -3.00e-01 -1.31e-09 -3.74e-07 -8.58e-09 -1.00e-01 -2.92e-11 -3.00e-09 -3.64e-11 0.000e+00 -2.44e-11 -5.14e-10 -2.79e-11 | [Ramp] R_load = 50.00 |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | | dV/dt_r 1.030/0.465 0.605/0.676 1.320/0.366 | | dV/dt_f 1.290/0.671 0.829/0.122 1.520/0.431 | | [Model] ip5b_o Model_type 3-state Polarity Non-Inverting C_comp 5.00pF 5.00pF 5.00pF | | [Voltage Range] 3.3v 3v 3.6v [Pulldown] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 -5.21e+02 -3.65e+02 -5.18e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -3.30e+02 -4.67e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.94e+02 -4.16e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.59e+02 -3.65e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.23e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.52e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.17e+02 -1.61e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.25e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.83e+01 -6.88e+01 -7.58e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.43e+01 -4.52e+01 -4.17e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -2.15e+01 -7.69e+00 -9.00e-01 -5.10e-02 -1.18e+00 -5.63e-02 -7.00e-01 -3.65e-02 -2.25e-02 -4.28e-02 -5.00e-01 -2.65e-02 -1.38e-02 -3.12e-02 -3.00e-01 -1.62e-02 -8.35e-03 -1.91e-02 -1.00e-01 -5.49e-03 -2.80e-03 -6.52e-03 1.000e-01 5.377e-03 2.744e-03 6.427e-03 F-8 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 1.300e+00 1.500e+00 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 3.500e+00 3.700e+00 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 6.600e+00 | [Pullup] |voltage | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 -1.90e+00 -1.70e+00 -1.50e+00 -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 MOTOROLA 1.516e-02 2.370e-02 3.098e-02 3.700e-02 4.175e-02 4.531e-02 4.779e-02 4.935e-02 5.013e-02 5.046e-02 5.063e-02 5.075e-02 5.085e-02 5.090e-02 4.771e-02 4.525e-02 4.657e-02 4.904e-02 5.221e-02 5.524e-02 5.634e-02 5.751e-02 5.634e-02 5.648e-02 5.664e-02 5.679e-02 5.693e-02 5.707e-02 5.722e-02 5.741e-02 5.766e-02 5.801e-02 5.824e-02 I(typ) 2.922e-04 2.881e-04 2.853e-04 2.836e-04 2.825e-04 2.819e-04 2.815e-04 2.813e-04 2.812e-04 2.811e-04 2.810e-04 2.809e-04 2.808e-04 2.997e-04 1.750e-02 1.048e-02 7.871e-03 1.252e-02 1.667e-02 2.026e-02 2.324e-02 2.553e-02 2.709e-02 2.803e-02 2.851e-02 2.876e-02 2.892e-02 2.904e-02 2.912e-02 2.876e-02 2.994e-02 3.321e-02 3.570e-02 3.801e-02 4.029e-02 4.253e-02 4.463e-02 4.645e-02 4.786e-02 4.881e-02 4.912e-02 4.795e-02 4.679e-02 4.688e-02 4.700e-02 4.712e-02 4.723e-02 4.733e-02 4.737e-02 1.823e-02 2.869e-02 3.776e-02 4.544e-02 5.171e-02 5.660e-02 6.023e-02 6.271e-02 6.419e-02 6.494e-02 6.525e-02 6.540e-02 6.549e-02 6.555e-02 6.561e-02 6.182e-02 6.049e-02 6.178e-02 6.450e-02 6.659e-02 6.867e-02 6.970e-02 6.938e-02 6.960e-02 6.983e-02 7.005e-02 7.026e-02 7.049e-02 7.074e-02 7.105e-02 7.147e-02 7.205e-02 7.242e-02 I(min) 2.177e-04 2.175e-04 2.173e-04 2.172e-04 2.171e-04 2.170e-04 2.169e-04 2.167e-04 2.520e-04 3.078e-02 2.684e-02 2.277e-02 1.864e-02 1.447e-02 1.031e-02 6.181e-03 I(max) 4.123e-04 4.021e-04 3.946e-04 3.893e-04 3.857e-04 3.834e-04 3.820e-04 3.812e-04 3.808e-04 3.806e-04 3.804e-04 3.802e-04 3.801e-04 3.799e-04 3.797e-04 3.776e-04 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-9 IBIS Model -1.00e-01 1.000e-01 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 1.300e+00 1.500e+00 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 3.500e+00 3.700e+00 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 6.600e+00 | [GND_clamp] |voltage | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 -1.90e+00 -1.70e+00 -1.50e+00 -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 F-10 3.487e-03 -3.40e-03 -9.69e-03 -1.52e-02 -2.02e-02 -2.46e-02 -2.84e-02 -3.14e-02 -3.37e-02 -3.55e-02 -3.68e-02 -3.78e-02 -3.85e-02 -3.91e-02 -3.96e-02 -4.01e-02 -4.04e-02 -4.08e-02 -4.11e-02 -4.14e-02 -4.17e-02 -4.32e-02 -4.08e-01 -2.73e+01 -6.13e+01 -9.54e+01 -1.38e+02 -1.89e+02 -2.40e+02 -2.91e+02 -3.42e+02 -3.93e+02 -4.44e+02 -4.95e+02 -5.21e+02 I(typ) -5.21e+02 -4.69e+02 -4.18e+02 -3.67e+02 -3.16e+02 -2.65e+02 -2.14e+02 -1.63e+02 -1.13e+02 -7.83e+01 -4.43e+01 -1.02e+01 -9.69e-03 -2.83e-04 2.084e-03 -2.03e-03 -5.71e-03 -8.99e-03 -1.19e-02 -1.43e-02 -1.62e-02 -1.77e-02 -1.88e-02 -1.95e-02 -2.00e-02 -2.04e-02 -2.07e-02 -2.10e-02 -2.12e-02 -2.15e-02 -2.17e-02 -2.18e-02 -2.20e-02 -2.78e-02 -1.20e+00 -2.15e+01 -4.52e+01 -6.89e+01 -9.25e+01 -1.17e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.23e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.94e+02 -3.30e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.01e+02 -4.18e+02 4.568e-03 -4.22e-03 -1.24e-02 -1.95e-02 -2.61e-02 -3.21e-02 -3.73e-02 -4.18e-02 -4.55e-02 -4.85e-02 -5.09e-02 -5.27e-02 -5.41e-02 -5.51e-02 -5.60e-02 -5.67e-02 -5.74e-02 -5.79e-02 -5.84e-02 -5.89e-02 -5.94e-02 -5.98e-02 -6.10e-02 -6.84e-02 -7.73e+00 -4.18e+01 -7.59e+01 -1.11e+02 -1.61e+02 -2.12e+02 -2.63e+02 -3.14e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.16e+02 -4.41e+02 I(min) -3.65e+02 -3.30e+02 -2.94e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.23e+02 -1.88e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.17e+02 -9.25e+01 -6.88e+01 -4.52e+01 -2.15e+01 -1.18e+00 -5.70e-03 I(max) -5.18e+02 -4.67e+02 -4.16e+02 -3.65e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.61e+02 -1.10e+02 -7.58e+01 -4.17e+01 -7.67e+00 -7.81e-03 -8.42e-04 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model -5.00e-01 -1.35e-06 -4.53e-05 -1.00e-05 -3.00e-01 -1.31e-09 -3.74e-07 -8.58e-09 -1.00e-01 -2.92e-11 -3.00e-09 -3.64e-11 0.000e+00 -2.44e-11 -5.14e-10 -2.79e-11 | [Ramp] R_load = 50.00 |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | | dV/dt_r 1.030/0.465 0.605/0.676 1.320/0.366 | | dV/dt_f 1.290/0.671 0.829/0.122 1.520/0.431 | | [Model] icba_io Model_type I/O Polarity Non-Inverting Vinl= 0.8000v Vinh= 2.000v C_comp 5.00pF 5.00pF 5.00pF | | [Voltage Range] 3.3v 3v 3.6v [Pulldown] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 -5.20e+02 -3.65e+02 -5.18e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -3.30e+02 -4.67e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.94e+02 -4.16e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.59e+02 -3.65e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.23e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.52e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.17e+02 -1.60e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.25e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.83e+01 -6.88e+01 -7.58e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.43e+01 -4.52e+01 -4.17e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -2.15e+01 -7.68e+00 -9.00e-01 -2.70e-02 -1.19e+00 -2.90e-02 -7.00e-01 -1.32e-02 -1.25e-02 -1.63e-02 -5.00e-01 -9.33e-03 -4.69e-03 -1.10e-02 -3.00e-01 -5.75e-03 -2.81e-03 -6.76e-03 -1.00e-01 -1.97e-03 -9.48e-04 -2.32e-03 1.000e-01 1.945e-03 9.285e-04 2.307e-03 3.000e-01 5.507e-03 2.640e-03 6.599e-03 5.000e-01 8.649e-03 4.168e-03 1.048e-02 7.000e-01 1.136e-02 5.504e-03 1.393e-02 9.000e-01 1.364e-02 6.636e-03 1.693e-02 1.100e+00 1.547e-02 7.551e-03 1.950e-02 1.300e+00 1.688e-02 8.240e-03 2.162e-02 1.500e+00 1.299e-01 6.458e-02 2.331e-02 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-11 IBIS Model 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 3.500e+00 3.700e+00 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 6.600e+00 | [Pullup] |voltage | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 -1.90e+00 -1.70e+00 -1.50e+00 -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 -1.00e-01 1.000e-01 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 F-12 1.366e-01 1.404e-01 1.423e-01 1.433e-01 1.440e-01 1.445e-01 1.450e-01 1.454e-01 1.458e-01 1.461e-01 1.464e-01 1.469e-01 1.490e-01 1.501e+00 1.813e+01 3.540e+01 5.269e+01 7.541e+01 1.012e+02 1.270e+02 1.527e+02 1.785e+02 2.043e+02 2.301e+02 2.559e+02 2.688e+02 I(typ) 2.686e+02 2.428e+02 2.170e+02 1.912e+02 1.655e+02 1.397e+02 1.139e+02 8.814e+01 6.237e+01 4.389e+01 2.662e+01 9.360e+00 4.275e-02 8.208e-03 5.635e-03 3.370e-03 1.118e-03 -1.09e-03 -3.12e-03 -4.96e-03 -6.60e-03 -8.04e-03 -9.26e-03 6.746e-02 6.916e-02 7.006e-02 7.059e-02 7.098e-02 7.128e-02 7.154e-02 7.176e-02 7.196e-02 7.223e-02 8.810e-02 2.589e+00 1.451e+01 2.658e+01 3.866e+01 5.076e+01 6.461e+01 8.261e+01 1.006e+02 1.186e+02 1.366e+02 1.546e+02 1.726e+02 1.906e+02 2.086e+02 2.176e+02 1.755e-01 1.847e-01 1.907e-01 1.940e-01 1.958e-01 1.970e-01 1.979e-01 1.986e-01 1.993e-01 1.999e-01 2.004e-01 2.009e-01 2.015e-01 2.030e-01 2.385e-01 9.563e+00 2.682e+01 4.409e+01 6.258e+01 8.836e+01 1.141e+02 1.399e+02 1.657e+02 1.915e+02 2.173e+02 2.302e+02 I(min) 1.905e+02 1.725e+02 1.545e+02 1.365e+02 1.185e+02 1.005e+02 8.253e+01 6.454e+01 5.068e+01 3.859e+01 2.651e+01 1.444e+01 2.518e+00 2.012e-02 3.518e-03 2.053e-03 6.789e-04 -6.56e-04 -1.86e-03 -2.93e-03 -3.87e-03 -4.66e-03 -5.30e-03 I(max) 2.686e+02 2.428e+02 2.170e+02 1.912e+02 1.655e+02 1.397e+02 1.139e+02 8.814e+01 6.237e+01 4.389e+01 2.662e+01 9.362e+00 4.663e-02 1.070e-02 7.068e-03 4.233e-03 1.410e-03 -1.38e-03 -3.99e-03 -6.39e-03 -8.59e-03 -1.06e-02 -1.23e-02 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model 1.300e+00 -1.03e-02 1.500e+00 -1.25e-01 1.700e+00 -1.31e-01 1.900e+00 -1.36e-01 2.100e+00 -1.40e-01 2.300e+00 -1.42e-01 2.500e+00 -1.44e-01 2.700e+00 -1.46e-01 2.900e+00 -1.48e-01 3.100e+00 -1.49e-01 3.300e+00 -1.50e-01 3.500e+00 -1.52e-01 3.700e+00 -1.53e-01 3.900e+00 -1.54e-01 4.100e+00 -1.57e-01 4.300e+00 -5.25e-01 4.500e+00 -2.74e+01 4.700e+00 -6.14e+01 4.900e+00 -9.55e+01 5.100e+00 -1.38e+02 5.300e+00 -1.89e+02 5.500e+00 -2.40e+02 5.700e+00 -2.91e+02 5.900e+00 -3.42e+02 6.100e+00 -3.93e+02 6.300e+00 -4.44e+02 6.500e+00 -4.95e+02 6.600e+00 -5.21e+02 | [GND_clamp] |voltage I(typ) | -3.30e+00 -5.20e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.83e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.43e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -9.00e-01 -1.22e-02 -7.00e-01 -5.18e-04 -5.00e-01 -2.43e-06 -3.00e-01 -2.33e-09 -1.00e-01 -2.10e-11 0.000e+00 -1.70e-11 | [POWER_clamp] |voltage I(typ) MOTOROLA -6.55e-02 -6.93e-02 -7.19e-02 -7.38e-02 -7.53e-02 -7.65e-02 -7.76e-02 -7.85e-02 -7.93e-02 -8.00e-02 -8.06e-02 -8.13e-02 -8.84e-02 -1.26e+00 -2.16e+01 -4.53e+01 -6.89e+01 -9.26e+01 -1.17e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.23e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.94e+02 -3.30e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.01e+02 -4.19e+02 -1.38e-02 -1.70e-01 -1.82e-01 -1.91e-01 -1.97e-01 -2.03e-01 -2.07e-01 -2.10e-01 -2.13e-01 -2.15e-01 -2.17e-01 -2.19e-01 -2.21e-01 -2.22e-01 -2.24e-01 -2.27e-01 -2.38e-01 -7.90e+00 -4.20e+01 -7.60e+01 -1.11e+02 -1.61e+02 -2.12e+02 -2.63e+02 -3.14e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.16e+02 -4.42e+02 I(min) -3.65e+02 -3.30e+02 -2.94e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.23e+02 -1.88e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.17e+02 -9.25e+01 -6.88e+01 -4.52e+01 -2.15e+01 -1.18e+00 -6.62e-03 -6.64e-05 -6.35e-07 -6.31e-09 -1.95e-09 I(max) -5.18e+02 -4.67e+02 -4.16e+02 -3.65e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.60e+02 -1.10e+02 -7.58e+01 -4.17e+01 -7.67e+00 -1.17e-02 -1.56e-03 -1.80e-05 -1.54e-08 -2.99e-11 -1.91e-11 I(min) I(max) DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-13 IBIS Model | -3.30e+00 2.686e+02 1.905e+02 2.686e+02 -3.10e+00 2.428e+02 1.725e+02 2.428e+02 -2.90e+00 2.170e+02 1.545e+02 2.170e+02 -2.70e+00 1.912e+02 1.365e+02 1.912e+02 -2.50e+00 1.655e+02 1.185e+02 1.655e+02 -2.30e+00 1.397e+02 1.005e+02 1.397e+02 -2.10e+00 1.139e+02 8.253e+01 1.139e+02 -1.90e+00 8.814e+01 6.454e+01 8.814e+01 -1.70e+00 6.236e+01 5.068e+01 6.237e+01 -1.50e+00 4.389e+01 3.859e+01 4.389e+01 -1.30e+00 2.662e+01 2.651e+01 2.662e+01 -1.10e+00 9.358e+00 1.444e+01 9.359e+00 -9.00e-01 3.399e-02 2.517e+00 3.554e-02 -7.00e-01 3.426e-04 1.577e-02 9.211e-04 -5.00e-01 2.840e-06 7.857e-05 1.655e-05 -3.00e-01 3.401e-09 6.836e-07 1.946e-08 -1.00e-01 6.162e-11 7.379e-09 7.622e-11 0.000e+00 5.758e-11 2.438e-09 6.240e-11 | [Ramp] R_load = 50.00 |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | | dV/dt_r 1.680/0.164 1.360/0.329 1.900/0.124 | | dV/dt_f 1.690/0.219 1.310/0.442 1.880/0.155 | | [Model] icba_o Model_type 3-state Polarity Non-Inverting C_comp 5.00pF 5.00pF 5.00pF | | [Voltage Range] 3.3v 3v 3.6v [Pulldown] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 -5.20e+02 -3.65e+02 -5.18e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -3.30e+02 -4.67e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.94e+02 -4.16e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.59e+02 -3.65e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.23e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.52e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.17e+02 -1.60e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.25e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.83e+01 -6.88e+01 -7.58e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.43e+01 -4.52e+01 -4.17e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -2.15e+01 -7.68e+00 F-14 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 -1.00e-01 1.000e-01 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 1.300e+00 1.500e+00 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 3.500e+00 3.700e+00 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 6.600e+00 | [Pullup] |voltage | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 -1.90e+00 -1.70e+00 -1.50e+00 MOTOROLA -2.70e-02 -1.32e-02 -9.33e-03 -5.75e-03 -1.97e-03 1.945e-03 5.507e-03 8.649e-03 1.136e-02 1.364e-02 1.547e-02 1.688e-02 1.299e-01 1.366e-01 1.404e-01 1.423e-01 1.433e-01 1.440e-01 1.445e-01 1.450e-01 1.454e-01 1.458e-01 1.461e-01 1.464e-01 1.469e-01 1.490e-01 1.501e+00 1.813e+01 3.540e+01 5.269e+01 7.541e+01 1.012e+02 1.270e+02 1.527e+02 1.785e+02 2.043e+02 2.301e+02 2.559e+02 2.688e+02 I(typ) 2.686e+02 2.428e+02 2.170e+02 1.912e+02 1.655e+02 1.397e+02 1.139e+02 8.814e+01 6.237e+01 4.389e+01 -1.19e+00 -1.25e-02 -4.69e-03 -2.81e-03 -9.48e-04 9.285e-04 2.640e-03 4.168e-03 5.504e-03 6.636e-03 7.551e-03 8.240e-03 6.458e-02 6.746e-02 6.916e-02 7.006e-02 7.059e-02 7.098e-02 7.128e-02 7.154e-02 7.176e-02 7.196e-02 7.223e-02 8.810e-02 2.589e+00 1.451e+01 2.658e+01 3.866e+01 5.076e+01 6.461e+01 8.261e+01 1.006e+02 1.186e+02 1.366e+02 1.546e+02 1.726e+02 1.906e+02 2.086e+02 2.176e+02 -2.90e-02 -1.63e-02 -1.10e-02 -6.76e-03 -2.32e-03 2.307e-03 6.599e-03 1.048e-02 1.393e-02 1.693e-02 1.950e-02 2.162e-02 2.331e-02 1.755e-01 1.847e-01 1.907e-01 1.940e-01 1.958e-01 1.970e-01 1.979e-01 1.986e-01 1.993e-01 1.999e-01 2.004e-01 2.009e-01 2.015e-01 2.030e-01 2.385e-01 9.563e+00 2.682e+01 4.409e+01 6.258e+01 8.836e+01 1.141e+02 1.399e+02 1.657e+02 1.915e+02 2.173e+02 2.302e+02 I(min) 1.905e+02 1.725e+02 1.545e+02 1.365e+02 1.185e+02 1.005e+02 8.253e+01 6.454e+01 5.068e+01 3.859e+01 I(max) 2.686e+02 2.428e+02 2.170e+02 1.912e+02 1.655e+02 1.397e+02 1.139e+02 8.814e+01 6.237e+01 4.389e+01 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-15 IBIS Model -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 -1.00e-01 1.000e-01 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 1.300e+00 1.500e+00 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 3.500e+00 3.700e+00 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 6.600e+00 | [GND_clamp] |voltage | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 -1.90e+00 F-16 2.662e+01 9.360e+00 4.275e-02 8.208e-03 5.635e-03 3.370e-03 1.118e-03 -1.09e-03 -3.12e-03 -4.96e-03 -6.60e-03 -8.04e-03 -9.26e-03 -1.03e-02 -1.25e-01 -1.31e-01 -1.36e-01 -1.40e-01 -1.42e-01 -1.44e-01 -1.46e-01 -1.48e-01 -1.49e-01 -1.50e-01 -1.52e-01 -1.53e-01 -1.54e-01 -1.57e-01 -5.25e-01 -2.74e+01 -6.14e+01 -9.55e+01 -1.38e+02 -1.89e+02 -2.40e+02 -2.91e+02 -3.42e+02 -3.93e+02 -4.44e+02 -4.95e+02 -5.21e+02 I(typ) -5.20e+02 -4.69e+02 -4.18e+02 -3.67e+02 -3.16e+02 -2.65e+02 -2.14e+02 -1.63e+02 2.651e+01 1.444e+01 2.518e+00 2.012e-02 3.518e-03 2.053e-03 6.789e-04 -6.56e-04 -1.86e-03 -2.93e-03 -3.87e-03 -4.66e-03 -5.30e-03 -6.55e-02 -6.93e-02 -7.19e-02 -7.38e-02 -7.53e-02 -7.65e-02 -7.76e-02 -7.85e-02 -7.93e-02 -8.00e-02 -8.06e-02 -8.13e-02 -8.84e-02 -1.26e+00 -2.16e+01 -4.53e+01 -6.89e+01 -9.26e+01 -1.17e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.23e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.94e+02 -3.30e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.01e+02 -4.19e+02 2.662e+01 9.362e+00 4.663e-02 1.070e-02 7.068e-03 4.233e-03 1.410e-03 -1.38e-03 -3.99e-03 -6.39e-03 -8.59e-03 -1.06e-02 -1.23e-02 -1.38e-02 -1.70e-01 -1.82e-01 -1.91e-01 -1.97e-01 -2.03e-01 -2.07e-01 -2.10e-01 -2.13e-01 -2.15e-01 -2.17e-01 -2.19e-01 -2.21e-01 -2.22e-01 -2.24e-01 -2.27e-01 -2.38e-01 -7.90e+00 -4.20e+01 -7.60e+01 -1.11e+02 -1.61e+02 -2.12e+02 -2.63e+02 -3.14e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.16e+02 -4.42e+02 I(min) -3.65e+02 -3.30e+02 -2.94e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.23e+02 -1.88e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.17e+02 I(max) -5.18e+02 -4.67e+02 -4.16e+02 -3.65e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.60e+02 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.25e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.83e+01 -6.88e+01 -7.58e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.43e+01 -4.52e+01 -4.17e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -2.15e+01 -7.67e+00 -9.00e-01 -1.22e-02 -1.18e+00 -1.17e-02 -7.00e-01 -5.18e-04 -6.62e-03 -1.56e-03 -5.00e-01 -2.43e-06 -6.64e-05 -1.80e-05 -3.00e-01 -2.33e-09 -6.35e-07 -1.54e-08 -1.00e-01 -2.10e-11 -6.31e-09 -2.99e-11 0.000e+00 -1.70e-11 -1.95e-09 -1.91e-11 | [POWER_clamp] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 2.686e+02 1.905e+02 2.686e+02 -3.10e+00 2.428e+02 1.725e+02 2.428e+02 -2.90e+00 2.170e+02 1.545e+02 2.170e+02 -2.70e+00 1.912e+02 1.365e+02 1.912e+02 -2.50e+00 1.655e+02 1.185e+02 1.655e+02 -2.30e+00 1.397e+02 1.005e+02 1.397e+02 -2.10e+00 1.139e+02 8.253e+01 1.139e+02 -1.90e+00 8.814e+01 6.454e+01 8.814e+01 -1.70e+00 6.236e+01 5.068e+01 6.237e+01 -1.50e+00 4.389e+01 3.859e+01 4.389e+01 -1.30e+00 2.662e+01 2.651e+01 2.662e+01 -1.10e+00 9.358e+00 1.444e+01 9.359e+00 -9.00e-01 3.399e-02 2.517e+00 3.554e-02 -7.00e-01 3.426e-04 1.577e-02 9.211e-04 -5.00e-01 2.840e-06 7.857e-05 1.655e-05 -3.00e-01 3.401e-09 6.836e-07 1.946e-08 -1.00e-01 6.162e-11 7.379e-09 7.622e-11 0.000e+00 5.758e-11 2.438e-09 6.240e-11 | [Ramp] R_load = 50.00 |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | | dV/dt_r 1.680/0.164 1.360/0.329 1.900/0.124 | | dV/dt_f 1.690/0.219 1.310/0.442 1.880/0.155 | | [Model] icbc_o Model_type 3-state Polarity Non-Inverting C_comp 5.00pF 5.00pF 5.00pF | | [Voltage Range] 3.3v 3v 3.6v [Pulldown] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-17 IBIS Model | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 -1.90e+00 -1.70e+00 -1.50e+00 -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 -1.00e-01 1.000e-01 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 1.300e+00 1.500e+00 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 3.500e+00 3.700e+00 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 6.600e+00 | F-18 -5.20e+02 -4.69e+02 -4.18e+02 -3.67e+02 -3.16e+02 -2.65e+02 -2.14e+02 -1.63e+02 -1.13e+02 -7.83e+01 -4.42e+01 -1.02e+01 -2.51e-02 -1.30e-02 -9.33e-03 -5.75e-03 -1.97e-03 1.945e-03 5.507e-03 8.649e-03 1.136e-02 1.364e-02 1.547e-02 1.688e-02 9.632e-02 1.012e-01 1.039e-01 1.053e-01 1.060e-01 1.065e-01 1.069e-01 1.073e-01 1.076e-01 1.078e-01 1.081e-01 1.083e-01 1.086e-01 1.103e-01 1.437e+00 1.800e+01 3.519e+01 5.241e+01 7.505e+01 1.007e+02 1.264e+02 1.522e+02 1.779e+02 2.036e+02 2.293e+02 2.550e+02 2.678e+02 -3.65e+02 -3.30e+02 -2.94e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.23e+02 -1.88e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.17e+02 -9.25e+01 -6.88e+01 -4.51e+01 -2.15e+01 -1.18e+00 -1.16e-02 -4.67e-03 -2.81e-03 -9.48e-04 9.285e-04 2.640e-03 4.168e-03 5.504e-03 6.636e-03 7.551e-03 8.240e-03 4.783e-02 4.994e-02 5.118e-02 5.184e-02 5.223e-02 5.251e-02 5.274e-02 5.293e-02 5.309e-02 5.324e-02 5.344e-02 6.705e-02 2.529e+00 1.438e+01 2.638e+01 3.839e+01 5.041e+01 6.419e+01 8.210e+01 1.000e+02 1.179e+02 1.359e+02 1.538e+02 1.717e+02 1.896e+02 2.075e+02 2.165e+02 -5.18e+02 -4.67e+02 -4.16e+02 -3.65e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.11e+02 -1.60e+02 -1.10e+02 -7.58e+01 -4.17e+01 -7.67e+00 -2.65e-02 -1.58e-02 -1.10e-02 -6.76e-03 -2.32e-03 2.307e-03 6.599e-03 1.048e-02 1.393e-02 1.693e-02 1.950e-02 2.162e-02 2.331e-02 1.302e-01 1.369e-01 1.412e-01 1.436e-01 1.449e-01 1.458e-01 1.464e-01 1.470e-01 1.475e-01 1.479e-01 1.483e-01 1.487e-01 1.491e-01 1.503e-01 1.810e-01 9.452e+00 2.664e+01 4.384e+01 6.224e+01 8.794e+01 1.136e+02 1.394e+02 1.651e+02 1.908e+02 2.165e+02 2.293e+02 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model [Pullup] |voltage | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 -1.90e+00 -1.70e+00 -1.50e+00 -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 -1.00e-01 1.000e-01 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 1.300e+00 1.500e+00 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 3.500e+00 3.700e+00 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 MOTOROLA I(typ) 2.677e+02 2.420e+02 2.163e+02 1.906e+02 1.649e+02 1.392e+02 1.135e+02 8.778e+01 6.208e+01 4.368e+01 2.649e+01 9.302e+00 3.838e-02 8.115e-03 5.634e-03 3.370e-03 1.118e-03 -1.09e-03 -3.12e-03 -4.96e-03 -6.60e-03 -8.04e-03 -9.26e-03 -1.03e-02 -9.03e-02 -9.49e-02 -9.84e-02 -1.01e-01 -1.03e-01 -1.05e-01 -1.06e-01 -1.07e-01 -1.08e-01 -1.09e-01 -1.10e-01 -1.11e-01 -1.11e-01 -1.14e-01 -4.76e-01 -2.73e+01 -6.14e+01 -9.54e+01 -1.38e+02 -1.89e+02 -2.40e+02 -2.91e+02 -3.42e+02 -3.93e+02 -4.44e+02 -4.95e+02 I(min) 1.896e+02 1.716e+02 1.537e+02 1.358e+02 1.179e+02 9.996e+01 8.205e+01 6.413e+01 5.035e+01 3.834e+01 2.633e+01 1.433e+01 2.477e+00 1.789e-02 3.503e-03 2.053e-03 6.789e-04 -6.56e-04 -1.86e-03 -2.93e-03 -3.87e-03 -4.66e-03 -5.30e-03 -4.75e-02 -5.02e-02 -5.21e-02 -5.34e-02 -5.45e-02 -5.54e-02 -5.62e-02 -5.68e-02 -5.74e-02 -5.79e-02 -5.84e-02 -5.89e-02 -6.49e-02 -1.23e+00 -2.16e+01 -4.52e+01 -6.89e+01 -9.25e+01 -1.17e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.23e+02 -2.59e+02 -2.94e+02 -3.30e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.01e+02 I(max) 2.677e+02 2.420e+02 2.163e+02 1.906e+02 1.649e+02 1.392e+02 1.135e+02 8.778e+01 6.208e+01 4.368e+01 2.649e+01 9.303e+00 4.183e-02 1.045e-02 7.064e-03 4.233e-03 1.410e-03 -1.38e-03 -3.99e-03 -6.39e-03 -8.59e-03 -1.06e-02 -1.23e-02 -1.41e-02 -1.23e-01 -1.31e-01 -1.38e-01 -1.43e-01 -1.47e-01 -1.50e-01 -1.52e-01 -1.54e-01 -1.56e-01 -1.57e-01 -1.59e-01 -1.60e-01 -1.61e-01 -1.62e-01 -1.64e-01 -1.73e-01 -7.82e+00 -4.19e+01 -7.59e+01 -1.11e+02 -1.61e+02 -2.12e+02 -2.63e+02 -3.14e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.16e+02 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-19 IBIS Model 6.600e+00 -5.20e+02 -4.18e+02 -4.41e+02 | [GND_clamp] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 -5.20e+02 -3.65e+02 -5.18e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -3.30e+02 -4.67e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.94e+02 -4.16e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.59e+02 -3.65e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.23e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.52e+02 -2.11e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.17e+02 -1.60e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.25e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.83e+01 -6.88e+01 -7.58e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.42e+01 -4.51e+01 -4.17e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -2.15e+01 -7.66e+00 -9.00e-01 -1.03e-02 -1.17e+00 -9.27e-03 -7.00e-01 -3.74e-04 -5.73e-03 -1.14e-03 -5.00e-01 -1.72e-06 -5.06e-05 -1.28e-05 -3.00e-01 -1.67e-09 -4.65e-07 -1.10e-08 -1.00e-01 -2.03e-11 -4.80e-09 -2.71e-11 0.000e+00 -1.69e-11 -1.61e-09 -1.89e-11 | [POWER_clamp] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 2.677e+02 1.896e+02 2.677e+02 -3.10e+00 2.420e+02 1.716e+02 2.420e+02 -2.90e+00 2.163e+02 1.537e+02 2.163e+02 -2.70e+00 1.906e+02 1.358e+02 1.906e+02 -2.50e+00 1.649e+02 1.179e+02 1.649e+02 -2.30e+00 1.392e+02 9.996e+01 1.392e+02 -2.10e+00 1.135e+02 8.205e+01 1.135e+02 -1.90e+00 8.778e+01 6.413e+01 8.778e+01 -1.70e+00 6.208e+01 5.035e+01 6.208e+01 -1.50e+00 4.368e+01 3.834e+01 4.368e+01 -1.30e+00 2.649e+01 2.633e+01 2.649e+01 -1.10e+00 9.300e+00 1.433e+01 9.301e+00 -9.00e-01 2.962e-02 2.475e+00 3.075e-02 -7.00e-01 2.501e-04 1.354e-02 6.708e-04 -5.00e-01 2.066e-06 6.280e-05 1.204e-05 -3.00e-01 2.487e-09 5.128e-07 1.417e-08 -1.00e-01 5.672e-11 5.639e-09 6.832e-11 0.000e+00 5.334e-11 1.992e-09 5.783e-11 | [Ramp] R_load = 50.00 |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | | dV/dt_r 1.570/0.200 1.210/0.411 1.810/0.149 | F-20 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model | dV/dt_f 1.590/0.304 1.170/0.673 1.800/0.205 | | [Model] ipbw_i Model_type Input Polarity Non-Inverting Vinl= 0.8000v Vinh= 2.000v C_comp 5.00pF 5.00pF 5.00pF | | [Voltage Range] 3.3v 3v 3.6v [GND_clamp] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 -5.20e+02 -3.65e+02 -5.17e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -3.29e+02 -4.66e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.94e+02 -4.15e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.58e+02 -3.64e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.23e+02 -3.13e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.62e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.52e+02 -2.11e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.17e+02 -1.60e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.24e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.82e+01 -6.87e+01 -7.57e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.42e+01 -4.51e+01 -4.16e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -2.15e+01 -7.64e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.17e-03 -1.16e+00 -4.87e-03 -7.00e-01 -1.14e-04 -4.39e-03 -3.03e-04 -5.00e-01 -4.86e-07 -2.55e-05 -2.73e-06 -3.00e-01 -5.19e-10 -1.91e-07 -2.57e-09 -1.00e-01 -1.91e-11 -2.47e-09 -2.19e-11 0.000e+00 -1.68e-11 -1.17e-09 -1.84e-11 | [POWER_clamp] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 2.667e+02 1.885e+02 2.667e+02 -3.10e+00 2.411e+02 1.707e+02 2.411e+02 -2.90e+00 2.155e+02 1.528e+02 2.155e+02 -2.70e+00 1.898e+02 1.350e+02 1.898e+02 -2.50e+00 1.642e+02 1.172e+02 1.642e+02 -2.30e+00 1.386e+02 9.935e+01 1.386e+02 -2.10e+00 1.130e+02 8.152e+01 1.130e+02 -1.90e+00 8.739e+01 6.369e+01 8.739e+01 -1.70e+00 6.178e+01 4.999e+01 6.178e+01 -1.50e+00 4.346e+01 3.806e+01 4.346e+01 -1.30e+00 2.634e+01 2.613e+01 2.634e+01 -1.10e+00 9.237e+00 1.421e+01 9.237e+00 -9.00e-01 2.454e-02 2.430e+00 2.488e-02 -7.00e-01 8.741e-05 1.104e-02 2.050e-04 -5.00e-01 6.316e-07 4.079e-05 2.961e-06 MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-21 IBIS Model -3.00e-01 8.479e-10 2.484e-07 3.721e-09 -1.00e-01 4.420e-11 3.001e-09 4.943e-11 0.000e+00 4.215e-11 1.346e-09 4.543e-11 | | [Model] ipbw_io Model_type I/O Polarity Non-Inverting Vinl= 0.8000v Vinh= 2.000v C_comp 5.00pF 5.00pF 5.00pF | | [Voltage Range] 3.3v 3v 3.6v [Pulldown] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 -5.20e+02 -3.65e+02 -5.17e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -3.29e+02 -4.66e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.94e+02 -4.15e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.58e+02 -3.64e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.23e+02 -3.13e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.62e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.52e+02 -2.11e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.17e+02 -1.60e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -9.24e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.82e+01 -6.87e+01 -7.57e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.42e+01 -4.51e+01 -4.17e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -2.15e+01 -7.66e+00 -9.00e-01 -3.69e-02 -1.17e+00 -3.79e-02 -7.00e-01 -2.52e-02 -1.67e-02 -2.81e-02 -5.00e-01 -1.83e-02 -9.77e-03 -2.04e-02 -3.00e-01 -1.11e-02 -5.89e-03 -1.24e-02 -1.00e-01 -3.77e-03 -1.98e-03 -4.20e-03 1.000e-01 3.729e-03 1.940e-03 4.177e-03 3.000e-01 1.076e-02 5.578e-03 1.216e-02 5.000e-01 1.723e-02 8.907e-03 1.965e-02 7.000e-01 2.311e-02 1.191e-02 2.663e-02 9.000e-01 2.836e-02 1.455e-02 3.305e-02 1.100e+00 3.292e-02 1.680e-02 3.887e-02 1.300e+00 3.675e-02 1.862e-02 4.404e-02 1.500e+00 3.979e-02 1.997e-02 4.850e-02 1.700e+00 4.205e-02 2.085e-02 5.223e-02 1.900e+00 4.347e-02 2.136e-02 5.518e-02 2.100e+00 4.413e-02 2.162e-02 5.728e-02 2.300e+00 4.445e-02 2.176e-02 5.843e-02 2.500e+00 4.465e-02 2.186e-02 5.899e-02 2.700e+00 4.479e-02 2.194e-02 5.931e-02 2.900e+00 4.492e-02 2.200e-02 5.953e-02 3.100e+00 4.502e-02 2.206e-02 5.971e-02 3.300e+00 4.511e-02 2.211e-02 5.986e-02 3.500e+00 4.519e-02 2.219e-02 5.999e-02 3.700e+00 4.526e-02 3.324e-02 6.010e-02 F-22 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model 3.900e+00 4.100e+00 4.300e+00 4.500e+00 4.700e+00 4.900e+00 5.100e+00 5.300e+00 5.500e+00 5.700e+00 5.900e+00 6.100e+00 6.300e+00 6.500e+00 6.600e+00 | [Pullup] |voltage | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 -1.90e+00 -1.70e+00 -1.50e+00 -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 -1.00e-01 1.000e-01 3.000e-01 5.000e-01 7.000e-01 9.000e-01 1.100e+00 1.300e+00 1.500e+00 1.700e+00 1.900e+00 2.100e+00 2.300e+00 2.500e+00 2.700e+00 2.900e+00 3.100e+00 3.300e+00 MOTOROLA 4.536e-02 4.614e-02 1.344e+00 1.783e+01 3.495e+01 5.208e+01 7.463e+01 1.002e+02 1.259e+02 1.515e+02 1.771e+02 2.027e+02 2.283e+02 2.539e+02 2.667e+02 I(typ) 2.667e+02 2.411e+02 2.155e+02 1.898e+02 1.642e+02 1.386e+02 1.130e+02 8.739e+01 6.178e+01 4.346e+01 2.635e+01 9.243e+00 5.536e-02 2.847e-02 2.025e-02 1.208e-02 3.994e-03 -3.88e-03 -1.11e-02 -1.76e-02 -2.35e-02 -2.86e-02 -3.30e-02 -3.65e-02 -3.92e-02 -4.12e-02 -4.26e-02 -4.36e-02 -4.43e-02 -4.49e-02 -4.54e-02 -4.58e-02 -4.61e-02 -4.65e-02 2.452e+00 1.423e+01 2.615e+01 3.808e+01 5.001e+01 6.371e+01 8.154e+01 9.937e+01 1.172e+02 1.350e+02 1.529e+02 1.707e+02 1.885e+02 2.064e+02 2.153e+02 6.021e-02 6.032e-02 6.065e-02 8.548e-02 9.298e+00 2.640e+01 4.352e+01 6.184e+01 8.745e+01 1.131e+02 1.387e+02 1.643e+02 1.899e+02 2.155e+02 2.283e+02 I(min) 1.885e+02 1.707e+02 1.528e+02 1.350e+02 1.172e+02 9.935e+01 8.152e+01 6.369e+01 4.999e+01 3.806e+01 2.613e+01 1.421e+01 2.435e+00 2.689e-02 1.265e-02 7.503e-03 2.474e-03 -2.38e-03 -6.76e-03 -1.06e-02 -1.40e-02 -1.69e-02 -1.93e-02 -2.10e-02 -2.22e-02 -2.29e-02 -2.35e-02 -2.38e-02 -2.42e-02 -2.44e-02 -2.47e-02 -2.49e-02 -2.50e-02 -2.52e-02 I(max) 2.667e+02 2.411e+02 2.155e+02 1.898e+02 1.642e+02 1.386e+02 1.130e+02 8.739e+01 6.178e+01 4.346e+01 2.635e+01 9.245e+00 6.260e-02 3.437e-02 2.451e-02 1.467e-02 4.868e-03 -4.76e-03 -1.37e-02 -2.20e-02 -2.95e-02 -3.63e-02 -4.23e-02 -4.75e-02 -5.17e-02 -5.51e-02 -5.77e-02 -5.97e-02 -6.11e-02 -6.22e-02 -6.31e-02 -6.38e-02 -6.44e-02 -6.49e-02 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-23 IBIS Model 3.500e+00 -4.68e-02 3.700e+00 -4.70e-02 3.900e+00 -4.73e-02 4.100e+00 -4.81e-02 4.300e+00 -4.00e-01 4.500e+00 -2.72e+01 4.700e+00 -6.12e+01 4.900e+00 -9.52e+01 5.100e+00 -1.37e+02 5.300e+00 -1.88e+02 5.500e+00 -2.39e+02 5.700e+00 -2.90e+02 5.900e+00 -3.41e+02 6.100e+00 -3.92e+02 6.300e+00 -4.43e+02 6.500e+00 -4.94e+02 6.600e+00 -5.20e+02 | [GND_clamp] |voltage I(typ) | -3.30e+00 -5.20e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.69e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.18e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.67e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.16e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.65e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.14e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.63e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.13e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.82e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.42e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.02e+01 -9.00e-01 -7.17e-03 -7.00e-01 -1.14e-04 -5.00e-01 -4.86e-07 -3.00e-01 -5.19e-10 -1.00e-01 -1.91e-11 0.000e+00 -1.68e-11 | [POWER_clamp] |voltage I(typ) | -3.30e+00 2.667e+02 -3.10e+00 2.411e+02 -2.90e+00 2.155e+02 -2.70e+00 1.898e+02 -2.50e+00 1.642e+02 -2.30e+00 1.386e+02 -2.10e+00 1.130e+02 -1.90e+00 8.739e+01 -1.70e+00 6.178e+01 -1.50e+00 4.346e+01 F-24 -2.54e-02 -2.99e-02 -1.19e+00 -2.15e+01 -4.51e+01 -6.87e+01 -9.24e+01 -1.17e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.88e+02 -2.23e+02 -2.58e+02 -2.94e+02 -3.29e+02 -3.65e+02 -4.00e+02 -4.18e+02 -6.54e-02 -6.58e-02 -6.62e-02 -6.66e-02 -6.72e-02 -7.21e-02 -7.70e+00 -4.17e+01 -7.57e+01 -1.10e+02 -1.60e+02 -2.11e+02 -2.62e+02 -3.13e+02 -3.64e+02 -4.15e+02 -4.41e+02 I(min) -3.65e+02 -3.29e+02 -2.94e+02 -2.58e+02 -2.23e+02 -1.88e+02 -1.52e+02 -1.17e+02 -9.24e+01 -6.87e+01 -4.51e+01 -2.15e+01 -1.16e+00 -4.39e-03 -2.55e-05 -1.91e-07 -2.47e-09 -1.17e-09 -5.17e+02 -4.66e+02 -4.15e+02 -3.64e+02 -3.13e+02 -2.62e+02 -2.11e+02 -1.60e+02 -1.10e+02 -7.57e+01 -4.16e+01 -7.64e+00 -4.87e-03 -3.03e-04 -2.73e-06 -2.57e-09 -2.19e-11 -1.84e-11 I(min) 1.885e+02 1.707e+02 1.528e+02 1.350e+02 1.172e+02 9.935e+01 8.152e+01 6.369e+01 4.999e+01 3.806e+01 I(max) I(max) 2.667e+02 2.411e+02 2.155e+02 1.898e+02 1.642e+02 1.386e+02 1.130e+02 8.739e+01 6.178e+01 4.346e+01 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA IBIS Model -1.30e+00 2.634e+01 2.613e+01 2.634e+01 -1.10e+00 9.237e+00 1.421e+01 9.237e+00 -9.00e-01 2.454e-02 2.430e+00 2.488e-02 -7.00e-01 8.741e-05 1.104e-02 2.050e-04 -5.00e-01 6.316e-07 4.079e-05 2.961e-06 -3.00e-01 8.479e-10 2.484e-07 3.721e-09 -1.00e-01 4.420e-11 3.001e-09 4.943e-11 0.000e+00 4.215e-11 1.346e-09 4.543e-11 | [Ramp] R_load = 50.00 |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | | dV/dt_r 1.140/0.494 0.699/0.978 1.400/0.354 | | dV/dt_f 1.150/0.505 0.642/0.956 1.350/0.350 | | [Model] iexlh_i Model_type Input Polarity Non-Inverting Vinl= 0.8000v Vinh= 2.000v C_comp 5.00pF 5.00pF 5.00pF | | [Voltage Range] 3.3v 3v 3.6v [GND_clamp] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) | -3.30e+00 -5.21e+02 -3.66e+02 -5.18e+02 -3.10e+00 -4.70e+02 -3.30e+02 -4.67e+02 -2.90e+00 -4.19e+02 -2.95e+02 -4.16e+02 -2.70e+00 -3.68e+02 -2.59e+02 -3.65e+02 -2.50e+00 -3.17e+02 -2.24e+02 -3.14e+02 -2.30e+00 -2.66e+02 -1.89e+02 -2.63e+02 -2.10e+00 -2.15e+02 -1.53e+02 -2.12e+02 -1.90e+00 -1.64e+02 -1.18e+02 -1.61e+02 -1.70e+00 -1.14e+02 -9.34e+01 -1.11e+02 -1.50e+00 -7.93e+01 -6.98e+01 -7.68e+01 -1.30e+00 -4.53e+01 -4.62e+01 -4.28e+01 -1.10e+00 -1.13e+01 -2.26e+01 -8.78e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.94e-03 -1.87e+00 -3.77e-03 -7.00e-01 -1.62e-06 -5.11e-03 -7.69e-07 -5.00e-01 -3.45e-10 -1.40e-05 -1.72e-10 -3.00e-01 -1.29e-11 -3.90e-08 -1.38e-11 -1.00e-01 -1.10e-11 -8.67e-10 -1.19e-11 0.000e+00 -1.01e-11 -7.13e-10 -1.10e-11 | [POWER_clamp] |voltage I(typ) I(min) I(max) MOTOROLA DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual F-25 IBIS Model | -3.30e+00 -3.10e+00 -2.90e+00 -2.70e+00 -2.50e+00 -2.30e+00 -2.10e+00 -1.90e+00 -1.70e+00 -1.50e+00 -1.30e+00 -1.10e+00 -9.00e-01 -7.00e-01 -5.00e-01 -3.00e-01 -1.00e-01 0.000e+00 | [End] F-26 2.653e+02 2.398e+02 2.143e+02 1.888e+02 1.633e+02 1.378e+02 1.123e+02 8.682e+01 6.133e+01 4.313e+01 2.614e+01 9.145e+00 1.797e-02 3.667e-06 7.730e-10 2.293e-11 2.096e-11 2.004e-11 1.870e+02 1.693e+02 1.516e+02 1.339e+02 1.162e+02 9.847e+01 8.076e+01 6.305e+01 4.947e+01 3.766e+01 2.585e+01 1.404e+01 2.364e+00 7.589e-03 2.072e-05 5.767e-08 1.163e-09 9.618e-10 2.653e+02 2.398e+02 2.143e+02 1.888e+02 1.633e+02 1.378e+02 1.123e+02 8.682e+01 6.133e+01 4.313e+01 2.614e+01 9.145e+00 1.797e-02 3.667e-06 7.748e-10 2.476e-11 2.278e-11 2.186e-11 DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor User's Manual MOTOROLA Index Numerics 5 V tolerance, 2-1, 2-1 A ac electrical characteristics, 3-4 adder modulo, 1-7 offset, 1-7 reverse-carry, 1-7 address bus, 2-1, 2-1 Address Generation Unit, 1-6 addressing modes, 1-7 AES/EBU, 1-14, 12-1 AGU, 1-6 B barrel shifter, 1-5 benchmark test algorithm, E-1, F-1 Boundary Scan (JTAG Port) timing diagram, 3-65 bus external address, 2-6 external data, 2-6 bus control, 2-1, 2-1 buses internal, 1-8 C case outline drawing, 14-10 Central Processing Unit (CPU), 1-i CLKGEN, 1-9 Clock, 2-5 clock, 2-1, 2-1 external, 3-6 operation, 3-7 Clock divider, 10-14 Clock Generator (CLKGEN), 1-9 clocks internal, 3-6 CP-340, 1-14, 12-1 CPHA and CPOL (HCKR Clock Phase and Polarity Controls), 9-10 D data ALU, 1-5 MOTOROLA registers, 1-6 data bus, 2-1, 2-1 Data Output bit (DO), 13-11 DAX, 2-1, 2-1, 2-20 Block Transferred Interrupt Handling, 12-13 Initiating A Transmit Session, 12-12 Transmit Register Empty Interrupt Handling, 12-13 DAX Audio Data register Empty (XADE) status flag, 12-9 DAX Audio Data Registers (XADRA/XADRB), 125 DAX Audio Data Shift Register (XADSR), 126, 12-6 DAX biphase encoder, 12-10 DAX Block transfer (XBLK) flag, 12-9 DAX Channel A Channel status (XCA) bit, 12-7 DAX Channel A User data (XUA) bit, 12-6 DAX Channel A Validity (XVA) bit, 12-6 DAX Channel B Channel Status (XCB) bit, 12-7 DAX Channel B User Data (XUB) bit, 12-7 DAX Channel B Validity (XVB) bit, 12-7 DAX Clock input Select bits, 12-8 DAX clock multiplexer, 12-11 DAX clock selection, 12-8 DAX Control Register (XCTR), 12-7 DAX internal architecture, 12-5 DAX Interrupt Enable (XIEN) bit, 12-8, 12-8, 12-8 DAX Non-Audio Data Buffer (XNADBUF), 12-7 DAX Operation During Stop, 12-15 DAX Parity Generator (PRTYG), 12-10 DAX preamble generator, 12-10 DAX Preamble sequence, 12-11, 12-15 DAX Programming Considerations, 12-12 DAX programming model, 12-4 DAX Status Register (XSTR), 12-9 DAX Transmit Underrun error (XAUR) status flag, 12-9 dc electrical characteristics, 3-3 design considerations electrical, 4-3, 4-3 PLL, 4-5, 4-5 power consumption, 4-4 thermal, 4-1, 4-1 DI, 13-11 Digital Audio Transmitter, 2-1, 2-1, 2-20 Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX), 1-14, 12-1 DIR, 13-10 Index-1 Index Divide Factor (DF), 1-9 DMA, 1-9 triggered by timer, 13-24 DO bit, 13-11 DO loop, 1-8 DRAM, 1-11 out of page wait states selection guide, 3-25 write access, 3-33 out of page and refresh timings 11 wait states, 3-28 15 wait states, 3-29 4 wait states, 3-25 Page mode read accesses, 3-24 wait states selection guide, 3-19 write accesses, 3-23 Page mode timings 3 wait states, 3-20 4 wait states, 3-21 refresh access, 3-34 DSP56300 core, 1-2 DSP56300 Family Manual, 1-i, 1-3 DSP56362 specifications, 3-1 E electrical design considerations, 4-3, 4-3 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface, 2-15, 2-15, 219, 2-19 Enhanced Synchronous Audio Interface, 2-1, 2-1 ESAI, 2-1, 2-1, 2-15, 2-15, 2-19, 2-19 receiver timing, 3-59, 3-59, 3-60, 3-60 timings, 3-55 transmitter timing, 3-58 ESAI block diagram, 10-1 ESSI0 (GPIO), 7-2, 7-2 ESSI1 (GPIO), 7-2 EXTAL jitter, 4-5 external address bus, 2-6 external bus control, 2-6, 2-7, 2-7 external clock operation, 3-6 external data bus, 2-6 external interrupt timing (negative edgetriggered), 3-13 external level-sensitive fast interrupt timing, 3-12 external memory access (DMA Source) timing, 314 External Memory Expansion Port, 2-6, 3-15 F functional signal groups, 2-1 Index-2 G Global Data Bus, 1-8 GPIO, 1-12, 2-21 GPIO (ESSI0, Port C), 7-2, 7-2 GPIO (ESSI1, Port D), 7-2 GPIO (HI08, Port B), 7-1 GPIO (Timer), 7-2 GPIO timing, 3-63 Ground, 2-4 ground, 2-1, 2-1 H HA1, HA3-HA6 (HSAR I2C Slave Address), 9-9 hardware stack, 1-8 HBER (HCSR Bus Error), 9-18 HBIE (HCSR Bus Error Interrupt Enable), 9-16 HBUSY (HCSR Host Busy), 9-18 HCKR (SHI Clock Control Register), 9-9 HCSR Receive Interrupt Enable Bits, 9-16 SHI Control/Status Register, 9-13 HDI08, 2-1, 2-1, 2-10, 2-12, 2-12, 2-12 HDI08 timing, 3-36 HDM0-HDM5 (HCKR Divider Modulus Select), 911 HEN (HCSR SHI Enable), 9-13 HFIFO (HCSR FIFO Enable Control), 9-14 HFM0-HFM1 (HCKR Filter Mode), 9-12 HI08, 1-12 (GPIO), 7-1 HI2C (HCSR Serial Host Interface I2C/SPI Selection), 9-13 HIDLE (HCSR Idle), 9-15 HM0-HM1 (HCSR Serial Host Interface Mode), 913 HMST (HCSR Master Mode), 9-14 Host Receive Data FIFO (HRX), 9-8 Receive Data FIFO--DSP Side, 9-8 Transmit Data Register (HTX), 9-8 Transmit Data Register--DSP Side, 9-8 Host Interface, 1-12, 2-1, 2-1, 2-10, 2-12, 2-12, 212 Host Interface timing, 3-36 HREQ Function In SHI Slave Modes, 9-15 HRFF (HCSR Host Receive FIFO Full), 9-18 HRIE0-HRIE1 (HCSR Receive Interrupt Enable), 9-16 HRNE (HCSR Host Receive FIFO Not Empty), 918 HROE (HCSR Host Receive Overrun Error), 9-18 HRQE0-HRQE1 (HCSR Host Request Enable), 9-15 MOTOROLA Index HTDE (HCSR Host Transmit Data Empty), 9-17 HTIE (HCSR Transmit Interrupt Enable), 9-16 HTUE (HCSR Host Transmit Underrun Error), 917 I I2C, 1-14, 9-1, 9-19 Bit Transfer, 9-19 Bus Protocol For Host Read Cycle, 9-22 Bus Protocol For Host Write Cycle, 9-21 Data Transfer Formats, 9-21 Master Mode, 9-27 Protocol for Host Write Cycle, 9-21 Receive Data In Master Mode, 9-28 Receive Data In Slave Mode, 9-25 Slave Mode, 9-24 Start and Stop Events, 9-20 Transmit Data In Master Mode, 9-28, 9-28 Transmit Data In Slave Mode, 9-26, 9-26 I2C Bus Acknowledgment, 9-20 I2C Mode, 9-1 IEC958, 1-14, 12-1 Inter Integrated Circuit Bus, 1-14, 9-1 internal buses, 1-8 internal clocks, 3-6 Internal Exception Priorities SHI, 9-7 interrupt, 1-8 interrupt and mode control, 2-1, 2-1, 2-8, 2-8, 2-9 interrupt control, 2-8, 2-8, 2-9 interrupt timing, 3-8 external level-sensitive fast, 3-12 external negative edge-triggered, 3-13 Interrupt Vectors SHI, 9-7 INV, 13-9 M MAC, 1-6 Manual Conventions, 1-iii, 1-iii maximum ratings, 3-1, 3-2 mechanical drawings, 14-10 memory expansion, 1-11 external expansion port, 1-11 off-chip, 1-11 on-chip, 1-10, 1-10 Mfax system, 14-10 mode control, 2-8, 2-8, 2-9 Mode select timing, 3-8 modulo adder, 1-7 multiplexed bus timings read, 3-42 write, 3-43 multiplier-accumulator (MAC), 1-5, 1-6 N non-multiplexed bus timings read, 3-40 write, 3-41 O offset adder, 1-7 OMR register, 1-8 OnCE module, 1-10, 2-21 On-Chip Emulation (OnCE) module, 1-10 on-chip memory, 1-10 Operating Mode Register (OMR), 1-8 operating mode select timing, 3-13 ordering drawings, 14-10 P J Jitter, 4-5 JTAG, 1-10, 1-10, 2-21 JTAG Port timing, 3-64, 3-65 JTAG/OnCE port, 2-1, 2-1 L LA register, 1-8 LC register, 1-8 Loop Address register (LA), 1-8 Loop Counter register (LC), 1-8 MOTOROLA PAB, 1-9 package TQFP description, 14-1, 14-5 PAG, 1-7 PC register, 1-8 PC0-PC20 bits, 13-6 PCE, 13-11 PCU, 1-7 PDB, 1-8 PDC, 1-7 Peripheral I/O Expansion Bus, 1-8 Phase Lock Loop, 3-8 PIC, 1-7 PL0-PL20 bits, 13-5 PL21-PL22 bits, 13-5 PLL, 1-9, 2-1, 2-1, 2-5, 3-8 Index-3 Index Characteristics, 3-8 performance issues, 4-5 PLL design considerations, 4-5, 4-5 PLL performance issues, 4-5 Port A, 2-1, 2-1, 2-6 Port B, 2-1, 2-1, 2-11, 2-11, 2-12, 2-12, 7-1 Port C, 2-1, 2-1, 2-15, 2-15, 2-19, 7-2, 7-2 Port D, 2-20, 7-2 Power, 2-3 power, 2-1, 2-1 power consumption benchmark test, E-1, F-1 power consumption design considerations, 4-4 Prescaler Counter, 13-5 Prescaler Counter Value bits (PC0-PC20), 13-6 Prescaler Load Value bits (PL0-PL20), 13-5 Prescaler Source bits (PL21-PL22), 13-5 Program Address Bus (PAB), 1-9 Program Address Generator (PAG), 1-7 Program Control Unit (PCU), 1-7 Program Counter register (PC), 1-8 Program Data Bus (PDB), 1-8 Program Decode Controller (PDC), 1-7 Program Interrupt Controller (PIC), 1-7 Program Memory Expansion Bus, 1-8 Programming Model SHI--DSP Side, 9-6 SHI--Host Side, 9-5 R recovery from Stop state using IRQA, 3-13, 3-14 reserved bits in TCSR register bits 3, 10, 14, 16-19, 22, 23, 13-12 in TPCR, 13-6 in TPLR, 13-6 RESET, 2-9 Reset timing, 3-8, 3-11 reverse-carry adder, 1-7 S SC register, 1-8 Serial Host Interface, 2-1, 2-1, 2-13 Serial Host Interface (SHI), 1-14, 9-1 Serial Host Interface--See Section 5 Serial Peripheral Interface Bus, 1-14, 9-1 SHI, 1-14, 2-1, 2-1, 2-13, 9-1 Block Diagram, 9-3 Clock Control Register--DSP Side, 9-9 Clock Generator, 9-4, 9-4, 9-4 Control/Status Register--DSP Side, 9-13 Data Size, 9-13 Exception Priorities, 9-7 HCKR Index-4 Clock Phase and Polarity Controls, 9-10 Divider Modulus Select, 9-11 Prescaler Rate Select, 9-11 HCKR Filter Mode, 9-12 HCSR Bus Error Interrupt Enable, 9-16 FIFO Enable Control, 9-14 Host Request Enable, 9-15 Idle, 9-15 Master Mode, 9-14 Serial Host Interface I2C/SPI Selection, 9-13 Serial Host Interface Mode, 9-13 SHI Enable, 9-13 Host Receive Data FIFO--DSP Side, 9-8 Host Transmit Data Register--DSP Side, 9-8 HREQ Function In SHI Slave Modes, 9-15 HSAR I2C Slave Address, 9-9 Slave Address Register, 9-9 I/O Shift Register, 9-8 Input/Output Shift Register--Host Side, 9-7 Internal Architecture, 9-2, 9-2 Internal Interrupt Priorities, 9-7 Interrupt Vectors, 9-7 Introduction, 9-1 Operation During Stop, 9-29 Programming Considerations, 9-22 Programming Model, 9-4 Programming Model--DSP Side, 9-6 Programming Model--Host Side, 9-5 Slave Address Register--DSP Side, 9-9 SHI Noise Reduction Filter Mode, 9-12 signal groupings, 2-1 signals, 2-1 Size register (SZ), 1-8 SP, 1-8 SPI, 1-14, 9-1 HCSR Bus Error, 9-18 Host Busy, 9-18 Host Receive FIFO Full, 9-18 Host Receive FIFO Not Empty, 9-18 Host Receive Overrun Error, 9-18 Host Transmit Data Empty, 9-17 Host Transmit Underrun Error, 9-17 Receive Interrupt Enable, 9-16, 9-16 Master Mode, 9-23 Slave Mode, 9-22 SPI Data-To-Clock Timing, 9-10 SPI Data-To-Clock Timing Diagram, 9-10 SPI Mode, 9-1 SR register, 1-8 SRAM MOTOROLA Index interfacing, 1-11 read access, 3-17 read and write accesses, 3-15 write access, 3-18 SS, 1-8 Stack Counter register (SC), 1-8 Stack Pointer (SP), 1-8 Status Register (SR), 1-8 Stop state recovery from, 3-13, 3-14 Stop timing, 3-8 supply voltage, 3-2 System Stack (SS), 1-8 SZ register, 1-8 T TAP, 1-10 TC0-TC3 bits, 13-7 TCF, 13-12 TCIE bit, 13-7 TCPR, 13-13 TCR, 13-13 TCSR register, 13-7 bit 0--Timer Enable bit (TE), 13-7 bit 2--Timer Compare Interrupt Enable bit (TCIE), 13-7 bits 4-7--Timer Control bits (TC0-TC3), 13-7 bit 13--Data Output bit (DO), 13-11 reserved bits--bits 3, 10, 14, 16-19, 22, 23, 1312 TE bit, 13-7 Test Access Port (TAP), 1-10 Test Access Port timing diagram, 3-65 Test Clock (TCLK) input timing diagram, 3-64 thermal characteristics, 3-3 thermal design considerations, 4-1, 4-1 Timer, 2-1, 2-1, 2-21 event input restrictions, 3-62 timing, 3-62 timer special cases, 13-24 Timer (GPIO), 7-2 Timer Compare Interrupt Enable bit (TCIE), 13-7 Timer Control bits (TC0-TC3), 13-7 Timer Control/Status Register (TCSR), 13-7 Timer Enable bit (TE), 13-7 timer mode mode 0--GPIO, 13-14 mode 1--timer pulse, 13-15 mode 2--timer toggle, 13-16 mode 3--timer event counter, 13-17 mode 4--measurement input width, 13-18 mode 5--measurement input period, 13-19 mode 6--measurement capture, 13-20 MOTOROLA mode 7--pulse width modulation, 13-21 mode 8--reserved, 13-22 mode 9--watchdog pulse, 13-22, 13-23 modes 11-15--reserved, 13-24 Timer module architecture, 13-1 Timer Prescaler Count Register (TPCR), 13-6 Timer Prescaler Load Register (TPLR), 13-5 Timing Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX), 3-61 Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI), 3-57 General Purpose I/O (GPIO) Timing, 3-55 OnCETM (On Chip Emulator) Timing, 3-55 Serial Host Interface (SHI) SPI Protocol Timing, 3-45 Serial Host Interface (SHI) Timing, 3-45 timing interrupt, 3-8 mode select, 3-8 Reset, 3-8 Stop, 3-8 TLR, 13-12 TOF, 13-11 TOIE, 13-7 TPCR register, 13-6 bits 0-20--Prescaler Counter Value bits (PC0PC20), 13-6 bit 21-23--reserved bits, 13-6 reserved bits--bits 21-23, 13-6 TPLR register, 13-5 bits 0-20--Prescaler Load Value bits (PL0PL20), 13-5 bits 21-22--Prescaler Source bits (PL0PL20), 13-5 bit 23--reserved bit, 13-6 reserved bit--bit 23, 13-6 TQFP pin list by number, 14-5 pin-out drawing (top), 14-1 TQFP package drawing, 14-10 Transmitter High Frequency Clock Divider, 10-14 TRM, 13-10 V VBA register, 1-8 Vector Base Address register (VBA), 1-8 X X Memory Address Bus (XAB), 1-9 X Memory Data Bus (XDB), 1-8 X Memory Expansion Bus, 1-8 XAB, 1-9 XDB, 1-8 Index-5 Index Y Y Memory Address Bus (YAB), 1-9 Y Memory Data Bus (YDB), 1-8 Y Memory Expansion Bus, 1-8 YAB, 1-9 YDB, 1-8 Index-6 MOTOROLA HOW TO REACH US: USA/EUROPE/LOCATIONS NOT LISTED: Motorola Literature Distribution P.O. Box 5405 Denver, Colorado 80217 1-800-521-6274 or 480-768-2130 JAPAN: Motorola Japan Ltd. SPS, Technical Information Center 3-20-1, Minami-Azabu, Minato-ku Tokyo 106-8573, Japan 81-3-3440-3569 ASIA/PACIFIC: Motorola Semiconductors H.K. Ltd. Silicon Harbour Centre 2 Dai King Street Tai Po Industrial Estate Tai Po, N.T., Hong Kong 852-26668334 HOME PAGE: http://motorola.com/semiconductors Information in this document is provided solely to enable system and software implementers to use Motorola products. There are no express or implied copyright licenses granted hereunder to design or fabricate any integrated circuits or integrated circuits based on the information in this document. Motorola reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. Motorola makes no warranty, representation or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does Motorola assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability, including without limitation consequential or incidental damages. "Typical" parameters that may be provided in Motorola data sheets and/or specifications can and do vary in different applications and actual performance may vary over time. All operating parameters, including "Typicals", must be validated for each customer application by customer's technical experts. Motorola does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Motorola products are not designed, intended, or authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body, or other applications intended to support or sustain life, or for any other application in which the failure of the Motorola product could create a situation where personal injury or death may occur. Should Buyer purchase or use Motorola products for any such unintended or unauthorized application, Buyer shall indemnify and hold Motorola and its officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, and distributors harmless against all claims, costs, damages, and expenses, and reasonable attorney fees arising out of, directly or indirectly, any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use, even if such claim alleges that Motorola was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part. MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the US Patent and Trademark Office. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. Motorola, Inc. is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer. (c) Motorola Inc. 2003 DSP56367UM/D Rev. 1.5 08/2003 DSP56367 Product Summary Page Select Country Search Advanced | Parametric | Part Number | FAQ Motorola Home | Semiconductors Home | Contact Us Semiconductors Products | Design Support | Register | Login Motorola > Semiconductors > Products > Digital Signal Processors > DSP56300 > DSP56367 DSP56367 : 24-bit Audio Digital Signal Processor A new level of affordable audio performance will be within the reach of consumer companies in the audio TM marketplace thanks to the new Symphony Page Contents: Features Parametrics Documentation Tools Applications audio digital signal processor (DSP) chip from Motorola. With performance of 150 MIPS the DSP56367 provides the capability to process all the major multichannel audio decoding standards (Dolby Digital, DTS, MPEG2 Multichannel and AAC, and DVD-audio) along with Dolby Headphone in a single device. It also allows up to 100 MIPs to handle other audio processing requirements such as subwoofer management, soundfield effects, 3D virtual surrounds, equalization, THX+Surround EX, DTS-ES, and Prologic II. The DSP56367 is an enhanced version of Motorola's popular DSP56362/6 products. It offers increased performance in a pin-for-pin compatible device with a core that operates at both 1.8V and 1.5V for reduced power consumption. With the same memory map and peripherals as the DSP56366 that is currently in production, it allows customers an easy migration path to higher performance at lower power.er performance at lower power. Orderable Parts Related Links Other Info: FAQs Literature Services 3rd Party Design Help Training 3rd Party Tool Vendors 3rd Party Trainers Block Diagram DSP56367 Features DSP56300 modular chassis 150 MIPS with a 150 MHz clock at 1.8 V core with a 3.3 V peripheral I/O OR 100 MIPS with a 100 MHz clock at 1.5 V core with a 3.3 V peripheral I/O Object Code Compatible with the 56 K core Data ALU with a 24 x 24 bit multiplier-accumulator and a 56-bit barrel shifter. 16-bit arithmetic support Program Control with position independent code support and instruction cache support Six-channel DMA controller PLL based clocking with a wide range of frequency multiplications (1 to 4096), predicider factors (1 to 16) and power saving clock divider (2I: i=0 to 7). Reduces clock noise Internal address tracing support and OnCETM for Hardware/Software debugging JTAG port Very low-power CMOS design, fully static design with operating frequencies down to DC STOP and WAIT low-power standby modes Rate this Page -- - 0 Care to Comment? 7 K x 24 Bit Y-Data RAM and 8 K x 24 Bit Y-Data ROM 13 K x 24 Bit X-Data RAM and 32 K x 24 Bit X-Data ROM 40 K x 24 Bit Program ROM 3 K x 24 Bit Program RAM and 192 x 24 Bit Bootstrap ROM. 1 K of Program RAM may be used as Instruction Cache or for Program ROM patching 2 K x 24 Bit from Y Data RAM and 5 K x 24 Bit from X Data RAM can be switched to Program RAM resulting in up to 10 K x 24 Bit of Program RAM Off-chip memory expansion ++ Submit On-chip Memory Configuration + External Memory Expansion Port Off-chip expansion up to two 16 M x 24-bit word of Data memory http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (1 of 6) [12/19/2003 10:49:46 AM] DSP56367 Product Summary Page Off-chip expansion up to 16 M x 24-bit word of Program memory Simultaneous glueless interface to SRAM and DRAM Peripheral modules Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI_0): up to 4 receivers and up to 6 transmitters, master or slave. I2S, Sony, AC97, network and other programmable protocols. Enhanced Serial Audio Interface I (ESAI_1): up to 4 receivers and up to 6 transmitters, master or slave. I2S, Sony AC97, network and other programmable protocols. The ESAI_1 shares four of the data pins with ESAI_0, and ESAI_1 does NOT support HCKR and HCKT (high speed clocks) Serial Host Interface (SHI): SPI and I2C protocols, 10-word receive FIFO, support for 8, 16 and 24bit words. Byte-wide parallel Host Interface (HDI08) with DMA support Triple Timer module Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX): 1 serial transmitter capable of supporting the SPDIF, IEC958, CP340 and AES/EBU digital audio formats Pins of unused peripherals (except SHI) may be programmed as GPIO lines Return to Top DSP56367 Parametrics Internal Data RAM Serial Interface Internal Program RAM External Memory Interfaces Total DMA Channels Number of Timers X Data Y Data (kByte) Type Number of (kByte) (kByte) 7, 13, 0.009, DRAM, ESAI, 6 1 3 39 21 3 SRAM SHI Timers Timer Size (bit) 24 Timer Channels Timer Input Captures Timer Output Compares Core Performance DSP (MMACS) 1 1 1 150 Bus Width Core Voltage I/O Voltage Internal Data Bus External Data Bus (Spec) (Typ) I/O Ports Width Width (V) (V) (bit) (bit) 24 24 1.8 3.3 5 Core Performance RISC (MIPS) Device Speed (Max) (MHz) Bus Frequency (Max) (MHz) 150 150 150 Host Port Interfaces Width (bit) 8 DSP Cores Other Peripherals 1 Nested Interrupt, On-Chip Emulation, On-Chip PLL, Peripheral Interrupt, Real-Time Interrupt, SPDIF Transmitter, Watchdog Timer Standby Functions STOP, WAIT View expanded set of parameters Return to Top http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (2 of 6) [12/19/2003 10:49:46 AM] DSP56367 Product Summary Page DSP56367 Documentation Documentation Application Note ID Name AN1751 DSP563xx Port A Programming AN1764 AN1772 AN1781 AN1790SW DSP56300 Enhanced Synchronous Serial Interface (ESSI) Programming Efficient Compilation of Bit-Exact Applications for DSP563xx Booting DSP563xx Devices through the Serial Communication Interface (SCI) Programming the CS4218 Codec for Use with DSP56300 Devices Supporting Software AN1808 DSP56300 HI08 Host Port Programming AN1834 DSP56300 Using DSP56300 Interactive Timing Diagrams AN1839 AN1848 AN1855/D AN2013 AN2074 AN2085 AN2113 APR20 APR22 APR23 Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA AN1855 Download and Checksum Programs for Use with the DSP5636x Family DSP56300 Family: Characterizing CMOS DSP Core Current for Low-Power Applications DSP56300 JTAG Examples DSP56300 Family: ECP Standard Parallel Interface for DSP56300 Devices AN2113 Multichannel Voice Coding System on the RTXC Operating System Application Optimization for the DSP56300/DSP56600 Digital Signal Processors Application Conversion from the DSP56100 Family to the DSP56300/600 Families Using the DSP56300 Direct Memory Access Controller MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA APR36 DSP56300 Interfacing the DSP560xx/DSP563xx Families to the Crystal CS4226 Multichannel Codec MOTOROLA APR37 DSP56300 Implementing AC-link With ESAI APR40 DSP56300 Implementing Viterbi Decoders Using the VSL Instruction on DSP Families DSP56300 and DSP56600 APR26 APR27 APR30 APR35 pdf pdf pdf zip pdf pdf DSP56300 Programming the DSP56300 OnCE and JTAG MOTOROLA pdf Ports MOTOROLA AN1848 pdf DSP56300 Interfacing Fast SRAM to Motorola&apos;s DSP56300 Family of Digital Signal Processors DSP56300 Interfacing Flash Memory with the Motorola DSP56300 Family of Digital Signal Processors DSP56300 Interfacing EPROM and EEPROM Memory with Motorola&apos;s DSP56300 Family of Digital Signal Processors DSP56300 Assembly Code Development Using the Motorola Toolsets DSP56300 Designing Motorola DSP56xxx Software for Nonrealtime Tests File I/O Uisng SIM56xxx and ADS56xxx APR25 pdf MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 280 1 5/01/1998 252 155 92 170 94 383 197 425 40 170 423 198 282 314 313 179 0 853 533 142 138 242 577 661 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 7/24/2000 11/13/1998 11/13/1998 10/12/2001 10/03/2001 10/03/2001 10/03/2001 1.0 5/01/2000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 5/17/2000 10/25/2000 10/04/2001 11/09/2000 4/21/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 9/28/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (3 of 6) [12/19/2003 10:49:46 AM] DSP56367 Product Summary Page Brochure ID Name BRDSP56300 BRPACKTELEARCH Size Rev # K Date Last Modified Vendor ID Format DSP56300 Family Brochure MOTOROLA pdf 104 - - Motorola Packet Telephony Architecture MOTOROLA pdf 861 0 8/21/2002 Order Availability Engineering Bulletin ID Name Vendor ID Format EB336/D Technical Bulletin: Changes in Process Technologies: MOTOROLA Hardware and Software Design Implications for DSP56300 pdf Family Derivatives Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 49 4/20/2001 1 Errata - Click here for important errata information ID Name DSP56367CE0K41R DSP56367 Chip Errata Mask 0K41R Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA pdf Size Rev # K Date Last Modified Order Availability 145 5/30/2002 - Date Last Modified Order Availability 0.5 Fact Sheets ID Name SUITE56FACT Suite56 DSP Software Development Tools Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA pdf Size Rev # K 443 0 - Product Brief ID Name Vendor ID DSP56367PB/D DSP56367PB 24-Bit Audio Digital Signal Processor MOTOROLA Format pdf Size Rev K # Date Last Modified 52 8/07/2001 0 Order Availability Reference Manual ID Name DSP56300 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor Family Manual MOTOROLA DSP56300FM/AD DSP56300FMAD/D DSP56300 Family Manual Addendum pdf Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 7378 10/05/2001 3 pdf 83 Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA 2 1/22/2003 Selector Guide ID Name SG2000CR Application Selector Guide Index and Cross-Reference. SG2047 Application Selector Guide - Entertainment DIGITAL AUDIO pdf Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 11/11/2003 95 3 pdf 61 Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA MOTOROLA 1 6/17/2003 Users Guide ID Name DSP56367UM DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor Users Manual DSP5636XEVMUM/D DSP5636XEVMUM User Manual Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA MOTOROLA pdf pdf Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 5981 1.5 9/30/2003 4825 1.3 10/01/2001 Return to Top http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (4 of 6) [12/19/2003 10:49:46 AM] - DSP56367 Product Summary Page DSP56367 Tools Hardware Tools Evaluation/Development Boards and Systems ID Name DSPAUDIOEVM DSPAUDIOEVM Software Operating Systems ID CMX-RTX Name Vendor ID Format Size K Rev # Order Availability MOTOROLA - - - - Vendor ID CMX CMX-RTX Format Size K Rev # Order Availability - - - - Return to Top Applications Automotive Driver Information Systems/Entertainment Digital Audio SymphonyTM Digital Radio Consumer Electronics Entertainment Digital Audio Return to Top Orderable Parts Information Part Number Package Description Application/ Tape Pb-Free Qualification and Terminations Reel Tier Status Budgetary Price Info QTY 1000+ ($US) Order DSPA367DB1 No No Available $250.00 more DSPA56367AG150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No Yes Available - more - DSPA56367PV150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No No Available $15.85 more - DSPB367DB1 No No Available $250.00 more DSPB56367AG150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No Yes Available $10.58 more DSPB56367PV150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No No Available $10.58 more DSPC367DB1 No No Available $250.00 more DSPC56367PV150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No No Available $15.85 more DSPD367DB1 No No Available $250.00 more DSPD56367AG150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No Yes Available - more DSPD56367PV150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No No Available $15.85 more NOTE: Are you looking for an obsolete orderable part? Click HERE to check our distributors' inventory. Return to Top http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (5 of 6) [12/19/2003 10:49:46 AM] - - DSP56367 Product Summary Page Related Links 68K/ColdFire(R) Automotive Digital Signal Processors Suite56 for the DSP56300 Family Suite56 Documentation for DSP563xx Return to Top www.motorola.com | Site Map | Contact Motorola | Terms of Use | Privacy Practices (c) Copyright 1994-2003 Motorola, Inc. All Rights Reserved. http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (6 of 6) [12/19/2003 10:49:46 AM] DSP56367 Product Summary Page Select Country Search Advanced | Parametric | Part Number | FAQ Motorola Home | Semiconductors Home | Contact Us Semiconductors Products | Design Support | Register | Login Motorola > Semiconductors > Products > Digital Signal Processors > DSP56300 > DSP56367 DSP56367 : 24-bit Audio Digital Signal Processor A new level of affordable audio performance will be within the reach of consumer companies in the audio TM marketplace thanks to the new Symphony Page Contents: Features Parametrics Documentation Tools Applications audio digital signal processor (DSP) chip from Motorola. With performance of 150 MIPS the DSP56367 provides the capability to process all the major multichannel audio decoding standards (Dolby Digital, DTS, MPEG2 Multichannel and AAC, and DVD-audio) along with Dolby Headphone in a single device. It also allows up to 100 MIPs to handle other audio processing requirements such as subwoofer management, soundfield effects, 3D virtual surrounds, equalization, THX+Surround EX, DTS-ES, and Prologic II. The DSP56367 is an enhanced version of Motorola's popular DSP56362/6 products. It offers increased performance in a pin-for-pin compatible device with a core that operates at both 1.8V and 1.5V for reduced power consumption. With the same memory map and peripherals as the DSP56366 that is currently in production, it allows customers an easy migration path to higher performance at lower power.er performance at lower power. Orderable Parts Related Links Other Info: FAQs Literature Services 3rd Party Design Help Training 3rd Party Tool Vendors 3rd Party Trainers Block Diagram DSP56367 Features DSP56300 modular chassis 150 MIPS with a 150 MHz clock at 1.8 V core with a 3.3 V peripheral I/O OR 100 MIPS with a 100 MHz clock at 1.5 V core with a 3.3 V peripheral I/O Object Code Compatible with the 56 K core Data ALU with a 24 x 24 bit multiplier-accumulator and a 56-bit barrel shifter. 16-bit arithmetic support Program Control with position independent code support and instruction cache support Six-channel DMA controller PLL based clocking with a wide range of frequency multiplications (1 to 4096), predicider factors (1 to 16) and power saving clock divider (2I: i=0 to 7). Reduces clock noise Internal address tracing support and OnCETM for Hardware/Software debugging JTAG port Very low-power CMOS design, fully static design with operating frequencies down to DC STOP and WAIT low-power standby modes Rate this Page -- - 0 Care to Comment? 7 K x 24 Bit Y-Data RAM and 8 K x 24 Bit Y-Data ROM 13 K x 24 Bit X-Data RAM and 32 K x 24 Bit X-Data ROM 40 K x 24 Bit Program ROM 3 K x 24 Bit Program RAM and 192 x 24 Bit Bootstrap ROM. 1 K of Program RAM may be used as Instruction Cache or for Program ROM patching 2 K x 24 Bit from Y Data RAM and 5 K x 24 Bit from X Data RAM can be switched to Program RAM resulting in up to 10 K x 24 Bit of Program RAM Off-chip memory expansion ++ Submit On-chip Memory Configuration + External Memory Expansion Port Off-chip expansion up to two 16 M x 24-bit word of Data memory http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (1 of 6) [1/2/2004 3:58:27 PM] DSP56367 Product Summary Page Off-chip expansion up to 16 M x 24-bit word of Program memory Simultaneous glueless interface to SRAM and DRAM Peripheral modules Enhanced Serial Audio Interface (ESAI_0): up to 4 receivers and up to 6 transmitters, master or slave. I2S, Sony, AC97, network and other programmable protocols. Enhanced Serial Audio Interface I (ESAI_1): up to 4 receivers and up to 6 transmitters, master or slave. I2S, Sony AC97, network and other programmable protocols. The ESAI_1 shares four of the data pins with ESAI_0, and ESAI_1 does NOT support HCKR and HCKT (high speed clocks) Serial Host Interface (SHI): SPI and I2C protocols, 10-word receive FIFO, support for 8, 16 and 24bit words. Byte-wide parallel Host Interface (HDI08) with DMA support Triple Timer module Digital Audio Transmitter (DAX): 1 serial transmitter capable of supporting the SPDIF, IEC958, CP340 and AES/EBU digital audio formats Pins of unused peripherals (except SHI) may be programmed as GPIO lines Return to Top DSP56367 Parametrics Internal Data RAM Serial Interface Internal Program RAM External Memory Interfaces Total DMA Channels Number of Timers X Data Y Data (kByte) Type Number of (kByte) (kByte) 7, 13, 0.009, DRAM, ESAI, 6 1 3 39 21 3 SRAM SHI Timers Timer Size (bit) 24 Timer Channels Timer Input Captures Timer Output Compares Core Performance DSP (MMACS) 1 1 1 150 Bus Width Core Voltage I/O Voltage Internal Data Bus External Data Bus (Spec) (Typ) I/O Ports Width Width (V) (V) (bit) (bit) 24 24 1.8 3.3 5 Core Performance RISC (MIPS) Device Speed (Max) (MHz) Bus Frequency (Max) (MHz) 150 150 150 Host Port Interfaces Width (bit) 8 DSP Cores Other Peripherals 1 Nested Interrupt, On-Chip Emulation, On-Chip PLL, Peripheral Interrupt, Real-Time Interrupt, SPDIF Transmitter, Watchdog Timer Standby Functions STOP, WAIT View expanded set of parameters Return to Top http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (2 of 6) [1/2/2004 3:58:27 PM] DSP56367 Product Summary Page DSP56367 Documentation Documentation Application Note ID Name AN1751 DSP563xx Port A Programming AN1764 AN1772 AN1781 AN1790SW DSP56300 Enhanced Synchronous Serial Interface (ESSI) Programming Efficient Compilation of Bit-Exact Applications for DSP563xx Booting DSP563xx Devices through the Serial Communication Interface (SCI) Programming the CS4218 Codec for Use with DSP56300 Devices Supporting Software AN1808 DSP56300 HI08 Host Port Programming AN1834 DSP56300 Using DSP56300 Interactive Timing Diagrams AN1839 AN1848 AN1855/D AN2013 AN2074 AN2085 AN2113 APR20 APR22 APR23 Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA AN1855 Download and Checksum Programs for Use with the DSP5636x Family DSP56300 Family: Characterizing CMOS DSP Core Current for Low-Power Applications DSP56300 JTAG Examples DSP56300 Family: ECP Standard Parallel Interface for DSP56300 Devices AN2113 Multichannel Voice Coding System on the RTXC Operating System Application Optimization for the DSP56300/DSP56600 Digital Signal Processors Application Conversion from the DSP56100 Family to the DSP56300/600 Families Using the DSP56300 Direct Memory Access Controller MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA APR36 DSP56300 Interfacing the DSP560xx/DSP563xx Families to the Crystal CS4226 Multichannel Codec MOTOROLA APR37 DSP56300 Implementing AC-link With ESAI APR40 DSP56300 Implementing Viterbi Decoders Using the VSL Instruction on DSP Families DSP56300 and DSP56600 APR26 APR27 APR30 APR35 pdf pdf pdf zip pdf pdf DSP56300 Programming the DSP56300 OnCE and JTAG MOTOROLA pdf Ports MOTOROLA AN1848 pdf DSP56300 Interfacing Fast SRAM to Motorola&apos;s DSP56300 Family of Digital Signal Processors DSP56300 Interfacing Flash Memory with the Motorola DSP56300 Family of Digital Signal Processors DSP56300 Interfacing EPROM and EEPROM Memory with Motorola&apos;s DSP56300 Family of Digital Signal Processors DSP56300 Assembly Code Development Using the Motorola Toolsets DSP56300 Designing Motorola DSP56xxx Software for Nonrealtime Tests File I/O Uisng SIM56xxx and ADS56xxx APR25 pdf MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA MOTOROLA pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf pdf Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 280 1 5/01/1998 252 155 92 170 94 383 197 425 40 170 423 198 282 314 313 179 0 853 533 142 138 242 577 661 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 7/24/2000 11/13/1998 11/13/1998 10/12/2001 10/03/2001 10/03/2001 10/03/2001 1.0 5/01/2000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 5/17/2000 10/25/2000 10/04/2001 11/09/2000 4/21/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 9/28/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 10/05/2001 http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (3 of 6) [1/2/2004 3:58:27 PM] DSP56367 Product Summary Page Brochure ID Name BRDSP56300 BRPACKTELEARCH Size Rev # K Date Last Modified Vendor ID Format DSP56300 Family Brochure MOTOROLA pdf 104 - - Motorola Packet Telephony Architecture MOTOROLA pdf 861 0 8/21/2002 Order Availability Engineering Bulletin ID Name Vendor ID Format EB336/D Technical Bulletin: Changes in Process Technologies: MOTOROLA Hardware and Software Design Implications for DSP56300 pdf Family Derivatives Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 49 4/20/2001 1 Errata - Click here for important errata information ID Name DSP56367CE0K41R DSP56367 Chip Errata Mask 0K41R Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA pdf Size Rev # K Date Last Modified Order Availability 145 5/30/2002 - Date Last Modified Order Availability 0.5 Fact Sheets ID Name SUITE56FACT Suite56 DSP Software Development Tools Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA pdf Size Rev # K 443 0 - Product Brief ID Name Vendor ID DSP56367PB/D DSP56367PB 24-Bit Audio Digital Signal Processor MOTOROLA Format pdf Size Rev K # Date Last Modified 52 8/07/2001 0 Order Availability Reference Manual ID Name DSP56300 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor Family Manual MOTOROLA DSP56300FM/AD DSP56300FMAD/D DSP56300 Family Manual Addendum pdf Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 7378 10/05/2001 3 pdf 83 Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA 2 1/22/2003 Selector Guide ID Name SG2000CR Application Selector Guide Index and Cross-Reference. SG2047 Application Selector Guide - Entertainment DIGITAL AUDIO pdf Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 11/11/2003 95 3 pdf 61 Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA MOTOROLA 1 6/17/2003 Users Guide ID Name DSP56367UM DSP56367 24-Bit Digital Signal Processor Users Manual DSP5636XEVMUM/D DSP5636XEVMUM User Manual Vendor ID Format MOTOROLA MOTOROLA pdf pdf Size Rev Date Last Order K # Modified Availability 5981 1.5 9/30/2003 4825 1.3 10/01/2001 Return to Top http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (4 of 6) [1/2/2004 3:58:27 PM] - DSP56367 Product Summary Page DSP56367 Tools Hardware Tools Evaluation/Development Boards and Systems ID Name DSPAUDIOEVM DSPAUDIOEVM Software Operating Systems ID CMX-RTX Name Vendor ID Format Size K Rev # Order Availability MOTOROLA - - - - Vendor ID CMX CMX-RTX Format Size K Rev # Order Availability - - - - Return to Top Applications Automotive Driver Information Systems/Entertainment Digital Audio SymphonyTM Digital Radio Consumer Electronics Entertainment Digital Audio Return to Top Orderable Parts Information Part Number Package Description Application/ Tape Pb-Free Qualification and Terminations Reel Tier Status Budgetary Price Info QTY 1000+ ($US) Order DSPA367DB1 No No Available $250.00 more DSPA56367AG150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No Yes Available - more - DSPA56367PV150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No No Available $15.85 more - DSPB367DB1 No No Available $250.00 more DSPB56367AG150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No Yes Available $10.58 more DSPB56367PV150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No No Available $10.58 more DSPC367DB1 No No Available $250.00 more DSPC56367PV150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No No Available $15.85 more DSPD367DB1 No No Available $250.00 more DSPD56367AG150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No Yes Available - more DSPD56367PV150 LQFP 144 20*20*1.4P0.5 No No Available $15.85 more NOTE: Are you looking for an obsolete orderable part? Click HERE to check our distributors' inventory. Return to Top http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (5 of 6) [1/2/2004 3:58:27 PM] - - DSP56367 Product Summary Page Related Links 68K/ColdFire(R) Automotive Digital Signal Processors Suite56 for the DSP56300 Family Suite56 Documentation for DSP563xx Return to Top www.motorola.com | Site Map | Contact Motorola | Terms of Use | Privacy Practices (c) Copyright 1994-2003 Motorola, Inc. All Rights Reserved. http://e-www.motorola.com/webapp/sps/site/prod_summary.jsp?code=DSP56367&nodeId=01M98596 (6 of 6) [1/2/2004 3:58:27 PM]